Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
7495 Gall Blvd
CODE INFORMATION APPLICABLE CODES 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FBC): BUILDING 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: ENERGY CONSERVATION 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: MECHANICAL 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: PLUMBING 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: GAS 2020 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE, 7TH EDITION 2020 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION - NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE - NFPA 70 2020 FLORIDA WIND MAP LIFE SAFETY INFORMATION OCCUPANCY: FBC: MERCANTILE (M) NFPA 101: NEW MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY CONSTRUCTION TYPE: FBC: TIME II-B UNPROTECTED NFPA 101: TYPE II-000 BUILDING HEIGHT: ALLOWABLE: 3 STORIES, 75FT, (TABLE 503 & SECT. 504.2) ACTUAL: 1 STORY, 28'-0", MAX. (18'-0- TO ROOF DECK) BUILDING AREA: ALLOWABLE: 12,500 ACTUAL: 3,407 S.F., BUILDING. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0 HRS BUILDING ELEMENTS BEARING WALLS (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR): 0 HRS (FBC TABLE 601 & 602) NON -BEARING EXTERIOR WALLS: (NFPA 220 TABLE 4.1.1) X < 5 1 HRS 5 </= X < 10 1 HRS 10</=X<30 0HRS 30 </= X 0 HRS NON -BEARING INTERIOR WALLS: 0 HRS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 0 HRS ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 0 HRS ACTUAL: NO SHAFTS IN THIS PROJECT. INTERIOR WALL AND EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: CLASS B CEILING FINISHES: CORRIDORS: CLASS B _ (ASTM E 84, FBC TABLE 803.9) ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: CLASS C INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES: MINIMUM CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: CLASS II (DOC FF-1, FBC SECTION 804) CORRIDOR RATING: 0 HR (FBC TABLE 1018.1) (NFPA 101 12.3.6) VERTICAL EXIT ENCLOSURES: NO VERTICAL EXIT ENCLOSURES IN THIS PROJECT. EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 250 FT. (FBC TABLE 1016.2) (NFPA 101 12.2.6) NUMBER OF EXITS: 1-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS REQUIRED 501-1,000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS REQUIRED MORE THAN 1,000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS REQUIRED TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: SEE LIFE SAFETY PLAN SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED IN EACH SUITE [PER NFPA 13] EGRESS WIDTH: SEE LIFE SAFETY PLAN FLORIDA BUILDING PRODUCTS APPROVALS • LANDLORD ROOFING: CONFIRM WITH LANDLORD. USE SAME SYSTEM AND PRODUCT. USE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR FOR ALL PATCH/REPAIR. • ROOFING: FIRESTONE, ULTRAPLY TPO FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER FL10264-R12 SYSTEM SC-92 • ALUM. WINDOWS: KAWNEER 2250 IG IMPACT CURTAINWALL FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 9924.1 • ALUM. DOORS: KAWNEER 350 FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 10388.1 • H.M. DOORS: CECO DOOR PRODUCTS, SEVERE WINDSTORM RESISTANT DOOR AND FRAME FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 4553-R10 • GLASS BLOCK: SEVES GLASS BLOCK (FORMERLY PITTSBURGH CORNING GLASS BLOCK), THICKSET 90 SERIES GLASS BLOCK WITH KWIK'N'EZ SILICONE SYSTEM. FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 5357.1 • E.I.F.S.: STOTHERM CI SYSTEM FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 20110.1 • SIDING: MAYNE COATINGS, LONGBOARD 6° 'V' GROOVE ALUMINUM SIDING. NO FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER. SEE ATTACHED ENGINEER'S LETTER. NOTE: IF CONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTES ALTERNATE PRODUCTS DURING BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION, SAID SUBSITUTITION MUST INCLUDE A FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. NOTE: IF CONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTES ALTERNATE PRODUCTS DURING BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION, SAID SUBSITUTITION MUST INCLUDE A FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, PROJECT DESCRIPTION MARKET AT ZEP11yR111LLS 1 REVIEW DATE CITY OF ZpH ILS BUILDING OFFICIAL �+_ ALL WORK SMALL GMAPLY WITH PREVAILING CODES FLORIDA BUILDIhIO aDE. NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, AND THE CITY Or, ZE.P HYRHILLS ORDINANCES SYMBOLS BUILDING 4 I LOT 4 7495 Gall Blvd Zephyrhills, Florida 33541 (Pretty Pond Road d US 301) PERMIT SET LOCATION MAP ZEPHYRHILLS MARKET BLDG 6 SITE TEAM DIRECTORY W a_ Irf LL 0 W D U) U) z W 0 m V1 "l- W N 4- U � O 5... LU L Q « Q) p W 5... � U W V S a N N N N N N � � O CN O O) CV O O O 07 W N z a < E _ E U 0 w z c 3 O O lcalfm m >1co110 to pY O N O 00 O Q C 730 O V O O O v '- Q) 't U_ C V N J v .- < N Q N C m .- � O m � LL O v � o L w 0 LL O >_ H 0 O J W z <WCf) IN—wa- V0 m U= W 0 z O Lbz CL N= W WUj = z LU d O Q U > Z ~ F- =<cW� W-(WOw0E LLI Ix W U afO a—W -Z W=�U OO=WWF-W U_mHUR>=O CO0W�Lo 6 (6 C 0 .Q U CD CD 0 0 z Sheet Name: COVER SHEET Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: G-0,1 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION -51 GENERAL PROJECT NOTES GENERAL SURVEYOR SHALL BE LICENSED iN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. SURVEYING COSTS ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 5. DO NOT PERMIT STORAGE ON FINISHED SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT. 1. THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND BID DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED COMPLIMENTARY. WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO 1.4. FOR FIELD OR SHOP DRAWING ENGINEERING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL, LICENSED ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR 6. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERING WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. REUSE OR RECYCLE COVERINGS IF POSSIBLE. BE REQUIRED OF ALL. WHERE CONFLICTS IN THE DOCUMENTS OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME THAT MORE RESTRICTIVE CONDITION OR HIGHER THE ENGINEERING. THE ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. ENGINEERING COSTS ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ADJUSTING QUALITY OR STANDARD APPLIES. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT ASSUME THE CONTRACTOR HAS INCLUDED IN HIS BID THE HIGHEST QUALITY AND CONTRACTOR. 1. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN GREATEST QUANTITY FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESOLVING ANY CONFLICTS IN THE DOCUMENTS WHICH ARE IMPLIED OR UNDEFINED. 1.5. FOR DESIGN OF TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL, LICENSED ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE INSTRUCTIONS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL REFERENCED STANDARDS. 2. THESE NOTES APPLY TO THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK NOT ALL SECTIONS MAY APPLY TO THIS SCOPE OF WORK REQUIRED FOR THE ENGINEERING. THE ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. ENGINEERING COSTS ARE THE SOLE 3. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENT. IF THE CONTRACTOR FEELS ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED, SUBMIT RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. CLEANING REQUEST TO ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 1. CLEAN EXISTING SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND SURFACES TO REMAIN. 4. COMPLY WITH ALL OSHA, AND LOCAL, SAFETY REGULATIONS. 2. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 2. MAINTAIN THE CONSTRUCTION SITE IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY MANNER AND PERFORM PROGRESS CLEANINGS ON A DAILY BASIS. PROPERLY REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE, DEBRIS, AND RUBBISH OFF -SITE AT AN APPROVED WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, MALL SECURITY, AND MALL REGULATIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. INCLUDE ALL ACTIVITIES AND MILESTONES RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT. INCLUDE ACTMTiES FOR ALL SUBMITTALS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, SEQUENCING, AND WORK TO PROVIDE TIMELY INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS AND COMPLY WITH THE OWNER'S CRITICAL DATE(S). 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS AND INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK -IN AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE TENANTS REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND FINAL CLEAN-UP WITH THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENT. AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, CONTRACTOR SHALL EFFECT ALL REPAIRS AND OTHER CORRECTIVE ACTIONS REQUIRED IN A TIMELY FASHION WITH MINIMAL DISRUPTION TO THE LANDLORD OR THE TENANT. 8. SUBMITTALS: ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN PDF FORMAT FOR REVIEW BY THE RESPONSIBLE PARTIES. PHYSICAL COPIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 9. RFIS: ALL REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING, ELECTRONICALLY, FORE REVIEW BY THE RESPONSIBLE PARTIES. PHYSICAL COPIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK: CONTRACTORS NOT PROCEED HALL EED WITH CHANGES IN THE WORK WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION BY THE LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, OF ANY COST IMPACT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 11. SECURITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 12. WORK HOURS: COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD AND MALL SECURITY. LANDLORD WILL REQUIRE AFTER-HOURS WORK BE PERFORMED FOR ALL LOUD WORK THAT CANNOT BE CONTAINED. 13. INTERACTION WiTH THE PUBLIC / PATRONS: COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD AND MALL CODE OF CONDUCT NOTIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL LIMIT INTERACTION WITH THE PUBLIC. WHERE INTERACTION DOES OCCUR, INTERACTION WILL BE PROFESSIONAL AND COURTEOUS, RUDE OR INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOR WILL NOTE BE TOLERATED. 14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS, APPROVALS, INSPECTIONS BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE, AND CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY. 15. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE SCHEDULING ALL MATERIAL AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PERFORMED BY THIRD PARTY ORGANIZATIONS. OWNER SHALL ENGAGE THE TESTING AGENCY AND PAY FOR THE INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS. 16. SMOKING IS PROHIBITED. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPAIR, CORRECTION, AND/OR RESTITUTION TO ADJACENT TENANTS RESULTING FROM DAMAGE TO THE TENANT SPACE, DAMAGE TO MERCHANDISE, OR LOSS OF REVENUE DUE TO UTILITY INTERRUPTION CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 19. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER. 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS ON SITE AT ALL ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REVSIIONS AND ADDENDA. 21. ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE MADE IN COMPLIANCE WiTH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND NFPA 13 AND 72. WHERE SYSTEMS MUST BE DEACTIVATED OR TAKEN OFFLINE TO BE MODIFIED, SAID WORK WILL OCCUR WHEN THE BUILDING IS UNOCCUPIED AND WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEMS MUST BE RESTORED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE NEXT DAY. SUBMIT ALL MODIFICATIONS REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK; OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. RESTROOMS: CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE RESTROOM FACILITIES IN THE MALL. CONTRACTOR SHALL THE RESTROOMS ARE MAINTAINED IN THE CONDITION THEY ARE FOUND IN. THE LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO BACKCHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR ADDITIONAL CLEANING REQUIRED OF THE RESTROOMS DUE TO CONTRACTOR USE. 2. UTILITIES/SERVICES: CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE EXISTING ELECTRICAL/WATER SERVICES IN THE BUILDING. EXTENSION OF UTILITIES/SERVICES FROM A MAIN CONNECTION POINT IS SOLELY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING FOR THESE SERVICES FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THE BUILDING CANNOT PROVIDE AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HIS OWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HEATING AND COOLING DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING/NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MAY NOT BE UTILIZED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, EXCEPT FOR INSTALLATION OF PAINT AND OTHER FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL FILTERS AT THE END OF THE PROJECT. 3. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING: CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL TRAFFIC CODE REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS AND SHALL NOT BLOCK EXTERIOR EXIT PATHS TO RIGHT OF WAYS, DRIVE AISLES, AND LANES UNLESS PRIOR AUTHORIZATION HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE LANDLORD. PARK VEHICLES AT LOCATION INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE WORK AREA IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY MANNER AND FREE OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND WASTE. AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY, THE JOB SITE MUST BE BROOM CLEAN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF ALL WASTE. CONTRACTOR MAY NOT USE THE LANDLORD'S DUMPSTER OR TRASH RECEPTACLES. 5. FIRE PREVENTION: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SAFETY EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND GOOD PRACTICE. MAINTAIN (1) ARE EXTINGUISHER ON EACH FLOOR. ESTABLISH A FIRE / SAFETY WATCH FOR ALL CUTTING AND WELDING OPERATIONS. 6. TRAFFIC REGULATION: MAINTAIN PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AT SIDEWALKS. PROVIDE NECESSARY SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND BARRIERS WHEN REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM OWNER FOR ALL REQUIRED CLOSURES OF STREET OR SIDEWALK. 7. CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS: 7.1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF WORK, PROVIDE SECURITY, PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO THE CONSTRUCTION SITE, ALLOW THE OWNER'S CONTINUED ACCESS AND USE OF THE SITE, TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND PROPERTY FROM DAMAGE, AND AS REQUIRED TO SECURE THE EDGE OF FLOOR OPENINGS AND OTHER HAZARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN OF CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN LOAD INFORMATION IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL LAYOUT MAY BE SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE EXACT LOCATiON(S) AND EXTANT(S) WITH THEIR OWN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS AND THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS. 7.2. PROVIDE A FULL HEIGHT BARRICADE AT THE FRONT THE OPEN PERIMETER OF THE TENANT SPACE. COMPLY WITH OWNER REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH. 7.3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES IN THE AREA OF WORK TO CONTROL AS REQUIRED TO SEPARATE THE AREA OF WORK FROM OWNER/TENANT OCCUPIED AREAS.. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT AND CONTROL THE MOVEMENT OF DUST. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS OF PREVENTING AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING, ACTIVE VENTILATION AND FILTERING MAY BE REQUIRED. CONTAMINATION OF THE ADJACENT MAIL SPACES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 7.4. AT FLOOR OPENINGS, PROVIDE TEMPORARY GUARDRAILS AT THE PERIMETER OF THE OPENING. RAILS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION. 2x4 FIRE TREATED WOOD FRAMING, 42"H. PROVIDE VERTICAL TRIANGULAR BRACED FRAMES AT 48" O.C., SECURED TO EXISTING FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE (3) HORIZONTAL RAILS AT 18' O.C. (MAX.) 7.5. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS (INTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION: 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD (LEVEL 4 FINISH) AND 3' ACOUSTiCAL BATT INSULATION. PROVIDE 6' METAL STUD BRACING AS REQUIRED, BRACING MAY NOT BE EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW. PROPERLY FINISH ALL SURFACES AND EDGES EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW. PAINT WALL NEUTRAL COLOR (WHITE). COORDINATE WITH OWNER/TENANT ON ANY REQUIRED TEMPORARY GRAPHICS OR SIGNAGE. 7.6. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS (EXTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION: 8' METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 3/4" ENGINEERED WOOD PANELS (WEATHER EXPOSED RATED AND SMOOTH, NON -PATTERNED FACE) AND R13 VAPOR RETARDER FACED BAIT INSULATION. PROVIDE 8" METAL STUD BRACING AS REQUIRED, BRACING MAY NOT BE EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW.. PROPERLY FINISH ALL SURFACES AND EDGES EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. PAINT WAIL NEUTRAL COLOR (WHITE). COORDINATE WITH OWNER/TENANT ON ANY REQUIRED TEMPORARY GRAPHICS OR SIGNAGE. IF REQUIRED BY LAYOUT, PROVIDE A ROOF. MIN. 8' METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. WITH 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING, R19 BATT INSULATION, AND A WHITE EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE WITH WHITE ALUMINUM FLASHINGS AS REQUIRED FOR WEATHER TIGHT ENCLOSURE. 7.7. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES (INTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION: 2x FIRE -TREATED WOOD FRAMING AT 16" O.C. WITH REINFORCED POLYETHYLENE SHEETING. PROVIDE 2x FIRE -TREATED WOOD BRACING AS REQUIRED. SEAL ALL JOINTS AND EDGES TIGHT. ALL MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 OR LESS. 8. SECURITY: PROVIDE SECURITY, CONTROLS, AND FACILITIES TO PROTECT THE WORK, EXISTING FACILITIES, AND THE OWNER'S OPERATIONS FROM UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, VANDALISM, OR THEFT. 9. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS: REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EXCEPTIONS: MAINTAIN SAFETY RAILINGS AT ALL FLOOR OPENINGS AND BARRICADES AT ALL OPEN PERIMETER OF THE TENANT DEMISING AREA. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND MANUFACTURED ITEMS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND RELATED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. 2. UNLESS INDICATED FOR REINSTALLATION, OR EXISTING ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER OR TENANT, ONLY NEW MATERIALS SHALL BE UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT. 3. MATERIALS SHALL COME FROM THE SAME PRODUCT/RUN/DYE/ETC. LOT. MISMATCHED MATERIALS, ESPECIALLY FINISHED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4. PROTECT AND STORE ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS 'TO REMAIN' OR 'TO BE REMOVED AND STORED". TURN OVER TO OWNER, IN SEALED PROTECTIVE PACKAGING THAT PROTECTS THE ITEM(S) FROM DUST, DEBRIS, AND DAMAGE. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED "f0 BE REMOVED" BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THESE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND SHALL PROPERLY DISPOSE OF THESE ITEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. 6. IN EXISTING SPACES, DO NOT PROVIDE A LESSER QUALITY PRODUCT THAN THE EXISTING PRODUCTS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUM SPACES HAS A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS AS DETERMINED BY ASTM E 84. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR PLENUM LOCATIONS. 8. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS OR BY DESCRIPTION ONLY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MEETING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. 9. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING MANUFACTURER/PRODUCT, WITH NOT SUBSTITUTIONS: PROVIDE ONLY THIS PRODUCT. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED. 10. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING MANUFACTURE/PRODUCT. PROVIDE THIS PRODUCT OR AN APPROVED SUBSTITUTION. SUBMIT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN WRITING. 11. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: PROVIDE OWNER/TENANT WITH MAINTENANCE STOCK OF ALL FINISH MATERIAL MINIMUM SHALL BE 10% OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL QUANTITY OR ONE WHOLE UNIT (PACKAGE) OF THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. PROVIDE COPIES OF ALL SOFTWARE, SPARE PARTS, AND SPECIALTY TOOLS SHIPPED WITH EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS. 12. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS AND PROCEDURES: SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED, UNLESS "NO EXCEPTIONS" IS INDICATED. SUBSTITUTIONS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED AT THE TiME OF PRICING/BIDDING BUT WILL BE CONSIDERED DURING CONSTRUCTION ON A CASE BY CASE BASE DUE TO UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AND ISSUES. 12.1. THE SUBMITTER MUST SUBMIT SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUAL OR GREATER QUALITY TO THAT SPECIFIED. BURDEN OF PROOF IS ON THE SUBMTTTER. 12.2. THE SUBMITTER SHALL MAKE A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER; INCLUDE ALL PERTINENT PRODUCT DATA AND COLOR SELECTION. PHYSICAL SAMPLES ARE REQUIRED FOR FINISH MATERIALS. 12.3. THE SUBMITTER SHALL SUPPLY THE SAME WARRANTY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION. 12.4. THE SUBMITTER SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND MAKE CHANGES TO THE WORK THAT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 12.5. THE SUBMITTER SHALL WANE ALL CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS AND TIME THAT MAY BECOME APPARENT. 12.6. SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED WHEN INDICATED IN SHOP DRAWINGS OR OTHER SUBMITTALS WITHOUT PRIOR WRfiTEN REQUEST OR WHEN SUBSTITUTION WILL RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 12.7. THE ARCHITECT WILL NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE CONTRACTOR IN WRITING IF THE SUBSTITUTION IS ACCEPTABLE OR UNACCEPTABLE. 13. OWNER/TENANT SUPPLIED PRODUCTS: 13.1. THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT MAY SUPPLY PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS FOR INSTALLATION IN THE PROJECT. THESE PARTIES WILL COORDINATE ORDERING, SCHEDULING, AND DELIVERY WITH THE CONTRACTOR IN A TIMELY MANNER AND WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 13.2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR ALL OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS AND COORDINATE DELIVERY DATE MILESTONES AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE OWNER/TENANT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL FIELD CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE THESE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL OWNER/TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS, UNLESS INDICATED "BY OTHERS'. 14. TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: TRANSPORT AND HANDLE IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PROMPTLY INSPECT SHIPMENTS FOR TO ENSURE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS, QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, AND PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS ARE UNDAMAGED. PROMPTLY REPLACE DAMAGED ITEMS. 15. STORAGE AND PROTECTION: STORE AND PROTECT PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 15.1. STORE WITH SEALS, LABELS, AND PACKAGING INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 15.2. PROTECT PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS FROM ALL DAMAGE, WEATHER, CHEMICALS OTHER POTENTIALLY HARMFUL EXPOSURES. 15.3. DO NOT STORE PRODUCTS OUTSIDE, UNCOVERED. PROTECT ALL METAL MATERIALS FROM CORROSION AND OXIDATION. 15.4. ALL FINISH PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS, AND MOISTURE/WEATHER SENSITIVE MATERIALS MUST BE STORED INSIDE IN A TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENT. PERFORMANCE OF WORK 1. GENERAL• 1.1. ALL WORK MUST BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS, ALL NAMED STANDARDS, AND THE RULES AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES) HAVING JURISDICTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE ALL REQUIRED LICENSES AND PERMITS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND POST ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ON THE JOBSITE IN AN OBVIOUS, SECURE LOCATION. OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS IN A TIMELY MANNER. 1.2. ALL WORK ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS WITH A MINIMUM OF (5) YEARS OF EXPERIENCE WITH THIS TYPE AND QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION. 1.3. FOR SURVEY WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL , LICENSED SURVEYOR OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR THE SURVEYING. THE 2.1. FOR SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION, COMPLY WITH IBC CHAPTER 33, NFPA 241, AND ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.2. FOR DEMOLITION WORK, COMPLY WITH ANSI A10.6 AND ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.3. PROTECT AREAS NOT UNDERGOING ALTERATION OR RENOVATION. 2.4. VENTILATE AREAS AS REQUIRED FOR HUMIDITY CONTROL, DUST/VAPOR/GAS/ODOR REMOVAL, CURING, AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION. 2.5. PROVIDE HFATiNG/COOLING AS REQUIRED FOR MATERIAL INSTALLATION AND TO MAINTAIN CONDITION ENVIRONMENT FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT UNDERGOING ALTERATION OR RENOVATION. 2.6. DUST CONTROL EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO THE ATMOSPHERE. PROVIDE DUST -PROOF BARRIERS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND AREAS BEING CONTINUED TO BE OCCUPIED. 2.7. NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL PROVIDE, METHOD, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO MINIMIZE NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL PRODUCED BY DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE CONTROL. 2.7.1. LOUD NOISE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED DURING HOURS OF OPERATION. IF LOUD OPERATIONS MUST OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE THEM DURING OFF HOURS. 2.7.2. VIBRATIONS MAY NOT BE TRANSMITTED TO ADJACENT AREAS. SHOULD DAMAGE RESULTTO ADJACENT AREAS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL REQUIRED CORRECTIONS AND REPAIRS AND HIS COST AND REIMBURSE THE AFFECTED PARTIES FOR LOST GODDS, TiME, AND REVENUE. 2.7.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL CARE AT FLOOR/STRUCTURE/EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION AND OTHER HEAVY DEMOLITION ACTMTiES. 2.7.4. CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED WITH A WATER-COOLED CONCRETE SAW. CUT MATERIAL TO SIZE INDICATED AND INTO SMALL SECTIONS FOR REMOVAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ACTIVELY WORK TO REMOVE WATER TO PREVENT LEAKAGE TO ADJACENT SPACES AND FLOORS. 2.7.5. USE OF AIR HAMMERS, JACK HAMMERS, AND OTHER SUCH IMPACT EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.7.6. MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND LOWERED TO THE FLOOR BELOW. DROPPING OF MATERIALS TO THE FLOOR BELOW WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.7.7. POLLUTION CONTROL PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF SOIL, WATER, AND ATMOSPHERE FROM DISCHARGE OF NOXIOUS SUBSTANCES, TOXIC SUBSTANCES, OR OTHER POLLUTION CREATED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. IF TOXIC SUBSTANCES ARE SUSPECTED OR NOTICED, STOP ALL WORK AND REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCATION POLLUTION REQUIREMENTS. LAYOUT OF THE WORK 3. VERIFY LOCATION OF SURVEY AND CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THESE POINTS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. IF THE POINTS ARE LOST, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESURVEY AT HIS COST. 4. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND ALIGNED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. MAKE HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL AND ALIGNED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. 8. WHERE MATING OR ABUTTING TO EXISTING MATERIALS, MAKE SURE FINISHED SURFACES ARE ALIGNED, FLUSH, AND SMOOTH, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FEATHER OR LEVEL OUT MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. WHERE TRANSITIONS GREATER THAN 1 /4" OCCUR, SUBMIT RECOMMENDATION ON PROVIDING A SMOOTH TRANSITION FOR THE ARCHITECT TO REVIEW. 9. INSTALL EQUIPMENT, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES PLUMB AND LEVEL, NEATLY ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 10. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUILT-IN WORK AS WORK PROCEEDS. ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES FOR BUILT-IN WORK. 11. DO NOT INSTALL DEFECTIVE, DAMAGED, ROTTING, OR NET MATERIALS. REPLACE ANY AND ALL DAMAGED ITEMS. 12. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND DUCTWORK - CONCEALED OR EXPOSED. 13. MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN; INTERRUPT ONLY TO MAKE NEW CONNECTIONS OR SWITCHOVERS. MINIMIZE THE DURATION OF THE OUTAGES. COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH THE UTILITY. DO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE TO ADJACENT SPACES WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE AFFECTED PARTIES AND SCHEDULING ACCORDINGLY. SCHEDULE AT OFF -HOURS, IF REQUIRED. 14. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. PREVENT MOVEMENT TO STRUCTURE, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING IF REQUIRED. REPAIR ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 15. ASSUMED FINISH FLOOR IS 100.00'. COORDINATE WITH CIVIL DRAWINGS. NOTE THAT CIVIL MAY BE OUTSIDE OF THIS CONTRACT; EITHER CONTRACTED BY OWNER OR A THIRD PARTY. 16. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL UTILITIES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, WALL LIGHT SCONCES, AND ACCESSORIES WITH THE INTERIOR DESIGN. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING INSTALLATION OF THESE ITEMS IF THE WORK HAS NOT BEEN PROPERLY COORDINATED. 17. ALL LANDING SIZES, DOOR CLEARANCES, AND DOOR HARDWARE FOR NEW WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY LAYING OUT THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK FOR RESOLUTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING WORK THAT IS ERRONEOUSLY LAID OUT, EITHER THROUGH FAULT OF THEIR OWN OR THOR SUBCONTRACTORS, OR THROUGH FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES. THERE ARE SEVERAL TYPICAL ITEMS TO NOTE: 18.1. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, MANY STRUCTURAL COLUMNS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE LOCATED WITHIN WALL CONSTRUCTION. THESE COLUMNS SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN WALL CONSTRUCTION WiTH THE FINISH WALL SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION NOT IN COMPLIANCE WiTH THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED, UNLESS SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. 18.2. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, ALL ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN VERTICAL LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH THE FINISH WALL SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18.3. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET'S ARE TO BE SEMI-RECESSED/RECESSED INTO THE WALL CONSTRUCTION. THESE CABINETS SHALL ALL BE THE SAME STYLE AND INSTALLATION; METAL BOX CABINETS WITH VISION LITE AND INTEGRAL LETTERING. SEMI -RECESSED MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO WALL FRAMING DEPTH LIMITATIONS. BUBBLE TYPE CABINETS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM CABINETS AND RECESS DEPTH PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. 18.4. PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, MECHANICAL CHASES, PLENUMS , CABINETS, PLUMBING/ELECTRICAL BANKS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION ITEMS WITHIN THE BUILDING BUT NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 18.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND LOCATE ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO POURING THE SLAB. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WiTH ALL CASEWORK AND WALL CONSTRUCTION. LOCATION OF UTILITIES AT RECEPTION DESKS, SALES, DESKS, TRAINER DESKS, AND JUICE BARS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ELECTRICAL AND DATA/LOW VOLTAGE, LIFE SAFETY, CONTROLS, PLUMBING, AND FLOOR SINKS AT THE JUICE BAR. 18.6. THE OWNER OR THE TENANT MAY HAVE OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT WILL PERFORM WORK DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED BLOCKING, WITH THESE VENDORS. 18.0. FOR PROJECTS BEING CONSTRUCTED IN EXISTING BUILDINGS OR ADJOINING EXISTING OR CONCURRENT WORK BONG PERFORMED BY OTHERS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR AT THE JUNCTURE BETWEEN WORK WITH ADJACENT CONTRACTORS OR LANDLORD TENANT SPACES/LIMITS. 18.1. ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION ADJOINING EXISTING SHALL BE FRAMED, ALIGNED AND FINISHED AS TO PRESENT NO EVIDENCE OF ATTACHMENT. NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL ALIGN AND BE FLUSH WiTH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. MASONRY OR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM ADJACENT WiTH A SEALED CONTROL JOINT. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE TAPED AND FINISHED FOR FLUSH, CONTINUOUS APPEARANCE; REMOVE ALL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD TRIM AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS. COORDINATION 1. COORDINATE THE SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, AND WORK TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF INTERDEPENDENT CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS WITH PROVISIONS FOR ACCOMMODATING ITEMS INSTALLED LATER AND TO ENSURE ON -TIME COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. 3. VERIFY THE UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND EQUIPMENT OF THE NEW WORK ARE COMPATIBLE WiTH THE BUILDING UTILITIES. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. COORDINATE THE WORK OF VARIOUS SECTIONS HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTING TO, AND PLACING IN SERVICE, SUCH EQUIPMENT. 4. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATIONS OF MEP WORK THAT ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THE DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN ON PLANS AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICAL; PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WiTH THE LINES OF THE BUILDING. UTILIZE SPACE EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING REQUIREMENTS, CLEAR HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS, AND OTHER SPECIAL CLEARANCES AND REQUIREMENTS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. THESE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE MAINTAINED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FABRICATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, CEILINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS, MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESIGN INTENT IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO, AND RESOLVE ALL CONFLICTS WITH, THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED IF THE DISCREPANCIES AND CONFLICTS ARE NOT REPORTED PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 5. COORDINATE CLOSEOUT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ENSURE PROPER CLEANING AND LEAVE IN A STATE READY FOR INSPECTION AND OCCUPANCY. 6. ONCE THE WORK HAS BEEN OCCUPIED, COORDINATE ACCESS TO THE SPACE WITH THE OWNER FOR PUNCHUST, CORRECTIONS, REPAIRS, AND OTHER ONGOING CONTRACTOR ACTIVITIES. SUBMITTALS 1. SUBMIT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITHIN (5) WORKING DAYS OF PROJECT NOTICE TO PROCEED. 2. UPDATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ONLY A MONTHLY BASIS, OR AS NEEDED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR REQUESTED BY THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 3. PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA/SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND FINISH SAMPLES AS REQUIRED TO DOCUMENT MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND FABRICATIONS BEING USED IN THE PROJECT. SUBMIT (1) ELECTRONIC COPY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT FINISH SAMPLES. SUBMIT (3) PHYSICAL COPIES OF ALL FINISH SAMPLES. 4. THE ARCHITECT WILL RETURN (1) REVIEWED COPY TO ALL PARTIES, AND MAINTAIN (1) COPY ON FILE. 5. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ENGINEERED AND SEALED SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED. THIS MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, RAILING SUBMITTALS, STAIR SHOP SUBMITTALS, FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS, FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS, AND U.L. RATED ASSEMBLY AND PENETRATION/JOINT ASSEMBLIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR ALL REQUIRED SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 6. DO NOT ORDER OR FABRICATE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS UNTiL FINISHES, SAMPLES, COLORS, TEXTURES, AND ALL OTHER SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. DO NOT PERFORM ANY WORK RELATED TO PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS UNTiL SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING WORK AND REPLACING PRODUCTS AND MATERIAL WHERE THE CONTRACTOR HAS FAILED TO FOLLOW REVIEW PROCEDURE COORDINATION DRAWINGS: 1. THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS IS SCHEMATIC ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE INSTALLATION OF ALL MEP SYSTEMS WITH EXISTING/NEW STRUCTURE, ARCHITECTURAL CEILINGS, ALL INDICATED REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 2. FOR ALL NEW PROJECTS OR ADDITIONS, AND FOR LARGE, COMPLEX RENOVATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COLOR COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO WAIL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOUD AND NOTE ALL CONFLICTS FOR THE ARCHITECTS REVIEW AND PROVIDE SUGGESTIONS FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ANY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO REVIEW AND RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS REQUIRED, CAUSED BY EITHER IMPROPERLY PREPARED COORDINATION DRAWINGS OR PROCEEDING WfTH WORK PRIOR TO REVIEW OF THE SUBMITTAL 3. FOR SMALL ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS ARE NOTE REQUIRED. 4. IN ALL CASES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FABRICATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, CEILINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS, MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESIGN INTENT IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO, AND RESOLVE ALL CONFLICTS WITH, THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED IF THE DISCREPANCIES AND CONFLICTS ARE NOT REPORTED PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CLOSEOUT 1. SUBMIT ALL FINAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. PERFORM FINAL CLEANING, PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, THAT THE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE. INCLUDE A CONTRACTOR'S PUNCHLIST OF MINOR ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE CORRECTED OR COMPLETED. 4. PUNCHLIST: ARCHITECT WILL PERFORM AN ARCHITECTS PUNCHUST INSPECTION AFTER NOTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND PROVIDE A FINAL. REPORT TO THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL CORRECTIONS INDICATED AND PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS. 5. TRAINING: PROVIDE TRAINING TO DESIGNATED OWNER STAFF FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PRIOR TO TURNOVER. COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH OWNER. 6. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: MAINTAIN A CONTRACTOR'S SET OF RECORD DOCUMENTS ON SITE. 6.1. INCLUDE ALL FIELD NOTATIONS PERTAINING TO CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS OF THE WORK ON THIS SET. ENSURE ALL ENTRIES ARE ACCURATE AND COMPLETE. 6.2. UPDATE THE SET CONCURRENT WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. STORE RECORD DOCUMENTS SEPARATE FROM DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 6.3. SUBMIT DOCUMENTS TO LANDLORD FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO MAKING APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT. INCLUDE A PHYSICAL COPY AND A SCANNED ELECTRONIC COPY ON A CD. 6.4. INCLUDED AN OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING ALL PRODUCT INFORMATION, WARRANTIES, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, AND CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE IN BINDERS, ORGANIZED BY THE STANDARD CSI 16 DIVISION HEADINGS. WARRAN 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT ALL WORK TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR. PROVIDE OWNER WITH A COPY OF ALL MANUFACTURER STANDARD WARRANTIES FOR THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT. PROTECTION OF WORK 1. PROTECT ALL EXISTING AND INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE, MARKING, OR DISCOLORATION BY CONSTRUCTION ACTMTiES. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY, REMOVABLE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS, SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT. CONTROL ACTIVITIES IN IMMEDIATE AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY, REMOVABLE PROTECTION ON ALL FINISH FLOORING; PROTECTION SHALL BE DURABLE, HEAVY SHEET GOOD MATERIAL. DO NOT REMOVE UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CONTROL ACTIVITIES IN IMMEDIATE AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 4. CONTROL AND LIMIT ACCESS TO FINISH ARES TO PROTECT FINISH WORK. FEDERAL REGULATIONS. MAINTAIN "BROOM CLEAN" IN WORK AREA. 3. PERFORM FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, LEAVING THE WORK AREA CLEAN AND READY FOR PUNCHUST INSPECTION AND OCCUPANCY. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS, DUST, DIRT, MARKS, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, ETC. IF FIELD REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER FIND THE FINAL CLEANING TO BE INADEQUATE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AN ADDITIONAL CLEANING, AT HIS EXPENSE. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. REFERENCE STANDARDS: FOR PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY A REFERENCED STANDARD, COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD, EXCEPT WHERE A HIGHER OR MORE RIGID REQUIREMENT IS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. SHOULD SPECIFIED REFERENCE STANDARD CONFLICT WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS: 2.1. THE OWNER WILL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM ALL SPECIFIED AND CODE REQUIRED TESTING. THE 2.2. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL PERFORM ALL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED AND ALL CODE REQUIRED TESTING AND CONFIRM COMPLIANCE OF THE WORK WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND REQUIRED TESTING. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL WITH CONSISTENT OVERSIGHT AND STAFFING. 2.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ALL TESTING THROUGH THE TESTING AGENCY WITH NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER AS WELL. ENSURE ADEQUATE TiME FOR THE TESTING AGENCY TO SCHEDULE VISITS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE THE TESTING AGENCY WITH ALL REQUIRED PRODUCT DATA AND SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR THEIR REVIEW AND INSPECTIONS (I.E. - CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE TESTING AGENCY ON ALL TESTING. 2.4. THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL SUBMIT ALL REPORTS TO THE OWNER, THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, AND THE CONTRACTOR. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL NOTIFY ALL PARTIES OF DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK IMMEDIATELY. 2.5. THE TESTING AGENCY MAY NOT RELEASE, REVOKE, ALTER, OR ENLARGE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS OR THE SCOPE OF WORK. NOR SHALL THE AGENCY APPROVE, ACCEPT, OR STOP ANY PORTION OF THE WORK. IF THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED, THE TESTING AGENCY MUST NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. 2.6. ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFICIENT SHALL BE CORRECTED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2.7. ALL RETESTING REQUIRED FOR DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK SHALL. BE PERFORMED BY THE SAME AGENCY. 2.8. ALL RETESTING REQUIRED FOR DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK SHALL BE PAID AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 3. CONTROL OF INSTALLATION: 3.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL MONITOR AND MAINTAIN CONTROL OF SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO OBTAIN THE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED QUALITY. 3.2. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY PERSONNEL QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED QUALITY. 3.3. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS FOR ALL SHOP FABRICATED ITEMS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: DOORS, WINDOW, AND GLAZING; METAL FABRICATIONS; CASEWORK, AND FINISH ITEMS. IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND THE FIELD CONDITIONS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS BY THE ARCHITECT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF FINISH DIMENSIONS. 3.4. SECURE ALL WORK IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ATTACHMENT DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESS, VIBRATION, PHYSICAL DISTORTION, AND DISFIGUREMENT. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, ALL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED. 4. TOLERANCES: 4.1. MONITOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCE CONTROL OF PRODUCTS AND FABRICATIONS TO OBTAIN THE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED QUALITY. DO NOT PERMIT TOLERANCES TO ACCUMULATE. 4.2. COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE REFERENCED STANDARDS ARE MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS ARE MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCE, OR A MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCE IS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS. CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. EACH MISCELLANEOUS INCIDENCE OF CUTTING, PATCHING, AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION IS NOT CALLED OUT IN THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CUTTING, PATCHING AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 1.1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL TENANT DEMISING WALLS, FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALLS, SHAFT/ENCLOSURE WALLS, STAIR AND ELEVATOR WALLS, AND OTHER DEMISING ELEMENTS MUST BE RESTORED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NEATLY AND CLEANLY AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL REGULATIONS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPAIR, REFURBISHMENT, OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL DISTURBED MATERIALS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. WHERE ADJACENT FINISHES ARE NO LONGER ACCEPTABLE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPOSE ALTERNATE PRODUCTS FOR THE ARCHITECT TO REVIEW. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY LOCATE ALL REINFORCING AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY CUTTING OR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY CAP AND/OR REMOVE ALL ABANDONED UTILITIES. COMPLY WiTH ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6. SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION WHICH AFFECTS: 6.1. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT. 6.2. INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT. 6.3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT. 6.4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 6.5. WORK PERFORMED BY THE OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. 6.6. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF UTILITIES, BUILDING SERVICES, FIRE SUPPRESSION, FIRE ALARM, OR SECURITY SYSTEM. IDENTIFY THE LOCATION, DESCRIPTION, DIMENSIONS, MEANS AND METHODS, AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION TO THE PROPOSED CUTTING AND PATCHING. 7. CUTTING: EXECUTE WORK BY MEANS AND METHODS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND ADJACENT TENANT SPACES, AND WHICH WILL PROVIDE PREPARE SURFACES FOR PATCHING AND FINISHING (BY OTHERS). 7.1. IDENTIFY ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK AND REPORT TO THE LANDLORD AND ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 7.2. EXECUTE CUTTING AND FiTTING AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS. 7.3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR NON -CONFORMING WORK. 8. PATCHING: EXECUTE WORK TO COMPLEMENT ADJACENT WORK. 8.1. FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER IN AN INTEGRATED WAY. 8.2. RESTORE WORK WiTH NEW PRODUCTS MATCHING THE EXISTING. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO THE NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK. FOR AN ASSEMBLY REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. 8.3. AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS MATCHING THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY BEING PENETRATED. SEAL TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. z C U) w 0 Q ca D V .. 4- ico V 0 L_ w Q z S_ Q) N N Oof L_ ..c W V l/1 a N O N 0 M 0 t= M_ W w a W O 0 w kn kn cn � ,I. 'I- >1 ib %0 C-4 0 O N 0 0 L m " C 0 . co N O O v bo U = 00 0 O V ..i 3.. o y v m W _ N cd N E I- _ c v2 Wv u a Q u N Q _ N c 10 m co -0 v 0 0 E: -C Ej Ui 0 N O N Q 0 iu 0 0 .Q 0 cn a) 0 0 Z Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: GmO*2_ Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION LL C6 a t N 0) 0 V Q a ,� 0 cn 1 0 U il 2 N 0 N i N N 0 01 EL GENERAL PROJECT NOTES SITEWORK 17.5.7. INSTALL MORTAR NET AT ALL CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION. ASSEMBLIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.6. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR AND VAPOR SEAL THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY, PRIMARILY IN -LINE WITH INSIDE PANE OF GLASS. 1. ALL SITEWORK, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND UTILI TIES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL 17.5.8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS INSTALL WEEPS AT 16' O.C. FOR STANDARD SIZE BRICK, 24" O.C. FOR UTILITY BRICK, AND 32" 4.7. CONDENSATION RESISTANCE FACTOR, COMPLY WITH AAMA 1503.1: THERMALLY BROKEN WINDOW FRAME, MINIMUM 50. COORDINATE ALL SOIL AND EROSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES. O.C. FOR C.M.U. EXCEPTION: INSTALL AT 16" O.C. OR 24" O.C. AT THE ALL HEAD AND SILL FLASHING AT WALL OPENINGS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL RATED ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL 4.8. WATER LEAKAGE, COMPLY WITH ASTM E331: WINDOW FRAMING: NONE, WHEN TESTED WITH 8.0 PSF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. 2. FOR PROJECTS WHERE SITE WORK IS BY OTHERS OR IS AN EXISTING CONDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE EXISTING AUTHORITIES. WHERE LABELS WILL BE VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC, REVIEW WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.9. THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE OF ASSEMBLY: EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS: U VALUE PER CURRENT AND LOCAL ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONDITIONS OR WITH THE WORK BEING PERFORMED BY OTHERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR 17.6. CONTROL JOINTS: 4.10. EXPANSION/CONTRACTION: PROVIDE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS CAUSED BY CYCLING TEMPERATURE RANGE TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 170 DEG F OVER A 12 HOUR PERIOD WITHOUT CAUSING DETRIMENTAL EFFECT TO SYSTEM COMPONENTS OR ANCHORAGES. 3. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE RETURNED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 17.6.1. INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS AT THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM SPACINGS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS: 1. PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. THERMAL INSULATION IS INDICATED AS AN 'R' VALUE, NOT A THICKNESS, THIS 'R' VALUE IS 4.11. 4.12. SYSTEM INTERNAL DRAINAGE: PROVIDE INTERNAL DRAINAGE FOR ALL MOISTURE RESULTING FROM LEAKAGE OR CONDENSATION TO EXTERNAL WEEPS. PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA SFM-1 AND AAMA METAL CURTAIN WALL, WINDOW, STORE FRONT AND ENTRANCE GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES OR UTILITIES BEING INSTALLED BY OTHERS. THE MINIMUM VALUE ACCEPTABLE MANUAL. 17.6.1.9 EXTERIOR WALLS: 20 FEET O.C. AND WITHIN 24" ON ONE SIDE OF EACH INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR WALL 4.13. EREC11ON TOLERANCES: MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 0.06 INCHES EVERY 3FT NON -CUMULATIVE OR 1/16' PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER 1S GREATER. 17 61 2 INIIDRIOR WALLS• 30 FEET O C CONCRETE 1. ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. PREPARE CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE ALL FINISH FLOOR MATERIALS. COORDINATE WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONCRETE FINISH FLOOR LEVELNESS SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 117/ASTM E 115 FOR FLOOR FLATNESS (FF) AND FLOOR LEVELNESS (FL). FF =30, FL = 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING ALL AREAS NOT MEETING THESE CRITERIA. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED CORRECTIVE AC11ONS AND MATERIALS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE CORRECTIONS. 4. SIGNIFICANT AREAS OF THE SLAB ARE RECESSED TO RECEIVE EITHER WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING OR THICKSET MORTAR BEDS FOR SLOPED TILE INSTALLATION. COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THESE RECESSES WITH THE WALL LAYOUTS SHOWN AND THE (SUB)CONTRACTORS PERFORMING THE WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING AND TILE INSTALLATIONS. 5. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE INTEGRALLY SLOPED FLOORS. IF REQUIRED, BLOCK OUT AREAS AND POUR SEPARATELY TO ENSURE PROPER SLOPING. 6. PROVIDE CONCRETE CURBS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH WALL LOCATIONS, RECESSED SLAB LOCATIONS, INTEGRALLY SLOPED FLOOR LOCATIONS, AND WALL OPENING LOCATIONS. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE INTEGRAL WATERSTOPS AT ALL LOCATIONS. 7. PROVIDE UNDER -SLAB VAPOR BARRIER AT ALL LOCATIONS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. AT JUNCTURE WITH WALLS AND OTHER IMPEDING CONSTRUCTION, SEAL VAPOR BARRIER TO THE WALL 8. REPAIR ALL EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS AS REQUIRED, ENSURE LEVELNESS WITH ANY ADJACENT NEW WORK. GRIND JUNCTURE AS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS ANY CUPPING/RIDGES. MASONRY 1. ALL MASONRY WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) STANDARDS (ACI 530), NATIONAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIATION STANDARDS (NCMA), MASONRY INSTITUTE OF AMERICA (MIA), THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. ALL EXISTING MASONRY WALLS TO REMAIN OR AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION SHALL MAINTAIN THEIR ORIGINAL RATING. WHERE REPAIR IS REQUIRED, INSTALL MASONRY OF EQUAL TYPE, FINISH, COLOR AND SIZE. IF SAME IS UNAVAILABLE, PROPOSE ALTERNATE MEANS OF REPAIR FOR REVIEW, WITH THE INTENT TO MATCH EXISTING AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE. 3. PROVIDE FINISHED END UNITS AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 4. PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES, FINISHES, AND COLORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT UNITS TO FIT AS REQUIRED WITH A WATERCOOLED MASONRY SAW. BROKEN, CHIPPED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED UNITS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 6. STANDARD/DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: 6.1. ASTM C90, NORMAL WEIGHT. 6.2. NOMINAL SIZE: 8X16 FACE DIMENSION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THICKNESS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 6.2. COLOR: GREY FOR STANDARD C.M.U. PROVIDE INTEGRAL COLOR WHERE INDICATED FOR DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. 6.3. FINISH: AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 6.4. STRUCTURAL CAPACITY AS NOTED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 6.5. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL WATER REPELLENT AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 6.6. PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES AS REQUIRED, AT ALL 90 DEGREE CORNERS, AT WALL CAP CONDITIONS, AND AT BOND BEAMS. PROVIDE SMOOTH FACE AT SILLS AND JAMBS. 7. FACE BRICK: 7.1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS PROVIDE FACE BRICK COMPL NG W YI NTH ASTM C216; TYPE FBS FOR MOLDED BRICK AND FBX FOR EXTRUDED BRICK, GRADE SW. 7.2. MANUFACTURER, COLOR, STYLE, AND SIZE AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 8. SINGLE WYTHE JOINT REINFORCEMENT: 8.1. ASTM A951; TRUSS TYPE, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 0.148'D SIDE RODS AND 0.148"D CROSS TIES. 8.2. WIDTH AS REQUIRED BY WALL THICKNESS. 8.3. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC RE UIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. Q 9. SINGLE WYTHE JOINT REINFORCEMENT: 9.1. ASTM A951; TRUSS TYPE, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 0.148"D SIDE RODS AND 0.148"D CROSS TIES. 9.2. WIDTH AS REQUIRED BY WAIL THICKNESS. 9.3. PROVIDE WITH PROJECTING EYES AND ADJUSTABLE PINTLE VENEER ANCHOR; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. PINTLE LENGTH TO SUIT APPLICATION. 9.4. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 10. VENEER ANCHOR: 10.1. ASTM A82/ASTM/A1008/ASTM A153; TWO PART, ADJUSTABLE TYPE; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 14GA. WALL ANCHOR; 0.188"D WIRE VENEER ANCHOR. TYPE AND SIZE FOR APPLICATION. 10.2. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 11. REINFORCING STEEL• ASTM A615/A615m; 4OKSI YIELD STRENGTH; DEFORMED BILLET BARS; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 12. VERTICAL BAR POSITIONERS: ASTM A641; FORMED STEEL WIRE; 0.148"D MILL GALVANIZED FNIISH. 13. MORTAR AND GROUT: 13.1. MORTAR MIX FOR STRUCTURAL MASONRY. ASTM C270, TYPE S. 13.2. MORTAR MIX FOR NON-STRUTURAL MASONRY: ASTM C270, TYPE S. 13.3. MIX MORTAR PER ASTM C270 IN QUANTITIES NEEDED FOR IMMEDIATE USE. 13.4. GROUT MIX: STRENGTH AS SPECIFIED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AT 28 DAYS; 8-11 INCH SLUMP; MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C476. PROVIDE COURSE GROUT FOR SPACES WITH A MINIMUM 4' DIMENSION IN EVERY DIRECTION AND FINE GROUT FOR ALL OTHER SPACES. 13.5. MIX GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94, MODIFIED TO USE INGREDIENTS COMPLYING WTH ASTM C476. ADD ADMIXTURES; MIX UNIFORMLY. 13.6. COLORS: AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 14. C.M.U. FLASHING: STAINLESS STEEL.; ASTM A666, TYPE 304, SOFT TEMPER; 0.058" THICK; SMOOTH FINISH. BUM LAP SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 15. MASONRY VENEER FLASHING: COPPER SHEET BONDED BETWEEN TWO LAYERS OF FIBERGLASS; 5 OZ.; TERMINATION MAS11C AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; BUTYL LAP SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 16. ACCESSORIES: 16.1. PREFORMED MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS: RUBBER WITH CORNER AND TEE ACCESSORIES; FUSED JOINTS. 16.2. MORTAR NET AND CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL. OPEN POLYETHYLENE MESH THICKNESS AS REQUIRED TO FILL CAVITY SPACE, AND SHAPED TO ENSURE MOISTURE DRAINAGE TO CAVITY WEEPS. 16.3. WEEPS: PVC GRILLES, INSECT RESISTANT. 16.4. CLEANING SOLUTION: NON -ACIDIC - NOT HARMFUL TO MASONRY OR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 16.5. MASONRY CELL INSULATION: LOOSE GRANULAR FILL INSULATION: PERLITE COMPLYING WITH ASTM C549, TYPE II (SURFACE TREATED FOR WATER REPELLENCY AND LIMITED MOISTURE ABSORPTION). 17. INSTALLATION: 17.1. ERECTION TOLERANCES: 17.1.1, C.M.U.: COMPLY WITH ACI 530 REQUIREMENTS: 17.1.2. MASONRY VENEER: 17.1.2.1. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLANE OF WALL: 1/4" IN 10 FEET AND 1/2' IN 20 FEET OR MORE. 17.1.2.2. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/4" PER STORY, NON -CUMULATIVE, 1/2" 1N TWO STORIES OR MORE. 17.1.2.3. MAXIMUM VARIATION FIRM LEVEL COURSING: 1/8" IN 3 FEET AND 1/4" IN 10 FEET, 1/2 IN 30 FEET. 17.1.2.4. MAXIMUM VARIATION IN JOINT THICKNESS 1/8" IN 3FT. 17.1.2.5. MAXIMUM VARIATION IN JOINT THICKNESS FROM CROSS SECTIONAL THICKNESS OF WALLS 1/4". 17.2. MASONRY COURSING: 17.2.1. ESTABLISH LINES, LEVELS AND COURSING INDICATED. PROTECT FROM DISPLACEMENT. 17.2.2. MAINTAIN MASONRY COURSES TO UNIFORM DIMENSIONS. FORM VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS TO UNIFORM DIMENSION. 17.2.3. BOND: AS INDICATED. WHERE SPECIAL BONDS AND PATTERN ARE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT AND INSTALLATION AND THAT THE BOND AND PATTERN ARE CONSISTENTLY, AND SYMMETRICALLY, PLACED. 17.2.4. MORTAR JOINTS: CONCAVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 17.3. MASONRY PLACING AND BONDING: 17.3.1. LAY SOLID MASONRY UNITS ON FULL HEAD AND BED JOINTS. PLACE UNIFORMLY. 17.3.2. LAY HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS WITH FACE SHELL SETTING ON HEAD AND JOINTS. PLACE UNIFORMLY. 17.3.3. BUTTERING CORNERS OR JOINTS OR EXCESSIVE FURROWING OF MORTAR JOINTS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 17.3.4. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND SMEARS AS WORK PROGRESSES. 17.3.5. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR WITH WATER REPELLENT ADMIXTURE PROMPTLY. DO NOT USE ACIDS, SANDBLASTING, OR HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING METHODS. 17.3.6. INTERLOCK INTERSECTIONS AND EXTERNAL CORNERS, EXCEPT FOR UNITS LAID IN STACK BOND. 17.3.7. DO NOT SHIFT OR TAP MASONRY UNITS AFTER MORTAR HAS ACHIEVED INITIAL SET. WHERE ADJUSTMENT MUST BE MADE, REMOVE AND REPLACE MORTAR. 17.3.8. PERFORM JOB SITE CUTTING OF MASONRY UNITS WITH PROPER TOOLS TO PROVIDE, STRAIGHT, CLEAN, UNCHIPPED EDGES. PREVENT BROKEN MASONRY UNIT CORNERS OR EDGES. DO NOT "BREAK" MASONRY. 17.3.9. CUT MORTAR JOINTS FLUSH WHERE WALL TILE IS SCHEDULED, CEMENT PARGING IS REQUIRED, RESILIENT BASE IS SCHEDULED, CAVITY VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE IS APPLIED, OR BITUMEN DAMPPROOFlNG IS APPLIED. 17.3.10. ISOLATE MASONRY PARTITIONS FROM VERTICAL STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS WITH A CONTROL JOINT. ISOLATE TOP OF MASONRY PARTITIONS FROM HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS AND SLABS OR DECKS WITH COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER. 17.3.11. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SUPPORT AT FLASHING. AT HOLLOW MASONRY, GROUT VOIDS SOLID. 17.3.12. DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO ACCUMULATE IN CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION; PROMPTLY. 17.3.13. DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO ACCUMULATE ON THE SURFACE OF MASONRY; PROMPTLY REMOVE. 17.3.14. PROTECT TOP OF WALL CONSTRUCTION FROM RAIN, WEATHER, AND DEBRIS WITH PLASTIC SHEETING. ONLY EXPOSE ACTIVE SECTIONS. 17.3.15. PROVIDE SAFETY CAPS ON EXPOSED REBAR. 17.4. C.M.U. REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE: 17.4.1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM. 17.4.2. PLACE REINFORCEMENT IN FIRST AND SECOND HORIZONTAL JOINTS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENINGS. EXTEND 16" MINIMUM EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 17.4.3. LAP JOINT REINFORCEMENT EACH END 6' MINIMUM. 17.4.4. FASTEN VENEER ANCHORS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND EMBED IN MASONRY JOINTS AS MASONRY IS LAID. DO NOT ATTACH TO SHEATHING BOARDS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, SPACE ANCHORS AT A MAXIMUM OF 24" HORIZONTALLY AND 16" VERTICALLY. 17.4.5. REINFORCE GROUTED COMPONENTS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.5. FLASHING: 17.5.1. EXTEND FLASHING CONTINUOUSLY AT BASE OF EXTERIOR WALLS, CONTINUOUS SHELF OR LEDGE ANGLES, AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.5.2. FLASH AT THE HEAD AND SILL OF ALL WALL OPENINGS, EXTEND 8" MINIMUM BEYOND EACH SIDE OF THE OPENING. 17.5.3. EXTEND ALL FLASHING THROUGH OUTER WYTHE, AND TURN TOWN AT OUTSIDE FACE TO FORM A DRIP EDGE. 17.5.4. TURN FLASHING, FOLD, AND SEAL AT CORNERS, BENDS AND INTERRUPTIONS. FORM SEALED END DAMS AT FLASHING TERMINATIONS. 17.5.5. LAP END JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 6" AND SEAL WATERTIGHT. 17.5.6. SEAL JOINTS BELOW FLASHING WITH JOINT SEALANT. 17.6.1.3. AT CHANGES IN WALL HEIGHT. 1.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS AS A MINIMUM. IF THE INSULATING MATERIALS DO NOT PRECISELY MATCH THE INDICATED 'R' VALUE, CONTRACTOR MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF TWO ADJOINING MEMBERS ABUTTING IN PLANE: 1/32". 17.6.1.4. DO NOT CONTINUE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT THROUGH CONTROL JOINTS. SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER AT THE NEXT HIGHEST STANDARD R VALUE FOR THE INSULATION. A LOWER R VALUE WILL NOT 4.14. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM FRAMES WITH INSULATED GLASS UNITS WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 17.6.1.5. INSTALL PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT IN CONTINUOUS LENGTHS. SEAL BUTT AND CORNER JOINTS. BE ACCEPTED. 4.15. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PERIMETER GASKETNG AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 1.2. IF FOAM INSULATION PRODUCTS ARE USED AT THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING, THESE SHALL BE COMPLETELY ISOLATED FOR THE INTERIOR OF THE 4.16. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP FINISHED IN EITHER A ANODIC OR KYNAR FINISH. SEE WINDOW TYPES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 17.7. MASONRY CELL INSULATION: BUILDING, ESPECIALLY AT CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND IN CEILING CAVITIES. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AT FOAM INSULATION LOCATIONS AND SEALED TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 5. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 17.7.1. POUR GRANULAR INSULATION INTO CAVITIES TO FILL VOID SPACES. 17.7.2. MAINTAIN INSPEC11ON PORTS TO SHOW THE PRESENCES OF INSULATION EXTREMITIES OF EACH POUR AREA. CLOSE THE PORTS AFTER FIWNG HAS BEEN CONFIRMED. 17.7.3. LIMIT THE ALL OF INSULATION TO ONE STORY HIGH, BUT NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET. 17.7.4. AT PARAPET WALLS ABOVE ROOF LEVEL, EXTEND INSULATION A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE THE FINISH ROOF LEVEL 17.8. BUILT-IN WORK: 17.8.1. AS WORK PROGRESSES, INSTALL BUILT-IN METAL DOOR FRAMES, GLAZED FRAMES, ANCHOR BOLTS, PLATES AND OTHER ITEMS BUILT IN TO THE WORK BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. INSTALL BUILT-IN ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND TRUE TO LINE. 17.8.2. BED ANCHORS METAL DOOR FRAMES AND GLAZED FRAMES IN ADJACENT MORTAR JOINTS. FILL FRAME VOIDS SOLID WITH GROUT. FILL ADJACENT MASONRY CORES WITH GROUT 12" MIN. FROM FRAMED OPENINGS. 17.8.3. DO NOT BUILD IN TO MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ORGANIC MATERIALS THAT ARE SUBJECT DETERIORATION. 17.8.4. INSTALL LOOSE LINTELS AT ALL MASONRY OPENINGS. BEAR 8" MINIMUM ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 17.9. CUTTING AND FITTING: 17.9.1. CUT FIT FOR PIPES, CONDUIT, SLEEVES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. DO NOT "BREAK" MASONRY. MAINTAIN UNIFORM CLEARANCE TO PENETRATING ITEM. 17.9.2. OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO CUTTING OR FITTING MASONRY WORK NOT INDICATED OR WHERE APPAEARANCE OR STRENGTH OF MASONRY WORK MAY BE IMPAIRED. 17.10. PARGING: 17.10.1. DAMPEN MASONRY WALLS PRIOR TO PARGING. 17.10.2. SCARIFY EACH PARGING COAT TO ENSURE FULL BOND TO SUBSEQUENT COAT. 17.10.3. PARGE MASONRY WALLS IN TWO UNIFORM COATS OF MORTAR TO A TOTAL THICKNESS OF 3/4". 17.10.4. STEEL TROWEL SURFACE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITH A MAXIMUM SURFACE VARIATION OF 1/8" PER FOOT. 17.10.5. STRIKE TOP EDGE OF PARGING AT 45 DEGREES. 17.10.6. FINISH AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.10.7. AT EXISTING CONDITIONS, MATCH EXISTING MATERIAL THICKNESS, COLOR, AND TEXTURE. 17.11. CLEANING: 17.11.1. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND DROPPINGS. 17.11.2. REPLACE DEFECTIVE MORTAR AND MASONRY, MATCH EXISTING. 17.11.3. CLEAN SOILED SURFACES WITH CLEANING SOLUTION. 17.11.4. USE NON-METAWC TOOLS FOR CLEANING OPERATIONS. STRUCTURAL FRAMING, AND METAL FABRICATIONS 1. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL (AISC) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN 1N THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING, MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, AND METAL FABRICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL. SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STAIRS AND RAILINGS. 3. SHOP GALVANIZE AND SHOP PRIME ALL EXTERIOR METAL FABRICATIONS. PLUG ALL DRAIN HOLES FROM THE GALVANIZING PROCESS IN THE SHOP. FINAL PAINT SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED. 4. UNLESS SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER AND MODEL INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS, METAL FABRICATIONS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH DESIGN INTENT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH STANDARD MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, CASTINGS, FABRICATIONS, ETC. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 5. PROVIDE FINISH METAL WORK IN ALL EXPOSED AREAS. ALL FINISH METAL WORK SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ALL BURRS, NICKS, PRODUCTION MARKS, ROUGHLY FINISHED SURFACES AND CUTS, AND OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT ALL DEFECTS TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH, EVEN SURFACE. 6. FINISHED METAL WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ORNAMENTAL METALS, EXPOSED STEEL COLUMNS, EXPOSED STAIR FRAMING, RAILING ASSEMBLIES, WALL MOUNTED HANDRAILS, METAL FABRICATIONS SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES, AND ALL LADDERS AND LADDER CAGES. 6.1. ALL EXPOSED WELDS SHALL BE KEPT TO A CONSISTENT SIZE; GRIND EXPOSED WELDS TO A SMOOTH, CONSISTENT APPEARANCE 6.2. STAINLESS STEEL/ALUMINUM SHALL BE FREE OF DISCOLORATION FROM WELDING AND FABRICATION; CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL SURFACES TO ORIGINAL FINISH CONDITION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, COLOR, FINISH, AND SURFACE PATTERN/GRAINING. 6.3. REPETITIVE ELEMENTS, SUCH AS RAILING ASSEMBLIES, SHALL BE FABRICATED TO SAME LEVEL OF APPEARANCE AND DIMENSIONS. COLD FORMED AND LITE GAUGE METAL FRAMING 1. ALL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING AND LITE GAUGE METAL FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 1.1. IF NOT INDICATED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGN CRITERIA FOR INTERIOR LITE GAUGE METAL WALL FRAMING SHALL BE L/240 FOR DEFLECTION AND 5PSF FOR PRESSURE AND FOR CEILING FRAMING SHALL BE L/360 FOR DEFLECTION AND 5 PSF FOR PRESSURE. 2. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THE GAUGE AND SPACING OF METAL STUDS IS TO SHOW INTENT ONLY AND ARE THE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENT. STUD DEPTH SHALL REMAIN AS INDICATED (EXCEPTION: STUD GAUGE MAY CHANGE WHERE REQUIRED TO PROPERLY ALIGN WALL FINISH SURFACES. SUBMIT CHANGE(S) TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK). CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL COLD FORMED AND LITE GAUGE METAL FRAMING. THERE ARE SEVERAL ITEMS OF NOTE: 2.1. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACKS AT THE HEAD OF ALL WALLS. 2.2. WHERE RATED WALLS OCCUR, PROVIDE STUD GAUGES THAT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDICATED U.L ASSEMBLY, EVEN IF THE GAUGE IS GREATER THAN INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 3. AT WET AREAS, PROVIDE METAL STRAP BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES, IN LIEU OF FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WILL NOT ACCEPT WOOD BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS. CORRECTION OF THE WORK WILL SOLELY BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL STUD FRAMING AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND AT INTERIOR WET/HUMID LOCATIONS SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED. WOOD AND PLASTIC 1. PLYWOOD SHEATHING: APA RATED SHEATHING STRUCTURAL I, EXPOSURE DURABILITY. SPAN MINIMUM RATING 32/16, UNSANDED. AT EXPOSED FINISH CASEWORK, PROVIDE CLEAR, FINISH GRADE, SANDED PLYWOOD. STAGGER PANEL INSTALLATION. 2. GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD: ASTM C117 5/8" TYPE X CORE WTH MOISTURE RESISTANT SURFACES. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN CONSTRUCTION. STAGGER PANEL INSTALLATION. 3. ALL WOOD BLOCKING, FRAMING, AND PLYWOOD SHEATHING/PANELS USED IN THE WORK, BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, SHALL BE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED. ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE FINISH GRADE AND FREE OF DEFECTS. 4. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT, AND AT ALL ANCHOR LOCATIONS. THIS INCLUDES THOSE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER, THE TENANT, OR THIRD PARTY VENDORS (EXCEPTION: PROVIDE METAL STRAP BLOCKING AT WET AREAS AS NOTED ABOVE). 5. ALL CASEWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWE) ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CONSTRUCTION AND QUALITY STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 5.1. ALL CASEWORK SHALL BE AWE, CUSTOM GRADE. 5.2. INDICATE SEAMING LOCATIONS AND PATTERN DIRECTIONS ON ALL SHOP DRAWINGS; LOCATE SEEMS SYMMETRICALLY AND AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, PATTERNS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE SAME DIRECTION. 5.3. ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). 5.4. ALL FINISHES SHALL MATCH THE ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. 5.5. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE COVERED IN SPECIFIED FINISH MATERIAL (WOOD VENEER, PLASTIC LAMINATE, SOLID SURFACE, ETC.) 5.6. PROVIDE PLASTIC GROMMETS, WITH COVER PLATES, AT ALL WIRING LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT. IF NOT INDICATED IN DRAWINGS, SIZE SHALL BE 2 %"D; COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 5.7. JOINTS IN SOLID SURFACE SHALL NOT BE READILY VISIBLE. FABRICATE FACES AND EDGE PROFILES AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. WHERE REQUIRED BY MATERIAL SURFACE LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE MITERED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SECTIONS TO ENSURE PROPER EDGE TREATMENT. 5.8. CONCEAL ALL FASTENERS AND JOINTS. 5.9. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS. NOTE ALL DISCREPANCIES IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION. 5.10. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES SHALL BE 1/8' IN 10' FOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS. 5.11. EQUIPMENT OR PRE -MANUFACTURED ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE CASEWORK SHALL BE FULLY COORDINATED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE NEATLY INSTALLED AND SET LEVEL WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. NEATLY SCRIBE AND/OR TRIM CASEWORK TO EQUIPMENT. 5.12. MILLWORK SHALL BE HANDLED WITH CLEAN GLOVES. CARRY, DO NOT DRAG CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED CASEWORK. SHIM CASEWORK AS REQUIRED USING CONCEALED SHIMS. SECURE TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION USING CONCEALED FASTENERS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. WHERE CONCEALED FASTENERS CANNOT BE USED, PROVIDE FASTENERS AT INCONSPICUOUS LOCA11ON APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. CASEWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PROPERLY LEVELED, ALIGNED, AND SCRIBED WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 5.13. SEAL CASEWORK TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH A CLEAR SWCONE SEALANT OR COLOR -MATCHED SILICONE SEALANT. 5.14. UNLESS SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER AND MODEL INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS, METAL FABRICATIONS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH DESIGN INTENT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH STANDARD MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, CASTINGS, FABRICATIONS, ETC. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS, AND FIREPROOFING 1. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE U.L LISTED FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, AND/OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO UTILIZE DIFFERENT ASSEMBLIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAID ASSEMBLIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 1.1. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS; NO INTERRUPTION OF FINAL FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE IS PERMITTED WITH PROTECTION WITH A FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION ASSEMBLY. ENSURE ALL SURFACES ARE PROPERLY PROTECTED. 1.2. WHERE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES INTERSECT ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, THE FINAL FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE SHALL CONTINUE PAST THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, UNINTERRUPTED. 1.3. WHERE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES ABUT ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, THE FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE SHALL RETURN ACROSS THE ABUTMENT, SEPARATING THE RATED ASSEMBLY FROM THE OTHER CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FlRE-RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND PERIMETER JOINT SYSTEMS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH U.L LISTED FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION AND JOINT SYSTEMS. FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION AND JOINT SYSTEMS SHALL ACHIEVE THE SAME RATING AS THE ASSEMBLY BEING PENETRATED. 2.1. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE TYPE OF PENETRATIONS AND JOINT SYSTEMS TO BE PROTECTED AND SELECT APPROPRIATE ASSEMBLIES. 2.2. PROVIDE FIRE RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS AT ALL HEAD OF WALL CONDITIONS WITH 50% MOVEMENT CAPACITY; COORDINATE WITH DEFLECTION TRACKS AT METAL STUD WALLS. ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AT ALL OTHER FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINTS. 2.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT A FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. INCLUDE ALL PRODUCT DATA AND U.L ASSEMBLY DATA AND DIAGRAMS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ALL FIRE DAMPERS. FINISH TROWEL SMOOTH ALL FINISH SURFACES. 3. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE U.L. LISTED FIREPROOFING ASSEMBLIES FOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. NOT ALL PROJECTS WILL RECEIVE FIREPROOFING; REFER TO CONSIRUC11ON TYPE INFORMATION IN THE CODE INFORMATION ON THE COVER SHEET. 3.1. ASSEMBLIES AND ELEMENTS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS ARE A GUIDE SHOWING GENERAL INTENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 3.2. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE U.L. ASSEMBLIES USED, THE EXTENT OF THE FIREPROOFING, THE THICKNESSES) OF THE FIREPROOFING (INCLUDING ON SECONDARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS SUCH AS BRACING), POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION, AND ANY SPECIAL SURFACE PREPARATION REQUIRED. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO UTILIZE DIFFERENT ASSEMBLIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAID 1.3. WHERE FOAM® -IN -PLACE INSULATION ARE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS TO SEAL JOINTS, PENETRATIONS, AND POTENTIAL VOIDS IN THE MAIN INSULATION, PROVIDE PLENUM RATED INSULATING MATERIALS. 2. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIERS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2.1. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. 2.2. SEAL VAPOR BARRIER TIGHT TO ALL ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, AT ROOF DECK ENSURE FULL SEAL AT ALL DECK FLUTES. 2.3. RETURN AND SEAL VAPOR BARRIER AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 3. PROVIDE AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER AT ALL EXTERIOR SHEATHING. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.1. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP AND FLASH MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. 3.2. SEAL AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER TIGHT TO ALL ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, AT ROOF DECK ENSURE FULL SEAL AT ALL DECK FLUTES. 3.3. RETURN, SEAL, AND FLASH AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 3.4. COORDINATE AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER INSTALLATION WITH ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION. ROOFING SYSTEM INSTALLATION IS TO RETURN OVER TOP OF PARAPET WALLS AND LAP ONTO AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER. ENSURE ROOFING SYSTEM IS INSTALLED OVER TOP OF WEATHER BARRIER. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE ROOFING SYSTEM INSTALLATION. FOR CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF LIMITED AREAS, MATCH EXISTING SYSTEMS) AND MATERIAL(S). MAINTAIN EXISTING ROOF INSULATION R VALUES. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OWNERS EXISTING WARRANTY(S) AND MAINTENANCE SERVICE(S). 4.1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NRCA) STANDARDS FOR THE ROOFING SYSTEM SPECIFIED, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLA11ON INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. 4.2. MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS FIELD FABRICATED GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, COPINGS, ROOF EDGE TERMINATIONS, AND FASCIAS, ETC, SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SMACNA) ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL (ASMM). FACTORY PREPARED FABRICATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. 4.3. DETAILS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS ARE TO ADDRESS GENERAL CONDITIONS EXPECTED TO BE ENCOUNTERED AND SHOW INTENT. 4.4. THERMAL INSULA11ON IS INDICATED AS AN 'R' VALUE, NOT A THICKNESS, THIS 'R' VALUE IS THE MINIMUM VALUE ACCEPTABLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS AS A MINIMUM. IF THE INSULATING MATERIALS DO NOT PRECISELY MATCH THE INDICATED 'R' VALUE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER AT THE NEXT HIGHEST STANDARD 'R' VALUE FOR THE INSULATION. A LOWER 'R' VALUE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION AT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AT THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF THE ROOF SLOPE. TAPERED INSULATION SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO THE MINIMUM INSULATION REQUIRED TO MEET THE SPECIFIED 'R' VALUE. 4.6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL ALL VOIDS BETWEEN THE ROOF INSULATION AND PENETRATING ITEMS WITH PLENUM RATED ROOF INSULATION. AT LOCATIONS WHERE A ROOM OR SPACE HAS EXPOSED STRUCTURE, THE PENETRATING ITEMS SHALL EITHER BE PROVIDED WITH A MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED PIECE OF TRIM METAL OR ONE SHALL BE FABRICATED IN THE FIELD. 4.7. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ROOFING SHOP DRAWINGS, SHOWING ALL DETAILS FOR THE INSTALLATION, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. JOINT SEALANTS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL JOINT SEALANT AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS AND PER THIS SCHEDULE. PROVIDE BACKER ROD AS REQUIRED. 2. JOINT -SEALANT APPUCA11ON: EXTERIOR JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL TRAFFIC SURFACES. JOINT LOCA11ONS: • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN BRICK PAVERS, ISOLATION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLABS, JOINTS BETWEEN PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING UNITS, JOINTS IN STONE PAVING UNITS, INCLUDING STEPS, TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: URETHANE. • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 3. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, JOINTS BETWEEN PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE UNITS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN UNIT MASONRY, JOINTS IN DIMENSION STONE CLADDING, JOINTS IN GLASS UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES, JOINTS IN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS, JOINTS BETWEEN METAL PANELS, JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE, PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE AND FRAMES OF DOORS AND WINDOWS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN CEILINGS AND OTHER OVERHEAD SURFACES, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: POLYURETHANE • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 4. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: ISOlAl10N JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLABS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN STONE FLOORING, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN BRICK FLOORING, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN TILE FLOORING, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT. URETHANE • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 5. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACE. • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ON EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES OF EXTERIOR WALLS, PERIMETER JOINTS OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS WHERE INDICATED, TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, VERTICAL JOINTS ON EXPOSED SURFACES OF INTERIOR UNIT MASONRY AND CONCRETE WALLS AND PARTITIONS, JOINTS ON UNDERSIDE OF PLANT -PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE BEAMS AND PLANKS, PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND FRAMES OF INTERIOR DOORS WINDOWS AND ELEVATOR ENTRANCES, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT. POLYURETHANE • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 6. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: MILDEW -RESISTANT INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS, AND COUNTERS, TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE INDICATED, JOINTS BETWEEN CASEWORK AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS, CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS IN THE POOL AND SPA, CONTROL AND ISOLATION JOINTS IN PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER, ALL JOINTS IN THE SHOWER ROOMS, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: SILICONE. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: WHITE AT PLUMBING FIXTURES; CLEAR AT CASEWORK. 7. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR ACOUSTICAL JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: JOINTS BETWEEN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES AND ADJOINING WALL CONSTRUCTION, ACOUSTICAL JOINTS WHERE INDICATED, OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: ACOUSTICAL ACRYLIC LATEX. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. DOORS. WINDOWS. HARDWARE. AND GLAZING 1. GENERAL 1.1. ALL DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), OR LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES, AS APPLICABLE. COMPLY WITH OPERATING FORCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL OPERATION. 1.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ALL DOOR HARDWARE, FLUSH WOOD DOORS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, AN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES. 1.3. ALL RATED DOORS AND FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CODE COMPLIANT LABELS BY THE MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE OR PAINT OVER LABELS. 1.4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE UNDERCUT ON ALL DOORS WITH FLOOR FINISH. ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE AND OPERATION OF DOOR. 1.5. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT, THERMALLY -IMPROVED ALUMINUM THRESHOLDS AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, COORDINATE THRESHOLD DEPTH WITH FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE IS WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE ONE PIECE, OVERSIZED THRESHOLD TO COVER THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE EXTERIOR SILL CONSTRUCTION AND THE WOOD FLOOR. DO NOT ATTACH THE THRESHOLD TO THE WOOD FLOOR, FLOAT OVER THE FLOORING. 1.6. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT, THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM THRESHOLDS AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS WHERE INDICATED. 1.7. CAULK PERIMETER OF ALL DOOR FRAMES TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 1.8. ALL DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR EFFORT. ALTERNATIVELY, AT MAIN ENTRANCE ONLY, PROVIDE A READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN ADJACENT TO OR ON THE DOOR STATING THAT "THIS DOOR SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" WITH MINIMUM 1 "H LETTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 1.9. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ALL DOOR HARDWARE, FLUSH WOOD DOORS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, AN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES. 2. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND LITES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 2.1. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND SIDELITES SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2.2. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL HAVE FLUSH FACES WITH NO SEAMS. 2.3. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE GALVANIZED. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL BE INSULATED. 2.4. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL BE WELDED. 2.5. WELDED FRAMES ARE PREFERRED AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. HOWEVER, IN THE INTEREST OF OWNER SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS, KNOCK DOWN FRAMES ARE MAY BE CONSIDERED AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. WELDED FRAMES ARE PREFERRED. 2.6. PROVIDE SILENCERS WITH ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES. 2.7. PROVIDE WEATHERSTRIPPING FOR ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 2.8. PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATING, AND LABELS, AS INDICATED. PROVIDE POSITIVE PRESSURE WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 2.9. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8. 3. ALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 3.1. COMPLY WITH AWI QUALITY SECTION 1300 CUSTOM GRADE. 3.2. SOUD CORE, NON -RATED: TYPE PC - PARTICLEBOARD. 3.3. SOLID CORE, RATED: RATING AS INDICATED, CATEGORY A FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SOLID CORE MATERIAL FOR DOOR RATING. 3.4. VENEER FACING: AWI GRADE: A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.5. SPECIES: SELECT WHITE BIRCH, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE 3.6. CUT: ROTARY, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.7. FACE MATCHING: RUNNING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.8. FACING ADHESIVE: TYPE 1 - WATERPROOF. 3.9. PROVIDE SOLID CORE DOORS WITH REINIFORCED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR HARDWARE. 3.10. WHERE FIRE RATED DOORS ARE INDICATED, COMPLY WITH RATING INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RATING AGENCY AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3.11. ALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL BE FACTORY FINISHED, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLES, OR BUILDING/TENANT SPACE STANDARD. 3.12. INSTALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS PER AWI QUALITY STANDARD REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.13. PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATING, AND LABELS, AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE POSSITVE PRESSURE WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 3.14. GLAZING STOPS: MATCHING WOOD. 3.15. INSTALL ALL WOOD DOORS IN COMPLIANCE WITH AEI STANDARDS. 4. ALL ALUMINUM -FRAMED WINDOWS AND DOORS (STOREFRONT AND CURTAIN WALL) SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 4.1. DEAD AND LIVE LOAD FROM WIND, ACTING NORMAL TO THE PLANE: AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES AND ASCE 7, AND AS MEASURED BY ASTM E330. 4.2. AIR INFILTRATION, COMPLY WITH ASTM E283: WINDOW FRAMING: 0.06 CFM/SQ. FT. SINGLE DOORS: 0.50 CFM PER LINEAR FOOT OF CRACK, MEASURED WITH 1.57 PSF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. 4.3. DEFLECTION: LIMIT MUWON DEFLECTION TO 1/175 FOR SPANS UNDER 13'-6" AND 1/240 PLUS 1/4" FOR SPANS OVER 13'-6", WI H FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 4.4. SEISMIC LOADS: AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES. 4.5. SYSTEM ASSEMBLY: ACCOMMODATE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS OR DETERIORATION OF SEALS, FROM MOVEMENT WITHIN SYSTEM, MOVEMENT BETWEEN SYSTEM AND PERIPHERAL CONSTRUCTION, DYNAMIC LOADING AND RELEASE LOADS, DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FRAMING. 5.1. THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS INDICATED IN THE REST OF DOCUMENTS ARE A PRESCRIPTIVE PERFORMANCE, FUNCTION, AND OPERATION GUIDE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE HARDWARE SET, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES THAT MAY NOT BE LISTED, COMPLYING WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE NOTES AND THE HARDWARE PRESCRIPTIVE GUIDE. SUBMIT HARDWARE SETS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 5.2. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA) STANDARDS AND SHALL BE MINIMUM GRADE 2. 5.3. WHERE WORKING IN EXISTING SPACES, MATCH EXISTING HARDWARE MANUFACTUER(S), STYLE(S), AND FINISHES TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 5.4. COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOOR AND FRAME FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. 5.5. INSTALL THE DOOR HARDWARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) REQUIREMENTS, THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN REQUIREMENTS, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS. COORDINATE ALL THE WORK. 5.6. HINGES: 5.6.1. FOR DOORS UP TO 60" HIGH, PROVIDE (2) HINGES. FOR DOORS FROM 61"H TO 90"H, PROVIDE (3) HINGES. FOR DOORS 91"H TO 120"H, PROVIDE (4) HINGES. FOR DOOR WITH HEIGHTS MORE THAN 120", PROVIDE (4) HINGES PLUS (1) ADDITIONAL HINGE FOR EVERY ADDITIONAL 30" OF HEIGHT. 5.6.2. PROVIDE SPRING, PIVOT, AND CONTINUOUS HINGES WHERE INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 5.6.3. PROVIDE NON -REMOVABLE HINGE PINS AT ALL OUTSWINGING EXTERIOR DOORS AND INTERIOR CORRIDOR DOORS. 5.6.4. ALL EXTERIOR HINGES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, BALL BEARING TYPE. 5.7. LOCK SETS AND LATCHES: 5.7.1. PROVIDE LEVER STYLE HANDLES ON ALL LOCK SETS. 5.7.2. PROVIDE ALL LOCK SETS WITH MATCHED, RECESSED STRIKE PLATES. 5.7.3. DO NOT PROVIDE LOCK SETS AND LATCHES THAT IMPEDE THE EGRESS FLOW FROM THE ROOM, SPACE, OR BUILDING. 5.7.4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL LOCK SETS SHALL BE MORTISE TYPE. 5.7.5. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ELECTROMAGNETIC AND ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 5.7.6. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE PHYSICAL, PUNCH KEY TYPE LOCK SETS. 5.8. EXIT DEVICES AND EXIT ALARMS: 5.8.1. PROVIDE EXIT DEVICES WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, WHERE THE OCCUPANT LOAD ON A SINGLE DOOR IS GREATER THAN 50, AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5.8.2. PROVIDE SPECIAL FUNCTION WHERE INDICATED (CYLINDER DOGGING, KEYED DOGGING, ETC.). 5.8.3. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ELECTRONIC EXIT DEVICES 5.8.4. PROVIDE LEVER STYLE HANDLES ON ALL LOCK SETS. 5.8.5. PROVIDE ALL EXIT DEVICES WITH MATCHED, RECESSED STRIKE PLATES. 5.8.6. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE SEPARATE, INTERCONNECTED AUDITORY EXIT ALARM DEVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERA11ON OF THE HARDWARE. PROVIDE EACH EXIT ALARM WITH A SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN STATING "EMERGENCY EXT - ALARM WILL SOUND". SIGN SHALL BE WHITE BACKGROUND WITH RED LETTERS. 5.9. LOCK CYLINDERS: 5.9.1. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS. 5.9.2. PROVIDE, AND INSTALL, PERMANENT CYLINDERS AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THERE ARE EXISTING LOCK SETS, PROVIDE NEW CYLINDERS IN THE EXISTING LOCK SETS SO ALL LOCKS ARE ON THE SAME KEYING SYSTEM. 5.10. DOOR BOLTS: 5.10.1. PROVIDE MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS WHERE INDICATED. MINIMUM BOLT LENGTH IS 12'. 5.10.2. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE FOR PAIRS OF DOORS. 5.10.3. ALL FLUSH BOLTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2) PER LEAF (TOP AND BOTTOM). 5.10.4. PROVIDE DUSTPROOF STRIKES AT FLOOR LOCATIONS. 5.10.5. ALL DOOR BOLTS SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE. SURFACE MOUNTED IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5.11. CLOSERS: 5.11.4. PROVIDE CLOSERS WHERE INDICATED, AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, AND AT ALL FIRE RATED DOORS. 5.11.5. PROVIDE TYPE OF CLOSER AND ARM REQUIRED FOR CLOSER TO BE LOCATED ON THE NON-PUBLIC SIDE OF THE DOOR. 5.11.6. DO NOT MOUNT CLOSERS AT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. 5.11.7. PROVIDE CLOSERS WITH SPECIAL OPERATION, WHERE INDICATED (OVERHEAD STOP, HOLD -OPEN, RECESSED CLOSERS, CONCEALED CLOSERS, ETC.) 5.11.8. PROVIDE DOOR COORDINATORS AS INDICATED AND WHERE REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER DOOR OPERATION. 5.12. ELECTRIC STRIKES: PROVIDE ELECTRIC STRIKES WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH LOCKSET/EXIT DEVICE OPERATION. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5.13. STOPS AND HOLDERS: 5.13.1. PROVIDE TYPE INDICATED. 5.13.2. DO NOT MOUNT FLOOR STOPS WHERE THEY WILL IMPEDE TRAFFIC. 5.13.3. WHERE WALL AND FLOOR STOPS ARE NOT APPROPRIATE, PROVIDE AN OVERHEAD STOP. 5.13.4. PROVIDE MAGNETIC HOLD -OPENS WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE TYPE WITH CLOSER AND DOOR OPERATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 5.14. OPERATING TRIM (DOOR PULLS, PUSH PLATES, AND MISC. ITEMS): PROVIDE TYPE INDICATED, COORDINATE WITH DOOR AND FRAME CONSTRUCTION. 5.15. PROTECTION PLATES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED. WIDTH OF PROTECTION PLATE SHALL BE 2" SMALLER THAN DOOR LEAF WIDTH AND INSTALLED 1" FROM EACH EDGE OF DOOR. COORDINATE HEIGHT OF PROTECTION PLATE WTH DOOR GLAZING, IF ANY. 5.16. GASKETING, SWEEPS, AND AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS: 5.16.1. AIR LEAKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEEED 0.50 CFM PER FOOT OF CRACK LENGTH, AS TESTED PER ASTM E283. 5.16.2. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHER-STRIP GASKETING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOOR LOCATIONS. 5.16.3. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SMOKE GASKETTNG WHERE INDICATED AND AT AIL STAIRWELL OR OTHER POSITIVE PRESSURE DOORS. 5.16.4. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SOUND/LIGHT GASKETNG WHERE INDICATED. 5.16.5. GASKETNG, SWEEPS, AND AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL NOT USE ORGANIC MATERIALS. 5.16.6. AT WOOD AND H.M. DOORS, GASKETNG SHALL BE COMPRESSION BULB TYPE. 5.16.7. AT ALUMINUM DOORS, GASKEIING SHALL BE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED AND PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 5.16.8. AT RATED DOORS AND FRAMES, GASKETNG SHALL BE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY GASKEITNG MANUFACTURER. AT PAIRS OF RATED DOORS, DO NOT PROVIDE A METAL ASTRAGAL PLATE. PROVIDE INTUMESECENT TYPE CONCEALED ASTRAGAL ON EDGE OF DOOR. 5.16.9. AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM WITH COMPRESSION BULB TYPE BOTTOM OR COMRPESSIBLE NYLON SWEEP/EDGE. 5.16.10. WHERE INDICATED AT INTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR SWEEP. 5.16.11. WHERE INDICATED AT INTERIOR DOORS, OR REQUIRED FOR SMOKE CONTROL OR POSITIVE PRESSURE, PROVIDE AN AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM COMPLYING WITH THE RATING REQUIREMENT OF THE DOOR AND FRAME. 5.17. THRESHOLDS: 5.17.1. PROVIDE THRESHOLDS WHERE INDICATED AND AT AIL EXTERIOR DOOR LOCATIONS. 5.17.2. ALL EXTERIOR THRESHOLDS SHALL HAVE BE SOLID EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH A THERMAL BREAK. 5.17.3. ALL INTERIOR THRESHOLDS SHALL BE SOLID EXTRUDED ALUMINUM. 5.17.4. COORDINATE LENGTH OF THRESHOLD WITH DOOR AND FRAME. COORDINATE DEPTH OF THRESHOLD WITH WITH THE DOOR AND FRAME AND THE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. 5.18. KEYING: 5.18.1. COORDINATE ALL KEYING REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD/TENANT. 5.18.2. PROVIDE (2) COPIES OF EACH KEY. 5.18.3. PROVIDE KEY CABINET. MOUNT WHERE INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD/TENANT. 6. ALL GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 6.1. GENERAL: 6.1.1. PERFORM WORK IN COMPLIANCE WITH GLASS ASSOCAITON OF AMERICA (GANA) GLAZING MANUAL, GANA SEALANT MANUAL, GANA LAMINATED GLASS DESIGN GUIDE AND SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCATION (SIGMA) FOR GLAZING INSTALLATION METHODS. 6.2. GLAZING: 6.2.1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN (INCLUDING SEISMIC): IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND ASIDE 7, WITH BASIC WIND SPEED AND EXPOSURE INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 6.2.2. WIND-BORNE DEBRIS LOADS: GLASS WITHIN 30 FEET OF GRADE: ASTM 1996, LARGE MISSLE IMPACT TEST. GLASS WITHIN 60 FEET OF GRADE, ASTM 1996, SMALL MISSLE IMPACT TEST. 6.2.3. LIMIT GLASS DEFLEC11ON TO 1/175 OF GLASS EDGE LENGTH OR 3/4', WHICHEVER IS LESS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 6.2.4. INTERIOR GLASS DEFLECTION: MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL DEFLECTION FOR TWO ADJACENT UNSUPPORTED EDGES LESS THAN THICKENSS OF GLASS WHEN 50 PLF FORCE IS APPLIED TO ONE PANEL AT ANY ONE POINT UP TO 42" A.F.F. 6.2.5. THERMAL/SOLAR PERFORMANCE: IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6.2.6. FABRICATE GLAZING WITHIN GANA REQUIREMENTS, ACCOUNTING FOR GASKEIING/SEALS, MOVEMENT, AND THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. 6.2.7. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE ALL INSULATED GLASS UNITS WITH GASKETS. 6.2.8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE DRY TAPE -TAPE METIHOD AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. 6.2.9. PROVIDE HEAT STRENGTHENING (TEMPERING) AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 6.2.10. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SINGLE PANE GLAZING SHALL BE 1/4" THICK, CLASS I CLEAR. TEMPERING AS INDICATED. 6.2.11. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSULATED GLASS UNITS SHALL BE 1" THICK (NOMINAL), WITH (2) LAYERS OF 1/4' THICK, CLASS I CLEAR GLASS OR CLASS II TINTED. PROVIDE WITH FABRICATED SPACER AND CREATE SEALED UNIT. INSTALL ALL COATINGS AND TINTS ON THE 2ND GLASS FACE. ENSURE COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED. 6.2.12. PROVIDE SPECIAL PATTERNS/FRIT LNG AS INDICATED. 6.2.13. SET GLASS PLUMB AND LEVEL, WITHOUT DISTORTION. 6.3. MIRRORS: 6.3.1. CLEAR MIRROR GLASS: ASTM C1503, MIRROR SELECT QUALITY, 6.OMM THICK. SILVER MIRROR COATING ON 2ND FACE. 6.3.2. FIELD VERIFY MIRROR SIZES, COMPLY WITH LAYOUT INTENT SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. 6.3.3. FABRICATE MIRRORS IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR NOTCHES, HOLES, PENETRATING ITEMS, ETC. PROVIDE THESE CUTOUTS PRIOR TO HEAT STRENGTHENING. DO NOT PIECE OR SEAM MIRRORS AROUND THESE ITEMS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. DO NOT SPAN EXPANSION JOINTS WITH THE MIRRORS. 6.3.4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. 6.3.5. WHERE LAMINATED MIRROR GLASS IS INDICATED., COMPLY WITH ASTM C1172, KIND LM. OUTER LITE SHALL BE CLEAR GLASS WITH SILVER MIRROR COATING ON 2ND FACE. INTERLAYER MATERIAL SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 0.030 INCH THICK PVB INTERLAYER PROVEN NOT TO DO MINATE. SECOND LITE SHALL BE CLEAR GLASS. FABRICATE FREE OF DEFECTS, DIRT, DEBRIS, AIR BUBBLES, AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS AND LAMINATE USING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HEAT PLUS PRESSURE FABRICATION PROCESS. FINISH EDGE OF LAMINATED GLASS AS RECOMMENDED BY INTERLAYER MANUFACTURER. 6.3.6. MIRROR EDGES SHALL BE SQUARE, POLISHED, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. FACTORY FINISH EDGES. 6.3.7. VERIFY AND CORRECT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INSTALL MIRROR WITH ADHESIVE. INSTALL MIRRORS PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. V 0 0 L_ a 'Q W Z L Q) fU O W L_ D U 0 V r = V1 a M Q a o0 d' d m 3 M , vi ,O 0 00 a O L M M 0 Q = b O � V OO 0 V u _, 1 W ,t , V Wm Ear 2 � .r 0 �u v J _C Q)M o. � < - L N Q ,.-. N CM L M 0 ro " -0 •o LL o 5 w > 0 LL J } 0 OF-��Z a�i�-wd V0 >-�wza0p�w mv�2Wzo�z olwo�WZWwO N=wCf-_ sQ�cnawOw� aW�c¢wF-W~L d w � Z Z) p0=wwQwi-w UV W ���>_0t- 00 QNo2� � o M 1� H� M M a -� w N �a H Q �� � x H �AN a AQ � a N N 0 0 0 2 W w a W O u_ 0 w D C0 C0 N 0 N Q 0 CC 0 0 .Q 0 0 0 z Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: • Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 CL cn 0 cli cli IN 11 O) El y a U It 1 11 �__) O i Q U i 0 0 U n - N O N N -' O CY GENERAL PROJECT NOTES FINISHES (GENERAL) 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS; COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS. PATCH FOR FINISH LEVEL AS REQUIRED. 1.1. AT ALL EXISTING SURFACES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE SURFACES MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT, FOR ALIGNMENT, LEVEL OF FINISH, SMOOTHNESS, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT ALL EXISTING WORK. TO MEET THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE EXISTING DEFICIENCIES DO NOT SHOW THROUGH, OR TELEGRAPH THROUGH, EXISTING WORK. 2. COORDINATE ALL LAYOUTS AND FRAMING WITH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS PERTAINING TO TILE, CASEWORK, AND CUSTOM FABRICATION LAYOUTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FINISHES IN THESE DOCUMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. INSTALLATION OF ALL PRODUCTS WILL BE BY MANUFACTURER APPROVED OR TRAINED CONTRACTORS WITH A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE WORKING WITH THE PRODUCT. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (2) PHYSICAL SAMPLES OF THE FINISH PRODUCTS DURING THE SUBMITTAL REVIEW PROCESS - ONE FOR THE ARCHITECT'S RECORD AND ONE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE. 5. ALL INSTALLATION, PROTECTION, AND CARE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DOCUMENTS. 6. WHERE NEW FINISHES MEET EXISTING FINISHES, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING AND PREPARE FOR NEW TO BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE FROM FLOOR TO CEILING AND BETWEEN THE NEAREST CORNERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NEW CONSTRUCTION MEETING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME PLACE SHALL BE FLUSH WITH NO VISIBLE JOINT. 7. TYPICALLY, CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIALS OCCUR UNDER THE CENTERUNE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. COORDINATE ALL FLOORING TRANSITION LOCATIONS WITH THE LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 8. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL COORDINATE WITH THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS FOR TYPE AND LOCATION. 9. PROVIDE ALL NEW MATERIALS FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COME FROM THE SAME BATCH, LOT, OR PRODUCTION RUN. FOR MATERIALS WITH A VARIED COLOR AND PATTERN, RANDOMLY SELECT AND BLEND DURING INSTALLATION. GYPSUM BOARD WALLS AND CEILINGS 1. ALL METAL STUD FRAMING SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1.1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C840, C754, GYPSUM ASSOCIATION STANDARDS,AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND STANDARDS. 1.2. ALL RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE STANDARDS. 1.3. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION L360 FOR 5PSF UNIFORM LOAD. 1.4. ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PLUMB AND ALIGNED TO A TOLERANCE OF 1 /8° IN 10 FEET. 1.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STUDS FRAMING, INDICATING ALL GAUGES, SIZES, AND COATINGS. THE INFORMATION BELOW IS THE MINIMUM CRITERIA REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT: 1.5.1. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (EXTERIOR STUDS): 16 GAUGE, G90 COATING. 1.5.2. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (INTERIOR STUDS): 20 GAUGE, G60 COATING. PROVIDE G90 COATING AT WET LOCATIONS. COMPLY WITH MINIMUM GAUGE LISTED IN U.L ASSEMBLIES, IF GREATER. 1.5.3. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (INTERIOR FURRING): 25 GAUGE, G60 COATING. PROVIDE G90 COATING AT WET LOCATIONS. COMPLY WITH MINIMUM GAUGE LISTED IN U.L ASSEMBLIES, IF GREATER. 1.5.4. DIRECT SUSPENSION FRAMING (INTERIOR): ASTM C635 ZINC COATED SYSTEM OF INTERLOCKING FURRING RUNNERS, TEES, AND ACCESSORIES DESIGNED FOR CONCEALED MODULAR SUPPORT OF GYPSUM BOARD COUNGS. CHANNELS SHALL BE G90, MINIMUM 1 1 /2" SIZE AND MINIMUM 0.475 LB/FT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, CLASS I GALVANIZED STEEL, 8 GAUGE MINIMUM. 1.5.5. PROVIDE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION AT THE TOP OF ALL FULL HEIGHT INTERIOR WALLS AND AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE INDICATED. INSTALL SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C636 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.5.6. INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT ALL DOOR AND WINDOW JAMBS. 1.5.7. INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 2. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 2.1. ALL GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND COUNG CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION STANDARDS FOR FINISH LEVEL AND INSTALLATION. EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE LEVEL 4 FINISH, TYPICAL. AT WALL GRAPHICS AND WALL COVERINGS, PROVIDE LEVEL 5 FINISH. 2.4. GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C1396/C1396M 5/8' THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FIRE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD (TYPE X) WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH RATED ASSEMBLIES. 2.5. GYPSUM TILE BACKER BOARD (MOISTURE RESISTANT): ASTM C1178/C1178M MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WALLS AND COUNGS IN ALL RESTROOMS AND OTHER WET LOCATIONS. 2.6. CEMEN110US TILE BACKER BOARD (MOISTURE RESISTANT): ANSI A118.9, HIGH DENSITY, GLASS FIBER REINFORCED. LOCATINS AS INDICATED. 2.7. DRAWINGS INDICATE SPECIAL GYPSUM BOARD TRIMS, REVEALS, AND ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.8. TAPE, MUD, AND FINISH ALL INTERIOR JOINTS. MUD AND FINISH OVER ALL FASTENERS. POPPED SCREW HEADS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.9. TAPE AND SEAL ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.10. ALL ADJACENT GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES SHALL BE ALIGNED FLUSH AND LEVEL WITH NO VISIBLE JOINTS. 2.11. TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE USE SINGLE SHEETS AND AUGN JOINT FOR CONSISTENT FINISHING AND APPEARANCE. 3. ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 3.1. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: 3", ASTM C665, TYPE 1 UNFACED SEMI -RIGID MINERAL FIBER OR FIBERGLASS INSULATION. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 25/50. 3.2. METAL TRIM: ASTM C1047, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH OR WITHOUT PAPER FACING. PROVIDE CORNER BEADS, EDGE, BEAMS AND OTHER SHAPES AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. 3.3. JOINT MATERIALS (GYPSUM BOARD): ASTM C475, REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. 3.4. JOINT MATERIALS (CEMENTTOUS BACKER BOARD): 2" WIDE, COATED GLASS FIBER TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. 3.5. FASTENERS (GYPSUM BOARD): METAL FRAMING 33 MILS THICK OR LESS: ASTM C1002, TYPE S. METAL FRAMING GREATER THAN 33 MILS THICK: ASTM C954. WOOD FRAMING: ASTM C1002, TYPE W. 3.6. FASTENERS (CEMENTIOUS BACKER BOARD): STAINLESS STEEL TYPE. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS WALLS 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT AND PLUMB OF ALL MASONRY WALLS. 3. AT ELEVATOR SHAFTS, ENSURE NO LEDGES OR OBSTRUCTIONS OCCUR INSIDE THE SHAFT, COMPLY WITH ASME A17.1, ELEVATOR INSPECTOR REQUIREMENTS, AND ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS 1. ACOUSTICAL. COUNG SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1.1. FIRE RATED FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION: RATING AS INDICATED, COMPLY WITH ASTM E119. 1.2. SURFACE BURN CHARACTERISTICS: MAXIM FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 25/50 (ASTM E84). 1.3. CEILING TILES: TYPE AND SIZE AS INDICATED. 1.4. GRID: ASTM C635, HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. FACE WIDTH AS REQUIRED FOR CEILING TILE TYPE. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES, TRIMS, CUPS, EDGES, HOLD DOWNS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1.5. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, SIZE AND TYPE AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATION AND AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.6. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1 /8" IN 10 FEET. 1.7. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES. 1.8. LAY -IN GRID INSTALLATION: 1.8.1. COMPLY WITH ASTM C636. WHERE SEISMIC BRACING IS REQUIRED, COMPLY WITH ASTM E580. 1.8.2. HANG GRID SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, CONDUITS, PIPES, AND DUCTS. 1.8.3. DO NOT SUPPORT COMPONENTS AND FIXTURES ON GRID SYSTEM. SUSPEND SEPARATELY FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 1.8.4. WHERE GRID ABUTS BULLNOSE BLOCK, PROVIDE PREFORMED CLOSURE TRIM MATCHING THE COUNG GRID. 1.9. CEILING TILES: 1.9.1. FIT TILES IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. 1.9.2. LAY DIRECTIONAL PATTERNED UNITS IN ONE WAY WITH PATTERN PARALLEL TO LONG DIRECTION OF ROOM AXIS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 1.9.3. CUT TILES TO FIT AROUND ODD SHAPES AND FOR NON-STANDARD SIZES, WHERE THE TILE HAS A MANUFACTURED TEGULAR EDGE, FIELD CUT ALL EDGES TO MATCH THE TEGULAR PROFILE. 1.9.4. INSTALL HOLD DOWN CUPS WHERE INDICATED OR WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH A RATED U.L ASSEMBLY. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL COMPLETE AND FUNC11ONAL GOUNG AND CEILING SYSTEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE COUNG TILES, GRID, METAL FRAMING, SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, CONTROL JOINTS, GYPSUM BOARD AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR THE COUNG INSTALLATION. 2.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL COMPONENTS, ACCESSORIES, AND FRAMING DETAILS AS SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2.2. COORDINATE INSTALLA11ON WITH ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND UFE SAFETY SYSTEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, DUCTWORK, LOUVERS, DAMPERS, ELECTRICAL AND DATA COMPONENTS, LIGHTING, FIRE ALARM, AND FIRE SUPPRESSION. 2.3. CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS SUCH AS FIRE ALARM DEVICES, FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS, CEILING FANS, CAN LIGHTS, ETC., SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE COUNG TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES WITH A FALSE GRID LINE IN THEM (SECOND LOOK), CENTER ITEMS IN THE 2X2 AREA OF THE TILE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL COUNG AT HEIGHTS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF CEILING MOUNTED UTILITIES. 4.1. ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN CEILING CONSTRUCTION (EXCEPTION: ROOMS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE COUNGS). 4.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TRANSITIONS AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE AROUND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER UTILITIES AND MAINTAIN THE UTILITIES WITHIN THE CEILING CAVITY. WHERE SPACE IN JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS PERMIT, UTILITIES MAY BE RUN THROUGH THE WEB SPACE OF THESE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 4.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING/FIRE SUPPRESSION AS HIGH IN THE CEILING CAVITY AS FEASIBLE IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN CLEAR SPACE FOR DUCTWORK INSTALLATIONS. HOLD FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING TIGHT TO FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE. 5. CUT COUNG TILES SMALLER THAN 47 SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO RECENTER THE GRID. 6. WHERE COUNG TILES WITH A TEGULAR EDGE MUST BE FIELD CUT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT IN A MATCHING TEGULAR EDGE ON THE CUT SIDE OF THE COUNG TILE, FINISH AND PAINT TO MATCH THE FACTORY EDGE. FLOORING AND TILE WORK 1. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AT CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL ALL TRANSITIONS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. SEE OTHER DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS AND TYPES OF TRANSITIONS. 2, REMOVE AND REPAIR ALL SLAB IMPERFECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FLOAT AND FILL/GRIND FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SUBSTRATE ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM MOISTURE VAPOR CONTENT AND ADHESION TESTS AT ALL CONCRETE SLABS PRIOR TO INSTALUNG ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. 4. PROVIDE LAYOUT AND SEAMING SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. 5. PREPARE ALL SUBSTRATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. MOURITITA"M 6.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE CARPET INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 6.2. WHERE INTEGRAL CARPET WALL BASE OCCURS, RETURN UP WALL AND TERMINATE AS NOTED IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 6.3. CARPET SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS FROM ROOM TO ROOM THROUGH EACH DOORWAY AND OPENING. THERE SHALL BE NO CHANGE IN DIRECTION AT PERPENDICULAR CORRIDORS. 6.4. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT CARPETING SMALLER THAN 12" IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. SEAMS SHALL NOT BE READILY VISIBLE TO THE NAKED EYE. WHERE PATTERNS OCCUR, ALIGN PASTERNS PROPERLY. 6.5. ENSURE PROPER SIZING OF CARPET AND THAT THE PATTERN AND LAYOUT DOES NOT GROW OR SPLAY. 7. RESIUENT FLOORING: 7.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE RESILIENT FLOORING INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 7.2. RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS FROM ROOM TO ROOM THROUGH EACH DOORWAY AND OPENING. THERE SHALL BE NO CHANGE IN DIRECTION AT PERPENDICULAR CORRIDORS. 7.3. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT RESILIENT FLOORING SMALLER THAN 4' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. 7.4. FULLY ADHERE FLOORING TO SUBSTRATE. 7.5. WHERE INDICATED PROVIDE (HOT OR COLD) WELDED SEAMS, MATERIAL TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE MATERIAL AND THE APPLICATION. COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 8. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACESSORIES: 8.1. FULLY ADHERE WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES. INSTALL LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE. 8.2. WALL BASE: 4"H (NOMINAL) RESILIENT RUBBER OR VINYL WALL BASE. 8.2.1. PROVIDE TOP -SET COVED BASE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 8.2.2. PROVIDE PRE -FORMED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS. 8.2.3. AT EXISTING WALL BASE MATCH EXISTING HOGHT(S) AND PROFILE(S). 8.3. RESILIENT ACCESSORIES: UNLESS ANOTHER MATERIAL IS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOORING TRANSITIONS AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL. TYPE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION. 9. WOOD FLOORING: 9.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE WOOD FLOORING INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES, ANCHORS, AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 9.2. WOOD FLOORING SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS. 9.3. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT WOOD FLOORING SMALLER THAN 1° IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. 9.4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WOOD FLOORING OVER VAPOR BARRIER WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR WHERE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 9.5. MAINTAIN CLEARANCES BETWEEN THE EDGE OF THE WOOD FLOORING AND THE ADJACENT WALL CONSTRUCTION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE WITH WALL BASE.. COORDINATE TRANSITIONS AT DOOR LOCATIONS AND FLOORING CHANGES. WOOD FLOORING SHALL EXTEND AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS TO ADJOIN ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND PERMIT PROPER THRESHOLD INSTALLATION. 10. FLOOR AND WALL TILE: 10.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE TILE INSTALLATION FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL TILE INCLUDING ALL MORTAR GROUT, ADHESIVES, WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 10.2. ALL TILE INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA STANDARDS (TCA) FOR THE INSTALLATION AND QUALITY STANDARDS. SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH SUBSTRATES AND INSTALLATION NOTES IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.3. AT RECESSED SLABS, PROVIDE THICKSET MORTAR BED. PROVIDE WELDED WIRE FABRIC REINFORCEMENT, SIZE AND GAUGE AS RECOMMENDED IN TCA SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS. 10.4. ALL FLOOR TILE SHALL MEET THE SUP RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). 10.5. TILE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.6. PROVIDE SANITARY TILE COVE BASE AS DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.7. CUT LARGE FORMAT FLOOR TILES SMALLER THAN 4° AND CUT LARGE FORMAT WALL TILES LESS THAN 1 X" IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCA11ONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST 11LE LAYOUT. 10.8. CUT SMALL FORMAT TILES (1X1 TILES) SMALLER THAN 3/8" IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST TILE LAYOUT. 10.9. DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION, AND VARIOUS PHASES OF BUILDING, THE TOP OF FINISH SLAB MAY NOT BE AT THE SAME ELEVATION OR LEVEL WHERE THIS CONDITION OCCURS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENT AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY INSTALL FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL AT SMALL CHANGES IN LEVEL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FLOAT THE FLOOR OUT WITH A GYPSUM BOARD OR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE FILL COMPOUND, TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION. AT LARGE, UNEVEN AREAS OR LARGE CHANGES IN LEVEL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE PROPOSED CORRECTION WITH THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. SHIMMING, LARGE SCALE FILL COMPOUND, OR A COMBINATION OF THE TWO MAY BE REQUIRED. 10.10. PROVIDE FLUID APPUED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE AT ALL WOOD FLOOR SYSTEMS, AT ALL FLOOR LOCATED ABOVE GRADE, AND AT CONCRETE SLABS THAT SHOW SIGNS OF NOTICEABLE CRACKING. PAINT 1. PREPARE SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE PAINTED FINISH PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ALL OIL AND GREASE FROM ALL METALS. THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL SUBSTRATES FOR COMPATIBILITY PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. REVIEW ANY COMPATIBILITY ISSUES WITH THE MANUFACTURER; SUBMIT ALTERNATE RECOMMENDATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 3. NUMBER OF COATS OR MILS INDICATED IS A MINIMUM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NUMBER OF COATS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FULL AND COMPLETE COVERAGE. WHERE MARKINGS ON SUBSTRATE MATERIAL BLEED THROUGH, CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL MARKINGS PER PAINT MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND REPAINT. 4. INSTALL PAINT PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITIENT INSTRUCTION AND AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. 5. SCHEDULE: REFER TO THE FOLLOWING FOR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF SYSTEMS OVER VARIOUS SUBSTRATES. WHERE EXISTING FINISHES ARE TO BE MAINTAINED, MATCH EXISTING MATERIAL(S), COLOR(S), FINISH(ES), AND APPUCATION(S). FIELD VERIFY THESE CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SURFACES AND MATERIALS NOT LISTED HERON: EXTERIOR SURFACES 5.1. CONCRETE AND CONRETE MASONRY UNITS: SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC. ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER OVER TWO FINISH COATS ACRYUC ENAMEL. 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.2. SHOP PRIMED FERROUS METAL (HIGH PERFORMANCE): GLOSS URETHANE. ONE COAT EPDXY BOND BOAT, 3 TO 6 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS POLYURETHANE OR URETHANE, 3-4 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN COATS. REPAIR SHOP PRIME PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.3. GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL (HIGH PERFORMANCE): GLOSS URETHANE. ONE COAT EPDXY BOND BOAT, 3 TO 6 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS POLYURETHANE OR URETHANE, 3-4 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN COATS. REPAIR GALVANIZING PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.4. ALUMINUM: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.6. PLASTIC: FLAT FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.6. PLASTIC: EGGSHELL FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.7. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.7. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.8. WOOD: LOW SHEEN EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: LFLAT EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: EGGSHELL EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: SEMI -GLOSS EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: GLOSS EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. INTERIOR SURFACES 5.7. SHOP PRIMED FERROUS METAL: SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. TWO FINISH COATS OVER SHOP PRIME. PROVIDE BASE COAT/SEALER AS REQUIRED IF SHOP PRIMER IS SHOWING THROUGH. 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. REPAIR SHOP PRIMING PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.8. FERROUS METAL: SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT METAL PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. PROVIDE RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER IF SURFACE SHOWS ANY INDICA11ON OF CORROSION. 5.9. GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL: SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT OF METAL PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. REPAIR GALVANIZING PRIOR TO PAINING. 5.10. GYPSUM BOARD: FLAT LATEX. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.11. GYPSUM BOARD: EGGSHELL LATE(. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.12. GYPSUM BOARD: SEMIGLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.13. GYPSUM BOARD: UNDER VINYL WALL COVER: ONE COAT PRIMER, TYPE AND MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.14. ALUMINUM: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: FLAT FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.16. PLASTIC: EGGSHELL FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDA11ONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.16. WOOD: FLAT LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.16. WOOD: EGGSHELL LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.17. WOOD: SEMI -GLOSS LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.18. WOOD: GLOSS LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.19. CONCRETE TRAFFIC (FLOOR) SURFACE: LATEX ENAMEL, LOW GLOSS. ONE PRIME COAT AND TWO TOPCOATS, 1.5 TO 2.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. SUP -RESISTANT SURFACE MEETING ADA REQUIREMENTS. 5.20. CONCRETE TRAFFIC (FLOOR) SURFACE (HIGH PERFORMANCE): EPDXY AND POLYURETHANE, SEMI -GLOSS. EPDXY PRIME COAT, 2.5-4.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO POLYURETHANE TOPCOATS, 2.0-3.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. SUP -RESISTANT SURFACE MEETING ADA REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER ALTERNATE SYSTEMS FOR TRAFFIC SURFACES, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. NOTE: DRYFALL PAINTS WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR HIGH CEILING AREAS, EXPOSED FLOOR/ROOF STRUCTURE AREAS, AND EXPOSED MEP ITEMS. TINTING OF PRIMER COAT(S) WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED. WALL COVERING 1. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. INSTALL ALL WALL COVERING VERTICALLY. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. APPLY ADHESIVE TO WALL COVERING SURFACE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF COVERING. ALLOW CONTACT ADHESIVE TO SET TACK FREE. 4. RAZOR TRIM ALL EDGES ON A FLAT WORK TABLE. CHANGE BLADES FREQUENTLY TO PREVENT ROUGH OR TORN EDGES. 5. ROUGH EDGES, BUBBLES, WRINKLES, GAPS, EXCESS ADHESIVE AND OTHER DEFICIENCIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IN FINISH WORK. 6. USE COVERING IN ROLL NUMBER SEQUENCE. 7. FOR WALL COVERING WITH A PATTERN ALIGNMENT, ENSURE ALIGNMENT OF PATTERN AT EACH SEAM. MISALIGNED SEAMS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IN FINISH WORK. 8. COVER SPACES ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOWS, ABOVE DOORS, AND AT OTHER WALL OPENINGS IN PATTERN SEQUENCE OF THE ROLL 9. INSTALL TERMINATION TRIM WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE ABUTTING CHANGES IN MATERIAL 10. INSTALL WALL COVERING PRIOR TO WALL BASE, CABINETS, HARDWARE, OR ITEMS ATTACHED TO, OR SPACED SLIGHTLY FROM, THE WALL SURFACE. WALL COVERING SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 1/4" MINIMUM BEYOND THE ITEMS LISTED ABOVE TO ENSURE PROPER COVERAGE SANITARY WALL PANELS (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS) 1. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WALL PANELS, PANEL JOINTS, CORNER JOINTS, TERMINATION TRIM, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 3. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 4. INSTALL ALL SANITARY WALL PANELS VERTICALLY. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL ALL TRIM AND ACCESSORIES AS PANELS ARE INSTALLED. 5. APPLY ADHESIVE TO WALL COVERING SURFACE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF COVERING. ENSURE FULL BOND TO SUBSTRATE. 6. PANEL JOINTS ARE NOT PERMITTED WITHIN 12" OF WALL CORNERS AND TERMINATIONS. 7. SEAL JOINTS WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS WITH SANITARY SILICONE SEALANT. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: AS A MINIMUM PROVIDE THE QUANTITIES, TYPES, AND LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. DO NO PROCEED WITH ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS UNTIL REVIEWED BY THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT. 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: TYPE AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS OCCUR IN RATED WALLS, PROVIDE RATED CABINETS. PROVIDE CABINETS WITH INTERGRAL LETTERING ON THE DOOR. PROVIDE ADDMONAL SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. STICKERS/ADHESIVE LABELS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 3. FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS: FORMED STEEL TYPE WITH RED ENAMEL FINISH. TYPE AND SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 4. INSTALL CABINETS PLUMB AND LEVEL., SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, WITH CURRENT, APPROVED CERTIFICATION. 5. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, BRACKETS, AND EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 6. PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS WITH ADA COMPLIANT HANDLES/PULLS. ELEVATOR/ESCALATOR 1. COMPLY WITH ASME A17.1 FOR ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE SHAFT CONSTRUCTION AND CLEARANCES WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER, OWNER, AND TENANT REQUIREMENTS. 3. COORDINATE ALL ROUGH OPENING REQUIREMENTS WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. GROUT ROUGH OPENING AND FRAME SOLID. 4. COORDINATE ALL SILL CONDITION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. GROUT SOLID AROUND SILL 5. CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER, IN WRITING, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. MECHANICAL 1. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES ARE SMALLER THAN CEILING TILES, CENTER THESE ITEMS IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE FALSE GRID LINE (SECOND LOOK), CENTER THE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN THE 2X2 PORTION OF THE TILE. 2. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, ALIGN AS SHOWN IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALT.. LOCATE ALL VALVES, SERVICE AND INSPECTION POINTS, CONTROL, RESET POINTS OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHALL BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL 4. ALL DUCTWORK AND RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE CEILING CAVITY. 5. ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL VALVES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE SIGNED AND LABELED. 7. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. ELECTRICAL AND LIFE SAFETY 1. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND UFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD PIERS, CENTER THESE ITEMS ON THE PIER. 2. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN TILE WORK, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 3. WHERE REQUIRED DUE TO SPACE UMITATTONS, SUCH AS AT THE BASE OF MIRRORS, INSTALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES HORIZONTALLY AT THE BASE OF WALL. 4. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES ARE SMALLER THAN CEILING TILES, CENTER THESE ITEMS IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE FALSE GRID UNE (SECOND LOOK), CENTER THESE ITEMS IN THE 2X2 PORTION OF THE TILE 5. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, AUGN AS SHOWN IN THE REFLECTED COUNG PLANS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL JUNCTION BOXES, CONTROL BOXES, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHAD_ BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEER FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 8. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE WALL CONSTRUCTION AND THE CEILING CAVITY. ALL FINAL DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 9. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A CONSISTENT, ADA COMPLIANT HEGHT. 10. WHORE SPACE PERMITS, MOUNT ALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES AT ADA COMPLIANT HEIGHT(S). HEIGHTS MAY VARY DUE TO CASEWORK BEING PRESENT IN THE ROOM. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT, PROVIDE AT LEAST (1) ADA COMPLIANT CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE IN THE ROOM. PLUMBING AND FIRE SUPPRESSION 1. INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. COMPLY WITH ADA COMPLIANT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 2. WHERE PLUMBING FIXTURES OCCUR AT OR IN TILE WORK, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING AREAS. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND COUNG AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHALL BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL 4. CAULK ALL LAVATORIES, TOILETS, URINALS, SHOWER ASSEMBLIES AND OTHER PLUMBING FIXTURES TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH WHITE SILICONE SEALANT. 5. ALL PLUMBING AND FIRE SUPPRESSION RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE WALL CONSTRUCTION AND THE COUNG CAVITY. ALL FINAL DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEER FIRE SUPPRESSION SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATES (EXCEPTION: FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS AT OPEN CEILING AREAS. PROVIDE STANDARD UPTURNED HEADS AT THESE LOCATIONS. 7. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE A FALSE GRID UNE (SECOND LOOK), CONTRACTOR SHALL CENTER FIRE SUPPRESSION HEAD IN THE 2X2 SECTION OF THE TILE. 8. WHERE FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD COUNGS AND SOFFITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE AND CENTER FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS IN THE CEILINGS AND SOFFITS. 9. ALL VALVES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE SIGNED AND LABELED. 10. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. Z ( 0 Q D 4-+ V - N 4 - .i U) V 2 0 i. W Q z L_ Q, N N O 1Y L_ 7) U W V t.on � a M,O It >.co�.D YM M %.O - O o p- O N L M M O Q c oo Ocu V 00 O Q) " (L)d' Q)v u.� 03 2 H . � � ~ v c Q) off, ... M a it ^_Q -1 N Q N E�� ._% i M o �LL L :2 Qj 0 o 6 Ld u_ � LL 00 J 0 WLL1Z ¢�Hwn¢.VO13� >-v�wza0 ,30, mc,nUM,Ly Ly0Z_8 o I- 0 ly W z W W 0 awI-Z �D�U 00=wwQwi-w 0Wo2� _ llik ' .� ;. N N 0 N E a 0 2 W w a W 0 u_ 0 w N O N a k^ 0 N 15 0 0 .'EL .0 U co aD 0 6 z Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: GmO*4 Drawn By: By: DL TDScked ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION n Li- Q0 0 0 - ;.d 0 0 C, a .5 .J G ,n 0 cID cG 0 �[ Z I c) 0 U 11 G -o z a, s M m N CD cIq N 0 11 1/II, ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY Design No. U419 BXUV.U419 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. . Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. . When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics conceming aitemate materials and altemate methods of construction. . Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design No. U419 February 25, 2015 Nonbearing Wall Ratings — 1, 2, 3 or 4 Hr (See Items 4 & 5) * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProSTUD 2F. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — proprietary channel shaped steel studs, minimum width indicated under Item 5, 1-1/4 in. deep fabricated from min 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, g tee , Studs 3/8 in. to 3/4 in. less in lengths than assembly heights. SUPER STUD BUILDING PRODUCTS — The Edge 2G. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 - proprietary channel shaped studs, minimum width indicated under Item 5, Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in less than the assembly height. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD 2H. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — (Not shown, As an alternate to Item 2) — Fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE-STUDT" 2I. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — (As an altemate to Item 2, For use with Items 5C or 5L) - Proprietary channel h e shaped ed studs 3-5/8 in. deep spaced a max of 24 in OC. Studs to be cut in I PP P 3/4 less than the assembly height and installed with a 1/2 in. gap between the end of the stud and track at the bottom of the wall. For direct attachment of gypsum board only. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — ViP er25— 2J. Framing Members* - Metal Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — proprietary channel shaped steel studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max if 24 in. OC, fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick gaiv steel. Studs cut 3/8 in. to 314 in. less in lengths than assembly heights is TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Vi per-20— 2K. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Item 2 - For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. EB McTALINC — EB Stud 2L. Framing Members*— Steel Studs As an altemate to Item 2 - For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. OLMAR SUPPLY INC — PRIMESTUD 3. Wood Structural Panel Sheathing — (Optional, For use with Item 5 Only.)- (Not Shown) - 4 ft wide, 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) or 15/32 in. thick structural 1 sheathing (plywood) complying with DOC PSI or PS2, or APA Standard PRP-108, manufactured with exterior glue, applied horizontally or vertically to the steel studs. Vertical joints centered on studs, and staggered one stud space from wallboard joints. Attached to studs with flat -head self - drilling tapping screws with a min. head diam, of 0.292 in. at maximum 6 in. OC. in the perimeter and 12 in. OC. in the field. When used, fastener lengths for gypsum panels increased by min. 1/2 in. 4. Batts and Blankets* — (Required as indicated under Item 5) — Mineral wool batts, friction fitted between studs and runners. Min nom thickness as indicated under Item 5. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. 4A. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Placed in stud cavities, any glass fiber or mineral wool insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. 4B. Batts and Blankets* — Placed in stud cavities, any 3-1/2 in, thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Buming Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. 5. Gypsum Board* — Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Vertical joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered one stud cavity, Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered a min of 12 in. The thickness and number of layers for the 1 hr, 2 hr, 3 hr and 4 hr ratings are as follows: altemate to Item 7, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 6. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Aa) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced max. 48 in. OC. RSIC-1 and RSIC-1 (2.75) clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 1- 1/2 in. minimum self -drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center grommet. RSIC-V and RSIC- V (2.75) clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 9/16 in. minimum self -drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-1 and RSIC-V clips for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) and RSIC-V (2.75) clips for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL INC — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-V, RSIC-1 (2.75), RSIC-V (2.75) 7B. Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — As an altemate to Item 7, for single or double layer systems, furring channels and Steel Framing Members on only one side of studs as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG gale steel, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Batts and Blankets placed in stud cavity as described in Item S. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 5. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Ba) to one side of studs (Item 2) only. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with two No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screws, one through the hole at each end of the clip. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC — Type Isomax 7C. Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — (Optional on one or both sides, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — As an alternate to Item 7, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 6. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Aa) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced max. 48 in. OC. GENIECLIPS secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. minimum self -drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PLITEQ INC — Type GENIECLIP 7D. Steel Framing Members — (Optional, Not Shown)* - Furring channels and resilient sound isolation clip as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured together with four self -tapping No. 8x1/2 Self Drilling screws (2 per side 1 in. and 4 in. from overlap edge). Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. Side joint furring channels shall be attached to studs with RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - located approximately 2 in. from each end of length of channel. Both Gypsum Boards at side joints fastened into channel with screws spaced 8 in. OC, approximately 1/2 in. from joint edge. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Resilient sound isolation clip used to attach furring channels (Item 7Da) to studs. Clips spaced 24 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 10 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237 or A237R 8. Joint Tape and Compound — Vinyl or casein, dry or premixed joint compound applied in two coats to joints and screw heads of outer layers. Paper tape, nom 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints of outer layer panels. Paper tape and joint compound may be omitted when gypsum panels are supplied with a square edge. 9. Siding, Brick or Stucco — (Optional, not shown) — Aluminum, vinyl or steel siding, brick veneer or stucco, meeting the requirements of local code agencies, installed over gypsum panels. Brick veneer attached to studs with corrugated metal wall ties attached to each stud with steel screws, not more than each sixth course of brick. 10. Caulking and Sealants* — (Optional, not shown) — A bead of acoustical sealant applied around the partition perimeter for sound control. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type AS 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — For use with Item 2 - Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min 1-1/4 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. IA. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2B, proprietary channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in. deep attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper251" Track CRACO MFG INC — SmartTrack25— MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25T" Track PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper25T" Track 1B. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2C, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20T" Track MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20— Track PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper20T" Track SC. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — In lieu of Item 1 - Channel shaped, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Rating, Hr Min Stud Depth, in. Items 2, 2C, 2D, 2F and 2G No. of Layers & Thkns of Panel Min Thkns of Insulation (Item 4) 1 3-1/2 1 layer, 5/8 in. thick Optional 1 2-1/2 1 layer, 1/2 in. thick 1-1/2 in. 1 1-5/8 1 layer, 3/4 in. thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 2 3-1/2 1 layer, 3/4 in. thick 3 in. 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 112 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 2 layers, 3/4 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 5/8 in, thick Optional 4 1-5/8 1 4 layers, 5 8 in. thick J Y Optional P 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 4 2-1/2 la 4 in. thick layers, 2 Y I 3 2 in. CGC INC — 1/2 in, thick Type C, IP-X2 or IPC-AR; WRC, 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-XI, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRX or WRC; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 1/2 in. thick Type C IP-X2 IPC-AR or WRC; 5/8 in. thick Type SCX SGX SHX WRX, IP-X1, AR, C, WRC, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X2, IPC-AR ; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or WRC; 5/8 in, thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-XI, IP- X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRX, WRC or; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE When Item 76 Steel Framing Members is used Nonbe rin Wall Rating is limited to 2 Hr. Min. stud depth is 3-1/2 ra a 9 9 9 p in. min. thickness of insulation Item 4 is 3 in. and two layers of sum board panels (1/2 in. or 5 8 in. thick shall ( ) y gypsum P (/ / ) be attached to furringchannels as described in Item . One layer of gypsum board panels (1/2 i . or 5 8 in. thick a bed 6 n Y 9YP u P (/ n / ) attached to opposite side of stud without furring channels as described in Item 6. 5A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 5) — 5/8 in, thick, 24 to 54 in. wide, applied horizontally as the outer layer to one side of the assembly. Secured as described in Item 6. CGC INC — Type SHX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type FRX-G, SHX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SHX. 5B. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - As an altemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall when 5/8 in or 3/4 in, thick products are specified. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A, (not to be used with Item 3) - Nom 5/8 in. or 3/4 in. may be used as aitemate to all 5/8 in, or 3/4 in, shown in Item 5, Wallboard Protection on Each Side of Wall table. Nom 5/8 in. or 3A in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to 20 MSG steel studs Item 2A with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 11) or Lead Discs or Tabs (see Item 12). RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 5C. Gypsum Board* — (For Use With Item 2B) Rating Limited to 1 Hour. 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. (Vertical Application) - The gypsum board is to be installed on each side of the studs with 1 in, long Type S coated steel screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in. from the edge of the board at the vertical edges and 12 in. OC starting 6 in, from the edge of the board at the center of each board. Gypsum boards are to be secured to the top and bottom track with screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in. from 11. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5B) - Lead batten strips, min 1-1/2 in, wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 56) and optional at remaining stud locations. Required behind vertical joints. 11A. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5H) Lead batten strips, 2 in, wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in, Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. 12. Lead Discs or Tabs — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5B) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 11) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5B) undemeath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 12A. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item SH) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 13. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5E) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.142 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 5E) and optional at remaining stud locations. 14. Lead Tabs — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5E) 2 in. wide, 5 in. long with a max thickness of 0.142 in. Tabs friction -fit around front face of stud, the stud folded back flange, and the back face of the stud. Tabs required at each location where a screw (that secures the gypsum boards, Item 5E) will penetrate the steel stud. Lead tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead tabs may be held in place with standard adhesive tape if necessary. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Last Updated on 2015-02-25 Questions? Print this page Tenns of Use Page Top Ot 2015 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non - misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2015 UL LLC". SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 1D. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) —For use with Item 2A- Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion -protected or galv steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. 1E. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown, As an altemate to Item 1) — For use with Item 2E 5F or 5G or 5I only, channel shaped, fabricated from min. 0.015 in. min bare metal thicknessgalvanized s y, p(�) steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProTRAK DMFCWBS L L C — ProTRAK MBA METAL FRAMING — ProTRAK RAM SALES L L C — Ram ProTRAK STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProTRAK 1F. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2F, proprietary channel shaped runners, minimum width to accommodate stud size, with 1- 1/8 in. long legs fabricated from min 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. SUPER STUD BUILDING PRODUCTS — The Edge 1G. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — For use with Item 2G, proprietary channel shaped runners, minimum width to accommodate stud size attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD Track iH. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 0.02 in. galv steel, min width to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, for use with studs specified below and fabricated from min 0.02 in galv steel or thicker, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20T" Track VT10D 1I. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown, As an alternate to Item 1) — For use with Items 2H, channel shaped, fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE -TRACK" 13. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2I, proprietary channel shaped runners; 3-5/8 in. deep attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper25T" Track 1K. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 21, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max, TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper201" Track the board edge. Fasteners shall not penetrate through both the stud and the track at the same time. Vertical joints are to be centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. (Horizontal Application) - The gypsum board is to be installed on each side of the studs with 1 in. long Type S coated steel screws spaced 8 in. OC starting4 in. from the edge f the board t h vertical d s and 12 in. C starting 6 in. from a edge of the board 0 oa a theedges 0 rt the e 99 9 9 at the center of each board. Gypsum boards are to be secured to the top and bottom track with screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in, from the board edge. Fasteners shall not penetrate through both the stud and the track at the same time. All horizontal joints are to be backed as outlined under section VI of Volume 1 in the Fire Resistive Directory. CGC INC — Type SCX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SCX, SGX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SCX. 5D. Gypsum Board* - (As an altemate to Item 5) — 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, applied vertically or horizontally. Secured as described in Item 6. For use with Items 1 and 2 only. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type USGX. *— SE. Gypsum Board Not Shown - As an alternate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of YP ( ) ( Y wall when 1/2 in. or 5/8 in thick products are specified, For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A, not to be used with Item 3). Nominal 5/8 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 (or No. 6 by 1-1/4 in. long bugle head fine driller) steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. NEW ENGLAND LEAD BURNING CO INC, DBA NELCO — Nelco *— SF. Gypsum Board As n altemate to tern — For u with Item lE and 2E and limited t 1 Hour Rating 1 a t i 5 use s o on YP ( ) 9 Y. Gypsum panels with beveled square or tapered edges, applied vertical) and fastened to the steel studs with 1 in. Ion YP p q P 9 PP Y. 9 Type S screws spaced 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Steel stud depth shall be a minimum 3-5/8 in. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Type SCX, SGX. 5G. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 5) — For use with Items IE and 2E only, Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally, as specified in the table below and fastened to the steel studs as described in Item 6. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of J 99 tY studs. Vertical joints in adjacent layers (multilayer stems staggered one stud cavity. Horizontal joints need not be ed t J J Y ( Y systems) 99 Y backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered a min of 12 in. The thickness and number of layers for the 2 hr, 3 hr and 4 hr ratings are as follows: Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Rating, Hr Min Stud Depth, in. Item 2E No, of Layers & Thickness of Panel Min Thkns of Insulation (Item 4) 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 112 in. thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 5/8 in, thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional CGC INC — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2 or IPC-AR;, 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-Xi, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, or; 314 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or; 5/8 in. thick Type SCX, SGX, SHX, IP-XI, AR, C, , FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X2, IPC-AR ; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or; 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-Xl, IP-X2, 2. Steel Studs — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in, OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2A. Steel Studs — (As an altemate to Item 2, For use with Items 55, 5E, 5H and 5J) Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion -protected or galv steel, 3-1/2 in, min depth, spaced a max of 16 in. OC. Studs friction -fit into floor and ceiling runners. Studs to be cut 5/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2B. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — (As an altemate to Item 2, For use with Items SC, 5I or 5K) - Proprietary channel shaped studs, 3-5/8 in. deep spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in less than the assembly height and installed with a 1/2 in. gap between the end of the stud and track at the bottom of the wall. For direct attachment of gypsum board only. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper251" CRACO MFG INC — SmartStud251" MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25T" PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper25T" 2C. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 - proprietary channel shaped steel studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max if 24 in. OC, fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick gals steel. Studs cut 3/8 in. to 3/4 in. less in lengths than assembly heights. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20TM MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20T" PHILLIPS MFG CO LL C — Viper2o- 2D. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — In lieu of Item 2 - Channel shaped studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 2E. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — (Not shown, As an alternate to Item 2) —For use with Items 5F or 5G or 5I only, channel shaped studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5F, 5G or 5I, fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProSTUD DMFCWBS L L C — ProSTUD MBA METAL FRAMING — ProSTUD RAM SALES L L C — Ram ProSTUD IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, or; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE 5H. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - (As an alternate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall when 5/8 or 3 4 in thick products are specified. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A not o b used / / P P Y ( t e with Item 3) - Nom 5/8 or 314 in. may be used as alternate to all 5/8 or 3/4 in. shown in Item 5, Wallboard Protection on Each Side of Wall table. Nom 5/8 or 3/4 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over 20 MSG steel studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1 4 in. long Type S- 2 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter a 12 in. tud / g yp 1 t p p e and OC in the field. Gypsum board secured to 20 MSG steel studs Item 2B with 1-1/4 in. long Type S- 12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. For Joint Compound see Item S. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 11A) or Lead Discs (see Item 12A). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X-Ray Shielded Gypsum 5I. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 5) - Nom. 5/8 in, thick gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges installed as described in Item 5. Steel stud minimum depth shall be as indicated in Item 5. CGC INC — Type ULX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type ULX *- 5]. Gypsum Board Not Shown - As an altemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of YP ( ) ( Y wall when 1/2 in, or S 8 in thick products are specified, For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A not to be / 1 P P Y , used with Item 3). Nom 5/8 in, thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. Ion Type S-12 steel screws sum panel steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter / 9 YP gypsum P P and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard an d optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. laced on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long Type e S-12 Pan head P steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in. thick. Compression fitted o adhered over the screw heads. Lead batten strips and discs to have a purity o h p r h s p h pu ty f 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 5K. Gypsum Board* — Nom. 5/8 in, thick sum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges installed as described YP 9YP P q P 9 in Item 5. Insulation (Item 4B) required. The steel stud size and type and number of layers are as follows: Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Min Stud No. of Layers Rating, Depth, in. & Thickness Hr Items 2, 2B of Panel 1 3-5/8 1 layer, 5/8 in. thick UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Type ULIX 6. Fasteners — (Not shown) — For use with Items 2 and 2F - Type S or S- 12 steel screws used to attach panels to studs (Item 2) or furring channels (Item 7). Single layer systems: 1 in. long for 1/2 and 5/8 in. thick panels or 1-1/4 in. long for 3/4 in. thick panels, spaced 8 in. OC when panels are applied horizontally, or 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field when panels are applied vertically. Two layer systems: First layer- 1 in. long for 1/2 and 5/8 in. thick panels or 1-1/4 in. long for 3/4 in, thick panels, spaced 16 in. OC. Second layer- 1-5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels or 2-1/4 in. long for 3/4 in, thick panels, spaced 16 in. OC with screws offset 8 in. from first Iayer.Three-layer systems: First layer- 1 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Second layer- 1-5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Third layer- 2-1/4 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels or 2-5/8 in. long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 12 in. OC. Screws offset min 6 in. from layer below. Four -layer systems: first layer- 1 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Second layer- 1- 5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Third layer- 2-1/4 in. long for 1/2 in, thick panels or 2- 5/8 in. long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Fourth layer- 2-5/8 in. long for 1/2 in. thick panels or 3 in, long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 12 in. OC. Screws offset min 6 in. from layer below. 7. Furring Channels (Optional, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — Resilient furring channels fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, spaced vertically a max of 24 in. OC. Flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long Type S-12 steel screws. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. 7A. Framing Members* — (Optional on one or both sides, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — As an GENERAL U.L. NOTES 1. U.L. WALL ASSEMBLIES PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS ARE FOR THE REFERENCED U.L. ASSEMBLIES NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGES, OR REVISIONS REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2. U.L. THROUGH -PENETRATION AND HEAD -OF -WALL FIRE STOP SYSTEMS PROVIDED IN THE U.L DETAIL SHEETS INDICATE TYPICAL CONDITIONS THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENCOUNTER DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING U.L. LISTED DETAILS FOR ALL FIRESTOPPING CONDITIONS FOR THE IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL DETAILS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. N O N Q M 0 M �o >1 00 ID 3 M N M in Y M \0 C- O EV Z O O L M rn w OQ rn CmN 'Da V O Oz L td Z) Q) C 0J 0)I N E ,-. I— % w l C :3 .L C 4- U^ V 15 M » , :2_ - L r d N -4--N Q ..... C ru N U Q m LL L_ Xro Z 0 v LL o v ^L_' W N ~ W -0 v 0) Q 0 w L_ ~ U i U w ~ i %,^ 0 N 0 Q N Q C O .Q .L 0 a) 0 Sheet Name: UL DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: G=005 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION a 0 ff) [- 0. N C'a 0 ci 0 3 0 0 Cl 0 0 11 c0 0 n n 0 a u 0 0 U, U n E s,- m 6- s 0 cam, i C �r I 0 Q_ 10/1012018 BXUVN708 - Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. N708 BXUV.N708 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer - Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. - Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. - Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. - When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics conceming alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. - Only products which bear UUs Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S1O1 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. N708 August 13, 2015 Restrained Beam Ratings - 1, 2, 3 and 4 Hr. Unrestrained Beam Ratings - 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3 and 4 Hr. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used - See Guide BXUV or BXUV7 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. t r b' 4 - A . e b a ' d. a C'.- D x w,1..._t,,.w.l.,. �j I ......3��E I'TEM _ t l _ �.I 10/10/2018 BXUVN708 - Fire -resistance Ratings -ANSIIUL 263 concrete, unit weight 110 pcf. 3. Shear Connector - (Optional) - Studs, 3/4 in. diam headed type or equivalent per AISC specifications. Welded to the top flange of beam through the steel floor units. 4. Welded Wire Fabric - (Optional) - 6x6-10/10 SWG. S. Steel Floor and Form Units* - 1-5/16 in. deep corrugated units; or 1-1/2 to 3 in. deep fluted or cellular units, welded to beam. 6. Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials* - Applied by mixing with water and spraying in more than one coat to the beam to the final thicknesses shown below. When fluted or corrugated steel floor units are used, crest areas shall be filled with Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials above the beam. Beam surfaces must be clean and free of dirt, loose scale and oil. Min avg and min ind density of 15/14 pcf respectively. Min avg and min ind density of 19/18 pcf respectively for Types 7GP and 7HD. For method of density determination. see Desian Information Section. Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 11/16 13/16 2 15/16 1-1/16 3 1-7/16 1-9/16 4 1-15/16 2 The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the beams are supporting solid lightweight concrete slabs or lightweight concrete floor assemblies containing only fluted floor or form units. Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 7/16 7/16 1-1/2 1/2 3/4 2 13/16 1 3 1-5/16 1-5/16 4 1-5/8 1-5/8 The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the thickness applied to the beams' lower flange edges is reduced to one-half that shown in the table: Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 9/16 9/16 1-1/2 3/4 7/8 2 1-1/16 1-3/16 3 1-5/8 1-3/4 4 2-3/16 2-5/16 10/10/2018 BXUVN708 - Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 7/ 16+ 7/ 16+ 1-1/2 1/2 3/4 2 13/16 1 3 1-5 16 1-9 16 4 1-13/16 2-1/16 +Thickness applied to beams' lower flange edges shall be a min of 1/4 in. ARABIAN VERMICULITE INDUSTRIES - MK-6/CBF, MK-6/ED, MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK- 6/HB, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6s, Sonophone 1. GCP KOREA INC - Types MK-6/CBF, MK-6/ED, MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6/HB, MK-6s, Monokote Acoustic 1. PYROK INC - Type LD. SOUTHWEST FIREPROOFING PRODUCTS CO - Types 4, 5, 5EF, 5GP, SMD, 7GP, 7HD, 8EF, 8GP, 8MD, 9EF, 9GP, 9MD. GCP APPLIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - Types MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6/HB, MK-6s, RG, Monokote Acoustic 1. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the _. thickness applied to the beams' lower flange edges is reduced by one-half and the beams are supporting solid lightweight concrete slabs or lightweight concrete floor assemblies containing only fluted floor or form 1. Steel Beam - W8x28 min size. units 2. Normal Weight or Lightweight Concrete - Compressive strength, 3000 psi. For normal weight Min Thkns In. concrete either carbonate or siliceous aggregate may be used. Unit weight, 148 pcf. For lightweight http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/l FRAME/showpage. html?name=BXUV.N708&ccnshorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL+... 1 /3 http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUV.N708&censhorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL+... 2/3 http://database.ul.com/egi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUV.N708&Gcnshorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL+,.. 313 U.L. N708 - RATED BEAMS 10/1012018 BXUVX528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSIIUL 263 Design No. X528 BxuV.XS28 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer - Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. - Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. - Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. - When field issues arise, it is recommended the first con for assistance technical a s , d tact o ass sta ce be the tech ca service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide p g g u Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. - Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. X528 October 24, 2017 Ratings - 1, 2 and 3 Hr. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. +l+r L.J 1 II I I I II I 1 1 I II I I II I I -_� 1I A Ins = �� M�� http://database.ul.com/cgi-binIXYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage. html?name=BXUV.X528&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL... 1/4 U.L. X528 - RATED COLUMNS Design No. U906 BXUV.U906 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. . Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. . When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. . Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design No. U906 February 06, 2014 Bearing Wall Rating - 2 HR. Nonbearing Wall Rating - 2 HR. Load Restricted for Canadian Applications - See Guide BXUV7 When used in Canada it is required that all materials included within the UL design are also cUL certified. r 3/4'� .......... [D ( C C Min, � [D C D : � ........ f Horizvntot Section . V 1. Concrete Blocks* - Nominal 6 by 8 by 16 in, hollow or solid. Various designs. Classification (2 hr). See Concrete Blocks category for list of eligible manufacturers. ANCHOR CONCRETE PRODUCTS INC GAGNE A SON CONCRETE BLOCK INC GLENWOOD MASONRY PRODUCTS Allowable compressive stress of 57% of max allowable compressive stress in accordance with the empirical design method. OLDCASTLE APG SOUTH INC, DBA ADAMS PRODUCTS WESTBROOK CONCRETE BLOCK CO INC Allowable compressive stress of 75.6% of max allowable compressive stress in accordance with the empirical U.L. U906 - RATED C.M.U. WALL 10/10/2018 BXUV.X528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSIIUL 263 I - �j I - l "I II i -: I I t :,I II I .. � I I � - --- I + - I ., �- - { D 2 / .. i n_. �.�` r D CORNER DETAILS OF WALLBOARD SUPPORT SYSTEMS WITHOUT STEED. COVERS 1. Steel Column - Min sizes of W-shaped and tubular steel columns which appear in the AISC Steel Construction Manual as shown under Item 2. *- m i r L Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in 2 Gypsum Board Any 1/2 n thick U C ss yp g Design No. X515. Any 5/8 in. thick UL Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in Design Nos. L501, G512 or U305. Nom 1/2 in. or 5/8 in. thick gypsum board. Applied in layers as noted in the above illustrations. Boards are to be applied vertically without horizontal joints. Min total thickness of layers in inches for the various ratings and min column sizes are as follows: W Shaped Column Min Column Size Rating (Hr) Corner Details For Various Rating 1 1 2 1 3 1 Hr 1 2 Hr 1 3 Hr Total thickness (In.) W4x13 1 1-1/2 2-1/4 B C D W6x15.5 1 1-1/2 I 2-1/4 B C D W10x49 1/2 1-1/8 1-7/8 A B C Tube Shaped columns TS4by4 by0.188 1 1-3/4 2-5/8 B C D TS8by8 by 0.250 5/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 A C D ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD .(View Classification) - CKNX.R25370 AMERICAN GYPSUM CO ,(View Classification)_ - CKNX.R14196 BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO ,(View Classification). - CKNX.R19374 CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC .(View Classification). - CKNX.R3660 http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYVttemplate/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUVX528&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL... 2/4 design method. 2. Mortar - Blocks laid in full bed of mortar, nom. 3/8 in. thick, of not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3- 1/2 parts of clean sharp sand to 1 part Portland cement (proportioned by volume) and not more than 50 percent hydrated lime (by cement volume). Vertical joints staggered. 3. Portland Cement Stucco or Gypsum Plaster - Add 1/2 hr to Classification if used. Attached to concrete blocks (Item 1). 4. Foamed Plastic* - (Optional -Not Shown) - 1-1/2 in, thick max, 4 ft wide sheathing attached to concrete blocks (Item 1). ATLAS ROOFING CORP - "EnergyShield Pro Wall Insulation" and "EnergyShield Pro 2 Wall Insulation." THE DOW CHEMICAL CO - Type Thermax Sheathing, Thermax Light Duty Insulation, Thermax Heavy Duty Insulation, Thermax Metal Building Board, Thermax White Finish Insulation, Thermax ci Exterior Insulation, Thermax IH Insulation, Thermax Plus Liner Panel and Thermax Heavy Duty Plus (HDP) *Bearing the UL Classification Mark Last Updated on 2014-02-06 Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top 2014 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2014 UL LLC". 10/10/2018 BXUV.X528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 CGC INC.(View Classification) - CKNX.R19751 CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C ,(View Classification), - CKNX.R18482 GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C -(View Classification) - CKNX.R2717 LOADMASTER SYSTEMS INC (View Classification) - CKNX.R11809 NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -(View Classification) - eXP-C, CKNX.R3501 PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM ,(View Classification) - CKNX.R7094 PANEL REY S A .(View Classification), - CKNX.R21796 SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD .(View Classification) - CKNX.R19262 THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL .(View Classification)" - CKNX.R27517 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO .(View Classification)" - CKNX.R1319 USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC .(View Classification) - CKNX.R38438 USG MEXICO S A DE C V (View Classification)- - CKNX.R16089 2A. Gypsum Board* - As an alternate to Item 2- 3/4 in. thick gypsum wallboard. For 2 Hr rating, 1-1/2 in. total thickness, installed in accordance with corner detail B. For 3 Hr rating, 2-1/4 in. total thickness installed in accordance with corner detail C. Boards are to be applied vertically without horizontal joints. CGC INC - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC - Type ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE 2B. Gypsum Board* - (As an altemate to Items 2 and 2A) - Nominal 5/8 in. thick panels. One of the layers of Gypsum Board (Item 2) used to obtain the minimum required thickness in Item 2 may be substituted with one layer and secured as described in Item 2. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM - Type QuietRock ES 2C. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - (As an alternate to Item 2 through 2B) - Composite Gypsum Panel - Nominal 5/8 in, thick panels. One of the layers of Gypsum Board (Item 2) used to obtain the minimum required thickness in Item 2 may be substituted with one layer of composite gypsum panel and secured as described in Item 2. - - ' + + +-+ htt:/!d tabase.ul.com/ i-bin/XYVItem late/LISEXTl1FRAME/shaw a .html.name-BXUV.X528&ccnshorttitie-Fire Resistance Ratio s ANSI/UL... 314 P a c9 P P 9e 9 Design No. U499 BXUV.U499 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. . Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. . When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information foreach product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. . Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. U499 April 09, 2013 f ���55 Nonbearing Wall ``Rating - 1 Hr. 55 ;I'' l . ;4 I:lr.� Ej - E _ :. - ""w......_............. y: . ................_.._.._._...._.._.................._......_.......... ..... , ~ L. w..--__.-..,-_-._.____..._..___._.___.................::......... .... ..........._...........................................,',. ... ..... .. :: .............._.-_,_,-,.,w,.,------ I�iOkIZONTAL SECTION`6 x I I - -1 I `- 'I ( GENERAL U.L. NOTES 1. U.L. WALL ASSEMBLIES PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS ARE FOR THE REFERENCED U.L. ASSEMBLIES NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGES, OR REVISIONS REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2. U.L. THROUGH -PENETRATION AND HEAD -OF -WALL FIRE STOP SYSTEMS PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS INDICATE TYPICAL CONDITIONS THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENCOUNTER DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING U.L. LISTED DETAILS FOR ALL FIRESTOPPING CONDITIONS FOR THE IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL DETAILS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 10/1012018 BXUVX528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSIIUL 263 PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM - Type QuietRock QR 3. Steel Stud - 1-5/8 in. wide with 1-5/16 and 1-7/16 in. legs having a 1/4- in. folded flange, fabricated from No. 25 MSG galv steel. Length to be 1/2 in. less than the assembly height. 3A. As an alternate to Item 3 Steel Framing Members* - galv. steel clips spaced 4 ft OC and 1-1/4 in. from top and bottem of column. A No. 28 MSG galv steel support angle with 1-1/4 in. length shall be placed over clips and secured with screws attaching the wallboard. The angle cut 1 in. less than assembly height splices in angle to occur over clips. The clips for use with wide flange columns only. JOHN WAGNER ASSOCIATES INC, DBA GRABBER - Types CB, CB1Clips. 4. Corner Beads - No. 28 MSG galv steel, 1-1/4 in. legs to be attached to the wallboard with No. 6 by 1 in. screws spaced 12 in. OC max. 5. Tie Wire - No. 18 SING steel wire spaced 24 in. OC used with second layer of wallboard. 6. Screws - For attaching first layer of wallboard to steel studs, and third layer of wallboard to 2 in. by 2 in. steel angle (25 Ga) to be No. 6 by 1 in. (or 1-1/4 in. for 3/4 in. thick wallboard) Phillips head self -drilling, self -tapping double lead screws spaced 24 in. OC For attaching second layer of wallboard to steel studs and fourth layer of wallboard to 2 in. by 2 in. steel angle (25 Ga) to be No. 6 by 1-3/4 in. (or 2-1/4 in, for 3/4 in. thick wallboard) steel screws of the same type spaced 12 in. OC For attaching third layer of wallboard to steel studs to be No. 8 by 2-1/4 in. screws of the same type spaced 12 in. OC 7. Finishing System - (Not Shown) - Joint compound applied over corner beads to a thickness of 1/16 in. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Last Updated on 2017-10-24 http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXU V X528&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL... 414 floor to ceiling height. 2B. Steel Studs - (Not Shown) - "C-T" - shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG gals steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 112 in. less than floor to ceiling height. 2C. Furring Channels- (Optional, not shown) - Resilient furring channels fabricated from min. 25 MSG corrosion protected steel, installed horizontally, and spaced vertically a max, 24 in. OC. Flange portion of channel attached to each intersecting stud on side of stud opposite the 1 in. liner panels with 1/2 in. long Type S orS-12 pan -head steel screws. When furring channels are used, wallboard to be installed vertically only. 3. Gypsum Board* - 1 in. thick gypsum wallboard liner panels, supplied in nominal 24 in. widths. Vertical edges inserted in "I" studs. Free edge of end panels attached to long leg of "J" runners with 1-5/8 in. long Type S self -drilling, self -tapping bugle head steel screws spaced not greater than 24 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Types FSW, FSW-B, FSW-7. 4. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied horizontally or vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. When Furring Channels (Item 2C) are used, gypsum board attached vertically to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Types FSK-C, FSL, FSW, FSW-5, FSW-C, FSW-6. 4A. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. When Furring Channels (Item 2C) are used, gypsum board attached vertically to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Types FSW-3, FSMR-C. 48. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4A) - Installed as described in Item 4. 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically and fastened to the studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO - Sound Break XP Type X Gypsum Board 5. Batts and Blankets* - (Optional) - Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. Any mineral wool or glass fiber batt bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Batt and Blankets (BZJZ) Category For Names Of Classified Companies. SA. Fiber, Sprayed* - As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - (100% Borate Formulation) - Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with waterto completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2.7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. U S GREENFIBER LLC - INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* - As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC - Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* - As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with waterto completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions Q M UL SYSTEM NO. CJ-D-0004 TOP OF WALL JOINT: GYPSUM WALL TO NON -RATED ROOF/FLOOR DECK JOINT RATING = 2-HR. CLASS II MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 50% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION FRONT SECA_A A ZO M 0 m 0 0 0 U A , Tel 1. NON -RATED HORIZONTAL I CON ASSEMBLY TIN F THE FOLLOWING: S CONSISTING GO WING : 0 A. SUPPORTS [NOT SHOWN] - STRUCTURAL STEEL OR OTHER MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE STEEL DECK. B. MAXIMUM 3" DEEP BY MINIMUM 20 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL DECK, FLUTED MAXIMUM 12" OC. C. [OPTIONAL] STEEL DECK MAY BE TOPPED WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE. 2. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (UL/cUL CLASSIFIED U400, V400, OR W400 SERIES) (2-HR. FIRE -RATING). 3. CEILING RUNNER (MIN. 25 GA., FLANGE OF CEILING RUNNER SHALL BE MINIMUM 1/4" GREATER THAN MAXIMUM EXTENDED JOINT WIDTH) FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR WELDS SPACED MAXIMUM 24" OC. 4. STEEL STUDS (MINIMUM 3-1/2" WIDE) CUT 3/4" LESS IN LENGTH THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT, NESTING IN CEILING RUNNER WITHOUT ATTACHMENT. 5. HILTI CP 777 SPEED PLUGS FRICTION FITTED TO COMPLETELY FILL FLUTE, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL (SEE NOTE NO.2 BELOW). 6. HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50% AND INSERTED INTO JOINT, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL (SEE NOTE NO.2 BELOW). 7. MINIMUM 118" (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL AND TO OVERLAP MINIMUM 1/2" ONTO GYPSUM WALL AND METAL DECK ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL. OTES :1. AS AN ALTERNATE TO CEILING RUNNER IN ITEM NO. 3, SLOTTED CEILING RUNNERS MAY B USED. CONSULT THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR APPROVED MANUFACTURERS 2. AS AN ALTERNATE TO HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS AND/OR CP 777 SPEED PLUGS, MINERAI WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50% MAY BE USED. Sheet 1 oil Drawing No. HILTI, Inc. Scale 5132" = 1- CJ D Tulsa, Oklahoma USA (800) 879-8000 Hilti Firestop Systems Date June 07,2012 0004a Saving Lives through Innovation and Education U.L. CJ-D-0004 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP HEAD OF WALL DETAIL - GYPSUM BOARD WALL © 2014 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2014 UL LLC". iTFOO} supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 lbs/ft3. "'>'"''"' L i1 INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP - Celbar-RL 1. Channel Track - "J" -shaped channel, 2-1/2 in. deep with unequal legs of 1 in. and 2 in., fabricated from No. 25 MSG galv steel. Channels attached to structural supports Wth steel fasteners located not greater than 2 in. from ends and not greater than 24 in. OC. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark 2. Steel Studs- "I" shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG galv Last Updated on 2013-04-09 steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than floorto ceiling -- height. Questions? Print this oaae Terms of Use Page Top 2A. Steel Studs - (Not Shown) - "C-H" -shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than U.L. U499 - RATED METAL STUD AND GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL m ,o ' T ao 11D �J- I M N z cn `2 O 0- 0 N L M M 2 o 0q W O �.-N oo a 0) � p v " rj� U_ J - v ns v v E - F- % w , G 0 •r C 4--+ V v v v (a« « J L -- , °- Q N - -}.- C: Q -9 V o mLL Ycc B� QLu O a LL 2 L ^l W -LLJ « ^ 'co W co 0 O W L_ D U W V = t.^ 0 N 0 c N Q 0 H LL __10 0 W Z Q0i_-wdVO- >-C/) W Z0-0p(0W m0I-2 W ZODZ N=W WulZLUW o U > Z P ~ �' = Q W Z W O W jE 29�wa�~o1_>- >_p(nc-W0(7) Y0 00=W WaLU -W U=E0>M>_01=- = fn 00cwLLL2!_- N N O N O M 0 H 2 W CL W O LL 0 W U) N iv 0 c O - .0 0 N 0 O Z Sheet Name: U.L. DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: GmOO6 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ,. -TTlil, .TATI V'Ili 1 :11 0 l.I, I hl a .,t ii I, ..I-i I a '..,. i 11 -- - T - I ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION A 2 � F.O.CMU WALL 2 — MEZZANINE LIFE SAFETY PLAN 1 /8"=1'-0" DISCHARGE 42" CAPACITY b 0 W 0 0 Z 0 W U) /N „ DISCHARGE 72" 360 OCC CAPACITY DISCHARGE 42" —2 TOIOL7— CAPACITY DISCHARGE 72ff 360 OCC CAPACITY DS c� F.O.CMU WALL 21 �O SHELL DELIVERY: LANDLORD DELIVERY OF WARM DARK SHELL FOR FUTURE TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. CURRENT OCCUPANCY BASED MERCANTILE[M] USE TENANT/LEASEE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING FOR PERMIT FOR FINAL USE AND INTERIOR LAYOUT SUITE 402: 1,717 SF: NFPA 101 LSC TABLE 7.3.1.2 OCCS : 30 SF / OCC = 58 EGRESS REQUIRED: (61 X0.2") = 12.2" EGRESS ACTUAL: 114" NO. OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 NO. OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 EXIT SEPARATION REQUIRED: 25'-0" EXIT SEPARATION PROVIDED: 71'-0" SUITE 401: 1,598 SF: NFPA 101 LSC TABLE 7.3.1.2 OCCS : 30 SF f OCC = 54 EGRESS REQUIRED: (54X0.2") = 10.8" EGRESS ACTUAL: 114" NO. OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 NO. OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 EXIT SEPARATION REQUIRED: 24'-10" EXIT SEPARATION PROVIDED: 71-0" FAI LIFE SAFETY LEGEND >�� •• •ni EGRESS ■ XXX FT <=EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL PATH <---------- COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL s► m i t i ®i - i w i m r o l o l m 1 HR RATED WALL/PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SCHEDULE 2HR RATED WALL/PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SCHEDULE MAXIMUM TRAVEL TO EXIT(S) (WARM DARK SHELL PERMIT) ACTUAL TRAVEL PATH OF LEASED SPACE PER TENANT IMPROVEMENT PERMIT SUBMITTAL BY OTHERS. EXIT SIGN — SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FE TEMPORARY WALL HUNG FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION — PROVIDE AT 75'-0" MAX. DISTANCE (PER NFPA 10, TABLE 6.2.1.1). VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHAL. FINAL FIRE PROTECTION PER FOR FINISHED SPACE TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE TI PERMIT. KB KNOX BOX - FIRE MARSHAL TO DETERMINE LOCATION SHELL DELIVERY: LANDLORD DELIVERY OF WARM DARK SHELL FOR FUTURE TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. E&N-011M d M N M W vl M �O o O N z 0 O L M M U) w o"c 0 Q ..(U� 00 U 00 oLL :n n) v E -{-.+ Wv a AV W « U Q) Q N 4- LO vt Of o M � � Q Z L� O L _0 N« w N -2 > lu of S_ c U w .i t _ 0 a N 4 0 u- 000 ¢w',-0wd<v0 >o-wn m�LU ZIX ooin�w =MZODZ w- O!-0XWZ �Ww N=�I. Q0UWcn L 0Ixw¢ot: 0fWIxcnW0 'I a.w�z 01 ���V w¢ 0���Moi=- cn pcwn0�~ N 0 N O 0 Sheet Name: LIFE SAFETY PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Gm098 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION Nt d m N m 3 OPERABLE PARTS NOTES: CHILDREN'S REACH RANGES GENERAL SHEET NOTES z o o nY O N 1. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH U o 6/G010 SHALL BE PROVIDED. FORWARD OR SIDE REACH AGES 3 AND 4 AGES 5 THROUGH 8 AGES 9 THROUGH 12 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. a o Q � �I- 2. HEIGHT: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE PLACED HIGH MAX• 36" 40" 44" 2. THE ITEMS SHOWN IN THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD SHEETS ARE TO CONVEY THE MINIMUM CRITICAL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT. THE m C) v Q WITHIN THE REACH RANGES IN 8/G010. LOW MIN. 20" 18" 16" CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED HERE, AND WITH ALL FEDERAL AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AND " u �; 3. OPERATION: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE THIS TABLE PROVIDES GUIDANCE ON REACH RANGES FOR CHILDREN ACCORDING TO AGE WHERE REQUIREMENTS. E r OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT BUILDING ELEMENTS SUCH AS COAT HOOKS, LOCKERS, OR OPERABLE PARTS ARE DESIGNED FOR 3. THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SHOWN HERE, AND SHALL NOT BE - N J U a REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR USE PRIMARILY BY CHILDREN. THESE DIMENSIONS APPLY TO EITHER FORWARD OR SIDE REACHES. LESS THAN THE CLEAR WIDTH REQUIRED BY LIFE SAFETY FOR EGRESS. WHICHEVER CLEAR WIDTH IS GREATER SHALL APPLY. .. _ TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FOR REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND OPERABLE PARTS DESIGNED FOR ADULT USE OR CHILDREN OVER AGE 4. ALL FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP -RESISTANT. 4- ro N TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 12 CAN BE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE CHILDREN'S REACH RANGES, BUT MUST BE WITHIN THE 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM THE FINISH FACE OF WALL THIS SHALL INCLUDE PANELING, TILE, AND OTHER FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY POUNDS MAX. ADULT REACH RANGES INDICATED BELOW. THE MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCES ARE MAINTAINED, ESPECIALLY AT WALKING SURFACES, DOOR CLEARANCES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET STALLS, AND V o im SHOWER STALLS. s W v vS o o Q ? o 0 ELECTRICAL NOTES: oz f, f zd "- 1. ELECTRICAL POWER/DATA/TEL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 15" MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE. ¢ ¢ Z v3 LU W MAINTAIN THE SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL RECEPTACLES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. � Cn o 2. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS, APPLIANCES COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL. BE 44" MAX. >- z o o = � Q v' w ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO TOP OF DEVICE. MAINTAIN THE SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL THE RECEPTACLES UNLESS C> m ¢ z a- � 51), 0 W � INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. w w o v L 3. FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES SHALL BE 44" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO THE TOP OF DEVICE. MAINTAIN THE -.,I Cn _ Q _ = W SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL DEVICES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. ,,,-, cn co v a '- ¢ V = m Z z o a 60" DIAMETER 60" Q oN r---------------� DOOR LEAF Nn rpn �? ¢ Z - NOTES: wcnp o'p 0 WIDTH a _ o z o _ I - - _ _ _ I 1. TURNING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO I ! r---------- r------------_- ¢ _ o ° �' `� I ! INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES I i NO WIDTH �, ¢ EQUIREMENT MIRROR 3 z= W f a i ! UNDER AN ELEMENT, SEE 4/GO10. 1 i ¢ ¢¢ co 2 IN�ORTURN GSHALL BSPAERS ITTED TO SWING _j 0 0 0 o i i i � i i I o ! ! 3. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED IN ¢ rn � w a = o CLEAR WIDTH <o ! b I ! >- m w Z a- o o m w ! ! I i A I _ �z r L__ TURNING SPACES: m F- = w O z m z OF OPENING ! I I I ! F--2 W o- CLEAR WIDTH 12 NO WIDTH Ca M CENTERLINE 3.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER N LOU � a. o a � OF OPENING 18" MIN.' I i ! I REQUIREMENT = a LIGHT SWITCH/ CONTROL e 1 ! o � oaf w z'W w o r --� I I MIN. I SWITCH/FIRE ALARM OF CONTROLS �` i THAN 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED. o = W a = C) ACTNATION DEVICE = of "' ! 1 Of x Z Z v W z 0 I I F---------! ____------------ - ` w-_ W p w- I V ! I I o „s., ". �,: ;. ..�, „ SHELF W - _ - ` -� �_-__ __-_�Cl) CO w w (� w E� z i a W - 12" 36" 12" n}ow�zwa��v 00 " z o m o ``' w o o = vi POWER/DATA/TEL , OV = cD > > _ o _ ¢ o o ¢ F- z o CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE T' SHAPED TURNING SPACE c� No o `` o z C O� '� NOTE: ACCESSORIES SHOWN ARE U) o LU LL � ¢ C DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. SEE DRAWINGS 5 TURNING SPACE m o ¢ Q 0 ,z ¢ z o FOR LOCATIONS AND TYPES OF n m o p TOILET AND BATHROOM ACCESSORIES. G-0.9 3l8 -1-0 FRONT APPROACH -SLIDING DOORS, FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. DOOR 8" PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH (C) SHELVES MIRRORS ELECTRICAL DEVICES TOILET AND BATHROOM ACCESSORIES IN, FOLDING DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS (A) SIDE APPROACH - WALL OPENINGS (B) FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE (A) FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE f B) - I ! Or I l W r--------------� a I CD r----------.--___-------i A n n M �. ! I 10 10 24 I I - F----------------I - - - - I I i i MAX. MAX. MAX. i �` `� I I L------- -"-- 1 N17" MIN. I I I! M z! i r-- 5 MAX. It st CD L � ! I ( ( TOE AND KNEE MIN. ! I SPACE UNDER AN i 22- MIN, 24" MIN, i 36- MIN. ! i 42- MIN. - t 15" MIN. MAX, ELEMENT ELEVATION PLAN SIDE APPROACH, POCKET OR HINGE SIDE - SIDE APPROACH, STOP OR LATCH - BUILDING BLOCKS - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS (C) SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS (D) HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (D) HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (E) UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED 4 TOE AND KNEE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS o SIDE REACH SIDE REACH -CONDITION A SIDE REACH -CONDITION B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" M MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUALCA SLIDING DOORS, FOLDING DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS I I ' ' 20A MAX.,25" MAX. LEVEL TOP. ANY OPENINGS OR a i z i i SLOTS IN THE THRESHOLD OR z I I � I i TRACK SHALL COMPLY WITH ! ! a l I �j RC-4 I I �1 I I E 22" MIN I CHHANGES ARE PERMITTED. DEL Q „ 22- MIN. ! BEVELED EDGE, TYP. BOTH �j 32 CLR. MIN., ! ! SIDES, FOR THRESHOLDS ` O WALL DEPTH - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - 2 MAX. GREATER THAN 24 OR LESS. 1 , ^ ,.,>.s;... .-:� s. � is=" '� ,k ,� C7D t70 r M 36" CLR. MIN., WALL DEPTH C GREATER THAN 24*UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FORWARD REACH -CONDITION A FORWARD REACH -CONDITION B DOOR THRESHOLD V� /AT EXTERIOR HARDSCAPE AND - WALKWAYS, THE CONCRETE MUST N A HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. DOOR BUILDING BLOCKS MATCH THE FINISH FLOOR ` �I 32 CLR. MIN. HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE fF) PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH (G) ELEVATION. MULTIPI F CHANGES 8 CHILDREN OVER 12 AND ADULT REACH RANGES IN ELEVATION AT THE DOOR THRESHOLD ARE NOT PERMITTED. NOTE: ACCOUNT FOR DOOR DEPTH AND NOTE: ACCOUNT FOR DOOR DEPTH AND i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ i G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" EXPOSED HARDWARE WHEN DETERMINING EXPOSED HARDWARE WHEN DETERMINING �- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - ---- LEAF , ! i ►� SIZE AND WALL OPENING SIZE TO LEAF SIZE AND WALL OPENING SIZE TO ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH IS MAINTAINED. ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH IS MAINTAINED. ! /�-, 1 /I-, \= <= L NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO BOTH NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO BOTH NOTES: a N ACCORDION AND FOLDING PANEL STYLE ACCORDION AND FOLDING PANEL STYLE 200 I I - x f' 1. ALL DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SLIDING DOORS. SLIDING DOORS.I ! y? OF 3/G010. EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS 2. IF A DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS HAVE OPENINGS OR SLOTS FOR 24" MIN I 24" MIN i ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL ` VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY- CLEAR WIDTH OF CARRIAGES OR OTHER HARDWARE THEN THOSE OPENINGS OR SLOTS SHALL FOLDING DOOR CONDITION C WALL OPENING - CONDITION D _ _ -- w _ _ _ - CLEARANCE OF 78" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR ' _-__----- COMPLY WITH 2 G010. OR GROUND. H / 2MAX. 3. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN THE 1/2- INDICATED HERE SHALL V ! 1 RAMPED AND COMPLY WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES AT MAINTAIN MIN. CLEARANCE„ ! LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE. icv'��, CHANGES IN LEVEL AT DOORS AND DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS. TO WALL OR OBSTRUCTION LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE- DOOR PROVIDED WITH A CLOSER (1)" BEHIND DOOR TO PERIMT I r DOOR TO OPENING 90DEG MIN. MAINTAIN. MIN. CLEARANCE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ! FOR DOOR HARDWARE USE. ' r F - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i "�` j CD BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL-1:2 SLOPE ! I ! I v 3 BUILDING BLOCKS - CHANGES IN LEVEL REQUIREMENTS z ! I t ! ! ! x I ( a I ! ! i i ! ! G010 1'-0"=1'-0" 32" CLR. MIN. " " i n 24 MIN. i 24 MIN. I a I A - > 32 CLR. MIN. NOTE. ACCOUNT FOR DOOR STOP AND EXTENSION BEYOND FRAME FOR HANDLES WHEN DETERMINING LEAF SIZE AND WALL WHERE VERTICAL CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN 80", ,h NOTE: FOR DOORS WITH OFFSET PIVOT OPENING SIZE TO ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH PROVIDE A GUARDRAIL OR OTHER BARRIER''` HINGES, THE DOOR WIDTH MAY NEED TO IS MAINTAINED. MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT ACCOUNT FOR THE OFFSET PIVOT DIMENSION TO MAINTAIN THE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH. VERIFY NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO BOTH POCKET AND �f WITH HARDWARE, BARN STYLE SLIDING DOORS. OPENING IN FLOOR OR CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY - CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY- LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. GROUND SURFACE, TYP. ,} HINGED DOOR CONDITION A SLIDING DOOR CONDITION B LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE (J) DOOR PROVIDED WITH A CLOSER (K) 4" MAX EXCEPTION: HANDRAILS PERMITTED ``" CLEAR WIDTHS AT DOORWAYS AND WALL OPENINGS MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL HINGED DOORS TO PROTRUDE 4 1/2" MAX. fr _ ,t : _ , m � � ACCESSIBLE ROUTES - DOORS GATES AND WALL OPENINGS31 n z S $ Y f T 1 7 � Z f � k .... .:.«. 1. ,_ ... ;�,. �,.._,,.. .:..,. .,,_ ,,.. .... -:; r.. ... ._.... .,. :....,. NOTES. 1. THE RUNNING SLOPE 0 WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1.20. THE CROSS SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER00 ,H h THAN 1.48. _. _. > ._ ... , .:. �.� ,..., s« �. .«, .. ._. ,.s... .,.. r ri,.:r:. *t ,ir: :M.: �.: .aZ,,.,. ., r�-g,:, W i. m,, �. .,,. ,... �. t,l.� � F ,. W ._, OPENING 2. CHANGES IN LEVEL SHALL COMPLY WITH 3 GO10. ,, � .: , . / x ,, � � � .:. ao �- � 3. WITHIN EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS THE CLEAR MINIMUM WIDTH MAY DECREASED BY WORK AREA EQUIPMENT PROVIDED THAT THE DECREASE IS ESSENTIAL TO THE FUNCTION BEING PERFORMED. 12" 12" Z z o 0 4. WHERE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES HAS A CLEAR WIDTH OF LESS THAN 60" PASSING SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET MAX. PASSING ? a = i� z " " �'�' a f ; N SPACES SHALL BE EITHER . N MAX. MAX. X > 12 X > 12 0 0 N 0 4.1. A SPACE 60" MIN. BY 60" MIN. x N 0 N o 4.2. AN INTERSECTION OF TWO WALKING SURFACES PROVIDING A T SHAPED SPACE (SEE 5/G010), WHERE THE BASE AND ARMS OF THE T-SHAPED77 1 0 SPACE EXTEND 48 MIN. BEYOND THE INTERSECTION. 4.3. SEE DIAGRAMS BELOW. FREE STANDING POST MOUNTED FREE STANDING POST MOUNTED W� LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS PROTRUDING OBJECTS -MOUNTED ON POST PROTRUDING OBJECTS -MOUNTED BETWEEN POSTS . c BUILDING BLOCKS �5 _ -Q L s... , ....... ...,. :, .. u2_ a. co _s.., ., . _.. ._..+k,. ,._,..,.,., .,.,e._... >. s,....... ,. r..„....... .... .. .s... ,>.,t,... .,.„, z. a...... .... ,..a..._. ,. ,..e_s-.._ i*�.r, ,,...... ... .. ,,.,. ,v.. :< .,.zt... ter... , UIL OPEN N 7 B .DING BL K PROTRUDING OBJECTS UD SURFACES ! I I i 3/8"=1'-0" G010 1'-0"=1'-0" I w " A NOTES. Z 3 ;....�...!< .>,.s n✓..,u..' ,. .?,.mr, c .d,a:rx..ss ,+r -,.r ,?'. .srr .:;.,.,.� s ,..-<. .: ''£. «...: e`. { I ! 42 MIN. <48 42 MIN. 36 MIN. �08-� 36 MIN. _ - _ - - _ - _ _ _ �______ � r._______� �___ , r___�_ � �_______________� r 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE FIRM AND SLIP o ! I I ! ! ! I !I I w RESISTANT. � ! � I ! ! ! ! I � i ! I ; ! I AT EXPOSED EDGES, CARPEL o ! CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE i i I I a I ! a i 1 I PROVIDE LEVEL 1.1. EXCEPTION: WITHIN ANIMAL CONTAINMENT AREAS, FLOOR AND GROUND = o o � I I AT 180 DEGREE TURN - CONDITION A AT 180 DEGREE TURN - CONDITION A I I ! ! o i ! d ! I ! ! SURFACES ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP Ul z CO 17 L J �' ! n ! I ! I TRANSITION, COMPLY a x � � RESISTANT. ! ! oo I 1 00 1 1 ! i ! I! I WITH 3 G010. ! I 24" MAX. 48" MIN. 24" MAX. 1 ! I ! ! 1 i ! { ! 1 / 1.2. EXCEPTION: ARES OF SPORT ACTIVITY SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO I I I I L----------- - L----------- ---� -- - " 1 ! COMPLY. sheet Name: A ! I ! I I I, I !'„ 48 PASSING SPACE * ! ! `..` xX k s; i i I i I ! a 2. CARPEL OR CARPET TILE SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED AND SHALL HAVE NOTE: PASSING SPACES I f ! I I ! � �,�,� ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS K v A FIRM CUSHION, PAD, OR BACKING OR NO CUSHION OR PAD. ('(TENSION, TYP. ALL - - - r SHALL BE PROVIDED AT _ _ _ 3. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, (3) SIDES. NO INTERVALS OF 200 FEET L _ _ _ _ _ L _ _ _ _ _ _ J _ _ _ _ _ _ _ LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE HEIGHT. 60" MIN. OBSTRUCTIONS, � 4. MAX. � � 30" 30- 36" MIN. �. , .� ' BUMPOUTS, OR a " 4. A PILE THICKNESS UP TO 1/2- IS ALLOWED, MEASURED TO THE BACKING, Proj #: Issue Date: NOTE: PASSING SPACES SHALL WALLS IN THIS M POSITION OF POSITION OF MANEUVERING MANEUVERING CUSHION, OR PAD. 210316 09/09/2022 BE PROVIDED AT INTERVALS OF SPACE, TYP. - - 5. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES 200 FEET MAX. CLEAR FOOR CLEAR FLOOR OR CLEAR FLOOR OR CLEARANCE IN AN CLEARANCE IN AN V OR GROUND SPACE GROUND SPACE -FRONT GROUND SPACE -PARALLEL ALCOVE -FORWARD APPROACH ALCOVE -PARALLEL APPROACH AND SHALL HAVE TRIM ON THE ENURE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. Sheet No.: a , .. Y.. e CARPET TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH CHANGES IN LEVEL REQUIREMENTS. CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE AT PASSING SPACE - CONDITION A AT PASSING SPACE - CONDITION B CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE BUILDING BLOCKS - G-0,9 CCESSIBLE ROUTES - WALKING SURFACES 6 MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS 1BUILDING BLOCKS - FLOOR SURFACES9 A 3/8"=V-0" G010 1'-0"=1'-0" Drawn By: Checked By: DL IDS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NOTES: Z o o a o N d M 3 M cN 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH 1,2,&3/GO10. 9l0`'�� r �� o 0 1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE /y ly�� S`° o 0 v v ' ACCESSIBLE PERMITTED. NOTES: 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH 9/G010. 9 `Po > �G? ��^\\ 9 0 8 V ° � PARKING 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH 9/GO10. 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH 3, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THESE DETAILS, o o �'� ,� `��� LANDING AREA � v v o; ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, 3. VERTICAL CLEARANCE: MIN. 98" (8'-2' MIN. 1,2,&3/G010. CURB RAMPS AT ACCESSIBLE ROUTES ARE REQUIRED ti� � '�S' 1:48 CROSS E �° HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING COMPLY WITH 4. CONTINUE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND AISLE MARKINGS ACROSS 1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF RAMPS ON `!' Q �� �,' �Gq,� ��� `\\ SLOPE (MAX.) v l SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE VEHICULAR ZONES TO PEDESTRIAN ZONES. PARKING SPACES AND SHALL BE PERMITTED. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES (2/G010.01). < �iJ, ,p,, ti > Q THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL. REQUIREMENTS. ACCESS AISLES SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH OF PAVEMENT CROSSWALK GJ �J `\\ J 'io o,' ,ate., ADJACENT ACCESSIBLE ROUTES. MARKINGS, TYP. ._ S CG'f'� \ \ V 0 m " RESERVED RESERVED ,o WHERE PROVIDED, CURB < Z 2 o PARKING PARKING LL z z z `£ " �� �� PARKING SPACE MINIMUM NUMBER REQUIREMENTS RAMP FLARES SHALL HAVE o W o W W£ n 63 A 1:10 SLOPE (MAX.) Q) « w � ne W k TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED • 0 `y°c « ----- JQ` ° ° a ° ° PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT > W- W r-. �' W onooa � Q s PROVIDED IN PARKING FACILITY ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES c, a a a a a a a c VAN G �� o o°O°0°o 0 0 ACCESS AISLE TO BE DETECTABLE WARNING �� �� y 1 TO 25 1 �, aoaaaoaoaaaa _ ACCESSIBLE �a �, O4` 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o n o o a z z ao°00000000o STRIP INSERT TO WARN �� \ 0000000aoao Q MARKED THE FULL z ¢ �� ��`' vS OF HAZARDS ON A w 41 v, Q ` o n°°°°° o ° ° ° o °a CIRCULATION PATH, SUCH U O Q O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o LENGTH AND WIDTH Jo o "' 26 TO 50 2 ° W s s OF THE ACCESS s s -j \ a a a a a a N W / \n0000000° 2 0° 51 TO 75 3 �� o AS CROSSING FROM A 0 t ' �` 0000n V Z 3 AISLE. ACCESS AISLE CN PEDESTRIAN TO VEHICULAR `` AND PARKING SPACE J F z 76 TO 100 4 �/� �> ZONE. o z DIMENSIONS SHALL z g z a m �� A� Zgb o NOT OVERLAP. TYP. o o z z 101 TO 150 5 G c) c> v � Ui � z � � - - - � Oaf' Z Z 0 151 TO 200 6 36" MIN, 36" MIN. z \\\ �� �oA / ��F cio UR CAR PARKING VAN PARKING CAR PARKING ACCESS AISLE VAN PARKING CAR PARKING CAR PARKING z `f' o LO 201 TO 300 7 `� ,� �°q�. F pF U) W_ Q w z " A " " " ooco ( d \ i 'lfF <CnPWa00 SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 132 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. 9fi MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. _� a 301 TO 400 8 _ ` �� d' n , n : n , e , a , » r " ¢ C- _ ��/l/C m (n W W 0 0 0 (n W (8'-0" MIN) (11 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8'-0" MIN.) (8'-On MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8'-0- MIN.) TYP. CURB RAMP S 1.- z 0 �' z _ CONSTRUCTION N= w = a LU W 401 TO 500 9 vw>wwoawo 501 TO 1000 2 PERCENT OF TOTAL ¢ w - wow ACCESS AISLE, ACCESS AISLE, < W ¢ - v 0 jE 60 MIN. 60 MIN. 1001 AND OVER 20, PLUS 1 FOR EACH 100, OR cn cn ¢ I- } (5'-0" MIN.) (5'-0" MIN.) ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE FRACTION THEREOF, OVER 1000. ( w j o PARKING SIGN PARKING SIGN 0 0= w W¢ w �- W „ FOR EVERY SIX, OR FRACTION OF SIX PARKING SPACES REQUIRED oaf 0 2 v w m zD_ ACCESSIBLE CAR AND VAN PARKING - OPTION A ACCESSIBLE CAR AND VAN PARKING - OPTION B ACCESSIBLE CAR PARKING 1 =1 -0 1 2 =1 -0 TO BE ACCESSIBLE, AT LEAST ONE SHALL BE BE A VAN DIAGONAL CURB RAMP PLAN = - f) � _ ? 0 -- ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE. `) 0 w w rT_� ACCESSIBLE ROUTES -PARKING ACCESSIBLE RAISED ISLAND CROSSING - ACCESSIBLE RAISED ISLAND CROSSING - _ _ _ _ Cm CUT THROUGH ON LEVEL WITH STREET �16"=1-0") CURB RAMP AT ISLAND (3/16"=1-O'� i - _ _ �10 1/8"=V-0" (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) I SAME WIDTH LANDING AREA: 1:48 I AS CURB RAMP. i CROSS SLOPE (MAX.) (MIN.) � T � NOTES: PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT 1. INFORMATION SHOWN BELOW IS TO i DETECTABLE WARNING ILLUSTRATE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS L-----_ -- FOR ELEVATORS AND ELEVATOR LANDINGS. STRIP INSERT TO WARN 2. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND GUTTER/ROAD SURFACE CURB RAMP: CURB RAMP: OF HAZARDS ON A CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL THE IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO MAX RUN: 72" CIRCULATION PATH, SUCH REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICANS WITH CURB RAMP. 1:20 SLOPEIN. WIDTH: 36" AS CROSSING FROM A 32" CLR. MIN. 32" CLR. MIN. (MAX.)( ) MAX. RISE: 6" 36" MIN. : aco PEDESTRIAN TO DISABILITIES ACT, SECTION 407 ELEVATORS, WHERE PROVIDED, CURB RAMP �' NOTES: AND ALL LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO SAID ACT. LANDING AREA: � VEHICULAR ZONE. FLARES (BEYOND) SHALL HAVE WHERE PROVIDED, CURB 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY 3. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND 1:48 CROSS � z N_ WITH 1,2,&3/GO10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELEVATORS A 1:10 SLOPE (MAX) SLOPE (MAX.) Of � RAMP FLARES SHALL 1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN THAT FULLY COMPLY WITH THE _ _ a HAVE A 1:10 SLOPE 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED. REQUIREMENTS OF ASME A18.1. 124' PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT DETECTABLE WARNING °°°°°° ° °° ° 0°°° 00000n000a00000000 4. PLATFORM LIFE FLOORS SHALL COMPLY ALL ADJOINING SURFACES SHALL BE AT THE O°O°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° ( ) 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH STRIP INSERT TO WARN OF HAZARDS ON A ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 0 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 1:10 SLOPE SAMELEVEL, TYP. 1:10 SLOPE 0000 00000000000000000 9/G010. WITH 1,2,&3/G010. CIRCULATION PATH SUCH AS CROSSING FROM d- ° ° ° ° ° 5. PLATFORM LIFTS SHALL NOT BE ' `� 000000000000000 000000noa00000aoao A PEDESTRIAN TO VEHICULAR ZONE. 3. VERTICAL CLEARANCE: MIN. 114" (9'-6") MIN. r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MIN. PLATFORM AREA r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ATTENDANT -OPERATED AND SHALL PROVIDE ° 000 00000000000000 i SHALL BE PER 6/GO10 I i CURB RAMP SECTION °°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° OI I I I UNASSISTED ENTRY AND EXIT FROM THE LIFT. 3 CURB RAMPS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES oRTHAGONAL CURB RAMP PLAN o 6. DOORS AND GATES: ACCESS AISLE WIDTH z i I z i i M ' w I I w 6.1. DOORS AND GATES SHALL HAVE LOW- G-0.10 3/8"=1'-0" (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SAME AS VEHICLE „ a z CL I ENERGY POWER -OPERATED DOORS LANDING, RAMP RUN, 60 , LANDING, RAMP RUN, LANDING AT CHANGE PULL-UP SPACE LENGTH I i i "UJI 30" RISE0" RISEf AND GATES COMPLYING WITH NOTES 60 MIN. (MAX.)( ) 60 MIN. (MAX.)( IN DIRECTION, 60 MIN. IN 1/GO10.01. DOORS SHALL �� ^,� 6.1.1. REMAIEX O PTIONPEN �RPLATFORMSECONDS MIN. _ - _ _ - "C� fi 12" HANDRAIL ^ I i i SERVING TWO LANDINGS MAXIMUM EXTENSION, HANDRAILS MAY Q - - - - AND HAVING DOORS OR GATES TOP AND z ,,,., z ON OPPOSITE SIDES SHALL BE BOTTOM OF z PERMITTED TO HAVE EACH RAMP LANDING G AREAS < co D Uj CL z z AREA TO BE MARKED TO MIN. PLATFORM AREA SELF -CLOSING MANUAL DOORS RUN, TYP. M U J DISCOURAGE PARKING IN o in SHALL BE PER 6 G010 AND GATES. ¢ z Q ' / NOTES: NOTES: _ _ _ - = c, M o THEM 6.2. END DOORS AND GATES SHALL n 1. EDGE PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED AT RAMPS THAT DO 1. A PIPE BARRIER CONDITION WHERE THE RAMP IS OPEN o OR I M N ° ( PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32 MIN. NOT REQUIRE RAILINGS AND FLARED SIDES CURB ON BOTH SIDES IS SHOWN. THE PIPE BARRIER IS ( HANDRAILS REQUIRED AT RAMPS L - - - - - - - - - - - J 6.3. SIDE DOORS AND GATES SHALL RAMP) INTEGRAL TO THE RAILING IS SHOWN. A SOLID WITH RISER GREATER THAN 6" 32" CLR. MIN. PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 42" MIN. 2. EDGE PROTECTION IS NOT REQUIRED ON THE SIDES OF CONCRETE CURB, OR OTHER BARRIER IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE. VEHICLE PULL-UP RAMP LANDINGS SERVING AN ADJOINING RAMP RUN OR PLATFORM LIFT - PLATFORM LIFT - STAIR. 2. WHERE THE RAMP IS ENCLOSED BY A SOLID WALL ON NOTES: v ►--� SPACE LENGTH, ONE OR MORE SIDES, THE SOLID WALL ITSELF �1 20'-0" MIN. FRONT AND SIDE PASSAGE FRONT AND REAR PASSAGE 3. EDGE PROTECTION SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED ON THE 1. RAMPS: SIDES OF RAMP LANDINGS HAVING A VERTICAL PROVIDES THE BARRIER. z w ►--� 1.1. MIN. WIDTH: 36 CLEAR, BETWEEN THE HANDRAILS. = g 6 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES -PASSENGER LOADING ZONES 5 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES - ELEVATORS DROP -OF OF EQU IN 1a" OF THE MINIMUM 1.2. MAX. RUNNING SLOPE: 1:12. a- W LANDING AREA REQUIRED. 1.3. MAX. RISE: 30" PER EACH RAMP RUN. 3/16"=1'-0" 1.4. MAX. CROSS SLOPE: 1:48. o 12" 1.5. CHANGES IN LEVEL OTHER THAN RUNNING SLOPE AND HANDRAIL CROSS SLOPE ARE NOT PERMITTED. w NOTES: 4. ELEVATOR FLOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH 1,2,&3/G010. EXTENSION, 2. LANDINGS: a I 1. INFORMATION SHOWN BELOW IS TO ILLUSTRATE THE 5. ALL IN -CAR AND ELEVATOR DING BUTTONS SHALL BE TYP PROVIDE CURB OR 2.1. LANDINGS SHALL OCCUR AT AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM w MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEVATORS AND ELEVATOR FLUSH, OR RAISED DESIGN D SHALL PROVIDE VISIBLE BARRIER TO PREVENT SLOPE: EACH RAMP RUN. I---------------1 N SIGNALS. BUTTONS S BE 3/4 IN SMALLEST PASSAGE OF 4 SPHERE, LANDINGS. " 2.2. SLOPE: LANDINGS SHALL BE .LEVEL. CHANGES IN 2. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL DIMENSION, MIN. WHERE ANY PORTION OF n LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. LANDINGS AND REQUIRED COMPLY WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICANS WITH 6. ALL IN -CAR AN LEVATOR LANDING SIGNALS SHALL THE SPHERE IS WITHIN 4 2.2.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT � i F•L� DISABILITIES ACT, SECTION 407 ELEVATORS, AND ALL INCLUDE VISI AND AUDIBLE SIGNALS. EACH SIGNAL OF THE GROUND. SHALL BE PERMITTED. DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO SAID ACT. 12" 36" 12" 2.3. WIDTH: SAME WIDTH AS THE WIDEST PART OF THE OVERLAP. UPPER LANDING SIZE s w v J J SHALL B 1/2 IN THE SMALLEST DIMENSION, MIN. $o RAMP LEADING TO THE LANDING. MAY NEED TO BE INCREASED TO i i g HORIZONTALLY SLIDING ELEVATOR 3. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL MIN. MIN. MIN. r,, '0 n A t PROVIDE ELEVATORS THAT FULLY COMPLY WITH THE FLOOR OR GROUND 2.4. LENGTH: 60 MIN. ACCOMMODATE THE OVERLAP. o DOORS REQUIREMENTS OF ASME A17.1. SURFACE EXTENSION 2.5. CHANGES IN DIRECTION: LANDING CLEAR DIMENSIONS o VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL, VERTICALLY i i Q1 � Q � BEYOND OUTSIDE SHALL BE 60"x60". � SEE PLANS STACKED. ROUND AND ARROW SEE PLANS cn HORIZONTALLY SLIDING FACE OF RAILINGS. d 3. EDGE PROTECTION AT THE SIDES OF THE EXPOSED SIDES FOR WIDTH STYLE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. FOR WIDTH z v- ELEVATOR DOORS v OF THE RAMP ARE REQUIRED, SEE ADJACENT DIAGRAMS. _ Z � REQUIREMENTS SECONDARY CONTROLS MAY CAR DESIGNATION TEXT, FLOOR DESIGNA110N REQUIREM ,� N C o OCCUR FOR SECURITY. WHERE INCLUDE SPECIAL TEXT, INCLUDE SPECIAL VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL, EDGE PROTECTION - EDGE PROTECTION - s POSSIBLE, LOCATE ON THE SYMBOLS AS REQUIRED. SYMBOLS AS REQUIRED. VERTICALLY STACKED. EXTENDED FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE (A) CURB OR BARRIER (B) RAMP PLAN _ o ELEVATOR PANEL PLATE. IF NOT ROUND AND ARROW STYLE CD= = o _ LOCATE TO THE SIDE AS SHOWN. EQ. ��' 1, f__ A - SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. Z RAMPS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES z '- ¢ r � - FIRE DEPT. EMERGENCY = _ z , OPERATIONS - `u `� z / 'IN CASE OF FIRE USE G-0:10 3/8"=1'-0" o a `"�'� I ,� J CAR CONTROL BUTTON �`'� I I STAIRWAY. DO NOT USE a ca �®'° J " ¢ ®OOO RAISED TEXT AND BRAILLE TO o C Pau -T i I ELEVATOR.' PICTOGRAPH AND �_ N n BRAILLE COPY � BRAILLE C I I I TEXT. COMPLY WITH LOCAL "' NOTES: 8.3. NON -FIRE DOORS, SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 LBS MAX. ®O Q�� THE LEFT OF EACH GAR �11 �O®O CONTROL BUTTON. INCLUDE � W +� EMIL -- I REQUIREMENTS. 0 1. REVOLVING DOORS, GATES, AND TURNSTILES SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN 8.4. THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO *' O ®O STAR GRAPHIC AT MAIN ENTRY z Q z w BRAILLE COPY. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD FLOOR. 'i o z_ z '* W 2. DOUBLE -LEAF DOORS AND GATES: AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE THE DOOR OR GATE OPEN. " ZE C.Da I o 48 CLR. MlN. 48 CLR. MIN. ®�C O-1_-- EMERGENCY CONTROLS FOR: "' En a ; z FIRE DEPARTMENT LEAVES OF DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL BE FULLY COMPLIANT 9. DOOR AND GATE SURFACES: o ®O®O DOOR OPEN DOOR CLOSE, Z (0 W � �> g z g z P� CONTROLS z_ WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 9.1. SWINGING DOOR AND GATE SURFACES WITHIN la" OF THE FINISH �`- ^� EMERGENCY STOP, AND ALARM. 0- � 3 0 co CD d . ELEVATOR CALL 3. CLEAR DIMENSIONS AT DOOR AND WALL OPENINGS: FLOOR OR GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH Z z N 0° o CONTROLS N 3.1. WIDTH: DOOR AND WALL OPENINGS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE o �� �.---- EMERGENCY TWO-WAY o o m '- ^ OF 32" MIN. CLEAR OPENINGS OF DOORWAYS WITH SWING DOORS DOOR OR GATE. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS COMl- - - -� ANDMSP SPEAKER. CONTROLS m m SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE IN THESE SURFACES SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16" OF THE SAME PLANE K STOP WITH THE DOOR OPEN TO 90 DEGREES, OPENINGS MORE AS THE OTHER. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDING KICK PLATES SHALL PedrlL SECONDARY CONTROLS MAY OCCUR FOR SECURITY. ' THAN 24" DEEP SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF 36" MIN. BE CAPPED. WHERE POSSIBLE, LOCATE ON THE ELEVATOR PANEL 3.2. VERTICAL' THE MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE FROM THE FINISH 9.1.1. EXCEPTTON1: SLIDING DOORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO SWINGING IN SAME DIRECTION (A) SWINGING AWAY FROM EACH OTHER (B) NOTE: SIGNAGE SHALL BE NOTE: SIGNAGE SHALL BE PLATE. IF NOT LOCATE TO THE SIDE AS SHOWN. FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DOOR FRAME IS 80" MIN. COMPLY. PROVIDED ON BOTH JAMBS PROVIDED ON BOTH JAMBS ALIGN VERTICALLY WITH VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL AT OF EACH ELEVATO OF EACH ELEVATOR. 3.3. PROJECTIONS INTO THE CLEAR OPENING: PROJECTIONS INTO THE 9.1.2. EXCEPTION 2: TEMPERED GLASS DOORS WITHOUT STILES AND SINGLE ELEVATORS. AT MULTIPLE ELEVATORS USING CLEAR OPENING WIDTH BETWEEN 34" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISH HAVING A BOTTOM RAIL OR SHOE WITH THE TOP LEADING EDGE `°� ()F.Fto THE SAME CONTROLS, CENTER CONTROLS HORIZONTALLY TAPERED AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM THE HORIZONTAL a. s � BETWEEN THE ELEVATOR DOORS. FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 4. 3.3.1. EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO MEET THE 10" BOTTOM SMOOTH " .' Q PERMITTED TO BE 78" MIN. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR SURFACE HEIGHT REQUIREMENT. 48 CLR. MIN. GROUND. 9.1.3. EXCEPTION 3: DOORS AND GATES THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO 140 CAR S AMBS FLOOR DESIGNATIONS ON JAMBS 4. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACE AT REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES WITHIN 10" OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL NOT BE IN -CAR CONTROL BUTTONS AND EMERGENCY CONTROLS OF DESTINATION-O HOTS Y ENTRANCES 54" MIN. OF ELEVATOR HOISTWAY EN CES ELEVATOR LANDING DOOR ELEVATION REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACES PROVIDE THAT IF lk SHALL COMPLY WITH 9/G010. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. ADDED KICK PLATES ARE INSTALLED, CAVITIES CREATED BY 36 MIN. 4.1. EXCEPTION 1: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE r :, „ ., 60" MIN. PERMITTED. SUCH KICK PLATES ARE CAPPED. 4.2. EXCEPTION 2: CHANGES IN LEVEL AT THRESHOLDS COMPLYING WITH 10. VISION LITES: 80" MIN. 68" 3/G010 SHALL BE PERMITTED. 10.1. DOORS, GATES, AND SIDE LIFTS ADJACENT TO DOORS OR GATES, SWINGING TOWARDS EACH OTHER (C) 5. THRESHOLDS. SEE 3/G010. CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS THAT PERMIT VIEWING t k THROUGH THE PANELS SHALT HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE 6. DOOR D GATE HARDWARE: » u.. .,.. ._ CLEARANCES AT HINGED DOORS IN SERIES G 00 S SE S GLAZED PANEL LOCATED 43 MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. «..:<. 6.1. DOOR HANDLES, PULLS LATCHES LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE .,.... ... ,,.,..„ .,,.. .n...,.,, a.. ... ,,. ,._.....,., ., ... ., rv. ...... x,„. .,,.. ..._,. ..-,. .... .... .x. ... .. ,. _........ .. .,4..,_ru ,.ax._..-. .r �. a. .z,,::....., i__„,_ ,...-. ,_:r ,....,.a .., ..,. ...»s,_ :, _. ....,... _.. . PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT 10.2. EXCEPTION. VISION LIGHTS WITH THE LOWEST PART MORE THAN C, 66 FROM THE FINISH FLOOR OR GRAND SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED N ---�-® {_ 16 S.F. REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. ______________ _________ _______ o-" THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5L.BS TO COMPLY. r r r --� occ - (MIN.) 11. AUTOMATIC AND POWER ASSISTED DOORS: Z MAX k 11.1. FULL -POWERED AUTOMATIC DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI BHMA R , 6.2. OPERABLE PARTS OF DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE 34" MIN. AND 48" / �L ` z MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. A156.10. i �/ z tL2. LOW -ENERGY AND POWER -ASSISTED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH M 6.3. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, z z z k - " o d OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH ANSI/BHMA A156.19. I I I I i I 1 I ,�, °� £_ 11.3. CLEAR WIDTH: DOORWAYS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF SIDES. o I o I I o I 6.4. EXCEPTION: ACCESS GATES IN BARRIER WALLS AND FENCES 32" MIN. IN POWER -ON AND POWER -OFF MODE. THE MIN. CLEAR `n I oo `� I co `� I I ao x PROTECTING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO WIDTH FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS IN A DOOR WAY SHALL BE i ^ i i ^ i 12 i ^ Q 1, : > £ram. 2", k' O ' HAVE OPERABLE PARTS OF THE RELEASE OF LATCH ON BASED ON THE CLEAR OPENING PROVIDED BY ALL LEAVES IN THE 18 MIN. x ; i x �Y ,�' SELF -LATCHING DEVICES AT 5e MAX. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR OPEN POSITION. I_ x 11.4. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES. CLEARANCES AT POWER -ASSISTED , r. GROUND PROVIDED THE SELF -LATCHING DEVICES ARE NOT ALSO .. <.r.,. x.., x:;.. �.:>. ,. ..: ,.M.,.. � s: ..:,. �..N-:.. �..., ... �.:. Q•,.,,,, :.,ry .e..., ..,t,...,. .o.... ..�.. "; ..s.. .n,., ..y:,..r.,.c � .- ,,.. ,�.�,�, » r. ���, _ DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CLEARANCES NOTED SELF-LOCKING DEVICES AND OPERATED BY MEANS of A KEY .x _.... xr ., .. ...,...._ ,.. ,.. ram. ... ...,. ,,.. .... , <,,.. ». .. ... 4... .d � .... ,. .. ..,- ., w�.. .. ... ..,:,.. .. .- ...., .,.....,. x. 9 .. .. x. .. ,.. ,. „.,.s... ..,... ,...... OR THE UAL DOORS AND GATES. CLEARANCES AT AUTOMATIC F MAN R EARAN _ � . � ._ _ � ,. � .. r. ��� ., �, 0 0 I TION LOCK. � � » *,_ ... . ELECTRONIC OPENER R INTEGRAL C MB NA CK. _ � � �. �xr F, � TR .:,,. ,....... _ ., . .: � k .. . .. ... ... ,. , ,.... , ., to , �., .. ....,� * rv.• ,,.»... *_ 7. CLOSING SPEED: DOORS AN GATES WITHOUT STANDBY POWER AND SERVICING AN 0 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE "- I 7.1. DOOR AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE CLEARANCES NOTED FOR THE MANUAL DOORS AND GATES. w ci 42" MIN. 36" MIN. i i 36" MIN. i 36" MIN.' i i i DOOR TO POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 11.4.1. EXCEPTION: WHERE AUTOMATIC DOORS AND GATES REMAIN Cl) z ELEVATOR LANDING CALL ! I SECONDS MIN. OPEN IN THE POWER -OFF CONDITION, COMPLIANCE WITH - STATION, TYP. i i i i i i i i 7.2. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT MANUAL DOOR CLEARANCES ARE NOT REQUIRED. I I I I I I FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE 11ME REQUIRED TO 11.5. MANUALLY OPERATED CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SAME Sheet Name: �- MIN. MANEUVERING i i MOVE THE DOOR OR GATE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IS 1.5 REQUIREMENTS AS MANUALLY OPERATED DOORS. ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS i CLEARANCE AT ELEVATOR i I I E i i i I SECONDS MIN. 11.6. BREAK OUT OPENING: WHERE DOORS AND GATES WITHOUT STANDBY PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH LANDING CALL STATION, SEE I I 8. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE: POWER ARE A PART OF A MEANS OF EGRESS, THE CLEAR BREAK FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE (A) FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE (B) BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH (C) L-_----_J L-------J L - - - � L--------' L------- ' 8.1. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE OUT OPENING AT SWINGING AND SLIDING DOORS AND GATES SHALL 6/G010. NO ITEMS PERMITTED IN THIS SPACE. THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. BE 32" MIN. WHEN OPERATED IN EMERGENCY MODE. Proj #: Issue Date: E OR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR 8.2. NON -FIRE DOORS, INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 LBS FRONT APPROACH MANEUVERING 210316 09/01 /2022 DIM IONS - CENTERED DOOR (A) DIMENSIONS - CENTERED DOOR (8) DIMENSIONS - ANY DOOR LOCATION (C) DIMENSIONS - ANY DOOR LOCATION (D) DIMENSIONS -ANY DOOR LOCATION (D) Mg. CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES Sheet No.: _ 4 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES - ELEVATORS ACCESSIBLE ROUTES DOORS, GATES, AND WALL OPENINGS (CONTINUED) G-00 10 �10 3/16"=1'-0" �-10 G3/8"=l'-0" Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION T-i, 11 .11 1 i ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I I i ♦ I r r S 1 I I i I 1 r I 1 1 r r 1 1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN SP-1.0 J 1" = 40'-0" NORTH GENERAL SHEET NOTES (SITE PLAN) 1. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1.1. PROPERTY LINE - METES AND BOUNDS 1.2. BUILDING PAD LOCATIONS 1.3. PARKING LOT LAYOUT AND EXTENT OF PAVING INCLUDING HANDICAP SIZE AND SPACING 1.4. LOCATION OF ALL CURB LINES 1.5. RETAINING WALL SIZE(S) AND LOCATION(S) 2. SEE ARCH. SIDEWALK PLANS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 2.1. HANDICAP RAMPS 2.2. LANDSCAPE PLANTERS 2.3. SIDEWALK SCORE AND EXPANSION JOINTS NOTE: EXTENT BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TO BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS AND LEASABLE AREAS OF BUILDINGS ARE BASED ON THE PARAMETERS DESCRIBED UNDER PROJECT DATA. 4. SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN (UNDER SEPARATE COVER) FOR MATERIALS AND EXTENT OF SITE LANDSCAPING. 5. SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR SITE ELECTRICAL SCOPE. Z 0 Fn W 0 Z rn U TN ♦� N U i Q 0 0 w L^, W z O N N L s U W 0 U H U o '(o � M � M O 1p � M N M 04 _VO 0 d m 3 � v �Q J M v7 O O O LL- 0 O LL- 0 z Q��wav0� Z a- � c',OH2Wlfw-TOOO�z N W ��-� W 23: ��o�wzaIX0 N= W F 2 Q a= Z = Q W_ z W 0 W13f W' W LU<2=;=0r-� U W-0 0 0= W W Q W H W UU�j>=mOH U) 0 W LL F- 0 N N O N N CV O N O CD N � t] C C/) _O W Q 0 U Q 2 � 0 W Z O 0 N Z Sheet Name: ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 220326 Sheet No.: Sp— 1 • 0 Drawn By: Checked By: XXJYY AA/BB - - - - - -I rr - - r - i - -��r - i-- -, GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO WALL ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. LEGEND MATCH LINE LOCATION _ _ _ _ _ _ - 0.5-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION .. s .... 1-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 2-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 3-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 4-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION GRAPHIC ... LARGE WALL GRAPHIC LOCATION MIRROR .... LARGE WALL MIRROR LOCATION WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BRACKET LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. RECESSED/SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND u CABINET LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET m LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT DEFIBRILATOR AND CABINET LCOATION. I� SEE XX/XXX. KEYNOTES 1. PROPOSED FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX LOCATION. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. FIRE RISER IS LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING AND FINAL FIRE SUPPRESSION DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTRACTOR. 3. ELECTRICAL SERVICE, SWITCHGEAR, AND TRANSFORMER ARE LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL. 4. ELECTRICAL STUB -UP LOCATION. 5. ROOF HATCH LADDER LOCATION. SEE DETAIL XX/XXX. EDGE OF SLAB PLAN 1/8"=1'-0" M� 3mN M to a d N ZU` 00 i. M M w d 4 O C n o0 z �= v0o m O u '- 2 LL c: CL ^' w » L < =3 o Vo x LL Q ov � o L = N W » 2 Q) o 0 W L p iU V W d N Q a LL J O °W<Wz QuWjF�- waVOai } U W Z a- C) W m01-2IX'zOV%z oILU ---D� W za�0 N= W PT<wwF-. OQ W W W_z z W O _W- - OWZw<1LUWWcru)W d co) � U WF-zO W 53:U O O= LL W Q LU W 0=C72>=m0F=- r U�0LUU_ H 0 a N N O N `O CD 12 W a O W 07 B 19 Sheet Name: EDGE OF SLAB PLAN Proj #: issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-0. I Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2/A-4.1 N CV FLOOR PLAN 3116"=1'-0" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 KEYNOTES SLAB LEAVE -OUT FOR FUTURE TENANT U/G UTILITIES. PROVIDE HARDCORE BASE AND VAPOR BARRIER. RATED DEMISING WALL. REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE SANITARY SEWER LATERAL - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. ELECTRICAL METER BANK - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING. FIANL LOCATION T.B.D. - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. GAS HEADER - RUN TO ROOF TOP UNIT & STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. APPROX. LOCATION OF RTU ABOVE. REFER TO ROOF PLAN & MECH. DRAWINGS STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH LOW-E INSULATED GLAZING - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS LINE OF AWNING OR CANOPY ABOVE - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB -BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. NON -FREEZE HOSE BIBB MOUNTED AT 18" ABOVE EXTERIOR GRADES/SIDEWALK - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. STOREFRONT DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. HOLLOW METAL DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE DOMESTIC WATER PER LLWL REQUIREMENTS. STUB BELOW ROOF DECKING FOR FUTRE TENANT CONNECTION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. JUNCTION BOX ON FACADE FOR FUTURE SIGNAGE BY TENANT. SIGNAGE PERMITTED BY OTHERS - SEE ELEVATIONS. CENTER ABOVE STOREFRONTS ON SIGNAGE BAND ZONE ROOF LADDER - SEE ROOF PLAN STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. DEPRESSED CURB WITH RAISED ADA DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP - SEE CIVIL DWGS. FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. DECORATIVE (C-CHANNEL) STEEL FRAME ROOF DRAINAGE DOWNSPOUT. TIE INTO STORM, TYP. SEE CIVIL DWGS. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR DOWNSPOUT SIZE AND CONFIGURATION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR ROOF DRAIN PIPING. LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE SHOWN. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE LIGHT FIXTURE: WALL PACK KNOX BOX. FIRE MARSHAL. FINAL LOCATION BY FIRE MARSHAL. 24 TRANSFORMER AND CONCRETE PAD - SEE ELECTRICAL & CIVIL DWGS. FOR LOCATION. 25 HOUSE PANEL - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 HOUSE PANEL - ALARM WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. GREASE WASTE LINE - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. DRIVE-THRU SERVICE WINDOW - PENDING TENANT'S SPECS PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA PROVIDE W/P JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT POLE LIGHT PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN DEMISING WALL PROVIDE TROWELED SMOOTH STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB WITHOUT ELEVATION CHANGES. NO MORE THAN 1/8" ELEVATION CHANGE IN 10'-0" AND MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASTM F1869-98 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS GUIDELINES OF LESS THAN 5 POUNDS OF MOISTURE OVER 1,000 SQUARE FEET WITHIN A 24-HOUR PERIOD GAS MANIFOLD & METER LOCATION - REFER TO CIVIL & PLUMBING CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS. MIN 4" DIA REFLECTED CEILING NOTES 40 EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK 41 ROOF JOISTS/BEAMS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 42 LINE OF ROOF OR PARAPET RETURN ABOVE 43 LOW PROFILE (PUCK) LIGHTS BELOW CANOPY ROOF NOTES 50 APPROX. LINE OF STRUCTURE BELOW. FINAL RTU LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED IN THE FIELD 51 EXTERIOR ROOF LADDER & CAGE AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR AHJ. 52 ROOF WALKING PADS 53 AREA OF TAPERED INSULATION/CRICKETS TO INSTALLED OVER BASE ROOF INSULATION. SLOPE AS INDICATED ON DRAWING. MINIMUM 1/2":12 54 PRE -FINISHED METAL CANOPY BELOW 55 HIGH PARAPET. REFER TO SECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL 56 57 THRU WALL SCUPPER INTO CONDUCTOR HEAD TO ROOF DRAIN 58 SCUPPER OVERFLOW. REFER TO DETAIL. 59 DEMISING TENANT WALL BELOW. SIDIM HARDSCAPE NOTES 60 CONTROL JOINTS AS SHOWN. 1/4" SAWCUTS TYPICAL 61 PLANTER BEDS. FINALS SIZE & CONFIGURATION BY CIVIL & LANDSCAPING 62 ADA CURB & SIDEWALX RAMP(S). REFER TO CIVIL FOR DETAILS 63 ZERO CURB. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS AT STOREFRONTS 64 EXPANSION JOINTS. CIVIL TO CONFIRM 65 FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 66 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB -BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. 67 GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. 68 PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA 69 WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO WALL ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. LEGEND ® MATCH LINE LOCATION 0.5-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION — _ — _ — _ — 1-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 2-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 3-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 4-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION GRAPHIC LARGE WALL GRAPHIC LOCATION MIRROR ... _ .... LARGE WALL MIRROR LOCATION WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BRACKET a LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. RECESSED/SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND r� CABINET LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET m LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT DEFIBRILATOR AND CABINET LCCATION. SEE XX/XXX. KEYNOTES 1. PROPOSED FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX LOCATION. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. FIRE RISER IS LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING AND FINAL FIRE SUPPRESSION DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTRACTOR. 3. ELECTRICAL SERVICE, SWITCHGEAR, AND TRANSFORMER ARE LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL. 4. ELECTRICAL STUB -UP LOCATION. 5. ROOF HATCH LADDER LOCATION. SEE DETAIL XX/XXX. M[Y I > co M M N M \0 \'C' Ln p. O N O g L M M 0 � 4 i� c6 M 'to 0 O v °' \10 U 00 0 d L NUL v16 C� Wes) �Q W n 4 H L � Q N =3 o M LL ra L '6 O o W 0 LL LL Qu W�0 aVOOZ wZ0-Op5nw m U f of z 0 Z oHOwwzmwLU o Vjrj � d= of 0 0_LU Z �M: 0P 0000�� N N O N 0 rn 0 i is 0 6 z Sheet Name: FLOOR PLAN Prol #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-101 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION sia1V190" —i GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO WALL ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT. 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. KEYNOTES 1 SLAB LEAVE -OUT FOR FUTURE TENANT U/G UTILITIES. PROVIDE HARDCORE BASE AND VAPOR BARRIER. 2 RATED DEMISING WALL. REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE 3 SANITARY SEWER LATERAL - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. 4 ELECTRICAL METER BANK - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. 5 TELEPHONE BOARD FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING. FIANL LOCATION T.B.D. - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. 6 GAS HEADER - RUN TO ROOF TOP UNIT & STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 7 APPROX. LOCATION OF RTU ABOVE. REFER TO ROOF PLAN & MECH. DRAWINGS 8 STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH LOW-E INSULATED GLAZING - SEE WALL SEC11ONS AND ELEVATIONS 9 LINE OF AWNING OR CANOPY ABOVE - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 10 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB —BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. 11 NON —FREEZE HOSE BIBB MOUNTED AT 18" ABOVE EXTERIOR GRADES/SIDEWALK - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 12 STOREFRONT DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. HOLLOW METAL DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 13 DOMESTIC WATER PER LLWL REQUIREMENTS. STUB BELOW ROOF DECKING FOR FUTRE TENANT CONNECTION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 14 JUNCTION BOX ON FACADE FOR FUTURE SIGNAGE BY TENANT. SIGNAGE PERMITTED BY OTHERS - SEE ELEVATIONS. CENTER ABOVE STOREFRONTS ON SIGNAGE BAND ZONE 15 ROOF LADDER - SEE ROOF PLAN 16 STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 17 DEPRESSED CURB WITH RAISED ADA DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP - SEE CIVIL DWGS. 18 FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 19 DECORATIVE (C-CHANNEL) STEEL FRAME 20 ROOF DRAINAGE DOWNSPOUT. TIE INTO STORM, TYP. SEE CIVIL DWGS. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR DOWNSPOUT SIZE AND CONFIGURATION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR ROOF DRAIN PIPING. 21 LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE SHOWN. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 22 LIGHT FIXTURE: WALL PACK 23 KNOX BOX. FIRE MARSHAL FINAL LOCATION BY FIRE MARSHAL. 24 TRANSFORMER AND CONCRETE PAD - SEE ELECTRICAL & CIVIL DWGS. FOR LOCATION. 25 HOUSE PANEL - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. 26 HOUSE PANEL - ALARM 27 WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL 28 GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. 29 GREASE WASTE LINE - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. 30 DRIVE-THRU SERVICE WINDOW - PENDING TENANT'S SPECS 31 PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA 32 PROVIDE W/P JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT POLE LIGHT 33 PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN DEMISING WALL 34 PROVIDE TROWELED SMOOTH STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB WITHOUT ELEVATION CHANGES. NO MORE THAN 1/8" ELEVATION CHANGE IN 10'-0" AND MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASTM F1869-98 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS GUIDELINES OF LESS THAN 5 POUNDS OF MOISTURE OVER 1,000 SQUARE FEET WITHIN A 24-HOUR PERIOD 35 GAS MANIFOLD & METER LOCATION - REFER TO CIVIL & PLUMBING LEGEND — _ _ _ _ _ — 0.5—HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION —.—.—_— 1—HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 2—HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION —... 3—HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION —....—....— 4—HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION GRAPHIC LARGE WALL GRAPHIC LOCATION MIRROR _ LARGE WALL MIRROR LOCATION WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BRACKET LOCATION. SEE ti XX/XXX. RECESSED/SEMI—RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET LOCATION. �t SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET LOCATION. SEE m XX/XXX. O SURFACE MOUNT DEFIBRILATOR AND CABINET LCOATION. SEE XX/XXX. N N 0 CV 0 0 st D Pr 2 st Di D It a ran N N1 rn %O L!) n O N O O i" M m LZ7 UJ Q < fn cow C '&) z O w voo m �� O V L a x Ll.. ai E 1 N c0 a � m -� V it a o u- v Q o a L L V W N W N vo Q) > o O w iw V x N O a N Q 0 GrNIERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION 1 BLOCKING UDE, BUT 4RTY VENDOR EP AND THE ENCLOSED :D WOOD kP BLOCKING, CCOMMODATE IE ?MANENTLY SHALL BE IDENTIFY 3ARRIER. ZLY RATING S WHERE TE SIGNAGE J). AT THESE WITH FLOOR DRAIN, SLOPE SLAB FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE & LANDSCAPING IETAILS ZONTS ;ORE JOINTS AS SHOWN EFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. EOTECHNICAL REPORT TILITIES. TOP OF - TO BE SIZED BY IWGS. CHEDULE EA M m A 00 110 M � r vl x 0. O N z O O i M CAO U) 0 < �•� n w o Od O v V 00 0 Q) v d- x D LL-_, Q� °Jv E�� -F-� V ° v CL d N V o ,� L W � Z S.. � O LL �.r v Q w -� � o 0 L � ..� U W V ~ s O Q N Q � w o co Wz ¢WI--wa0O Z IL :3 mU���zp�Ly z ao��� oIW-0Wwza.W0 O(=j>U�F¢—mod= =¢WZZw0w2 O0 wLLi<OHn �WWU)WUW�O } 0 C o U a W F- Z S p0=WWaIll F-W UU-?�F}z0f-- OW LLnr 0 Cl) N N O N 0 G) O N N 0 6 z Sheet Name: HARDSCAPE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01/2022 Sheet No.: A-103 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/8"=l'-0" GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , CENTERLINE OF LIGHT FIXTURE, OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND CEILING ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND CEILING ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS — ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO CEILING ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND/OR SUPPORT AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF TENANT/OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT. 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CEILING HEIGHTS WITH ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES MOUNTED IN THE CEILING, AS SHOWN IN THE OTHER DISCIPLINE'S DRAWINGS. PRIOR TO THE START OF ALL CEILING WORK, INCLUDING DUCT FABRICATION AND PLUMBING ROUGH —IN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT. INCLUDE ALL PERTINENT ELEVATION INFORMATION FOR ALL THE DISCIPLINES AND ALL CEILING/SOFFIT HEIGHTS. INDICATE ALL OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS REQUIRED TO CLEAR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. ALL POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH CEILING HEIGHTS OR ALIGNMENTS SHALL BE CLOUDED AND NOTED IN THE DOCUMENTS FOR RESOLUTION BY THE ARCHITECT. 9. ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS LOCATED IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS SHALL BE POSITIONED AT THE MID OR QUARTER POINTS OF THE PANEL. 10. ALL LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, STROBES, DIFFUSERS, ETC., SHALL BE CENTERED. ALL STROBES SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED. 11. ALL FIXTURES, CONDUITS, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND CEILING HEIGHTS ARE MAINTAINED. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL CONDUITS AND PIPING IN THE JOIST SPACE, AS CLOSE TO THE FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE, TO MAXIMIZE SPACE FOR DUCT INSTALLATION. 12. OPEN STRUCTURE CEILING AREAS VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC, CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE GREAT CARE TO CAREFULLY LAY OUT ALL UTILITIES/SYSTEMS IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY FASHION, SEE 9/A-7.5 FOR REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK—UP IN THE FIELD OF TYPICAL INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. ACCEPTED MOCK—UP MAY BE PART OF THE FINISH WORK. 13. MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE PREFINISHED IN 'WHITE' TO MATCH THE CEILING TILES. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES OCCUR IN PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS, FIELD PAINT THE DIFFUSERS TO MATCH THE SOFFIT COLOR. 14. ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS MAY BE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 15. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AND MODELS, 16. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIFFUSER TYPES AND SIZES. LEGEND ARCHITECTURAL ACT-1 CEILING FINISH TAG. TOP LINE INDICATES MATERIAL TYPE. BOTTOM LINE INDICATES CEILING HEIGHT. ACT1: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 1: 2'x2'. ACT2: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 2: 2'x4'. ACT3: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 4: 2'x4', SECOND LOOK. GB: 5/8° GYPSUM BOARD. MGB: 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. LP: 5/8" LATHE AND PLASTER. ES: EXPOSED STRUCTURE, PAINTED. EXPOSED STEEL BEAM TILE LAY—INGRID CEILING AND LAY, S CEILING TILE TILE AND GRID o AND GRID, SECOND LOOK 2'x4' LAY CEILING GYPSUM BOARD/STUCCO TILE AND GRID CEILING ELECTRICAL 1. NOT ALL LIGHT FIXTURES MAY BE USED. 2. LIGHTS WITH SUFFIX DESIGNATION 'X' ARE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH SUFFIX DESIGNATION 'D' INDICATE DIMMER CONTROL CONNECTION POINT. 4. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A (*) DESIGNATION ARE COVE MOUNTED LIGHTS. COVES. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A (CW) DESIGNATION ARE MOUNTED IN CASEWORK BELOW. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CASEWORK VENDOR. 6. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A 'WET' DESIGNATION INDICATE TO PROVIDE THE FIXTURE IN A CONFIGURATION APPROVED FOR WET INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. ® EXIT SIGN EXIT SIGN EMERGENCY WITH ARROW LIGHT RECESSED DOWN LIGHT i = LED TAPE LIGHTS, — SEE ELECTRICAL `-`SERVICE LIGHT KEYNOTES WALLPACK A --g— WALL SCONCES C •a WALL WASH DOWN LIGHT 1. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR INFORMATION ON TAPE LIGHTS MOUNTED TO DECORATIVE BANDS. 3. INTERIOR SOFFIT 4. PROVIDE WALLPACK LIGHT OVER REAR DOORS M 0 T OD kO 3 M N to p O N z O 0 L M M cn 0 < c6 M w 00 zz � v U OO L O J +Q) v a) Q) E �— c CU 03 » _1 L — Q N o V it O M LL z ca o v z 0o V H � w -� Q) cu o O W z.. U W .c V O N Q 0 w 0�00 C n w a V O >-W WZaO=p_Ww CD I— p W Z W W 0 N= W� x Q W m= oWW ZZOWZO O W w Q M- 0 F> F-Z aW�z:) 0 0 = W W`tWi—w UUlmx �xO1— U�oWoM 41 N N O N O CD O W IL ix 0 w 0 W D rn 07 i C6 0 0 Z Sheet Name: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-104 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS --- - — _ ...— - -- al. L lu =I i:.HJ', lii.mfi.A t;Al t-111i ➢1 31T. 4JIi,l.i. ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION ROOF PLAN 3/16"=1'-0" GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , CENTERLINE OF EQUIPMENT/SKYLIGHT, OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. ALL HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE FROM FIRST FLOOR FINISH SLAB. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND ROOF ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 5. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND ROOF ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 6. PRIOR TO ROOF ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND/OR SUPPORT AS REQUIRED FOR ROOF MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 6.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 6.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 7. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL AND LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AND MODELS. 8. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 9. ALL ROOF EQUIPMENT AND PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STRUCTURAL SUPPORT, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING INFORMATION AND LOCATIONS. 9.1. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL VENTS AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH ALL DISCIPLINES. 9.2. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 9.3. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 10'-0" OF THE EDGE OF THE ROOF. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, RTUs, EXHAUST FANS, CONDENSING UNITS, AND VENTS. 9.4. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PREFABRICATED CURBS AND PENETRATIONS WITH THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR AND THE G.C. IN ORDER TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BLOCKING, NAILING, FLASHING, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A WATER —TIGHT INSTALLATION. 9.5. ALL ROOF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON ELEVATED, INSULATED PREFABRICATED CURBS. WHERE EQUIPMENT SITS ON A SLOPED SURFACE, PROVIDE A CURB MATCHED TO THE SLOPED SURFACE. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL SIT LEVEL. MAINTAIN 8" MIN. FROM TOP OF FINISH ROOF TO TOP OF CURB. ALL CURBS SHALL BE SET LEVEL, PROVIDE FACTORY FABRICATED CURBS WITH SLOPED BOTTOMS MATCHING THE ROOF SLOPE. ALL CURBS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND FLASHED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 10. ROOFING REQUIREMENTS: 10.1. THE CONTRACTOR, AND ANY ROOFING SUBCONTRACTOR WORKING UNDER THE CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE WARRANTED, WATER —TIGHT ROOFING SYSTEM. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, SEPARATION BOARDS, VAPOR BARRIERS, NAILERS AND BLOCKING, ROOF INSULATION, TAPERED OVERBUILD INSULATION, TAPERED OVERBUILD CRICKETS, ROOF MEMBRANE, WALL FLASHING, TERMINATIONS AND FLASHING, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE WARRANTED, WATER —TIGHT ROOFING SYSTEM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S AND NRCA'S REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE THESE DETAILS WITH THE ROOFING SYSTEM PROVIDED AND FIELD CONDITIONS. 10.2. ALL ROOFING SLOPES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE. ALL TAPERED OVERBUILD INSULATION AND TAPERED OVERBUILD CRICKETS SHALL HAVE THE SAME MINIMUM SLOPE. WHERE VALLEYS OCCUR IN CRICKETS AND TAPERED INSULATION, THE TAPERED INSULATION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN SUFFICIENT DEPTH AND SLOPE TO ENSURE A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE IN THE VALLEY TO THE ROOF DRAIN; ALL AREAS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH POSITIVE DRAINAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BID. NO CHANGE ORDERS SHALL BE ACCEPTED FOR ADDITIONAL ROOFING MATERIAL REQUIRED TO CREATE THE SLOPES. 10.3. PROVIDE ROOF INSULATION IN THE THICKNESS REQUIRED TO MEET THE MINIMUM R VALUE INDICATED. WHERE INDICATED R VALUE DOES NOT COINCIDE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSULATION THICKNESS, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT EVEN NUMBER. ALL CRICKETS AND TAPERED INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED OVER THE MINIMUM THICKNESS OF THE BASE INSULATION. 10.4. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CONTINUOUS WALKWAY/TRAFFIC PADS FROM THE ROOF HATCH TO ALL ROOF TOP MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND TO ALL ROOF LADDERS. AT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PROVIDE WALKWAY PADS AT ALL (4) SIDES OF THE EQUIPMENT. 10.5. PROVIDE CRICKETS AT THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, SKYLIGHTS, ROOF HATCHES, RTUs, EXHAUST FANS, AND OTHER LARGE ITEMS. CRICKETS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT PLUMBING PENETRATIONS. TAPERED INSULATION C-31-D ROOF LADDER ROOF PRIMARY ROOF tSLOPE— ROOF SLOPE SCUPPER AND OVERFLOW ARROWS, LARGE CONDUCTOR SCUPPER AND SMALL ABBREVIATIONS B.O.D. BOTTOM OF DECK T.O.D. TOP OF CONCRETE L.P. LOW POINT T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY H.P. HIGH POINT T.O.P. TOP OF PARAPET T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL. KEYNOTES 1. ROOF ACCESS LADDER, PROVIDE CAGE IF REQUIRED, SEE 5/A-6.2. 2. AREA OF TAPERED INSULATION/CRICKET TO BE INSTALLED OVER BASE ROOFING INSULATION. SLOPE 1/4" PER FOOT MINIMUM. 3. DASHED LINE INDICATES FACE OF WALL BELOW. 4. ROOF WALKWAY PADS. 5. SCUPPER, COLLECTOR HEAD, AND DOWNSPOUT, COLOR TO MATCH TRIM. SEE ELEVATIONS AND 4/A-5.13. 6. OVER FLOW SCUPPER, SEE ELEVATIONS AND 4/A-5.13. 7. ROOF TOP UNIT ON CURB, SEE 2/A-6.2 FOR DETAILS AND SEE STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL, ADJUST PLACEMENT OF UNITS WITH LOCATIONS OF ROOF STRUCTURE. UNITS TO BE 10'-0" MIN FROM EDGE OF ROOF, TYPICAL. 8. ROOFING OVER KICKERS 9. FULLY ADHERED, 60 MIL, WHITE TPO ROOF SYSTEM OVER RIGID R-25 INSULATION. PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION WHERE SHOWN AND WHERE REQUIRED FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION CRICKETS AT ALL UPSLOPE SIDES OF ROOF EQUIPMENT, TYPICAL. 10. PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY BELOW. d d 3 M N M Ln M '�O a 0 N z 0 M M W O Z �= v00 N O L �} Of J iW V E t� vs v v C C co N J .0 a ¢ ~ L Q, Q N � 4- C M .o .� V fr o U. a w a) < Z •L 'B 0 0 0 L N W N > o O W L p WW V x N o a N 0 E u_ 0��0 0 < P W M 0 O W }cnwZn-OpW W o�dDwzWWO N = W _ ¢ a = 0_lxw¢M~o-r }oW��C)uwjOf0 aWE- -Z W0�0 00MW WQwt—w 0 It C/) 0Wti�Qt=_— 0�03: H 0 a N N O N_ T 0 as C) LJ.. W n. W 0 LL 0 w a3 Sheet Name: ROOF PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-201 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS — ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 WEST EXTERIOR ELEVATION A-4.1 1 3/16"=l'-0" 1 EAST EXTERIOR ELEVATION -4.1 1 - 3/16"=J'-O" B A Al C I 25'-2" 23'-8" 1 SUITE 602 SUITE 601 II I TYP. I v I v I I I 14'-2" I I_ 11 13'-4" 1 12'-6" a N 1 DECK BRG 16'-0" FFL 0 I co to 1 N rl II II I I� WP WP I WP Ill R ILITY M. SUITE I ( ( \S ITE C)0 ( ( 01 1 o \ II ( I 0 I� EF II BR L EF DS L Im �L Z 4 1 HM Cf) W HM BR W Z WEST ELEVATION ® J DECK BRG 16'-0" FFL GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. LIGHT FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. MASONRY/CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF MATERIAL(S). ALL HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE FROM FIRST FLOOR FINISH SLAB ELEVATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WRH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALL PERIMETER LIGHTING. 4. C.J. = CONTROL JOINT. 4.1. AT E.IF.S. INSTALL CONTROL JOINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION, JOINT SHALL BE 1/r WIDE WffH JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. 4.2. AT THRU-WALL C.M.U. CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE 1/2- CLEAR JOINT WITH CONT. INORGANIC CONTROL JOINT GASKET, JOINT SEALANT, AND BACKER ROD. 5. AT ALL BUILDING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS OCCURRING AT STUD WALL FRAMING, PROVIDE 5/8- FIRE -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPORT. 6. PROVIDE SEALANT AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 7. 8'-0" x 4W x r MAILABLE EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. LEGEND C I J CONTROL JOINT LOCATION E IJ EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION F IJ FALSE JOINT LOCATION (D TEMPERED GLAZING EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE MATERIAL, A � FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION BR-1 SPLIT -FACE BLOCK MASONRY BR-2 GROUND -FACE BLOCK MASONRY EF-1 EIFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE EF-2 WATER TABLE PROFILE. ®FS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE DS-1 PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT MG-1 METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH E-1 AW-1 PRE -FINISHED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SF-1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT - KAWNEER 451 OR EQUAL 1" INSULATED LOW-E CLEAR GLASS L-1 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE A - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-2 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE B - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-3 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE C - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-4 WALL PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS HM-1 HOLLOW METAL DOOR. PAINT TO MATCH E-1 HM-1 STANDING SEAM METAL HM-1 METAL PANELJNG HM-1 METAL PANELJNG HM-1 METAL PANELJNG TS-X JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING ONLY. EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP GALVANIZED AND FIELD PAINTED. 2. EDGE OF ROOF FLASHING AND FASCIAS AT EIFS CORNICES SHALL BE PREFINISHED AND SHOP FABRICATED. 3. FLASHING, TRIMS, AND COLUMN COVERS AT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SHALL MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH. 4. MASONRY GROUT COLOR IS NOT CALLED OUT ON THE ELEVATIONS. INFORMATION IS NOTED IN THE EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE AS NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE. 5. SEE REFLECTED CEILING AND REFLECTED CANOPY PLANS FOR CEILING FINISH TAGS. z a5 W a z Of .w D v , 4 VN aJ N 4- U) V 0 s.. W Q L^_` W N N Q) O� L .� U W V 2 N N O N O CD C? H W D_ O u.. W U) U) "d T CnN Lrl `9 a O N d C: g U 00 O v " W z' LL N i E �� i-- °;v v� a Q z N < N c m �" �o v 0 0 w N t6 6 z Sheet Name: ELEVATIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-401 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS IRrd ..,I il,.l .M IN ti 11 I. 1 T--f ii I I I I n 1 T _F I I ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DECK BRIG 16'-0" FFL 14'-0 L TO U S F STRUCTURE TYP. MIN. 2 SOUTH EXTERIOR ELEVATION -4.2 3/16"=1'-0" 1 NORTH EXTERIOR ELEVATION -4.2 3/16"=1'-0" 00 I N 5 4 3 2.1 2 1 AW EF EF [V—L, N I l i I i 6'-4" EIFS C/J I SOUTH ELEVATION TYP OF (3) 34'-6" 4 EQ. EIFS C/J 72'-4" LEASE DIMENSION 15'-4" 8'-0" 2 EQ. EIFS C/J 3' " 0 I 0 I 0 DECK BRIG 18'-0" FFL GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. LIGHT FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. MASONRY/CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF MATERIAL(S). ALL HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE FROM FIRST FLOOR FINISH SLAB ELEVATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALL PERIMETER LIGHTING. 4. C.J. = CONTROL JOINT. 4.1. AT E.IF.S. INSTALL CONTROL JOINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION, JOINT SHALL BE 1/2' WIDE WITH JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. 4.2. AT THRU-WALL C.M.U. CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE 1/2' CLEAR JOINT WITH CONT. INORGANIC CONTROL JOINT GASKET, JOINT SEALANT, AND BACKER ROD. 5. AT ALL BUILDING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS OCCURRING AT STUD WALL FRAMING, PROVIDE 5/8' FIRE -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPORT. 6. PROVIDE SEALANT AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 7. 8'-0' x 4'-0' x r NAILABLE EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. LEGEND C I J CONTROL JOINT LOCATION E I J EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION F IJ FALSE JOINT LOCATION O TEMPERED GLAZING � EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE r A MATERIAL, FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION BR-2 GROUND -FACE BLOCK MASONRY EF-1 OFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE EF-2 WATER TABLE PROFILE: OFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE DS-1 PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT MC-1 METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH E-1 AW-1 PRE-FlNISHED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SF-1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT - KAWNEER 451 OR EQUAL 1' INSULATED LOW-E CLEAR GLASS L-1 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE A - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-2 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE B - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-3 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE C - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-4 WALL PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS HM-1 HOLLOW METAL DOOR. PAINT TO MATCH E-1 HM-1 STANDING SEAM METAL HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING TS-X JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING ONLY. EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP GALVANIZED AND FIELD PAINTED. 2. EDGE OF ROOF FLASHING AND FASCIAS AT EIFS CORNICES SHALL BE PREFINISHED AND SHOP FABRICATED. 3. FLASHING, TRIMS, AND COLUMN COVERS AT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SHALL MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH. 4. MASONRY GROUT COLOR IS NOT CALLED OUT ON THE ELEVATIONS. INFORMATION IS NOTED IN THE EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE AS NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE. 5. SEE REFLECTED CEILING AND REFLECTED CANOPY PLANS FOR CEILING FINISH TAGS. 't T M N M " �n M a O N 2 O O L M M U) W O Q ,ru V O z % 0 L ..Q)^ In O J O% V c -N (1) v a N 4 4 V o LL a u' v .Q Z 0 o v r i. S Uj N « w N :2 ^ j O W L D r i U W V 2 �^ � N O Q a 0 LL J °0 z Q W w a V 0 uWzaOov0w m()1-2 W Z��Z OIW--OxWZW Wo N=W.�=QWWW2 OOfW zZ0iwOw� a W H Z Ix_� C)0 0= W W Q W� W U=C�>QWMDX >=} 01— VWQ�O2H N N O N O as p 2 Ir W d 0 u_ Cl W V) O f6 0 z Sheet Name: ELEVATIONS Proj t Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-402 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS i711 11 1''! ., iis 11,1: -Try i _ r ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION - KEYNOTES 1. SLAB LEAVE -OUT. SEE E.O.S. PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DWGS. 2. STEEL BEAM. SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 3. RTU MAY OCCUR. SEE ROOF PLAN AND MECHANICAL DWGS. 4. LINE OF PARAPET, BEYOND. 5. 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK AT THIS LOCATION. SEE FLOOR PLAN AND CIVIL DWGS. BUILDING SECTION ly, to A co N M � to p O N z O O L M M to w OO Q C ,� O v z .o = V 00 v 't o w V ai L C v C E +. H 4- v ry ca V - a Q M v v Q N +J C m �^ U) C O U O u W z 0 u 0 0 � L s. N Ld M 22 > 0 O w � r U i V w ~ l/1 tr N O N 4 0 Li-F- LL J O 0 � � n ¢WI-waVO > �wZC-Opc/5w m V LJJM W Z 0 L Z d Cl x g oIW-pWZW WO �0>�FFF---�'a= Z W (� = Q W Cf)Z W O W aw�z Off D3v p0=WwGWF-w OUFrZ)��m0H U�QUJLL21- N N O N O OOP 0 Iq Sheet Name: BUILDING SECTION Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5, I Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING I FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. PARAPET RETURN BEYOND FULLY HERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING SLOPE 1/4:12 3' A-5.10 Ah T.O.PARAPET - J;V�23'4"A.F.F. .O. STUD FRAMING + - 23 -4 1 2" A.F.F. FIRE-SAFING AT CLIP ANGLE 1 I I I STUD FRAMING EE r ME MEE ME m, 1'-6" 1'-6" I SLOPE :12 i vir - - i� PREFINISH D ALUMINUM REGLE� AND COUNTER HIND, EXTEND BEHIND E.I.F.S " MIN. COLOR SHALL BE WHITE TO MATCH ROOF MEMBRANE. RETURN ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL AND BEHIND COUNTER FL SHING FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER 7RONT EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FAS N TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. F LLY ADHERED 60 MI TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION ( IN. R-25) ON 1 1 " MTL. DECKING I SLOPE :12 6" _ T.O.PARAPET 28-0 A.F.F. T.O. STUD FRAMING + - 2 --8 1 2" A.F.F. _-- WALL SIGN BY SIGN VENDOR --- JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY - SEE ELECT. DWGS. .-- PROVIDE 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKING FOR TENANT SIGN 1 "X2" EIFS ACCENT BAND AT MONOLITH, SEE / 4/A-5.3 FOR PROFILE DIMENSIONS, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES %"xY4" DECORATIVE 'V" REVEALS SPACED a EQUALLY BETWEEN 2"X 1" MM BANDS, TYP. a FIRE-SAFING AT CUP ANGLE _ DECK BRG. _ _ DUA tM. 18 -0 A.F.F. II a 18 -0 A.F.F. LED LIGHT FIXTURE AT TOP OF 5 TRIM; REFER TO TENANT LIGHTING r CS STANDARDS II DRAINABLE E.I.F.S SYSTEM. STEEL BEAMS OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER OR JOISTS BEYOND 1'-0" 5/8" EXT. GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" G B SHEATHING TAPE LIGHT ABOVE & BELOW TO I /S OF DECK.MM NEW MEN MEN MEN MEN El mi LED LIGHT FIXTURE ON MONOLITH C-CHANNEL. REFER TO TENANT CAULK. C/L - J - - BOTT. FRAME STANDARDS & VENDOR I REFER TO TENANT LIGHTING STOREFRONT. a STANDARDS a PRE FABRICATED ORANGE G-CHANNEL. REFER TO SCHEDULE \ �, o i PROVIDE 2X6 BLOCKING IN WALL WHERE ( I \ N `D STEEL IS NOT PRESENT. REFER TO TENANT STANDARDS & VENDOR 10 STOREFRONT SUPPORT STEEL WHERE 4'-6» A-5.10 REFERING TO STRUCTURAL STEEL STOREFRONT BEAM. SEE I I \ N STRUCTURAL. T.O. STOREFRONT PROVIDE MOUNTING BLOCKING FOR T.O. STOREFRONT CANOPY AND FLASH OVER AND INTO o 10 -0 A.F.F. CANOPY GUTTER 10 -0 A.F.F. mi o PRE-MFR CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN MAPES (R) OR SIM. PROVIDE 2X8 FT BLOCKING FOR BOLTED I I CONNECTION INTO STOREFRONT BEAM. TURN THRU-WALL FLASHING INTO CANOPY DRAIN CHANNEL EIFS TO 2" ABOVE SIDEWALK FIBER CEMENT [AME, AT BASE PF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COLOR FRONT WALL SECTION - SUTE 401 STOREFRONT ENTRANCE - SUITE 401 WALL PROFILE BEYOND MASONRY BASE COURSE, BEYOND - TYP. 1 1" E.I.F.S. ACCENT BAND AT MONOLITH N.T.S. » I 1'—R" 1, — d. COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF - PLYWOOD SHEATHING FRONT WALL SECTION - SUITE 401 1/4"=1'-0" T.0_PARAPFT FIBER CEMENT [AME; AT BASE PF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COLOR z 2 ul 0 m Z) 1� T VN ^ j N 4- ..i... m V O L W Q z z L N ^� N Q) 0 W L p WW V 2 V1 �'t 3 mN M " Y M 'D Ln p O N O O O s M M d 00 O o O °: V 00 O v LL a) d' W Q) 41 E E 7 C V Q �. + ^ Q H U < N C m 2 0 m � LL 0 0 w H W oo O Q��wa-0LU 0 }cwzi-OpcnW mU��0zpv)z CD I-- W z W w 0 Q V j� F� a= 2 Q W z Z W p W C7OfLU< pof LLJ W U U O W Cl) Z d W Z U p p= W W Q W W U=C�>>=mOF=— 0 � O CV N Cl N O 0 2 ir W d W O u` cl W Z3 U) rn C 0 .Q �L U y N 0 z Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-503 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2X F.T. BLOCKING & 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING FULLY' ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. D. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDG OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. I —J FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID IN ULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL DECKING I SLOPE :12 PROVIDE TIE —ROD BLOCKING. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS STEEL STOREFRONT BEAM. SEE STRUCTURAL PROVIDE MOUNTING BLOCKING FOR CANOPY. FLASH FROM WINDOW PAN OVER BLOCKING AND COUNTER —FLASH OVER CANOPY FAME INTO CANOPY GUTTER SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF SLAB LEAVE —OUTS T.O. SLAB 0 —0 ------------------ 0 0 a: A. 4 A-5.11 STOREFRONT ENTRANCE - SUITE 402 10 T.O. STUD FRAMING + — 23 —2 1 2" A.F.F. PROVIDE 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKING FOR TENANT SIGN 0 DECK BRG. 18 —0 A.F.F. JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY — SEE ELECT. DWGS. E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE 5/8" EXT. GRADE SHEATHING CLERESTORY STOREFRONT I � a 11 `� A-5.11 N N O° ' T.O. STOREFRONT 10 —0 A.F.F. It 0 I 0 T.O. SLA 0'-0" PRE—MFR CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN MAPES (R) OR SIM. PROVIDE 2X8 FT BLOCKING FOR BOLTED CONNECTION INTO STOREFRONT BEAM. TURN THRU—WALL FLASHING INTO CANOPY DRAIN CHANNEL STOREFRONT: REFER TO STOREFRONT SCHEDULE mm ' 300 N Lr) m %0 d O N O i m m z Q . W z c O u U 0 0 `-l7"I- moo Li - of E � C V v v v cc n Q//�� N L v Q N +� • ...� C m V 0 LL LL LLI z O LL i L V b W� N W N .j > Q 0 0 W L x D V F �i 2 0 N O N Q H W J O °it<Wz QWI�—wit aVOof >-WWZCL06WW m(~j1-2CK Z ❑ d p N= W F-= Q WW d O F- U W Z Z 0 W Z U Orr W QMF—❑�� Fro W Err-- crC)W�O n LL, W Er 5 OO=W WQWF-W U=gM>=mOF=- ��0WLL N N O N O a5 O H W Q_ W O LL w M co 6 Z Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-504 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION COPING COVER OVER 2 F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE Y":12" MIN SLOPE RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6ci CONT. INSULATION 6 A-5.11 SIM C.9 I I I I I I r`7� I SIM. CL I COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO CLEAT, TYP. ED COPING COVER OVER 2 F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE Y":12" MIN SLOPE RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. _ %T.O.PARAPET - T.O.PARAPET _ _ T.O.PARAPEf 23 -6 A.F.F. — — — 23 -6 A.F.F. T.O. CMU FL T.O. CMU ' T.O. CMU 23 -4" A.F.F. PARAPET RETURN 23 -1 A.F.F. 23 -4" A.F.F. BEYOND mi T T I BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DECK BRG. VARIES E.I.F.S SYSTEM. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL REFER TO ELEVATIONS LIQUID APPLIED DAMP -PROOFING. E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OFS WATER TABLE DETAIL SLOPE AT 1:2 MIN. co I NO N FULLY ADHERED 6d MIL TPO ;r, ROOFING MEMBRANt OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. 9-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING I ---------------- — DECK EDGE ANGLE IRON. REFER TO STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS OR JOISTS BEYOND ER TO STRUCTURAL 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6ci CONT. INSULATION BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DECK BRG. VARIES E.I.F.S SYSTEM. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL. REFER TO ELEVATIONS " E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER LIQUID APPLIED DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE T 8" CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. PROVIDE R-7.6ci (CONT. INSULATION) 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6ci CONT. INSULATION BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DECK BRG. VARIES E.I.F.S SYSTEM. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL. REFER TO ELEVATIONS LIQUID APPLIED DAMP —PROOFING. E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE E.I.F.S ACCENT WALL, WHERE R OCCURS, SEE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS. SEE 4/A-5.10. N REAR DOOR SUPPORT® OPENINGS IN REAR DOOR SUPPORT ®OPENINGS IN REAR DOOR SUPPORT @ OPENINGS IN WALL — WHERE OCCURRING. WALL — WHERE OCCURRING. WALL — WHERE OCCURRING. 44 REFER TO STRUCTURAL REFER TO STRUCTURAL REFER TO STRUCTURAL _ REAR SERVICE DOOR REAR SERVICE DOOR _ REAR SERVICE DOOR _ 7 —4 A.F.F. 7 —4 A.F.F. 7 —4 A.F.F. EIFS WATER TABLE DETAIL SLOPEAT 1:2 MIN. P ASIM MIN. R7.6 RIGID INSULATION IN I I CAVITY. 6" D S F CMU VENEER S/F CMU VENEER SPLIT-FACE CMU VENEER REFER TO FIN. SCHED. RIGID INSULATION IN CAVITY REFER TO FIN. SCHED. THRU-WALL FLASHING 6" THRU-WALL FLASHING THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW F.O.S F C GROUT SOLID BELOW GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. SLAB T.O. SLAB T.O. SLAB 0'-0" I 0'-0" 0'-0" , N % 1 a Tom. <'Jz 4" MASO ARY BASE. F"" 4" MASO Y BASE. SET ON SLAB EXTENSION "' SET ON SLAB EXTENSION HOLD BOTTOM EDGE OF EIFS 2" OR 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID 4' OR 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID ABOVE ADJACENT HARDSCAPE. 9 a PROVIDE EIFS BOTTOM FLASHING. WALL SECTION @ CMU I HIGH PILASTER - TYPICAL 1/2"=1'-0" WALL SECTION @ CMU - TYPICAUSIM WALL SECTION @ CMU - SIDE AND REAR WALL M 'O m 7. a 'O 3 rYl N in � CL O N z O O O L cn M O Q °� (o m . Z c U 00 co X 0 v L a) It dv V v L E f— V v - V m n Q Q) « « J L L _ N Q co C_ m N II O V Q m LL LLI Z 0 B O Ll. s- L � Q) LJ Q) o O W L p 0 U W U z U� a N O N Q H ILLH L.L J 0 Wz awPwavO >-c�wzn-Opaow mUFT W 0 z z OIW-0WWZWw0 =¢WZzw0wfr Ow¢m~o�0- awI-z �5�V OU w¢ U 0 h pU)0 Q% 0 6 z Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Dafe: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5e5 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION _.._ COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. RETURN BEYOND FULLY A I-kRED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING ME f0RANE OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. q-25) ON 1 1 /2" MTL. DECKING SLOPE L STEEL BEAMS SEE STRUCTURAL 8" MTL STUD WALLS PROVIDE R13+R7.5ci CONT. INSULATION PER TABLE C402.1.3 OR R20 REFER TO CURRENT CODE REQUIREMENTS N 5/8" GWB SHEATHING TO U/S OF DECK. CAULK BETWEEN DECK FLUTES & ALL PENETRATIONS �W 0 0 o O O 0 — _ T.O.PARAPET 23 -6 A.F.F. T.O. STUD FRAMING 4 + - 23 -2 1 2" A.F.F. A-5.11 FIRE-SAFING AT CLIP ANGLE ,5 DECK BRG. 18 -0 A.F.F. E.I.F.S SYSTEM OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE SHEATHING STUD BRIDGING PER STRUCTURAL STOREFRONT SUPPORT STEEL REFER TO STRUCTURAL T.O. STOREFRONT 10-O'�A.F.F. 3-5/8" MTL. STUD BRACES. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 6 A-5.11 EIFS WATER TABLE MIN. 1:2 SLOPE 6" S/F CMU VENEER REFER TO FIN. SCHED. THRU-WALL FLASHING CD GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. ' SLAB A.X COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING 0 FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE RUN UP AND OVER PARAPET CLEAT, TYP. PARAPET RETURN BEYOND. SEE STRUCT. DWGS. FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFIqG MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATIO (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING 2X F.R.T. WD. BLOCKING, TYP. DECK EDGE ANGLE IRON. REFER TO STRUCTURAL STEEL B S OR JOISTS BEYOND REFER TO STRUCTURAL I 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION A.1 A I I 8 1'-4" p-5.11 T.O.PARAPET 26-0 A.F.F. W111 T.O. CMU + - 25 -6" A.F.F. JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. I I PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY - SEE ELECT. DWGS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TENANT STUD STRUCTURING REFER TO E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER LIQUID APPLIED DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE DECK BEARING <1 : III,'[°VARIES ` a w Ckf w a o I � N N HOLD E.I.F.S. 2" ABOVE TOP OF CANOPY. PROVIDE TERMINATION AND FLASHING. FLASHING COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CANOPY QtW U/S OF CANOPY 10'-0" A.F.F. LIGHTWEIGHT CANOPY SHOWN: ACTUAL CANOPY PER TENANT. LOCATION OF SUPPORT OR BLOCKING TBD. PROVIDE STUD HEADER AND BLOCKING CANOPY SUPPORT STEEL REFER TO STRUCTURAL T 0 P WINDOW T.B.D. 7 -0 A.F.F. E.I.F.S. PROFILE BEYOND DRIVE WINDOW: TO BE CONFIRMED WITH TENANT DRIVE WINDOW LEDGE: TO BE CONFIRMED WITH TENANT THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION 3" ADJUSTABLE BRICK TIES AT 16" ON ' 4 CENTER HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL I DRAINAGE STRIP AND BASE FLASHING AT o E.I.F.S. TERMINATION THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT �i I I HOLD EIFS 2" ABOVE PAVEMENT SOLID BELOW DRIVE-THRU LANE I t T' 0' S0� i T.O. SLAB --------- -- ' .� tom. ... •. 9'.. ..`.'..n _ ^: �/ SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN FOR PEEL & " CK MEMBRANE 8" " °:A 4" MASO RY BASE. LOCATIONS OF SLAB LEAVE -OUTS ABOVE & BELOW FFE - TYPICAL P ;;,: SET ON SLAB EXTENSION •.. " 4 MASONARY BASE. '. - OT 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID ' :�'. <. ; SET ON SLAB EXTENSION :.., a.. ti. , PEEL &STICK MEMBRANE 8" ABOVE & BELOW FFE - TYPICAL OR TWO COURSES OF CMU SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOUNDATION ; ` I' SEE STRUCTURAL FOR INFORMATION, TYPICAL FOUNDATION INFORMATION, TYPICAL DRIVE THRU WINDOW - SUITE 401 REAR WALL w z 0 Co o- d 3mN rn �Mp Y rn 'O Ln a. O N z 00 " M M w Inc O Q +Q) t0 M Cn z O oo V a O 00 s v d a cya E 4- V N u , N N a A W N •' J c H U < N -4-+ � ¢ O y V OLL OO Q Z LL i L vvi N LJ N Q) j CU r) W tOt � l r y U W V t/1 N O c N Q ' H F- W J O Q WF�- W dUQ� NWZI-Q0WW m U� 2 W Z Q Z ofW-OWWZW W N= W S a Of d= �V W~~WZC9 =Q?w —WOWW V" OfWQ2 ~0i-} womwo awUZ W5yU OO=Ww`ZWI—W V=C7�>=mOt=— rii�V WtLaF_=— ou'Q�� N N O N 0 cn 0 W a W O u. W Z) U) U) d m 0 0 z Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-506 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS �r T_ 11f I Ilil [1 V L; 11111 I ii IUI I; I ' I .;i: I e'.: 1 .J;6..: .. It I I I I i ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION m 0 99 11 M'. WA Im Im 0 Is R3 kv om m m m im Im m 11 0 IN cc I PREFlNISHED METAL CANOPY SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT HANGER ROD AND FASTENING DETAILS EXTEND GYP TO U/S OF DECK. FIRE -SAFE & CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS WINDOW HEAD FLASHING, MATCH STOREFRONT COLOR NEW 1" INSULATED STOREFRONT SYSTEM, AS SCHEDULED SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER, TYP. PAN FLASHING EXTENDS OVER FRT BLOCKING, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS PREFlNISHED METAL FLASHING, COLOR TO MATCH STEEL TUBE. EXTEND OVER CANOPY FRAME BTM OF STEEL/ TOP OF S.F. 10'-0' A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED EXTRUDED WELDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SYSTEM W/ CORRUGATED MTL DECK & INTEGRATED SCUPPER PAINTED METAL BAND. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. E.I.F.S. FINISH 1" D X 2" H EIFS ACCENT BAND - ADHERED EPS BAND SHAPE E.I.F.S. FINISH 1 E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3/4" X 3/4" DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. 'V" REVEALS PAINTED METAL BAND. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. . 8 :. N .A-5.1Or. • •.ice S`i2 .� ., �� y: A: 4..* ti ,�� l� a X � • t +v --------------- .41 ;...'. ELEVATION DETAIL AT MONILITH EDGE co 0 I WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER LINE OF 1" D X 2" H E.I.F.S. ACCENT BAND ABOVE 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER LINE OF METAL BAND BELOW/ ABOVE MEMBRANE FLASHING WITH AP SEALANT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE OVER (2) LAYERS FIRE RETARDANT TREATED Y" PLYWOOD SLOPE MEMBRANE FLASHING WITH AP SEALANT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE PREFlNISHED METAL EDGE TRIM L" OVER (2) LAYERS FIRE RETARDANT PREFlNISHED METAL EDGE TRIM WITH CONCEALED CLEAT OVER TREATED -" PLYWOOD SLOPE TO DRAIN Y WITH CONCEAAED CLEAT ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING OVER PER FOOT MIN 2X4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED _ _ — _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ^ WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE BEHIND BLOCKING I I I I ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL WRAP PREFlNISHED METAL EDGE TRIM -,_ — — — — — — — — — — — — BREAK METAL — — — — — — — — — — — — — — _ — WITH CONCEALED CLEAT OVER I I ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING OVER — — — — — — — — R FlRE RETARDANT TREATED 3' METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER I I EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD 2X4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED I `� BLOCKING AS REQUIRED SHEATHING PLYWOOD SHEATHING — — — — I I I "SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD ALUMINUM BREAK METAL WRAP 6' METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER I I 2,- 1" / I 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER ' EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER MEMBRANE 8' 1X' EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER FULLY ADHERED SINGLE PLY ROOFING I I OVER N4" FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED / / BARRIER OVER %" EXTERIOR MEMBRANE. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT I I I PLYWOOD I I / I / I GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO I A I8p X" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD OVER 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. I El SHEATHING ON CENTER I I I" Y4" SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD / I I 6" METAL BRACING, SEE ( I I AND SEALANT STRUCTURAL I 1X' EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER %" EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION 1 X" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8' EXT. GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH SECTION DETAIL AT MONILITH CORNER WEATHER 1 Y2" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. I REFE LINE OFI"DX2"HE LINE OF SECTION DETAIL AT MONILITH CORNER COPING AT MONOLITH LOWER BAND AT MONOLITH INTERIOR SIDE SA ACCENT WALL DETAILS lY2" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER An METAL STUDS AT 16' ON CENTER 3/4" x 3/4' DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. 'V' REVEALS DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AIR+WEATHER BARRIER WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FACE WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON (TYP.) CONTINUOUS BREAK METAL CAP WITH DRIP EDGE AND PAINTED COATING 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING SLOPE PLYWOOD TO DRAIN W/ BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (1/4" PER FOOT MIN) 1/2' EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING WRAP AIR+WEATHER BARRIER AROUND BAND OVER PLYWOOD X4" GAP WITH BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 1X" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 1 X' E.I.F.S. OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER 8' BLOCK. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 8' CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL_ PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6ci CONT. INSULATION FLEXIBLE FLASHING BEHIND E.I.F.S. FINISH 1/2" DENS GLASS SHEATHING 3' METAL COPING, COLOR TO MATCH EIFS COLOR BELOW SEALANT 6' METAL STUDS AT 16' ON CENTER WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1/2- EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING EXTERIOR SIDE 6" METAL STUDS ® 16" O.C. 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1 X" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 3/4' x 3/4' DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. "V" REVEALS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION E.I.F.S. FINISH TO BE 2' MIN. OFF OF HARD SURFACE AND 8" MIN. AT EXTERIOR GRADE (LANDSCAPED AREAS) FIBER CEMENT PANEL AT BASE OF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COPING DETAIL 1-1/2"=V-0" METAL BAND DETAIL 1-1/2"=V-0" 1X" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER " EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16' ON CENTER DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AIR+WEATHER BARRIER WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FACE WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON (TYP.) CONTINUOUS BREAK METAL CAP WITH PAINTED COPING 1/2' EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING SLOPE PLYWOOD TO DRAIN W/ BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (1/4" PER FOOT MIN) 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 6' METAL STUD FRAMING WRAP AIR+WEATHER BARRIER AROUND BAND OVER PLYWOOD CONT. BREAK METAL WRAP, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION -Y" GAP WITH BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 1X" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION. TERMINATE E.I.F.S. 2" ABOVE METAL BAND CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1 X" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AWRB WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FA WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR PRE -FABRICATED ORANGE OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON (TYP.) CANOPY. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH, GC TO PROVIDE BLOCKING 0 PREFAB CANOPY AS REQUIRED. 3'-6' RECESSED LED LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3/4" GAP W/ BACKER ROD & SEALANT 1 1/2" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8' EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 1 1/2" E.I.F.S. OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH LED TAPE LIGHT ON TOP OF ORANGE BEAM, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PRE -FABRICATED ORANGE ACCENT BEAM. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING 0 PREFAB ORANGE ACCENT BEAM AS REQUIRED. LED TAPE LIGHT W/ LIGHT DIFFUSER AT THE BOTTOM OF ORANGE BEAM, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 'B, METAL BAND DETAIL T 't rn N z in O O d O N L rn M 0 0 Q rn w Z c U 00 v O L U% d W J � � .A @ E v l � 7 •L — v t; v Co W N H s'• 4J Q N 4— •"' c cc H L V O U. <Q z `o v 5: o L V N n ' W N � V Q Q 0 W L D U .i V W L) N o a N Q v1 0 o Q�,waWz VO� �CnWZaOW m(~jH2it olW--0WwZ W WO N=W=QMWa= 6 > co � M z 2QU)cl) E FW> aW�~ VUOl=— ptWnp�~ N N 0 N 0 rn 0 W a W 0 0 W co co 6 z Sheet Name: SECTION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5*10 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS 1-1 /2" EIFS OVER WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J" DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING - ON 3%" MTL. STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 1-1/2" EIFS OVER WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER In DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 3%" MTL. STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 8" CMU. PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED R5.7 INSULATION PER TABLE C402.1.3 EXPOSED CMU WALL FOR TENANT FURRING AND FINISH SLIDING DRIVE—THRU WINDOW, DRIVE—THRU SERVICE WINDOW — PENDING TENANT'S SPECS $" TYPE 'X' GWB BOTH SIDES OF 6" METAL '4 a STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION, SEE U.L. U419 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE MIN. R13 BATT. INSULATION, TYP. d 4_ e ALUMINUM STOREfRONT_ SYSTEM ` ° ° d o d a . 1-1/2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J" DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 8" MTL. STUDS PLAN DETAIL 1/2"=1'-0" EXPOSED CMU WALL FOR TENANT FURRING AND FINISH STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. 2 " GWB AT ALL STUD FRAMED WALL F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRE RETURN J" GWB TO STOREFRONT WITI SEALANT & BACKERROI 6 PLAN DETAIL r 2 PLAN DETAIL A-6.1 1/2"=1'-O" k A-6.1 1/2"=1'-0" ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM — " CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS (TYP.) 1-1 /2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J"------- DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 8" MTL. STUDS STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. A.1 e °d a 4 POUR STRIP SLAB. REFER ° TO EDGE OF SLAB PLAN. n ° 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE MIN. R20 BATT. INSULATION 5,-6" ° a d:a a e a 2 m a a a n 4 ° e d 4 i I K w9mim ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING AT STOREFRONT JAMBS PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT WINDOW JAMBS, TYP. ALL LANDSCAPE BED THIS AREA. REFER TO CIVIL. 46.. ° POUR STRIP SLAB, SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. R-5 COfITINU(�US INSULATTION a- ALUM#AJM STDREFRONTs. SYSTEM 4" SPLIT —FACED MASONRY VENEER PROVIDE VENEER ANCHORS AT 16" O.C. VERT. & HORIZ.. REFER TO ELEV, FOR HEIGHT. Y2" SEALANT AND BACKER ROD AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS 1" OVERHANG EIFS WATER TABL PROFILE OVER BASE BELOW. S( AT 16" O.C. 1-1/2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER P MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. J" CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS (TYP.) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EDGE OF SLAB BELOW d °a. STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM REFER TO STRUCTURAL. ° CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER F a d 7 AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS (TYP.) G _ 4 1" OVERHANG EIFS WATER TABLE PROFILE OVER BASE BELOW. SC( ° AT 16" O.C. 4 1-1 /2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PE 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL — ° I MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. a ,�41 I a, ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. PROVIDE MIN. R20 BATT. INSULATION WEATHER BARRIER OVER in - ,4 4 DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. i ON 8" MTL. STUDS REFER -TO -STRUCTURAL.. Q °" a ° e8 ALUMINUM 5i0'REFRONT S14STEM a ° FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING AT STOREFRONT \ 3'-18" JAMBS in PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT \ \ 28 WINDOW JAMBS, TYP. ALL \ C.1 c( LANDSCAPE BED THIS AREA. \ / REFER TO CIVIL. / \ -5 PLAN DETAIL 1 PLAN DETAIL A-6.1 j 1 /2"=1'-O" A-6.1 1 1 /2"=1'-0" m >, 00 %D rn Ln a.. O N z O O O w Q O C .�n z % c V 00 m O v W LL V E �H c 4— v Qj N Q �u .o V•� O �- Q Z o 0 H W N N > W O W L p U V W 2 N O Q N Q Lj_1- LL J O O � � 0 Q�F�-wd0O� ru)wZaOpFW m U= LU 0 Z O Z ohW-o�LLJZ0-..art 0 Ov>Cn F- = �W��WUrj)WFO aw Z 0 v w¢ O M iE :) = - 5 8r aLLl LL U)0�~ N N O N 0 rn 0 w 0L of O LL 0 Ll] C 19 cc 0 C 0 U 0 Iq Sheet Name: PLAN DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-601 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION f DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES ABBREVIATIONS CLR. ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH F.T. IGU FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS) INSULATED GLASS UNITS. MATCH ADJACENT INSULATED GLASS UNITS IN WINDOW FRAMING GHM GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL PAINT FIELD PAINT, SEE I.D. DRAWINGS FOR FINISH(ES). T.B. ALUM THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM THRESHOLD T.B. ALUM. C.W. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. T.B. ALUM. S.F. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT. MANUF DOOR DETAIL IS PART OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS, SEE MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE NOTES 1. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED AND SHOP PRIMED. 15. TYPICAL MINIMUM ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR FRAME SIZES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). INSULATE ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS. GROUT EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SOLID. 15.1. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: 2 1/4'X6', THERMALLY BROKEN, CURTAIN WALL 2. ALARM LOCKS, DELAYED EGRESS LOCKS, AND PANIC HARDWARE LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE 15.2. EXTERIOR DOORS: 2 1/4" THICK, 3 1/2' TOP AND SIDE RAILS, 10" BOTTOM RAIL, THERMALLY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. BROKEN, ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. 3. DOORS THAT DC NOT HAVE A FRAME TYPE INDICATED ARE LOCATED IN WINDOW ASSEMBLIES.. SEE 15.3. COORDINATE FINAL FRAMING SIZES WITH WINDOW LOAD REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT AND FOR WINDOW TYPES FOR INFORMATION ON THESE FRAMES. THE SPAN AND SPACING INDICATED IN THE WINDOW TYPES. 4. ALL DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, AND DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, ALL LOCKSET DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE LEVER TYPE. 16. DOOR HARDWARE SIZES/LENGTHS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED UPON LAF TYPICAL 5. PROVIDE SILENCERS AT AT HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES. 6. PROVIDE WEATHERSTRIPPING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND AT ALL INTERIOR DOORS AT WET LOCATIONS. STANDARDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOOR SIZES LISTED IN THE DOOR 7. PROVIDE DOOR SWEEPS OR AUTOMATIC BOTTOMS AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS. SCHEDULE. 8. PROVIDE ASTRAGALS AT ALL PAIRS OF DOORS. ASTRAGALS SHALL BE OF THE KIND THAT DO NOT REQUIRE A DOOR COORDINATOR FOR DOOR OPERATION. 9. ALL PIN TYPE HINGES, WHICH ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR, SHALL HAVE HAVE NON -REMOVABLE PINS. 10. ALL DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INTERIOR OF A ROOM OR SPACE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR SPECIAL EFFORT. 11. EGRESS DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHEN SERVING ANY HAZARDOUS AREA OR WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR GREATER. 12. ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL HAVE EXIT DEVICES (PANIC HARDWARE) AS NOTED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND HARDWARE PRODUCT DATA, FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE. 14. COORDINATE THRESHOLD TYPES AND LENGTHS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO CONDITIONS RECESSED SLABS FOR WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORS AND THICKSET TILE FLOORS. PER PER SCHEDULE SCHEDULE � 2n rIN LU Uj 0 Cn Cn Cn w w w 0 DOOR TYPE 'A' DOOR TYPE 'B' PER PER SCHEDULE SCHEDULE Z1n 71 2 n Z 1" 3-L N O ran 2' ran 2» DOOR TYPE 'C' FRAME TYPE 'A' FRAME TYPE 'B' DOOR AND FRAME TYPES ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME. COORDINATE FRAME DIMENSIONS, AND ROUGH OPENING SIZE, WITH STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT MANUF. FRAME TYPE 'C' STOREFRONT MANUF. STANDARD DOOR SCHEDULE MARK SIZE DOOR FRAME THRSH. LABEL DETAILS HDW REMARKS DR. NO. RM. NO. WD. HT. THK. TYPE MATERIAL FINISH GLAZING LITE SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL EXT01 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 8'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. C.W. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT02 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 8'-0" 2 1/4' C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT03 N.A. PR. 3'-0' X 8'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT04 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 2 1/4' C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT05 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4' A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT06 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4' A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT07 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4n A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE E08 N.A. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4' A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXISTING WINDOW FRAME - FIELD VERIFY SIZE SCHEDULED ALUMINUM WINDOW, DOOR, AND GLAZING SCHEDULED THRESHOLD, SET IN PROVIDE (3) SMOOTH, GREASED JOINT SEALANT BED DOWELS AT EACH DOOR OPENING. 1/2' BOND BREAK WITH JOINT DOWELS SHALL BE #5, 18-L SEALANT SITE CONCRETE, SLOPED TO DRAIN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL 0 0 0 .41 d d. pw a <I d d 44 d O a d- ad a 4 a d W k - 4 a a. a d d C 4 w 1 d a�. a ti d INSIDE OUTSIDE S2 DOOR DETAILS - EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR SILL 3"=1'-0" NOTE: AT SIM. CONDITION INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE, CONSTRUCTION IS THE SAME EXCEPT FOR THE DOOR AND DOOR FRAME. 1. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME. 2x4 1/2" AT JAMBS, 44 1/2" AT HEAD. 2. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ENTRANCE. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 3. LOCATE OUTSIDE FACE OF FRAME AT SAME POSITION AS H.M. FRAME. VARIES PROVIDE SMOOTH -� FACE AT HEAD CONT. JOINT SEALANTS TYPICAL BOTH SIDES FRAME ANCHOR - TYPE AND QUANTITY AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER 2' E.I.F.S. OVER 1 1/2" RIGID FOAM INSULATION HINGE SIDE OF DOOR C.M.U. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS AND STRUCTURAL PROVIDE NEW LINTEL AT DOOR HEAD - SEE STRUCTURAL PROVIDE E.I.F.S. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FLASHING AND WEEPS AT HEAD OF DOOR. �- JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD d- GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT FRAME SOLID. ALIGN WITH OUTSIDE FACE OF CMU. GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR DETAILS - TYPICAL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME 3"=1'-0" C.M.U. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE SMOOTH FACE AT JAMB CONT. JOINT SEALANTS - TYPICAL BOTH SIDES FRAME ANCHOR - TYPE AND QUANTITY AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER D - V SEE DOOR HARDWARE SPEC INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB SEE STRUCTURAL 53n 4 J1 S1 E.I.F.S. OVER 2" RIGID FOAM INSULATION LINE OF BRICK BASE BELOW. AT JAMBS. `�' HINGE SIDE OF DOOR GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT FRAME SOLID. ALIGN WITH OUTSIDE FACE OF WALL. 2n GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR WALL CONSTRUCTION BEYOND GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME BEYOND, ALIGN W/ OUT SIDE FACE OF BLOCK GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR,ALIGN W/ OUT SIDE FACE OF BLOCK MODULAR BRICK BASE BEYOND. BRICK RETURNS AT JAMBS. THERMALLY IMPROVED, ADA-COMPLIANT ALUMINUM THRESHOLD. SET IN FULL MASTIC BED. 6" MIN., CONFIRM SIZE. BOND BREAK - CAULK JOINT IWAII,.,.Akrlwl r HINGE SIDE OF DOOR rn T00 ID M Cn "D Z LCl 00 p O N M M U' C0 o � ( 0 LLI0 0� Q) z 1�0 i2 V p o v p x _ L °' V E� C oi �2 N J L a- ^ Q N i CU Q N 4- ..... C ca N •O V 0 m Of �� 'Q Z 0 0 0 L S... s vvi ^A'� W N W N aJ j > o O W L p U W V Q o N Q 0 LL w o o ¢��WaVO �v,wzaOCOW Ml'-=W0zODz ON WW Wo0z wz0 = Q aw' Wa =O=Wz0wWQ W W W W �~0r>- a p��z�U )0 0 w D V 0(D W < W W U=c�>>=ms Ot- W 0WLL2!= N 04 0 N 0 rn 0 C Q 'C Uj (V 0 0 z Sheet Name: DOOR SCHEDULE, TYPES, AND DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-801 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 6'-0" 1 4'-0" EQ. 6'-0" EQ. O O O 0 I Q I o FRAME TYPE 'E-1' MAIN ENTRANCE - SUITE 401 A-8.2 J 1/4"=1'-0" 20'-2" 1'-0" 1'-0" / 6'-2" 5'-11" 6'-1" 0 I <r- o o / \ / o IN FRAME TYPE 'E-2 MAIN ENTRANCE - SUITE 403 s 1'-0" 0" IN 19'-8" 5'-8" FRAME TYPE'E-3' SIDE WINDOW - SUITE 403 6'-0" o 0 NOTE: REFERENCE STOREFRONT/WINDOW TAGS ON A-2.2 AND ELEVATIONS ON A-4.1 THAT CORRESPOND TO WINDOW SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ON A-6.1 AND A-8.2. I ih FRAME TYPE'E-4' DRIVE THRU WINDOW SUITE 403 WINDOW SCHEDULE MARK FRAME DETAILS WIN. NO. RM. NO. TYPEJ MATERIAL FINISH GLAZING TEMPERED HEAD JAMB SILL FIRST FLOOR 101 N.A. E-1 T.B. ALUM. C.W. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 102 N.A. E-2 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 103 N.A. E-3 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 104 N.A. E-5 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 105 N.A. E-6 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU FULL H5 J5 S5 106 N.A. E-4 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU FULL H5 J5 S5 WINDOW SCHEDULE NOTES ABBREVIATIONS 1" IGU 1" THICK INSULATED GLASS UNIT, SEE GLAZING NOTES FOR T.B. ALUM. C.W. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SPECIFIC INFORMATION. T.B. ALUM. S.F. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT. 1" SPANDREL IGU 1" THICK INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, SEE GLAZING NOTES FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION. ALUM. ALUMINUM CLR. ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH. D.W. POLY DOUBLE WALL "BUBBLE" POLYCARBONATE T.B. ALUM. THERMALLY BROKENT ALUMINUM FRAME NOTES 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, COMPLY WITH DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE 6. TYPICAL ALUMINUM FRAMED WINDOW MINIMUM FRAME SIZES AND TYPES (UNLESS DRAWINGS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES PRIOR NOTED OTHERWISE). TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH RELATED (SUB)CONTRACTORS. 6.1. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: 2 1 /4"X6", THERMALLY IMPROVED, CURTAIN WALL. 2. ALL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL FRAMES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 6.2. EXTERIOR DOORS: 2 1/4" THICK, 3 1/2" TOP AND SIDE RAILS, 10" STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY WITH WIND LOADS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL APPLICABLE BOTTOM RAIL, THERMALLY -IMPROVED, ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. CODE AND PER THE LOAD INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE STRUCTURAL 6.3. COORDINATE FINAL FRAMING SIZES WITH WINDOW LOAD REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAWINGS. GLAZING SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SHOP THE PROJECT AND FOR THE SPAN AND SPACING INDICATED IN THE WINDOW DRAWINGS AND NECESSARY CALCULATIONS TO CONFIRM DESIGN ADEQUACY. TYPES. WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SEALED BY A LOCALLY LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL. 3. ALL GLAZING WITHIN 18" OF FLOOR LEVEL SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS (SAFETY GLASS). 4. ALL GLAZING WITHIN 18" OF FLOOR LEVEL AND ADJACENT TO DOOR SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS (SAFETY GLASS). 5. COORDINATE ALL CONCRETE AND MASONRY CURB DIMENSIONS WITH WINDOW FRAMING SIZES. 6. SKYLIGHTS INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE ARE BASED UPON BRYSTOLITE ALUMILITE ALIT -SF THERMALLY BROKEN, ALUMINUM FRAMED, DOMED SKYLIGHT WITH INSULATED ALUMINUM CURB, SIZE AS INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE. PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSULATED CURB, MINIMUM 12" HIGH. GLAZING SCHEDULE • GLAZING TYPE 1: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT.WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. SEE GL-1C IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 'IT: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). SEE GL-1C IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 1S: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. PROVIDE SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, MATCH ARCHITECT'S COLOR SAMPLE. SEE GL-1C (SIM.) IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 1ST: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). PROVIDE SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, MATCH ARCHITECT'S COLOR SAMPLE. SEE GL-1C (SIM.) IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 2: 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. SEE GL-3 IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 2T: 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). SEE GL-3 IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. N N O N 0 CD O m v >'oo� mM t!1 Ym� n O N 0 O 0 z m m � w Q Q O cc N oo � v Uoo co o v T 0 LL (U V EQ) 4 V a m M �L i a� ^Q N 4- a Vf V o m O u- cr Q z 0 0 0 r it U N M Ld N o O w L p U V w x cr N O ¢ N Q t� m m IR Sheet Name: WINDOW SCHEDULE, TYPES, AND DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Am862 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. THESE NOTES APPLY TO ALL ROOF DETAILS IN THE DRAWINGS. 2. ROOFING DETAIL SHOWN IS TO SHOW GENERAL PENETRATION CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL PENETRATION CONDITIONS THAT MAY OCCUR WITH THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER. 3. CLOSE ALL VOIDS BETWEEN ROOF INSULATION AND PENETRATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION. NOTES: 1. LADDER AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED AND SHOP oc PRIMED. FINISH COATS SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED. 2. ALL GALVANIZING DRAINAGE HOLES SHALL BE SHOP -FILLED. NOTE: PROVIDE LOCKABLE SECURITY COVER METAL ROOF DECK - CONTRACTOR SHALL CO, BLOCKING/FRAMING FOR WALL EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION JLL JLVIIVI\J SECTION NOTE: PROVIDE LOCKABLE SECURITY COVER w w ROOF FLASHING AND MEMBRANE 0.— FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD BLOCKING CURB BELOW 1 1 /2"D GALV. STEEL PIPE, RETURN TO STEEL SIDE RAILS 2"Wx1/4"THK GALV. STEEL SIDE RAILS. ROUND TOP SIDE RAIL. RAIL SHALL EXTEND TO FLOOR BELOW. o AT TOP OF LADDER - FLARE RAIL EXTENSION TO 30" WIDE. " CHECKERED STEEL PLATE 3" X 3" X J"STEEL ANGLE 24" WIDE GALV. STEEL LADDER 2"Wx1/4" GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE WALL ANCHORS AT 4FT O.C. MAX. SEAL AND FLASH WALL ANCHORS PER ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 "D SUP -RESISTANT GALV. STEEL ROD AT 12" O.C. MIN. 443/16" STEEL TUBE IN WALL WITH 5x8x3/16" STEEL PLATE WELDED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND BELOW WITH CONT. 3/16" FILLET WELD. COORDINATE PLATE SIZES WITH STRUCTURAL FRAMING. AT EXTERIOR WALLS WITH EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD, PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING BEHIND LADDER FOR FULL LADDER HEIGHT. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 20" MIN. HORIZONTALLY, AT EACH SIDE OF THE LADDER ROOF MEMBRANE AT FACE OF WALL LINE OF GUTTER 2"Wx1/4" GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE WALL ANCHORS AT 6FT O.C. MAX. 2%1/4"THK GALV. STEEL SIDE RAILS. ROUND TOP SIDE RAIL. RAIL SHALL EXTEND TO FLOOR BELOW. DOUBLE GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE FEET (BELOW), 2"Wx1/4" THICK, VERT. AND HORIZ. LEG SHALL BE 4" MIN., EACH WAY. DO NOT BOLT INTO ROOF MEMBRANE. 1 "D SLIP -RESISTANT GALV. STEEL ROD AT 12" O.C. TYPICAL EXTERIOR ROOF LADDER DETAIL CV WIRE / CABLE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ROOF GOOSENECK PENETRATION FOR WIRE / CABLE. SECURE TO DECK PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FLEXIBLE FLASHING ADHERED WITH MASTIC - BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP OF OF FLASHING WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING PREMOLDED PIPE BOOT ADHERED TO ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING WITH MASTIC - BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP AND BOTTOM OF OF BOOT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION OVER METAL ROOF DECK. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR INSULATION R VALUE. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF FRAMING, ADDITIONAL OPENING FRAMING MAY BE REQUIRED. FILL VOIDS BETWEEN PIPE AND INSULATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION GOOSENECK SUPPORT AT ROOF DECK TYPICAL ROOF GOOSENECK PENETRATION DETAIL FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, 1'-0" 8" 1'-0" L BEYOND W w cl-_ �o r------- , r ----- _ T.O. MASONRY -------------- I ------- - I - - - U) � ' Ld SCUPPER BOX, BEYOND w ao I DRIP EDGE T.O. SCUPPER ow I I o ( SCUPPER BOX B.O. SCUPPER I I I I---- ------ — — — — v SCUPPER BOX, BEYOND — J L OVERFLOW SCUPPER BOX. �! CONSTRUCTION IS SIMILAR TO SCUPPER. OMIT CONDUCTOR HEAD AND DRIP EDGE CONDUCTOR Qd CONDUCTOR HEAD 1'-0" 2" , 8" 2" 45 CONDUCTOR 5" 1" 12 12" ELEVATION DETAIL (SCUPPER z cl ROOF PIPE PENETRATION. SEE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FLEXIBLE FLASHING ADHERED WITH MASTIC - BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP OF OF FLASHING WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. PREMOLDED PIPE BOOT ADHERED TO ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING WITH MASTIC BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP AND BOTTOM OF OF BOOT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION OVER METAL ROOF DECK. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR INSULATION R VALUE. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF FRAMING, ADDITIONAL OPENING FRAMING MAY BE REQUIRED. FILL VOIDS BETWEEN PIPE AND INSULATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION PIPE SUPPORT AT ROOF DECK PIPES MAY BE INSULATED - SEE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL NOTE: ALL VENTS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AIR INTAKES. TYPICAL ROOF PIPING PENETRATION DETAIL 3"=1'-0" AT METAL STUD/GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD WALLS, PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING BEHIND ALL WALL FLASHING. MATCH GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD THICKNESS. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS TYPICAL ROOF REGLET DETAIL 3"=1'-011 ASHING IN MASTIC - BY ROOF IOINT BETWEEN FLASHING AND IANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED z M 00 ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR R VALUE. METAL DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL ROOF STRUCTURE - SEE STRUCTURAL I�-ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT / SKYLIGHT MOUNTED ON ROOF CURB I FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING 1— — PREFABRICATED, EXTENDED, INSULATED ROOF CURB. FABRICATE SO TOP OF CURB IS LEVEL. ID FLEXIBLE FLASHING SET IN MASTIC - BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL JOINT BETWEEN FLASHING AND ROOF MEMBRANE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED Z JOINT SEALANT. N CANT STRIP ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM R VA UEON. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR. NOTE: IF CURBS ARE NOT i FABRICATED TO EXTEND TO ROOF _ DECK, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE I _ FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT CURB. AT SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS, INTERIOR FACE OF CURB IS FINISHED IN �I / GYPSUM BOARD. REFER TO — — — — — — — — — — — — — SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR EXTENT I AND LOCATIONS. I I I I TYPICAL ROOF CURB DETAIL 1 1 /2"=1'-0" �91 3"=1'-0" ALL CONSTRUCTION AT 4CE OF ARCADE - SEE VALL IT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD, TYP. ALL EDGES. STEEL LINTEL F OVER 2" RIGID INSULATION GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD IL SOFFIT FRAMING, TYPICAL. THICKNESS MAY VARY, SEE r IU-1 nm,I i LLD ALUMINUM SOFFIT VENT TYPICAL EXTERIOR SOFFIT AND VENT DETAIL ROOF TRANSITION DETAIL METAL DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL. COORDINATE EXTENT OF METAL DECK WITH ITEM BEING SUPPORTED. AT SKYLIGHTS, DO NOT PROVIDE ANY ROOF DECK INSIDE THE PERIMETER OF THE SKYLIGHT. ROOF DECK/CURB SUPPORT, SEE STRUCTURAL M T oo �0 3CN : M M �O d O N 0 0 p L M M 0 �'o'� 0 V o0 p> O1 [h u U_ J Q; E �� W a Q Cm �= M o LL 0 0 L N j m U_00 Q c� w a 0 0 m U H 2� Z Z oF-oirwzwW0 i¢WZZw0wo a-w�z �Z)3�:v wQ 0Lcf)UU_ N N 0 N 0 CD 0 w a cc 0 II 0 w cn 6 z Sheet Name: TYPICAL DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-901 Drawn By: ked By: DL :1D ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FAI 0 2 1 1 FOUNDATION PLAN �-o 3/16"=1'-0" FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES 1. A. CIVIL DATUM ELEVATION 129.50' = FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. B. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE RELATIVE TO DATUM ELEVATION 100'-0". 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FOOTINGS UNDER COLUMNS SHALL BE PLACED ON COLUMN CENTERLINES. FOOTINGS UNDER GRADE BEAMS/STEM WALLS SHALL BE PLACED AT CENTERLINES OF GRADE BEAMS/STEM WALLS. 3. FLOOR SLAB IS NOT DESIGNED TO SUPPORT HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT EXCEEDING GROSS WEIGHT OF 4 TONS. 4. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR OPENING DIMENSIONS. 5. PROVIDE POSITIVE TIE BETWEEN FOOTING REINFORCING, STEM WALL REINFORCING AND BUILDING COLUMN ANCHOR BOLTS FOR GROUNDING CONTINUATION. 6. "CJ" INDICATES SAW CUT CONTRACTION JOINT IN SLAB -ON -GRADE. CONSTRUCTION JOINT IN SLAB -ON -GRADE AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS AT GRID AND AT 15'-0" OC MAXIMUM SPACING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. REF 2/S-2.1. 7. PROVIDE (2) #4 BAR, 3'-0" LONG DIAGONALLY IN TOP OF SLAB AT REENTRANT CORNERS. REF 3/S-2.1 8. COLD ORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY CONTRACTOR 2 FOR LO DS GIVEN IN THE DESIGN DATA ON SHEET S-0.0. STUDS SHALL BE 8" ND SPACED AT NO MORE THAN 16" OC. 9. REF 1-S2.1 FOR SLAB AT DRAIN. LEGEND .A� ELEVATION MARK XX/SX.X SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER — SECTION MARK XX/SX.X �— SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER F I I FOOTING MARK L_ — � PER SCHEDULE FX XX'_""^" ,�—TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION �CX COLUMN PER SCHEDULE CMU CONTROL JOINT SLAB SAW CUT CONTROL JOINT. REF 2/S2.1. 2 X—BRACE q COL SCHEDULE MARK SIZE BASE PLATE C8.4 HSS8x8x1 /4 A C8.6B HSS8x8x3/8 B C 4C HS 8x8x 4 C C8.6E HSS8x8x3/8 1% AJ E —A—^— W12 W12x50 D * REF 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE DETAIL * REFER TO 7/S-2.0 FOR PEDESTALS UNDER PERIMETER COLUMNS ALL FOOTING SCHEDULE FOOTING MARK SIZE BxWxT REINFORCING (BOTTOM ONLY UNO) NOTES F5 5'-O"x5'-0"x1'-6" (4) #5 EW 1, 2 F5.5 5'- "x5'- 6"x1'- 3" (6) 6 EW 1, 2 F8 8'-O"x8'-0"x1'-9" #7 AT 12" O.C. EW 1 2 F9.5 9'-6"x9'-6"x1'-6" #7 AT 1T&B O.C.EW 1 (4) #5 CONT WF3 3'-0"x1'-O"xCONT #5 AT 12" O.C. 1, 2 TRANS FOOTING NOTES 1. COLUMN ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE PRIOR TO CONCRETE POUR. 2. FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS AND WALLS, UNO. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT WITH TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATIONS WHEN SETTING CAST IN PLACE BOLTS. %A 4-+ tj Qj 4- s V Q S.. N Q) 0 L L.� V1 z 0 W m « 0) 0 ui W z W U W F- M %o M M O 0 Oa o d O LL v_ C j V � �n V v +: c and v CO 0 0 G: �- 0 s V 19 N 0 N d 0 w 0 �7- 0 dWWHw(LVO } w Z (L O p w mU H W O Z O D Z oILI -- ZW WO N= w U)= d Of a= OQwZz0,Wz L 0 12 w� U tY 0 aWFZ �oSU 00 WWQWF-w OUof�>->-OF pU)0 v h O H d Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte om e: 2022.08.15 17:05:19-05'00' C C E N S 4f, * ; No 61252 ; yt • .tr :LU T ; STATE OF FSS. -4 0R `pP- �oNAL This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N N H g w a W 0 w 0 w ZD U) N f6 a 0 .Q L U N N- 0 p Sheet Name: FOUNDATION PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S�100 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION PMEJ MATERIAL - (2) #4x1'-O" SMOOTH DOWELS EA SIDE GRID SQUARE LEAVE -,OUT AS REQ'D FILL W/ CONC AFTER INSTALLING COLUMN I � I I I SECTION 1 I I I I I I i I I I F- C) il w Uj V) • • 3„ 3" CLR CLR W REF FTG SCHED GRID PvWE KEY AT BLOCKOUTS PER CONTROL JOINT DETAIL SECTION CL OF COLUMN AND SPREAD FTG COLUMN REF PLAN REF 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS (2) #4 BARS AT RE-ENTRANT CORNERS OF LEAVE -OUT AT COLUMN (TYP) REF FDN PLAN • TO SLAB EL CONC SLAB REF FDN PLAN FOR THK AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FOOTING REF PLAN TOF EL AND SCHEDULE FOR FTG SIZE AND REINF REF 7/S-2.0 FOR PEDESTAL WHERE TOF EL < 99'- 0" �F qGF pFOG/ pGT COLUMN REF PLAN CONTROL JOINT (TYP) (2) #4 (EA SIDE OF OPENING) INTERIOR COLUMN FOOTING W U J —t a = 0 w Q= J U C/) FTG 01 WIDTH FOOTING REINFORCING CORNER BARS TO MATCH SIZE AND LOCATION OF FOOTING REINF. LAP PER SCHEDULE CORNER FTG WIDTH LAP PER SCHEDULE INTERSECTION 3 FOOTING REINFORCING CORNER BARS TO MATCH SIZE AND LOCATION OF FOOTING REINF. GRID 3/4" GUSSET PLATE 2" DIA NON -SHRINK GROUT REF ELEVATION AT 1" AB BELOW COLUMN FOR HSS SIZE 3/4" BASE PLATE BASE PL GRID 3/4" BASE PLATE GRID GRID W/ (4) 3/4" DIA z m I �'� 1 1/4" THICK TYP 1/4 ANCHORBOLTSANCHOR BOLTS 1" 52" < Q f�' ` ; BASE PLATE TYP (9 _ I 1/4 (9" MIN EMBED) MIN EMBED) o 40 i /� LEVELING NUTS � I 3/4" BASE PLATE ; TYP I 0° CONCRETE - - o- o W/ (4) 3/4 DIA F 1/4BEARING SURFACE CY I I ANCHOR BOLTS `� HSS COLUMN I (9" MIN EMBED)+ o - + aNOTES: oOF GRID - - - -fi o GRID - 1 - o WELD BETWEEN COLUMN AND �' - HSS COLUMN �� BASE PLATE SHALL MEET 1„ T ° ° AISC MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS' 12 I EQ [EQ' 12 ° a dIll e- ° - °Q° :,° - 1/2"x3"x3" PL HSS COLUMN ° WASHER, TYP COL + 6" EQ EQ COL + 6" a.° 1n 1n 10 NOTE: USE SHIM PLATES FOR LEVELING BASE PLATE - 'A' 12 01 COL + s" 12 BASE PLATE - 'C' WHERE ONLY (2) ANCHOR BOLTS ARE SHOWN 2 BASE PLATE - 'B' BASE PLATE E AT X-BRACE 2 GRID GRID z 101" 101" 8" 1'-2" 1 1/4- BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLTS 3/4" THICK 2 2 k 1 1/4" BASE PLATE - 1 BASE PLATE Li 1 1 /2" NON -SHRINK I LEVELING NUTS _ GROUT BELOW o COLUMN BASE PL I ' CONCRETE °° I BEARING SURFACE - I I-- to ° a ° a ° 0 e a ° COLUMN 1 /2%3%3" PL REF PLAN ° WASHER, TYP ° W/ (7) 1" DIA ANCHOR BOLTS (12" MIN EMBED) 5/16� 3/4" GUSSET PLATE d ° BASE PLATE - 'D' BASE PLATE - 'E' NOTE: USE SHIM PLATES FOR LEVELING ORIENTATION PER PLAN ORIENTATION PER PLAN WHERE ONLY (2) ANCHOR BOLTS ARE SHOWN GRID rTN� COLUMN BASE PLATE ,REF 3/4"=1'-0" UNDERGROUND PIPE PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS PROVIDE SLEEVE ID AT LEAST 2" LARGER THAN PIPE OD z co FOUNDATION WALL FOOTII REF S { fW/ (6) 1" DIA ANCHOR BOLTS (1'-10" MIN EMBED) 04 5/16 I o GRID _ — �4 COLUMN 47 REF PLAN SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'-O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING — fr LA 2� #4x3'-6" DOWELS (D AT 24" OC TYP i CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FF EL 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOTING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE ll r lv -jt,nil TYP STEM WALL FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" S-2,0 3/4"=1'-0" S-2.0 3/4"=1'-0" �_O 3/4"=1`-0" GRID I REF STEEL COL REF SCHEDULE AND 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE DETAIL EXTERIOR SLAB OR PAVING REF CIVIL CONT STEMW LL REINF THRU PILASTER CONT FOOTING REINF THRU COL SPREAD FOOTING STEMWALL CONT FOOTING BEYOND � I � � I — w�cn • • I• o- 1 3„ CLR EQUAL W REF FTG SCHED EQUAL #4 DOWELS AT 2'-0" 24" OC TYP 1'-6" CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN Ah FF EL REF 7/S-2.0 FOR 2 PILASTER REINF USE EXTENDED PILASTER AT MOMENT FRAME & X-BRACE COLUMNS C UM 00 G REINF REF SCHED REF FDN PLANjh TOF EL EXTERIOR COLUMN FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" 3" CLR TYPICAL FOOTING REINFORCING COL PROVIDE (3) #3 TIES IN THE TOP 5" OF ALL PEDESTALS 2'-0" N 10 I WI TH 10 z SECTION COL ' CLR I 1'-0" 10" � 1'-0" TYP ' w ' (8) #7 VERT 2" CLR o � I #3 AT 12" OC TYP N 7 VERT • • 1JL#1' T 12" OC 0cooUCD • I • N a = COL ll- • . • W • CMU OR CONC PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG (3) #7 VERT AS SHOWN STEM WALL (FTG NOT SHOWN) WHERE REQUIRED FOR NOT SHOWN) CORNER PEDESTAL LONG BASE PLATES MOMENT FRAME BRACE COLUMN PEDESTAL COL 2'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0. 01 I z z 2" CLR 2" CLR rn' n I (8) #7 VERT TYP N (8) #7 VERT 0 C-4 #3 AT 12" OC PEDESTAL AT INTERIOR FOOTING WHERE TOF EL LOWER THAN 99'-0" (TOP OF PEDESTAL = 99'-0") INTERIOR PEDESTAL • r o /r I I • � 1 PEDESTAL REINFORCING 3/4"=1'-0" #3 AT 12" OC - CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG EXTERIOR PEDESTAL NOT SHOWN) 2\/1 8" 3" 8" - LEAN MIN I MIN ENCA�4woLl. TYPICAL PIPE THRU FOOTING DETAIL LEAVE -OUT REF PLAN FOR DIM 1'-6n 01 8 SLAB LEAVE —OUT 3/4"=1'-0" _9 NOT USED S-2.0 3/4"=V-0" S-O" LONG DOWEL MATCH SLAB REINF SIZE AND SPACING SLAB REINF REF FDN PLAN REF FDN PLAN L TO SLAB EL SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'- O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING — 'LA - 2 #4x3'-6" DOWELS C° AT 24" OC TYP { I CONC SLAB REF PLAN I I 1 FOR SIZE AND REINF I r I 1 REF FDN PLAN FF EL 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOLING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE r«r r 1 v �Lnw 10 SECTION James F. Turner T N Engineers, L.P. Consulting Engineers 8340 Meadow Rd. Suite 160 Dallas, Texas 75231 TEL.214-750-2900 Job 63090 �: FL REGISTRATION # 3Jj 1721 DRAWN/DESIGN FHT/RW I QC/Al RW RW It �mN p, O N 0 0 L M M N M 0 Ind C t�� 0 It I-V 00 0 - L W [F u. C a; U _. V � � C J E G ~ V 1-2 41 c0 J 7 a Q N N C cn 4 -22 LPL. LL 0 L t ui 03 o F4 0 N 0 w o_Woo <(n aa-00 m 0 1=— M of 0 tl p W M � ot-aCL'wzwWO DUj�X: <tYa= =QwZZW0W co co WWWcow=w - a }p co=0 awIz 3� 00=ww`�wf-w 0W 020=mOF=— �EoLL o V 1 � O M Q Q M O I+y H Q H �Qw > N W � � a Olkl d' Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:06:15-05'00' C �P?••� C E N S••'r�F . �. '0•. �- * ; No 61252 •• :W STATE OF P'S F4 O R I pG� ZCIVAL •� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital sgnature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be veriried on any electronic copies. M 0 u W U C CL IX C It w zU o F o - w L C, 1 Sheet Name: FOUNDATION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-2,60 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION LA 2� #4x3'-6" DOWELS (D AT 24" OC TYP i CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FF EL 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOTING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE ll r lv -jt,nil TYP STEM WALL FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" S-2,0 3/4"=1'-0" S-2.0 3/4"=1'-0" �_O 3/4"=1`-0" GRID I REF STEEL COL REF SCHEDULE AND 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE DETAIL EXTERIOR SLAB OR PAVING REF CIVIL CONT STEMW LL REINF THRU PILASTER CONT FOOTING REINF THRU COL SPREAD FOOTING STEMWALL CONT FOOTING BEYOND � I � � I — w�cn • • I• o- 1 3„ CLR EQUAL W REF FTG SCHED EQUAL #4 DOWELS AT 2'-0" 24" OC TYP 1'-6" CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN Ah FF EL REF 7/S-2.0 FOR 2 PILASTER REINF USE EXTENDED PILASTER AT MOMENT FRAME & X-BRACE COLUMNS C UM 00 G REINF REF SCHED REF FDN PLANjh TOF EL EXTERIOR COLUMN FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" 3" CLR TYPICAL FOOTING REINFORCING COL PROVIDE (3) #3 TIES IN THE TOP 5" OF ALL PEDESTALS 2'-0" N 10 I WI TH 10 z SECTION COL ' CLR I 1'-0" 10" � 1'-0" TYP ' w ' (8) #7 VERT 2" CLR o � I #3 AT 12" OC TYP N 7 VERT • • 1JL#1' T 12" OC 0cooUCD • I • N a = COL ll- • . • W • CMU OR CONC PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG (3) #7 VERT AS SHOWN STEM WALL (FTG NOT SHOWN) WHERE REQUIRED FOR NOT SHOWN) CORNER PEDESTAL LONG BASE PLATES MOMENT FRAME BRACE COLUMN PEDESTAL COL 2'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0. 01 I z z 2" CLR 2" CLR rn' n I (8) #7 VERT TYP N (8) #7 VERT 0 C-4 #3 AT 12" OC PEDESTAL AT INTERIOR FOOTING WHERE TOF EL LOWER THAN 99'-0" (TOP OF PEDESTAL = 99'-0") INTERIOR PEDESTAL • r o /r I I • � 1 PEDESTAL REINFORCING 3/4"=1'-0" #3 AT 12" OC - CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG EXTERIOR PEDESTAL NOT SHOWN) 2\/1 8" 3" 8" - LEAN MIN I MIN ENCA�4woLl. TYPICAL PIPE THRU FOOTING DETAIL LEAVE -OUT REF PLAN FOR DIM 1'-6n 01 8 SLAB LEAVE —OUT 3/4"=1'-0" _9 NOT USED S-2.0 3/4"=V-0" S-O" LONG DOWEL MATCH SLAB REINF SIZE AND SPACING SLAB REINF REF FDN PLAN REF FDN PLAN L TO SLAB EL SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'- O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING — 'LA - 2 #4x3'-6" DOWELS C° AT 24" OC TYP { I CONC SLAB REF PLAN I I 1 FOR SIZE AND REINF I r I 1 REF FDN PLAN FF EL 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOLING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE r«r r 1 v �Lnw 10 SECTION James F. Turner T N Engineers, L.P. Consulting Engineers 8340 Meadow Rd. Suite 160 Dallas, Texas 75231 TEL.214-750-2900 Job 63090 �: FL REGISTRATION # 3Jj 1721 DRAWN/DESIGN FHT/RW I QC/Al RW RW It �mN p, O N 0 0 L M M N M 0 Ind C t�� 0 It I-V 00 0 - L W [F u. C a; U _. V � � C J E G ~ V 1-2 41 c0 J 7 a Q N N C cn 4 -22 LPL. LL 0 L t ui 03 o F4 0 N 0 w o_Woo <(n aa-00 m 0 1=— M of 0 tl p W M � ot-aCL'wzwWO DUj�X: <tYa= =QwZZW0W co co WWWcow=w - a }p co=0 awIz 3� 00=ww`�wf-w 0W 020=mOF=— �EoLL o V 1 � O M Q Q M O I+y H Q H �Qw > N W � � a Olkl d' Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:06:15-05'00' C �P?••� C E N S••'r�F . �. '0•. �- * ; No 61252 •• :W STATE OF P'S F4 O R I pG� ZCIVAL •� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital sgnature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be veriried on any electronic copies. M 0 u W U C CL IX C It w zU o F o - w L C, 1 Sheet Name: FOUNDATION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-2,60 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION W REF FTG SCHED EQUAL #4 DOWELS AT 2'-0" 24" OC TYP 1'-6" CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN Ah FF EL REF 7/S-2.0 FOR 2 PILASTER REINF USE EXTENDED PILASTER AT MOMENT FRAME & X-BRACE COLUMNS C UM 00 G REINF REF SCHED REF FDN PLANjh TOF EL EXTERIOR COLUMN FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" 3" CLR TYPICAL FOOTING REINFORCING COL PROVIDE (3) #3 TIES IN THE TOP 5" OF ALL PEDESTALS 2'-0" N 10 I WI TH 10 z SECTION COL ' CLR I 1'-0" 10" � 1'-0" TYP ' w ' (8) #7 VERT 2" CLR o � I #3 AT 12" OC TYP N 7 VERT • • 1JL#1' T 12" OC 0cooUCD • I • N a = COL ll- • . • W • CMU OR CONC PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG (3) #7 VERT AS SHOWN STEM WALL (FTG NOT SHOWN) WHERE REQUIRED FOR NOT SHOWN) CORNER PEDESTAL LONG BASE PLATES MOMENT FRAME BRACE COLUMN PEDESTAL COL 2'-0" 1'-0" 1'-0. 01 I z z 2" CLR 2" CLR rn' n I (8) #7 VERT TYP N (8) #7 VERT 0 C-4 #3 AT 12" OC PEDESTAL AT INTERIOR FOOTING WHERE TOF EL LOWER THAN 99'-0" (TOP OF PEDESTAL = 99'-0") INTERIOR PEDESTAL • r o /r I I • � 1 PEDESTAL REINFORCING 3/4"=1'-0" #3 AT 12" OC - CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG EXTERIOR PEDESTAL NOT SHOWN) 2\/1 8" 3" 8" - LEAN MIN I MIN ENCA�4woLl. TYPICAL PIPE THRU FOOTING DETAIL LEAVE -OUT REF PLAN FOR DIM 1'-6n 01 8 SLAB LEAVE —OUT 3/4"=1'-0" _9 NOT USED S-2.0 3/4"=V-0" S-O" LONG DOWEL MATCH SLAB REINF SIZE AND SPACING SLAB REINF REF FDN PLAN REF FDN PLAN L TO SLAB EL SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'- O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING — 'LA - 2 #4x3'-6" DOWELS C° AT 24" OC TYP { I CONC SLAB REF PLAN I I 1 FOR SIZE AND REINF I r I 1 REF FDN PLAN FF EL 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOLING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE r«r r 1 v �Lnw 10 SECTION James F. Turner T N Engineers, L.P. Consulting Engineers 8340 Meadow Rd. Suite 160 Dallas, Texas 75231 TEL.214-750-2900 Job 63090 �: FL REGISTRATION # 3Jj 1721 DRAWN/DESIGN FHT/RW I QC/Al RW RW It �mN p, O N 0 0 L M M N M 0 Ind C t�� 0 It I-V 00 0 - L W [F u. C a; U _. V � � C J E G ~ V 1-2 41 c0 J 7 a Q N N C cn 4 -22 LPL. LL 0 L t ui 03 o F4 0 N 0 w o_Woo <(n aa-00 m 0 1=— M of 0 tl p W M � ot-aCL'wzwWO DUj�X: <tYa= =QwZZW0W co co WWWcow=w - a }p co=0 awIz 3� 00=ww`�wf-w 0W 020=mOF=— �EoLL o V 1 � O M Q Q M O I+y H Q H �Qw > N W � � a Olkl d' Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:06:15-05'00' C �P?••� C E N S••'r�F . �. '0•. �- * ; No 61252 •• :W STATE OF P'S F4 O R I pG� ZCIVAL •� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital sgnature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be veriried on any electronic copies. M 0 u W U C CL IX C It w zU o F o - w L C, 1 Sheet Name: FOUNDATION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-2,60 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION w o_Woo <(n aa-00 m 0 1=— M of 0 tl p W M � ot-aCL'wzwWO DUj�X: <tYa= =QwZZW0W co co WWWcow=w - a }p co=0 awIz 3� 00=ww`�wf-w 0W 020=mOF=— �EoLL o V 1 � O M Q Q M O I+y H Q H �Qw > N W � � a Olkl d' Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:06:15-05'00' C �P?••� C E N S••'r�F . �. '0•. �- * ; No 61252 •• :W STATE OF P'S F4 O R I pG� ZCIVAL •� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital sgnature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be veriried on any electronic copies. M 0 u W U C CL IX C It w zU o F o - w L C, 1 Sheet Name: FOUNDATION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-2,60 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION [a C [a C21 C 0 I A nB nC.1 nC2 23'-6" 24'-10" ` I I I I I I I 116'-4 3 8" B.O. DECK NV tD tD N\ \ ro J7711 c0 NOTE #10 - - - 116'-6" B.O. DECK - - - I N 0 W16x26 JOISTS _ x a0 O I 7/S-4.1 r I I - b 1 1 ' (5) EQUAL SPACES N I 1 I 1 1 I LO r7 x N I 00 _ o 7/S-4.1 N SIM 6/S-4.1 RTU_ 4 I _I r\ W24x94 117'-0" _ _ B.O. DECK 6/8-4.1 L _ SIM W16x26 JOISTS 3'-41" 8/S-4.1 - - CD 00 i 00 b d °O REF NOTE #8 i (5) EQUAL SPACES 5_2" N r- N I I N �)10 7/S-4.1 I I I x I I � N � 12/S-4.0 ' LOW 1 I I I RTU-1 9/S-4.1 i 374# I' W24x94 _ --117'-6" - - - o B.O. DECK _ N' ---------1 LOW 13/S-4.0 4/S-4.2 I - I i 3/S-4.2 3 S-4.2 / W16x26 JOISTS I I z O x d X I I i r I N j (V i 4/S-4.2 NOTE 7 I 11 /S-4.0 I LOW N ' rn �' C) I C� --------J 118'-0rr Li- H W21 x44 I W21 x44 B.O. DECK , L-------- ------------ ----- --I 8/S-4.0 8/S- .0 - �I SIM I 8/S-4.0 I I I N N O 10/ -4.0 N O N I� 00 M n 4» ( (I 2 " 22'-11j" I 01 24'-7j" II 21 4» 48'-8"01 0Z0�� 2 1 1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN �3O 3/16"=1'-0" 60m D35 D3 6v� O PLAN NOTES: 1. ROOF DECK TO BE 22 GAGE, 3" TYPE N DECK. 3 SPAN CONT (UNO). REF 2/S-4.0 FOR DECK CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE. 2. REF 4/S-4.0 FOR MECHANICAL UNIT, SKYLIGHT, ROOF ACCESS HATCH, AND ALL LARGE OPENINGS. 3. REF 5/S-4.0 FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS SMALLER THAN 36" (FRAMING OMITTED FOR CLARITY). 4. VERIFY EXACT SIZE, WEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. ALL HSS SHALL HAVE 1/2" END PLATE, TYP. 6. EXTEND CONTINUOUS DECK ANGLE OVER BEAM OR TOP OF WALL ANGLE TO PROVIDE 8" OF 1 /4" FILLED WELD PAST WALL TO SUPPORT STEEL. 7. L4x4x1/4 COLUMN BRACE WELDED TO TOP OF COLUMN AND TOP OF BEAM. 8. REFER TO 2/S-4.2 CANOPY SUPPORT BEAM AT DRIVE-THRU OPENING. 9. STEEL STUB COLUMN WELDED DIRECTLY TO TOP OF BEAM. A'O* REF 9/S-2.1 FOR OPENINGS IN CMU. 2 LEGEND XX/SX.X ELEVATION MARK SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER _ SECTION MARK XX/SX.X SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER SPAN OF METAL DECK ADDITIONAL DOWNWARD POINT LOAD (LBS) ON JOIST/GIRDER. (-) INDICATES UPLIFT FORCE. * AT EACH LOCATION OF RTU FRAME TO JOIST K KIPS # POUNDS (LBS) 0 WIND BRACE LOCATION M M >- Co %D M NO Y M � p N Z - O L M M o O 4 ai L't 4-u m N Q) v ar m E = F- V v ~cu V V y� W + N L N L m L O W a v a •L Z L 0 0 .� u. U- v B °' O 0 L � ..0 Vw LL; t v , U � c U 0 _ N O N Q 0 LL LL 00 ¢W~wa..VO >- COwZMO Fnw m U F- 2 W Z p Z o N IL 0 0 uJ Z Ix W w 0 Z O Q W- Z W CK O W fZ,u1tY�W=W-a a 0 0 F- Q = 0U )0M~ Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:07:15-05'00' c C * No 61252 �: * :Of ,;a. 00. W STATE OF �. •� Fs.P� s �� 0 R ` 70NAC This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. CN N N N r bi 0 Z Sheet Name: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S�3,00 By. Checked By: ZDrawn IDL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 �1 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" 3/16 2 3/16 V 2 ,-6 REF ARCH Y BO PLATE EL %- BEAM REF PLAN BEARING PLATE 1 /2"x7"x0sL- W/ (2) 1 /2" DIA x5" HSA REINFORCE AND GROUT CMU SOLID FULL HEIGH� BELOW BEAM BEARING MC8x22.8 — LOCA' DECK FLUTES DECK NOT SHOWN REF 10/S-4.1 FOR TOP OF WALL ANGLE AT SIM CONTINUE OVER ROOF GIRDER AND WELD TO TOP FLANGE SECTION 2'-4" (2) #3 TIES 4„ 1 PROVIDE (3) CELLS OF FULL HEIGHT JAMB REINFORCEMENT ADJACENT TO BEAM BEARING. REF 9/S-2.1 FOR JAMB REINFORCEMENT DETAILS BEAM BEARING SECTION AT CMU 3/4"=1'-0" SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" A1 ,ter T L4x4x1 /4xO'-5" COLUMN REF PLAN L5x5x5/16xCONT 0 2 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" 2" 01 3/8"x4"x8" EMBED PLATE WITH (2) 3/4" DIA x 0'-5" H.S.A. AT 24" OC (2) #6 CONT 3/16 4 A ABOVE BEAM DECK SPANS OPPOSITE DIRECTION AT SIM SOLID GROUT BEAM POCKET AFTER CONIC. SLAB PLACED ;I 3/16 I o , I (2) #6 x 4'-0" STEEL BEAM CENTERED ON BEAM 1" REF PLAN p. . 3/4"x6"x1'-0" EMBED PLATE w/ (4)-3/4" DIAx 0'-6" HSA'S CENTERED ON BEAM PLACE (2) #6 BARS 12, 12" VERT EA CELL FOR 6 3" CELLS 12 BARS TOTAL - STOP BARS UNDER BEAM CONTINUE ALL OTHER BARS TO TOP _ r CL OF BEAM OF WALL ao .. 6 SECTION S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" L8x8x1/2xCONT �1/2" THREADED ROD EMBEDDED 4 1/2" W/ HILTI HY70 ADHESIVE AT 32" OC AT LOCATION OF VERT REINFORCING DECK BEARING AT WALL 3/4"=1'-0" 2 2 0 3 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" h TOP OF WALL SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" -11 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=V-0" 0 n 2 4 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT 1/2" CAP PLATE -L T.O. PARAPET REF ARCH 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT C8x11.5 L4x4x1 /4xO'— 5" HSS7x7x1 /4 , 3/16 i I POST 3/16 HSS7x7x14 I I / CL EMBED I POST I , ; PL 3/8"x10"x10" I i W/ (4) 3/4"xO'-5" HSA as I I I r I I G I I I I I I 04 I I I ° I FETAL ROOF 3/16 ;� i L5x5x5/16xCONT � I )ECK 3/16 I I I r - --------------- --- 3/16 MC8x22.8 — LOCATE IN DECK FLUTES 3/16 DECK NOT SHOWN 3/16 2 SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" e 12 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" d d`O 3 m N z 0 p M m m w 0 OC C ti H z m p V 00 L v 4- Ix w c a; V V o v ar to v E �i N V C~ y to » » J 7 rn V CL Q V ^ N ,n V L m Q L O IY u, z 0 0 .� LL LL. L N « -a O 0 r V V to • F to � N a 0 N .Q 0 1 LL h LL J } 0 J r W < F--wo¢-U0� >-v3LL, ZaooFnw Col- LU0ZOLnz 40 N~ 0 W w z w w 0 Q �U) WCL= =QiX wZzw0wo 0w¢<t=or>- }pW��U�iYO G- w I,_ Z 1X 5 U 00=wwawl•-w 07 0Wp2ttZ V 1 � O Mai Con O Q M �zM w 0 � 10.4 a I� > W r� v Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:12:14-05'00' S . con P?�•� C•E IV SF'� .F� No 61252 •s �• • •tu • •411 STATE OF S'.r4 OR 1 O -I"' /NAC This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verifed on any electronic copies. N N N 0 N N N N co In N ` ` O O U Z � Z 0 Uj � U 00 w Z N N T c 0 tL U w N 0 6 z Sheet Name: FRAMING DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-4,01 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION I ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 \ 2 AT 12 \ REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN 3/16 L5x5x1 /4 REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH 1/2" PLYW( SHEATHING COLUMN REF PLAN L3x3x5/16x0'-6" GIRT T&B REF PLAN 1 /2" CAP PLATE, TYP 1/4 1/4 TYP GIRT CONNX AT COLUMN 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER 1/2" PLYWOOD A SHEATHING CFMF FRAMING BY MANUFACTURER 6'-0" 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT � MTL. ROOF DECK ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD 3/16 L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1 /4 KICKER - L2x2x1 /4xO'-5" ® 4'-0" O.C. 3/16�EA END 3/16 2-12 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS i SECTION 2 2 NOT USED S-4.2 3/4"= V-0" u 1/4 (/ i � I , ii REF PLAN 'L '1 BOD EL HSS BEYOND STL. BEAM REF. PLAN 3/16 I L5x5x1/4 ! REF ARCH.. FOR , EXTERIOR FINISH I I I AI r6--� SECTION -12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER - 1 /2" PLYWOOD A SHEATHING - CFMF FRAMING BY MANUFACTURER 6'-0" C7x12.5 AT 48" O.C. W/ 8" CFMF STUDS AT 16" O.C. BETWEEN L5x5x5/16xCONT ,- MTL. ROOF DECK 3/16 L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1/4 KICKER „ ®4'-0" O.C. - L2x2x1 /4x0 -5 3/ 66�EA END 3/16 2-12 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS GRID I 125'-8" TO STEEL I 3/16 I ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 2 AT 12 /-6k REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH n ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 1 \ 2 AT 12 Ah. REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN -� REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH - 0 2 SECTION 3/4"=V-0" GRID I I I i SECTION HSS10x8x3/8 LLV 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1 /4 KICKER ® 4'-0" O.C. 3/16 EA END COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER 6'-0" 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1 /4 KICKER 4'-0" O.C. 3/16 EA END COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS 125-8" TO STEEL 3/16 ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 11—/a 1 IJJ u� 1 vlvv STL. BEAM REF. PLAN - REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH 1/4 {/ A& REF PLAN Y BOD EL HSS BEYOND STL. BEAM REF. PLAN REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH GRID i I i SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" i SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" �-2 3/4"=1'-011 �-2 3/4"=1'-0" S-4.2 3/4"=1'-0" 4 I/1" n A n M1 A TE GNER FOR IING IT TYP 3 3.5 11 S-4.2 GRID BEAM TOP OF COLUMN AT ROOF orr nl AAI W / T IA" flAn ni Arr WORKING POINT SLOT TUBE AS REQ'D COLUMN REF SCHED WORK POIN' 3/4" KNIFE PLATE TYP Ov HSS10x8x3/8 LLV 6'-0" L3x3x1 /4 KICKER ® 4'-0" O.C. EA END 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER REF ELEVATION FOR HSS SIZE ---- L3x3x1/4 KICKER ® 4'-0" O.C. EA END 2 A 2 2 9 SECTION 10 BRACE ELEVATION 11 SECTION 12 BRACING CONNECTION DETAIL S-4.2 3/4"=1'-0" �.2 3/4"=1'-011 �4. 3/4"=1'-011 �.2 3/4"=1'-0" n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 1^4, n n -d� n M \o 3 00 \o M M Y M \D tin \o d O N O p L r^ r n p C O^ O L It V OO O H L LL C a? V V L v Co Q) 4? N Mtn V L m ¢ c0 to 0 0 ly„ LL N Q) 01 P H t L] .; c6 � N O N ¢ 0 w 0}~00 ¢wl�.wa00 >-cnwza0oFnW olw-p�04 wZa.of W0 2W=¢w in r p H x U O a_w�Z w¢ O W O M U w m p= 0 W LL OH V1 � O I� E� I� �D V Q kn 0 w N � ►� Q > N V Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jft exom Date: 2022.08.15 17:12:30-05'00' con C E IV * No 61252 •; O : •� STATE OF OR ID NAL � This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a d'gital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. Cq Q N 0 .Q U N 0 6 z Sheet Name: FRAMING DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S�4,02 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION ---- - i i I]ile,41;u;i i I - - 1 1 11 11 r-11-1 11 11 All I II flTIT-rlI I -IT— ROOFTOP UNIT SCyf6_L 11111 MARK SUITE 401 RTU-1 SUITE 403 RTU-2 ¢ I - MAX SUPPLY CFM 3000 3000 a o OUTSIDE AIR CFM - - z lA_ EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (IN W.C.) APPROX. 3/4" 3/4" W 0 o SUPPLY FAN QUANTITY/HORSPOWER 1/2.0 1/2.0 z_ RETURN FAN QUANTITY/HORSPOWER - - Q TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) (APPROX. 0 80/67) 86.0 86.0 z SENSIBLE (MBH) (APPROX. 0 80/67) 62.8 62.8 o AMBIENT TEMPERATURE •F 105 105 HEATING DATA INPUT 100 100 (MBH) OUTPUT 80 80 VOLTS 208 208 PHASE 3 3 o COMPRESSOR RLA - TOTAL - (EA) 16.7 16.7 COMPRESSOR LRA - TOTAL - (EA) 100 100 J OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR FLA - TOTAL - (EA) 2.9 2.9 w MCA 28.8 28.8 MOCP (FUSE ONLY) 45 45 MANUFACTURER & MODEL No. TRANE TSC090H3 TSC090H3 LOCATION ROOF ROOF UNIT WEIGHT (LBS.) 374 374 NOTES 1-10 1-10 KEYED NOTES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. PROVIDE DUAL ENTHALPY CONTROLLED ECONOM.��., PROVIDE 2" COTTON MEDIA FILTER APPROX. 20% EFFICIENCY TO ALL RTU'S. PROVIDE HAIL GUARDS ON ALL RTU'S. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH COPPER TUBE AND ALUMINUM FAN (AL/CU). PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH POWERED EXHAUST. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH CONDENSATE OVERFLOW KILL SWITCHES. PROVIDE 14" FACTORY INSULATED ROOF CURB. OUTDOOR AIR FLOW RATE TO BE DETERMINED BY TENANT ENGINEER AND SET BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT AND UN -POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. PROVIDE THERMOSTAT WITH CONTROL WIRE TO ALL RTU'S. UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE MARK UH-1 LOCATION FIRE RISER CFM 350 AMPS - HEATING DATA INPUT OUTPUT 2.2 KW VOLTS 208 PHASE 1 MANUFACTURER Q-MARK MODEL No. MUH 03-21 NOTES 1,2,3 NOTES: 1. MOUNTING UNIT HEATERS AT 12' A.F.F. 2. PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE. 3. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. RUBBER NEOP. PAD 2x4 NAILER -� FLASHING -� ROOF CURB -� CANT. B.U. ROOF -� ROOF DECK RIGID INSULATION ROOF TOP UNIT ROOFTOP A/C UNIT MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: NONE GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE ARRANGED IN A NEAT, WELL ORGANIZED MANNER. ALL WORK SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE PRIMARY LINES OF THE BUILDING. LOCATE ALL OPERATING AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT PROPERLY TO PROVIDE CODE AND/OR MANUFACTURERS CLEARANCES. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES, THE LATTER SHALL GOVERN. 3. GC SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER CEILING DEVICES ARE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES AND IN BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. 4. ALL DUCT SIZES ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 5. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ALL -THREAD ROD, SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED AND SHALL BE PAINTED PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. 7. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS, INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE, DEVICE OR ACCESSORY REASONABLY NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEMS' FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. ELEMENTS OF THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO MATERIALS, LABOR, SUPERVISION, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, HOISTING/RIGGING, STORAGE, UTILITIES AND ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES. 8. UNIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLAN ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK SIZES AND ROUTING WITH STRUCTURE AND OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASING, CONSTRUCTING, OR INSTALLING ANY DUCTWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER/ ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. UNLESS SHOP DRAWINGS ARE SUBMITTED, CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND COST FOR ANY NECESSARY REWORK. 10. ALL BRANCH DUCTS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE DIFFUSERS RUNOUT SIZING CHART. 11. MAINTAIN ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OPENINGS MINIMUM 10'-0" FROM ALL MECHANICAL VENTS, PLUMBING VENTS, AND EXHAUST FANS. 12. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT ALL SUPPLY AIR RUNOUTS. 13. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SEALED AND SUPPORTED PER LATEST SMACNA AND ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS. 14. PROVIDE ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NEW LAMINATED IDENTIFICATION TAGS. LABEL TAGS AS SHOWN ON PLAN INCLUDING AREA SERVED. 15. ALL GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT TO BE U.L. LISTED AND A.S.A. APPROVED. 16. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 17. FLEX DUCT ALLOWED ONLY IN SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN AREAS WITH ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND ONLY IN THE LAST 6 FEET OF RUNOUTS. NO FLEX DUCTWORK ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. 18. REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR CONDENSATE ROUTING. 19. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY IMC SECTIONS 602.2.1.1 THROUGH 602.2.1.6, MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-84 OR UL-723. 20. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND FLASHINGS REQUIRED FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATING FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. 21. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NOTE THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. LOCATE ALL ITEMS BY ON-THE-JOB MEASUREMENTS. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND ACCESS TO ALL ITEMS. 22. PROVIDE FIRE AND/OR SMOKE DAMPERS IN ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 23. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE POWER FOR ALL SMOKE DAMPERS WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 24. CONSIDERATION SHALL NOT BE GRANTED FOR MISUNDERSTANDING OF THE SCOPE OR AMOUNT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. TENDER OF A PROPOSAL CONVEYS FULL CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT OF THE ITEMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED AND/OR INDICATED, SCHEDULED, OR IMPLIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE NATURE OF THIS WORK. 25. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, CABLE, ETC., INSTALLATION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, SPECIAL CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RISES AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. IF, AFTER INSTALLED, NEW DUCTWORK, PIPING CONDUIT, OR CABLE IS FOUND TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE ARCHITECTURE, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER TRADE WORK, OR WHICH IS EITHER EXISTING OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT, THE DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, OR CABLE SHALL BE RELOCATED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 26. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY HIS WORK OR HIS PERSONNEL, AND SHALL CORRECT ALL DAMAGE THUS CAUSED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL WORK AGAINST THEFT, INJURY, OR DAMAGE AND CAREFULLY STORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT RECEIVED ON SITE WHICH IS NOT IMMEDIATELY INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF WORK WITH TEMPORARY COVERS OR PLUGS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT THE ENTRY OF DUST, DIRT, AND OBSTRUCTING MATERIAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO WATER, SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, ETC. IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER. ALL RTU'S AND EXHAUST FAN ROOF CURBS TO BE INSTALLED BY LANDLORD ROOFER. 1 MECHANICAL PLAN �_O 3/16"=1'-O" It M M u1 %0 M %0 p O N z 0 ^O L CA M w oo l� C M 0 to V1 z � U 00 -t-+ it � � 0 V = V _ W Q) 4- .... 01 f6 v v N N ° Q V �_� N L =:E om'¢ N L L Of w v v •L Q) L 0 0 �LL. L N » tv 0 0 0 U V W D w LLI > a o N } w 0 O~�Wz W wfLU0 >- Cn LLJ cn w tnQ�2Oxz0Dz N= W�=< W M x F-W WzZOW Z-U' �0 0a,W0 a w H z 5 U 0 0= W W< W H W UV02��mOnT U�QWoM� ►igitally signed by James urner IN: c=US, st=Texas, I=Dail =James F. Turner ngineers, cn=James Turn mail=jturner@jfte.com late: 2022.08.15 15 :18:24 )5'00' .?4Q� F T U -''It ....... S• ..N�1 1144 Q-: NO. 73441 •: STATE OF •.FCORI I,.._- b... This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using lam: digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N N ri Sheet Name: MECHANICAL PLANS & DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: MI� • 0 Drawn By: d By: WB/DL FR ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 15000 - MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS: a. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. b. DEFINITIONS: FURNISH MEANS TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR INSTALLATION. INSTALL MEANS TO PLACE IN POSITION AND MAKE CONNECTIONS FOR SERVICE OR USE. PROVIDE MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE. 2. SCOPE OF WORK: a. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, TOOLS, ERECTION, HOISTING, AND INCIDENTALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE HEATING, VENTILATION, GREASE EXHAUST, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS. b. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. 3. RULES AND REGULATIONS: a. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED AND AMENDED BY THE GOVERNING CITY. PURCHASE ALL PERMITS ASSOCIATE WITH THE WORK. OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. b. WHERE THE STANDARDS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS AND/OR WORKMANSHIP ARE HIGHER THAN THE REQUIREMENTS CITED ABOVE, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 4. WARRANTY: a. PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PARTS AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER OWNER ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMPLETED PROJECT. PROVIDE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM DEDUCT AMOUNT ON THE PROPOSAL FORM TO DELETE WARRANTY SERVICE, AT THE OWNER'S OPTION. 5. COORDINATION: a. COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, AND WITH THE CONSTRAINTS OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT SITE. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXECUTE WORK SO THAT PROGRESS WILL HARMONIZE WITH THAT OF THE OTHER TRADES, AND SO THAT ALL WORK MAY PROCEED AS EXPEDITIOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. c. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAS BEEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IN SUCH POSITIONS AS TO SUIT AND ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, BUT THE WORK AS INDICATED IS LARGELY DIAGRAMMATIC AND THE FINAL POSITIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS CANNOT BE INDICATED. THEREFORE, THE CONTRACTOR IS DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT PLACEMENT OF WORK AND THE PROPER LOCATION AND CONNECTION OF WORK IN RELATION TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES. 6. LOCATION AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS a. VERIFY SPACES, DIMENSIONS, LOCATIONS, AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL HVAC AND RELATED WORK. b. OBTAIN NECESSARY ROUGH -IN DATA AND DIMENSIONS OF FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. c. NO EXPOSED DUCTS WILL BE PERMITTED TO SHOW ON INTERIOR OF BUILDING IN FINISHED ROOMS. WHERE THIS WOULD OCCUR, EXPOSED PORTION SHALL BE FURRED AND PLASTERED, OR CASED WHEN NOT ADJACENT TO THE WALL. d. MAINTAIN SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY. INTERFERENCES BETWEEN WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES WILL BE RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN CONSULTATION WITH THE ENGINEER. RELOCATE OR OFFSET WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. MAINTAIN CEILING HEIGHTS AND AVOID EXCESSIVE FURRING REQUIREMENTS. e. IF NOT PRECISELY LOCATED ON DRAWINGS, OBTAIN LOCATION OF FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND APPLIANCES, FROM ARCHITECT AND FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. NO DEVIATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. 7. MEASUREMENTS: a. ALL DIMENSIONS OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHICH REQUIRE VERIFICATION SHALL BE VERIFIED FROM SHOP DRAWINGS OF SUCH WORK OR FROM ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS AT BUILDING, WHICHEVER IS THE MOST ACCURATE AND PRACTICAL IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF SUCH MEASUREMENTS. PRODUCTS 1. GENERAL MATERIALS: a. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS b. BRANDS OF MATERIALS MENTIONED ARE USED AS A STANDARD AND REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED WHEN SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS. c. APPROVED EQUAL REFERS TO MATERIALS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER, ARE SIMILAR AND EQUAL IN ALL RESPECTS TO MATERIAL OR METHOD INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED. ENGINEER IS NOT REQUIRED TO PROVE THAT A SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFIED MATERIAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT IN WRITING TO ENGINEER EVIDENCE SUPPORTING HIS CONTENTION THAT SUBSTITUTED MATERIAL IS EQUAL TO MATERIAL SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED. ENGINEER RESERVES RIGHT TO REJECT MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION, THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OR SUBSTITUTIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ENGINEER IN WRITING. 2. DUCTWORK: a. DUCT DIMENSIONS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DUCT DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. b. SHEET METAL DUCTWORK: PROVIDE SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS, FOR 1" W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, SEAL CLASS "A". SHEET METAL SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OF LOCK FORMING QUALITY, ASTM-A525. ALL ANGLE IRON USED FOR SUPPORT SHALL BE GALVANIZED. CONNECTIONS TO WALLS OR FLOOR SHALL BE AIR TIGHT WITH ANGLE IRON AND CAULKING. SEAL ALL DUCT SEAMS, TRANSVERSE, AND LONGITUDINAL, AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE TURNING VANES AT ALL 90-DEGREE ELBOWS. c. ROUND SHEET METAL DUCT: PROVIDE SPIRAL SEAM (ALL SIZES) OR SNAP LOCK (DUCT SIZES UP TO 10") GALVANIZED STEEL COMPLYING WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. SPIRAL SEAM DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE SMACNA SEAM TYPE RL-1. d. FLEXIBLE DUCT. PROVIDE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CLASS 1 AIR DUCT (UL 181) WITH 1" THICK 1 PCF FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND REINFORCED OUTER PROTECTIVE COVER/VAPOR BARRIER. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL MEET NFPA 90A WITH FLAME SPREAD UNDER 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED UNDER 50, AND SHALL BE RATED FOR MINIMUM 2" W.G. PRESSURE AND 0 TO 250-DEGREE F TEMPERATURE. USE TWIST -LOCK CONICAL TAP COLLARS AT CONNECTIONS INTO SHEET METAL DUCTWORK. MAXIMUM EXTENDED LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 6 FEET. e. EXPOSED DUCTWORK: EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLEANED OF DEBRIS AND OIL, THEN WIPED DOWN WITH VINEGAR OR OTHER SURFACE PREPARING CHEMICAL TO PREPARE DUCT FOR PAINT. f. DUCT SEALANT: PROVIDE POLYMERIC RUBBER TYPE SEALANT FOR USE ON BOTH INTERIOR LOCATED DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR CONDITIONS. SEALER SHALL HAVE HIGH BONDING STRENGTH FOR SURE, FIRST TIME SEALING OF JOINTS IN LOW, MEDIUM, AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS. g. DUCT TURNING VANES: PROVIDE FABRICATED TURNING VANES AND VANE RUNNERS, CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA '11VAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS". PROVIDE TURNING VANES CONSTRUCTED OF CURVED BLADES, SUPPORTED WITH BARS PERPENDICULAR TO BLADES, AND SET INTO SIDE STRIPS SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN DUCTWORK. FOLLOW SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR SPACING SUPPORT, AND CONSTRUCTION. ALL BLADES SHALL BE DOUBLE THICKNESS AIRFOIL TYPE. 3. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: a. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS: PROVIDE UL LABELED 30 OUNCE NEOPRENE COATED FIBERGLASS FABRIC DUCT CONNECTORS. b. DUCT ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE HINGED ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE INSULATED ACCESS DOORS FOR INSULATED DUCTWORK. CONSTRUCT OF SAME OR THICKER GAUGE SHEET METAL AS DUCT IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. PROVIDE FLUSH FRAMES FOR UNINSULATED DUCTS, AND EXTENDED FRAMES FOR EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTS. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HINGE ON ONE SIDE, WITH ONE HANDLE -TYPE LATCH FOR ACCESS DOORS 12" HIGH AND SMALLER, AND TWO HANDLE -TYPE LATCHES FOR LARGER ACCESS DOORS. c. ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME AND BLADES, MINIMUM 3/8" SQUARE STEEL AXLE, MOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARINGS, WITH LOCKING POSITION REGULATOR. REGULATOR SHALL BE POSITIONED WITH SHEET METAL BRACKET BEYOND DUCT COVERING. WHERE POSITIONING REGULATOR IS NOT ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE COUPLING AND EXTENSION ROD WITH REGULATOR FOR CEILING OR WALL INSTALLATION, AS REQUIRED. d. RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL FRAME, 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, MINIMUM 1 /2" HEXAGONAL AXLE, BOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARINGS, WITH 3/8" SQUARE PLATED STEEL CONTROL SHAFT. LINKAGES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE FRAME. OPERATING SHAFT SHALL EXTEND BEYOND FRAME AND DUCT TO A LOCKING QUADRANT WITH ADJUSTABLE LEVER. MAXIMUM BLADE WIDTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 6". 4. FlRE DAMPERS/SMOKE DAMPERS: a. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS: PROVIDE CURTAIN TYPE FIRE DAMPERS, SUITABLE FOR VERTICAL OR HORITZONTAL INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED FOR THE LOCATION SHOWN. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, COMPLETELY OUT OF THE AIR STREAM. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS SHALL CONFORM TO UL STANDARD 555, WHICH INCLUDES TESTING TO CLOSE UNDER DYNAMIC AIRFLOW CONDITIONS, AND SHALL BE UL LABELED AS A DYNAMIC RATED FIRE DAMPER. DAMPERS SHALL BE 1-1/2 OR 3 HOUR RATED AS REQUIRED BY LOCATION, AND SHALL HAVE 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. b. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS: PROVIDE CEILING FIRE DAMPERS CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITION OF UL STANDARD 555C. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, WITH UL CALSSIFIED INSULATION, AND MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAMES. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. PROVIDE DIFFUSER RADIATION SHIELDS CONSTRUCTED OF REFRACTORY CERAMIC FIBER AS APPLICABLE. c. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS: PROVIDE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITION OF UL STANDARD 555S. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE GALVANIZED STEEL AIRFOIL BLADES WITH SILICONE RUBBER BLADE SEALS AND FLEXIBLE STAINLESS STEEL JAMB SEALS. FRAMES SHALL BE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. AXLES SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 /2" PLATED STEEL. PROVIDE 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE CONFIGURATION. LINKAGES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE FRAME. LEAKAGE RATING SHALL BE UL 555S CLASS 1 (4 CFM/SF AT 1.0" W.G.). PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED ACTUATOR, LOCATED OUT OF THE AIR STREAM. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE POWERED OPEN, SPRING CLOSED. d. PROVIDE APPROVED FIRE DAMPERS AT ALL LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND/OR REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE. e. FIRE DAMPERS AND FUSIBLE LINKS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS IN DUCTS AND ACCESS PANELS IN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR CEILINGS. f. FIRE DAMPERS FURNISHED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE BY MEANS OF REMOVABLE GRILLE OR DIFFUSER FACE. 5. DUCT INSULATION: a. BLANKET TYPE DUCT INSULATION: PROVIDE MINIMUM 1-1/2" THICK BLANKET TYPE FIBERGLASS INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C-553, TYPE II, WITH FACTORY APPLIED KRAFT BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL, REINFORCED WITH FIBERGLASS VAPOR BARRIER/JACKET. JACKET SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-1136, TYPE IL b. DUCT LINER: PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" THICK, 2 PCF DENSITY, NEOPRENE COATED, LONG TEXTILE FIBER TYPE DUCT LINER, WITH COATING ON THE AIR STREAM SIDE CONFORMING TO NFPA 90A. DUCT LINER ADHESIVE SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY DUCT LINER MANUFACTURER, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C-916. DUCT LINER FASTENERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA '1-IVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS", LATEST EDITION. c. CONCEALED CONDITIONED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH BLANKET TYPE DUCT INSULATION, INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. d. CONDITIONED SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS EXPOSED TO VIEW OR WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACOUSTICAL PURPOSES SHALL BE LINED WITH DUCT LINER. INSTALL DUCT LINER IN ACCORDANCE WITH LINER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 6. CONTROL SYSTEMS: a. PROVIDE COMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEMS, INCLUDING ALL INSTRUMENTS, CONTROLS, THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, LOW VOLTAGE WIRING, TRANSFORMERS, AND ALL NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. EXECUTION 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: a. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE PROPER BALANCE AND OPERATION. PERFORM TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEBB OR AABC AND ASHRAE STANDARDS. ELIMINATE NOISE AND VIBRATION, AND ENSURE PROPER FUNCTION OF CONTROLS. SUBMIT COMPLETED CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT NEBB OR AABC CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR. BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS TO WITHIN 5% OF AIR FLOWS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO HVAC INSTALLER FOR CORRECTION. MARK FINAL BALANCE POSITIONS ON DAMPERS WITH PERMANENT MARKER. FINAL STORE BALANCE SHALL BE POSITIVE WITH RESPECT TO OUTDOORS. 2. VIBRATION AND NOISE a. ELIMINATE VIBRATION AND NOISE FROM THE OPERATION OF FANS, MOTORS, AND EQUIPMENT TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY WILL NOT BE HEARD OUTSIDE OF THE ROOM IN WHICH INSTALLED. ADJUSTMENTS AND CHANGES TO PRODUCE SATISFACTORY QUIETNESS TO BE MADE WITHOUT EXPENSE TO OWNER. 3. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a. PROVIDE COMPLETE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON PROJECT. INCLUDE INDEX OF EQUIPMENT, DIRECTORY INCLUDING SUPPLIER TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS. MANUALS SHALL BE FURNISHED IN T-RING" BINDERS, CLEARLY LABELED "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR CHECK CASHIERS". PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF EACH MANUAL. PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS BY QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CLEANING: a. MACHINERY AND APPARATUS. THOROUGHLY CLEAN CEMENT AND PLASTER AND OTHER MATERIALS. REMOVE GREASE AND OIL SPOTS WITH CLEANING SOLVENT. CAREFULLY WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. b. EXPOSED METAL WORK: CAREFULLY CLEAN WITH STEEL BRUSH, REMOVING ALL RUST AND SOILED SPOTS, AND PROVIDE TOUCH-UP PAINT AS REQUIRED. c. FINAL CLEANING: REMOVE ALL SCRAPS AND INSTALLATION -RELATED DEBRIS FROM AREA. LEAVE EN11RE INSTALLATION AREA IN A NEAT, CLEAN, AND READY -TO -USE CONDITION. Prior to final inspection, Mechanical Contractor to provide Engineer (as a submittal sent through the Architect/Builder) a signed letter on company letterhead stating that any/all applicable items/systems listed in 2018 IECC section C408.2 (and all subheadings) have been tested and comply with the code. For reference: C408.1.1 Building operations and maintenance information. The buildings operations and maintenance documents shall be provided to the owner and shall consist of manufacturer's information, specifications, and recommendations, programming procedures and data points, narratives, and other means of illustrating to the owner how the building equipment and systems are intended to be installed, maintained and operated. Required regular maintenance actions for equipment and systems shall be clearly stated on a readily accessible label. The label shall include the title or publication number for the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product. C408.2 Mechanical systems and service water -heating systems commissioning and completion requirements. Prior to the final mechanical and plumbing inspections, the licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency shall provide evidence of mechanical systems commissioning and completion in accordance with the provisions of this section. Construction document notes shall clearly indicate provisions for commissioning and completion requirements in accordance with this section and are permitted to refer to specifications for further requirements. Copies of all documentation shall be given to the owner or owner's authorized agent and made available to the code official upon request in accordance with Sections C408.2.4 and C408.2.5. Exceptions: The following systems are exempt: 1. Mechanical systems and service water heater systems in buildings where the total mechanical equipment capacity is less than 480,000 Btu/h (140.7 kW) cooling capacity and 600,000 Btu/h (175.8 kW) combined service water -heating and space -heating capacity. Capacities of individual systems serving dwelling or sleeping units shall not be counted in determining the total mechanical and/or water heating systems'capacity for the whole building. 2. Systems included in Section C403.3 that serve individual dwelling units and sleeping units. C408.2.1 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan shall be developed by a licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency and shall include the following items: 1.A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including the personnel intended to accomplish each of the activities. 2.A listing of the specific equipment, appliances or systems to be tested and a description of the tests to be performed. 3.Functions to be tested including, but not limited to, calibrations and economizer controls. 4.Conditions under which the test will be performed. Testing shall affirm winter and summer design conditions and full outside air conditions. 5.Measurable criteria for performance. C408.2.2 Air distribution system testing, adjusting and balancing. Construction documents shall require that a written balance report be provided to the owner or the designated representative of the building owner for HVAC systems serving zones with a total conditioned area exceeding 5000 square feet (465 m2). Air distribution systems shall be tested, adjusted and balanced by a licensed engineer or a company or individual holding a current certification from a recognized testing and balancing agency organization in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Exceptions: 1.Buildings with cooling or heating system capacities of 15 tons or less per system may be tested and balanced by a mechanical contractor licensed to design and install such system(s). 2.Buildings with cooling or heating system capacities of 65,000 Btu/h or less per system are exempt from the requirements of this section. C408.2.2.1 Air systems balancing. Air system balancing shall be accomplished in a manner to first minimize throttling losses; then for fans with fan system power greater than 1 hp, fan speeds shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Balancing procedures shall be in accordance with the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards, the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards, or equivalent procedures. Exception: Damper throttling may be used for air system balancing with fan motors of 1 hp or less, or if throttling results in no greater than 1/3 hp fan horsepower draw above that required if the fan speed were adjusted. Notes: 1.Building envelope pressurization should be either neutral or positive to prevent infiltration of excess latent load. 2.Commercial kitchen hood exhaust cfm should be sized to prevent depressurization. Discharge dampers are prohibited on constant volume fans and variable volume fans with motors 10 hp (7.5 kW) and larger. C408.2.2.2 Hydronic systems balancing. Individual hydronic heating and cooling coils shall be equipped with means for balancing and measuring flow. Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Each hydronic system shall have either the capability to measure pressure across the pump, or test ports at each side of each pump. Exceptions: The following equipment is not required to be equipped with a means for balancing or measuring flow: 1.Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less. 2.Where throttling results in no greater than 5 percent of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed. C408.2.3 Functional performance testing. Functional performance testing specified in Sections C408.2.3.1 through C408.2.3.3 shall be conducted. C408.2.3.1 Equipment. Equipment functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system -to -system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved plans and specifications such that operation, function, and maintenance serviceability for each of the commissioned systems is confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full -load, part -load and the following emergency conditions: 1.AII modes as described in the sequence of operation. 2.Redundant or automatic back-up mode. 3.Performance of alarms. 4.Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power. Exception: Unitary or packaged HVAC equipment listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3) that do not require supply air economizers. C408.2.3.2 Controls. HVAC and service water -heating control systems shall be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance. with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to document they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. C408.2.3.3 Economizers. Air economizers shall undergo a functional test to determine that they operate in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report. A preliminary report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and certified by the licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency and provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical and service hot water findings in separate sections to allow independent review. The report shall be identified as "Preliminary Commissioning Report"and shall identify: 1.Itemization of deficiencies found during testing required by this section that have not been corrected at the time of report preparation. 2.Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation because of climatic conditions. 3.Climatic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests. C408.2.4.1 Acceptance of report. Buildings, or portions thereof, shall not be considered acceptable for a final inspection pursuant to Section C104.3 until the code official has received a letter of transmittal from the building owner acknowledging that the building owner or owner's authorized agent has received the Preliminary Commissioning Report. C408.2.4.2 Copy of report. The code official shall be permitted to require that a copy of the Preliminary Commissioning Report be made available for review by the code official. C408.2.5 Documentation requirements. The construction documents shall specify that the documents described in this section be provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent within 90 days of the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy. C408.2.5.1 Drawings. Construction documents shall include the location and Performance data on each piece of equipment. C408.2.5.2Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided and include all of the following: 1.Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. 2.Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. 3.Name and address of at least one service agency. 4.HVAC and service hot water controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field -determined set points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, in system programming instructions. 5.A narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including recommended setpoints. C408.2.5.3 System balancing report. A written report describing the activities and measurements completed in accordance with Section C408.2.2. C408.2.5.4 Final commissioning report. A report of test procedures and results identified as 'Final Commissioning Report°shall be delivered to the building owner or owner's authorized agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical system and service hot water system findings in separate sections to allow independent review. The report shall include the following: 1.Results of functional performance tests. 2.Disposition of deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed. 3.Functional performance test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability. Exception: Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions.sed. M %0 A co %0 rq V1 %0Z p. O N 0 0- 50 &_ M w O a >✓ U 0 0 Z %0 0) V ? E F• N c -' L U ri 4 N J V a, �) N C_ o L m4 LLI o v LL LL Od o L .� V W ty V1 U = O N a o N 4 LL LL J o 0 J W Z a W H W 0. V 0 >� w W - a w W m(~jH2WZOWZ N= W W ncl_00�23: F-=-e a O OV>(1)}-H = Wz � O =Quw(nQQOwtX wwwww-W ->- W W Z o 3: v pO=WW¢Wl-W it UVOfD�r�m �01- 0U)0 .0 a w N H H )igitally signed by James Furner )N: c=US, st=Texas, =Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Furner, email=jturner@jfte.com )ate: 2022.06.0911:50:45 05'00' S F 1l v5 -"- yCENS <F'�' ' Qom. •.� F I IN 0. 73441 �j STATE OF A -- This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. r- O 'N CV N cal LL W tZ.y ti O Q W rn N (C O Z Sheet Name: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: M�290 Drawn By: Checked By. WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SEVICE ENCLOSURE / DISCONNECTING MEANS FNEUTRAL BUS _ i I GROUND BUS (CONTINUOUS COPPER) #3/0 CU TO METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE #3/0 CU TO BUILDING STEEL #3/0 CU TO ACCESSIBLE GAS MAIN* #6 CU TO LISTED GROUND ROD/ ELECTRODE #4 CU TO CONCRETE -ENCASED ELECTRODE #6 CU TO MAIN TELEPHONE BACKBOARD PROVIDE COMPLETE GROUNDING / BONDING PER NEC 250. *WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. CONNECT ON SECONDARY SIDE OF METER AT SERVICE ENTRY. BOLT COVER POLE BASE TOP OF BASE 1" LARGER THAN BOLT COVER. CHAMFER ALL CORNERS AND RUB FIN. EXPOSED CONCRETE LEVELING NUTS 3 TIES AT TOP CONCRETE PIER. REF STRUCTURAL. RIGID TO PVC ADAP 1" CONDUIT CONCRETE BASE DIRECT POURED INTO DRILLED HOLES, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 3 GROUNDING DETAIL �-, NTS 1�/111■■= I I ROUND STEEL POLE, REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE #4 COPPER GROUND. CONNECT TO POLE CONDUIT BUSHINGS, ANCHOR BOLT, RE -BARS AND GROUND ROD. _ 2#10 THHN CU. TAPS UP TO BALLAST #4 COPPER GROUND. CONNECT TO POLE CONDUIT BUSHINGS, ANCHOR BOLT, RE -BARS AND o GROUND ROD. FIN. GRADE (EARTH) 6 MIN. (2" BELOW PAVING) ASPHAL11C COATING ON GRC ANCHOR BOLTS 3/4"x 8'-0" COPPERWELD GROUND ROD II 24" MINIMUM CONFIRM DIAMETER WITH MANUFACTURER 2 POLE BASE DETAIL E-0.1 SCALE:NONE 2 METER PER POWER i 4#1 PROVIDE CONTACTOR & DIGITAL TIMECLOCK/PHOTOCELL MOUNT PHOTOCELL ON ROOF UNOBSTRUCTED FACING NORTH HOUSE PANEL, S ENTRANCE 2 (3) SETS OF 4#500,4"C ACH TO 1�V/�vv. 3P TRANSFORMER. A LOCATION WITH PO COMPANY. PR D R R COMPANY STANDARD . PROVIDE TAP CAN AS REQUIRED. r47� ONE LINE DIAGRAM 2 �01 NTS ALL EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS ARE NEW UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PERMANENTLY AFFIXED LABEL TO ALL PANELS INDICATING MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AND DATE THAT FAULT CURRENT CALCULATION WAS PERFORMED PER NEC 110.24. SIZE FEEDERS TO LIMIT MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP TO 3% 1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E-0.1 J 1 "=20'-0" UTILITY COMPANY CONTACT: DUKE ENERGY 2501 25TH ST N ST PETERSBURG, FL 33713 PHONE: 866-372-4663 PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRIC SERVICE. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY. COORDINATE EXACT TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY. PAY ALL FEES. s GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. UPSIZE FEEDERS AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO 3X 2. CIRCUIT EMERGENCY FIXTURES AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES AND TIMECLOCK. 3. MH = MOUNTING HEIGHT. 4. PROVIDE (2) 4" CONDUIT FROM TELEPHONE PEDESTAL TO UTILITY LOCATION ALONG R.O.W. CONFIRM AND COORDINATE WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. ELECTRICAL NOTES BY SYMBOL "0" OCONFIRM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNAGE WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. OREFER TO SHEET E-1.0 FOR CIRCUITING INFORMATION OF FIXTURES. OPROVIDE COMPLETE GROUNDING/BONDING SYSTEM PER NEC 250. REFER TO DETAIL 03 ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. M %0 > co %�o en en Ln \O 00.. Q N Z U O O O M en ili rn Cn w O ce C- n 00 Hqu O Q 11 O O o = Q) V � 7 V —' C N �p C N t6 » M v 4 V c_ N v cc L m 4 L O a w �v •L L 0 0 L a1 W O N � 0 t V it w w > � N O N 0 Digitally signed by Jam( Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15 :17:A -05'00' �.. . orow -. F /// ��'• NO. 73441 •i j I � / STATE OF 0 ••!`.10RIDA•g r. This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N CN N N N N W 1a 19 Sheet Name: ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E�0,0 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES: 1. MH = MOUNTING HEIGHT OF LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. CALCULATIONS TAKEN AT GROUND LEVEL. + 0.4 + 0.6 + 0.9 + 1.2 1.5 + 1.8 + 1 + 24 + .6 2.7 + 2.6 + 2.4 + + 2.1 2.1 2.5 + + 3.3 4.8 5.4 + + 3.7 2.7 + 2.7 3.8 + 5.3 4.0 + 2.8 + 1.9 + 1.5 + 1.7 + 2.1 + 2.3 + 2.0 + 1.2 + 0.7 } 0.3 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 0.1 + 0.4 + 0.6 0.9 1.2 + 1.5 + 1.9 + 2 + 5- + 2.8 2.9 + 2.8 + 2.6 + + + 2.2 2.0 2.2 + + 2.5 2.8 2.9 + + 2.4 2.1 + 2.0 + 2.2 + 2.5 2.3 + 2.0 + 1.6 + 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 + 2.0 + 1.5 .9 + 0.4 + 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.9 + 2 -2-.Z - 2 T3.0 2.9 2.8 2. 2.1 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 Ti.6 1.4 1.3 T1.3 1.3 1. 1. 1 5 1 9 1.9 1. 0.5 0,2 0.1 0.1 T0.1 1.7 2 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 + 3 + 3A 3.0 T3. 2. + - 2 + + + }11 4 + 0.6 + . 0.2 S 0.3 T0.5 0.7 1.1 1.5 1.8 T 3 +.7 25 3.1 + 2.4 + + 2.6 2.1 .9 + 2. + 3. + 5,9 + + 6.8 6.6 + 5.4 + 2.7 + 0.5 + 0.5 + + 3 + 1.6 + 2 2 + 3.0 + 3-5 4 0.9 0.5 + 0.3 + 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.3 0.5 0.8 + 1.1 + 1.5 + 1.8 + 2 .7 + 3.1 + 2.9 + 2.6 2.2 .0 + 2.3 + 4. 8.4 + + 9.5 9.4 + 7.9 + 3.4 + .8 + + + + + 1.8 + 24 3.7 + 4.4 .9 + 1.1 + 0.7 + 0.4 + 0.2 + 0.1 3.0 3.1 S1 Ll MH:12 MH:12 MH:12 MH 25 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.4 1.8 .1 .5 2.9 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.2 .0 2.3 0 1.0 14 1.8 2.5 3.6 4.2 2.8 1.0 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.1 + 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.7 .1 .4 3.0 2.8 + 3.2 6. 0 + 1.5 2.3 + 3.1 3.5 .5 + 0.9 0.4 0.3 0.2 + 0.1 + 2.8 3.0 + 1.1 1.8 .2 WE MH: 12 T0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.7 .0 .4 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.8 .4 3.8 7. 0 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.2 .3 0.8 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.3 + 0.4 0.6 0.9 + 1.2 1.6 .9 + .4 + + 2.7 2.8 2.9 + .5 2.3 2.5 4.1 7.9 0.9 1.4 1 5 1.8 2.3 .4 0.8 0.3 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.1 O � 0.2 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.4 7 + .2 .5 + Cs7--w S 2. } .4 + 2.5 4.5 9. 4WE MH:12 1. 1.5 1.8 2.3 .6 0.9 0.4 0.3 0.2 + 0.1 3.2 3.7 MH: 5 o W H:12 ECD8.71 *�.T+10.6 MH:12 0.2 + 0.3 0.5 + 0.7 1.0 1.3 .6 .9 2.4 2.3 2.1 .4 10.2 5.0 -- Z 6 1.6 1.5 1.8 2.4 + 3.6 S1 4.3 2.9 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.1 MH: 25 + + + + �. + + + + T + + + + + + + + + + 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.1 .3 .6 .9 2.1 2.0 1.7 2.1 3.3 6.0 0 7.2 5.1 4.9 5.0 7.2 .2 4.8 2. 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.4 4. .7 1.0 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.1 51B S1B + - I H--1 2.4 2 6 + 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.4 1.1 .3 i.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.6 2.3 0 I 1.8 i.6 1.7 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.5 3.1 .i 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 0.3 i- 0.4 + 0.6 + 0.8 + .9 + 1.0 + + 1.2 1.2 + 1.3 + 1.2 + + + 1.1 1.0 0.9 + } (+ 0.9 0.9 1.1 {- + 0.9 0.6 0.5 + 0�.5 + 0.7 0.9 + 0.6 + 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.9 + 1.0 + 1.3 + 1.8 + 2.1 + 1.5 0.5 + 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.1 + - 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.5 + 0.6 + .7 + 0.8 0.9 1.0 + 1.0 + 0.9 + + + 0.9 0.8 0.7 + + + 0.6 0.5 0.5 + + 0.4 0.3 + 0.3 I + q.2 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.5 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.9 + 1.1 1.4 + 1.5 + 1 1 + 0.4 + 0.1 + 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 .5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 b.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.0 i.0 0 7 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 �1TE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN 1 n-2O'_On z 2 W 0 In V1 V a .... N N V Z.r Co Co 0 L w z r/ N Lu /\ N VS.r V x t w l- v ! U W F- x Q rn en in %O CL o N Q) M 0 C pn oQ U0O O N U- L N +; V J v E .L I° u �^ N c N �+ V L m Q m m 0 0 0 t V H W m � _ N O N Q H 0 LL tl J 0 0 � Z <w-waW UO } WZa o-W 0 iI-YWOZODZ N 2 W= DIf Q ix 0 a O OU>v��F- _ X< W - W O W W aaCnf- O U 0 0= W W Q W F- W U=>=mOIZ- Un�Uwt~ rL Q� O U 0 Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner'' Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:17:05 -05'00' F .. UR!%� NO. 73441 j I � STATE OF This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be 6. verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N N T 2 of W a It 0 U- 0 W to N R1 Sheet Name: SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E�002 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MARK VOLTAGE WATTS MODEL # MANUFACTURER COMMENTS L1E 120 25 ZL1N-L48-SMR-3000LM-L/LENS-MVOL LITHONIA 4' UTILITY STRIP, SURFACE T-40K-80CR1-E10WLCP MOUNT W/ 90 MIN EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP A 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. AE 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE WITH 90 MINUTE EMERGENCY ILBLP CP15 HE SD LC EMERGENCY LED IOTA BATTERY. REF ARCH DRIVER ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. B 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. D 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. T 120 2W/FT TBD: MAX WATTAGE 124 WATTS TBA EXTERIOR TAPE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. P 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DOWNLIGHT. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. HEIGHT OF75'-. S1B 120 51 RSX1 LED P1 40K R4 DM19AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. NGHEIGHT OF. S2 120 218 RSX1 LED P3 40K R5 DM28AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 25'-0". S2B 120 102 RSX1 LED P1 40K R4 DM28AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 25'-0". W 120 34 WDGE2 LED P4 40K 80CRI VF LITHONIA WALL PACK WE 120 34 WDGE2 LED P4 40K 80CRI VF E20WC LITHONIA WALL PACK WITH 90 MINUTE ZE 120 11 AFF-PEL-DWHGXD-UVOLT-LTP-SRDRT- LITHONIA EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT WT 1) NOT ALL TYPES ARE NECESSARILY USED. 2) CONFIRM ALL FINISHES AND FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PURCHASE. PROVIDE GUTTER 6"x6"x12" 4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD TELE/CABLE PEDESTAL TELE/CABLE PEDESTAL. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. EXTEND (2) 4" WITH PULLSTRING TO TELEPHONE ROW, CONFIRM LOCAITON WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY 2 TELEPHONE PEDESTAL E-1.0 J NTS 1 \ ELECTRICAL PLAN E-1.0 / 3/16"=1'-O" s ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION +19- WALL SWITCH S.P.S.T. MNTD. 48" AFF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERTOP QUAD RECEPTACLE O FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX OUTLET WITH COVER ® SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE DISTRIBUTION PANEL LOCATION C:;-md LIGHTING/POWER PANEL LOCATION a TAMPER SWITCH FS FLOW SWITCH ® FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FT-Cl 11MECLOCK v DATA PHONE OUTLET 2x4 BOX W 3 4 CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH PULL STRING) [31 DISCONNECT SWITCH; NEMA 3R IF SHOWN OUTDOORS FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH; NEMA 3R IF SHOWN OUTDOORS OJ JUNCTION BOX Q SMOKE DETECTOR ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERES AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR- DESIGNATES MOUNTING HEIGHT V VOLTS W WATTS W WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANCE GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER C CONDUIT G, GND GROUND NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED. GENERAL NOTES: 1. HEIGHT OF ALL SWITCHES, PULLS, AND CONTROLS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE PER A.D.A., MAXIMUM 48" AFF TO TOP. 2. ALL SINGLE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 50 AMPERES OR LESS AND THREE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 100 AMPERES OR LESS INSTALLED IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS; BATHROOMS, KITCHENS, ROOFTOPS, OUTDOORS, AND WITHIN 6 FEET OF SINKS SHALL HAVE GROUND -FAULT CIRCUIT -INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL PER NEC 210.8(B). GFCI PROTECTION SHALL BE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION, NOT BEHIND EQUIPMENT, EITHER AT RECEPTACLE, AT CIRCUIT BREAKER OR WITH SELF TEST BLANK FACE GFCI OUTLET. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 4. PROVIDE LABELED END TO END PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. 5. CIRCUIT ALL EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT ALL EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY FIXTURES, AND UNSWITCHED NIGHT LIGHTS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES AND TIMECLOCK. 6. ALL WIRING RUNNING THROUGH EACH EXPOSED CEILING SPACE SHALL BE ENCASED IN RIGID CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO THE DECK, AND BE EITHER PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE MAIN ENTRY STOREFRONT. THERE SHALL BE NO DIAGONAL RUNS AND ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES. 7. PROVIDE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES REQUIRED BY NFPA 72 & AHJ WHETHER SHOWN ON PLAN OR NOT. 8. PROVIDE COMPLETE TELEPHONE SERVICE COORDINATE WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. REFER TO 2/E1.0 FOR TELEPHONE PEDESTAL DETAIL 9. PROVIDE FUSES WITH A LET -THROUGH CURRENT OF NOT GREATER THAN 5 KAIC FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. PROVIDE STARTERS AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL NOTES BY SYMBOL "0 to 1 OPROMBE (1) " RIGID GGNBUFF W1:HI PULL STRING TO AFOR TENANT TO GONNEGT TO ALARM SYSTEM. 2 (1) 2" CONDUIT WITH PU G OR TURE OPROVIDE TENANT TELEPHONE AND CABLE-ll SUITE 402'S NANT SPACE. CAP AND TAG EACH END. NFIRM FINAL CATION WITH OWNER. r < NOT USED. OPROVIDE WP JUNCTION BOX, WP DISCONNECT SWITCH, 120V CIRCUIT, AND SIGN BLOCKING FOR CONNECTION OF TENANT'S SIGNAGE. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN SUPPLIER. OCONFIRM UH-1 DISCONNECT LOCATION IN FIELD. 2 OPROVIDE (1) 2" CONDUIT WITH PUL G OR RE TENANT TELEPHONE AND CABLE IN 0 SUITE 401'S TE ANT SPACE. CAP AND TAG EACH END. M FI L ATION WITH OWNER. PROVIDE (1) 1" RIG9A6LM LL STRING TO A O LOCATION SHOWN NT FOR TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSERIALS AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT TO COYSTEM. 2 OPROVIDE (1) 1" RIGID UI tI ULI STRING TO A LOCATION SHOWN B SUITE 402'S TE NT FOR TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ROVIDE L M RIALS AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT TO CONNECT SYSTEM. 10 RTUS ARE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT AND UN -POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 11 PROVIDE CONDUITS AND FEEDERS FOR TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE, REFER TO ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON 4/E-0.1 FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE. ROUTE CONDUIT OUT REAR OF SERVICE QEQUIPMENT, UP WALL INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OF 1 TENANT SPACE TO LOCATION SHOWN. 12 PROVIDE FACP ONLY AS REQUIRED BY CODE. M to >_ 00 %o It M � M M %D M 0Cv Z O� O s M W 0 a c Co z 0v v � o V oo V W !_ ', r C « Vf V :t N cr H L m d o W o to z _o .2 -2 LL. LL. � L N "a � 0 0 S..■ L V V w V1 U '2 F � N o a N d LL J } O O ~ .< w Z ¢wFwaa..00 >-WwzM00WW M U- T W OO Z O D Z � a- 0 Ix oof �0OfwZWWO j0�a= z � 9 =qw zwOwjr 2,3f2¢§~oP�- a X0UwU�WO It EL Y � � (� w~ Z w d 0 W O M 2 w m b= V-��M}OI- U�owo� Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:16:40-05'00' �` t T-�� ir :...... .. i �`:�. •'�,yCENSF� III NO. 73441 •': P, STATE OF This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PI on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. C" w a W O w a w C0 a) M 0 0 z Sheet Name: ELECTRICAL PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E-100 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS - - - - ---- r c i , I I 1 11 1 1 1 � - __I � i� ��11 1 ..:r i.i 13..j 11�1 A ud.;,. 4,.aoi u,.v:a .:o. Al 'I II 111 s il a :. i ,-1 i i � ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NEW PANEL H1 100 A MCB LOCATION: EXTERIOR WALL 208Y/120; 3-PHASE /4 NARE 100 MAIN BUS MOUNT- SURFACE WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 100% NEUTRAL BUS TYPE: NEMA 3R SFRMM FNTRANf!F RATM An I.AIr 1211C Aun CDAMAIr_ aaae�� • , ' eee • , 'm��e®aa eee , . FIRE RISERCa. F ®����a OR ' �� as •• ���il CONNECTED Kva 30 DEMAND AMPS CONNECTED 30 LOAD CALCULATIONS LIGHTING 2.8 2.8 100% 7.6 PER NEC 220.42 2.0 TOTAL kVA (4A) = 16.9 AMPS RECEPTACLE 0.4 0.4 100% 1.0 PER NEC 220.44 1.3 TOTAL kVA (OB) = 10.9 AMPS MOTOR 0.0 0.0 N/A 0.0 2.5 TOTAL kVA (OC) = 20.7 AMPS OTHER 2.7 2.7 100% 7.5 PER NEC 220.51 - 220.60 16.1 TOTAL CONNECTED 30 AMPS SPARE 0.0 0.0 N/A 0.0 8.6 NEUTRAL AMPS TOTAL 5.8 5.8 16.1 53% IMBALANCE FEEDER AMPACITY ADJUSTMENTS LIGHT AMPS 1.9 MOTOR AMPS 0.0 18 MINIMUM FEEDER AMPS REMARKS: (PC) - PHOTOCELL ON/OFF. (PC/TC) - PHOTOCELL ON. TIMECLOCK OFF. M tD 00 �D N in � CL O 0 p O M M W p ad d m i= z V 00 4 O d LL C W o V V _ Q � C =' L C m av .i.r V1 V L Ca Q L, O W v F ? L L O _O L N M N 'a (LiO O L s U V j W tu N a O N Q 0 LL �LL o o�<WZ ¢wPwaVO >-C/)W 00ww m U, 6 a Z O D Z otw-o1waW0 z ww aUjU)Pi,- _2 S Q w- Z W p W W ofwOfaW=W-a o wiz W5 0 o0X:W W <W -w of cf)�Q W LL Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:18:07-05'00' F ........ UR 11 <v�'.� \LENS, ���1� • N0. 73441 •: STATE OF 11.._ A7NAL.��•. This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N !N N w n. Of O w p w p N f0 p 6 Z Sheet Name: PANEL SCHEDULES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E�2,00 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION PLUMBING SYSTEMS PIPING SPECIFICATIONS: GENERAL 1. PRINCIPAL ITEMS OF WORK INCLUDED: a. SANITARY SEWER. b. INDIRECT WASTE PIPING. c. HOT AND COLD DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. d. BACKFLOW PREVENTER. e. VALVES AND ACCESSORIES. f. FUEL GAS SYSTEM. g. ROOF AND OVERFLOW DRAINS, ROOF LEADERS, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING. h. UTILITY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS i. POTABLE WATER SYSTEM DISINFECTION. j. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND WATER HEATER(S) PER DRAWINGS. k. GAS WATER HEATER VENTS (AS APPLICABLE). 2. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: a. TRENCHING AND BACKFILL: SECTION EARTHWORK. b. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. c. PAINTING: SECTION PAINTING 3. REQUIREMENTS: a. CODES: i. INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE (IPC) OR UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) WHERE APPLICABLE ii. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) iii. INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (IFGC) iv. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) v. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) vi. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) - LEAD-FREE FINAL RULE vii. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) viii. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) ix.APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES x. APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES xi.CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, TITLE 24 (WHERE REQUIRED) b. STANDARDS: L AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI): 1. Z21.22 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR RELIEF VALVES AND AUTOMATIC GAS SHUTOFF DEVICES FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS 2. Z223.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR MINIMUM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF FUEL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS IN HOMES AND OTHER BUILDINGS ii. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) 1. 1316.1 GRAY IRON PIPE FLANGES AND FLANGED FITTINGS. 2. B16.3 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS. 3. B16.4 GRAY IRON THREADED FITTINGS. 4. B16.18 CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 5. B16.22 WROUGHT COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 6. B16.23 CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 7. B16.26 CAST COPPER ALLOY FITTINGS FOR FLARED COPPER TUBES. 8. B16.29 WROUGHT COPPER AND WROUGHT COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT DRAINING FITTINGS-DWV. 9. B16.51 COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY PRESS -CONNECT PRESSURE FITTINGS 10. B31.2 FUEL GAS PIPING. 11. B31.9 BUILDING SERVICES PIPING. iii. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 1. B32 SOLDER METAL. 2. B88 SEAMLESS COPPER WATER TUBE. 3. D1785 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPE, SCHEDULES 40, 80, AND 120. 4. D2466 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPE FITTINGS, SCHEDULE 40. 5. D2564 SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS. 6. D2661 ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (ABS) SCHEDULE 40 PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS. 7. D2665 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS. 8. F876 CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) TUBING. 9. F877 CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) PLASTIC HOT AND COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 10. F1970 SPECIAL ENGINEERED FITTINGS, APPURTENANCES OR VALVES FOR USE IN POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) OR CHLORINATED POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (CPVC) SYSTEMS c. SUBMITTALS: I. ELECTRONIC (PDF) MATERIALS LIST, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND DATA SHEETS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR REVIEW. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE, AND FAVORABLE REVIEW SECURED BEFORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. SUBMIT CATALOG DATA SHEETS FOR: 1. VALVES AND ACCESSORIES. 2. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. 3. CLEAN OUTS. 4. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS. 5. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. 6. FLOOR SINKS AND FLOOR DRAINS. 7. WATER HEATER AND ACCESSORIES. 8. PLUMBING FIXTURES. 9. BACK FLOW PREVENTER. PRODUCTS 1. MATERIALS: FOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS SEE 'MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS" LATER IN THESE NOTES. a. CAST IRON PIPING SYSTEMS L SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS: ASTM A74. b. COPPER PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS: i. PIPING. TYPES 'K' AND 'L' COPPER PER ASTM B88. ii. FITTINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS PER ASME B16.18 OR WROUGHT COPPER PER ANSI 816.22. M.FLANGES: CLASS 150 POUND BRONZE: NIBCO, CHASE, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. iv. UNIONS: SOLDER -END COPPER ALLOY: NiBCO, CHASE, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. v. WATER VALVES: 1. BALL, 2-INCH AND SMALLER: 125 PSI WSP BRASS, SWEAT JOINTS: WATTS #WRVS OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. 2. CHECK VALVES: 150 PSI WSP, BRONZE BODY, SWEAT OR THREADED JOINTS: WATTS #CV OR CVS OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. vi. AIR VALVES: BRONZE, SCREWED END, 150 SWP, CRANE #431-UB, STOCKHAM #120, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. vii. QUICK CONNECT COUPLING: 1/2-INCH SIZE BRASS CONSTRUCTION, PARKER HANNFIN, AMFLO, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. c. PVC PIPING SYSTEMS: i. PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 PVC PER ASTM D1785 OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC PER ASTM 1785. ii. FITTINGS AND FLANGES: PVC SCHEDULE 80 SOCKET WELDS PER ASTM D2466. iii. WATER VALVES: BALL VALVES PER ASTM F1970. d. PEX PIPING SYSTEMS: L TUBING: ASTM F876 ii. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: ASTM F877 e. BLACK STEEL PIPING SYSTEMS: L GAS PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PER ASTM A53. ii. FITTINGS: BLACK STEEL THREADED COUPLINGS UP TO 4" PER ASTM A865/A865M. iii. VALVES: PER ASTM A694/A694M. f. JOINTS IN PIPING: i. COPPER: SOLDER -JOINT OR PRESS FITTINGS. ii. PLASTIC: SOCKET WELD AND FUSION WELD. M.CAST IRON: COMPRESSION, OR NO -HUB JOINT. 2. FIXTURES: SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON PLANS. 3. EQUIPMENT: a. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: i. SPLIT RING TYPE, GALVANIZED: ANVIL, SUPERSTRUT, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. ii. TRAPEZE TYPE, GALVANIZED: UNISTRUT, KINDORF, OR APPROVE ALTERNATIVE. iii. BOLTED STEEL CLAMPS, GALVANIZED: GRINNELL, SUPERSTRUT, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. iv.VERTICAL STRUT TYPE: UNISTRUT, KINDORF, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. b. PIPING ISOLATORS: METAL -CLAD FELT TYPE SPECIFICALLY MADE FOR ISOLATING PIPE FROM HANGER: SEMCO TRISOLATORS, SUPERSTRUT TYPE C715 ISOLATOR, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. c. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: JR SMITH HYDROTROL, ZURN SHOCKTROL, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. d.BACKFLOW PREVENTER: REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE, BRONZE CONSTRUCTION, THREE-YEAR APPROVAL BY THE FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL RESEARCH, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA: FEBCO MODEL 835B, WATTS LF009, BEECO FRP, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. e. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS, INSULATING UNIONS: CAPITOL, CLAYTON-MARK (PETRO), OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. FOR COLD WATER ONLY, SCHEDULE 80 PENTON, OR CPVC NIPPLES, 4-INCH LONG, MAY BE USED. 4. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: a. FLASHING FOR PIPING PROTRUDING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS OR ROOF: 16-OUNCE PER SQUARE FOOT COPPER, OR 4-POUND PER SQUARE FOOT LEAD. b. SOLDER: 95/5 (TIN ANTIMONY) PER ASTM B32. c. CAULKING LEAD: 99.7 PERCENT PURE LEAD. d. PIPE SLEEVES: STEEL, CAST IRON, OR PLASTIC. e. ESCUTCHEONS: CAST IRON, MALLEABLE IRON, PAINTED OR CHROME PLATED. f. INSULATION: FIBERGLASS, CELLULAR FOAM, PLASTIC JACKET, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: a. SUBSTITUTIONS MAY BE CONSIDERED IN LIEU OF SPECIFIED FIXTURES AS FOLLOWS: i. FLOOR INSTALLED FIXTURES AND CLEAN OUTS - J.R. SMITH, JOSAM, ZURN. ii. WATER CLOSETS, LAVATORIES, URINALS - KOHLER, AMERICAN STANDARD, CANE. M_.R00F DRAINS: J.R. SMITH, JOSAM, ZURN. iv. WATER HEATER - STATE, A.O. SMITH, RHEEM, LOCHINVAR. THESE AND OTHER EQUIVALENT ALTERNATIVES SHALL BE PRESENTED TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR CONSIDERATION PER THE 'SUBMITTALS' SECTION. EXECUTION: 1. INSTALLATION - GENERAL: a. PIPING SHALL INCLUDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS AND VALVES: CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPING UTILITIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. b. CONCEAL ALL INTERIOR PIPING IN WALLS OR ABOVE CEILINGS, EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN TO BE EXPOSED. c. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF ALL PIPES. & PROVIDE REDUCING FITTINGS FOR ALL CHANGES IN PIPE SIZE - DO NOT USE BUSHINGS. e. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS AND WHERE REQUIRED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. f. PROVIDE FITTINGS FOR ALL CHANGES IN PIPE DIRECTION. g. CONTAMINATION PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT CROSS -CONNECT OR INTERCONNECT BETWEEN POTABLE WATER PIPING AND DRAIN, SOIL, OR WASTE PIPING. 2. INSTALLATION - SYSTEMS: a. WATER PIPING: i. PEX OR COPPER TYPE 'L". ii. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVES AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. iii. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WHERE REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM DRAINAGE. iv.PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SIZED AND LOCATED PER TABLE V, WH-201 OR AS SHOWN. v. PROVIDE BACK FLOW PREVENTER WHERE SHOWN. b. SANITARY PIPING: L PVC OR CAST IRON. ii. GRADING: SLOPE HORIZONTAL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING 1/4-INCH PER FOOT WHERE POSSIBLE, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN 1/8-INCH PER FOOT. 3. INSTALLATION - TESTING: ALL HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AS INDICATED BELOW OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. NO PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COVERED UP OR BURIED UNTIL SUCCESSFULLY TESTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTOR. a. WATER PIPING: UPON COMPLETION OF A SECTION, OR OF THE ENTIRE HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM, IT SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED WATERTIGHT UNDER A WATER PRESSURE NOT LESS THAN THE WORKING PRESSURE UNDER WHICH IT IS TO BE USED, OR EIGHTY (80) PSIG, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER (VERIFY WITH THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY). THE WATER USED FOR TESTING SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM A POTABLE SOURCE OF SUPPLY. THE PIPING UNDER TEST SHALL WITHSTAND THE TEST WITHOUT LEAKING FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES. ANY SECTION OF PIPING FAILING THE TEST SHALL BE REPAIRED AND RETESTED, AS INDICATED ABOVE UNTIL SUCCESSFUL, HOLDING THE APPLIED PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST THE SPECIFIED TIME PERIOD. b. DRAINAGE PIPING: UPON COMPLETION OF A SECTION, OR OF THE EN11RE DRAINAGE AND VENTING SYSTEMS, THEY SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED WATERTIGHT UNDER A WATER PRESSURE NOT LESS THAN A TEN (10) FOOT HEAD. IF THE SYSTEM IS TESTED IN SECTIONS, EACH OPENING SHALL BE TIGHTLY PLUGGED EXCEPT AT THE HIGHEST OPENING OF THE SECTION UNDER TEST, AND EACH SECTION SHALL BE FILLED WITH WATER TO A TEN (10) FOOT HEAD. IN TESTING SUCCESSIVE SECTIONS AT LEAST THE UPPER TEN (10) FEET OF THE NEXT PROCEEDING SECTION SHALL BE TESTED, SO THAT NO JOINT OR PIPE IN THE BUILDING SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED TO LESS THAN TEN (10) FOOT HEAD OF WATER. THE WATER SHALL BE KEPT IN THE SYSTEM, OR IN THE SECTION UNDER TEST, FOR AT LEAST THIRTY (30) MINUTES AND MAINTAIN THE APPLIED PRESSURE WITHOUT LEAKING. ANY SECTION OF THE DRAINAGE OR VENT PIPING FAILING THE TEST SHALL BE REPAIRED AND RETESTED AS INDICATED ABOVE UNTIL SUCCESSFULLY HOLDING THE APPLIED PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST THE SPECIFIED TIME PERIOD. 4. GUARANTEE: a. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. THE GUARANTEE PERIOD FOR CERTAIN ITEMS SHALL BE LONGER, AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THOSE ITEMS. b. SHOULD ANY MALFUNCTION DEVELOP DURING THE GUARANTEE TIME PERIOD DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, OR DIRECTIONS OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR INSPECTOR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS TO CORRECT THE MALFUNCTION WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGES. 5. CLEANING: a. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL WASTE GENERATED BY THE PLUMBING WORKS ON A DAILY BASIS, AND KEEP THE JOB SITE CLEAR AND SAFE FROM ANY DEBRIS AND/OR ITEMS THAT FALL UNDER HIS RESPONSIBILITY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE PLUMBING WORKS SHALL BE CLEANED INCLUDING PLUMBING FIXTURES, WASTE LINES, WATER HEATERS, AND ANY OTHER PLUMBING DEVICES. THIS SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL OCCUR BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. ALL DEBRIS AND WASTE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE MANNER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE AUTHORITIES. 6. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION: a. SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT SYSTEMS: SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC OR CAST IRON. BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT PIPE TO BE INSTALLED COMPLIES WITH LOCAL CODES AND WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL BUILDING INSPECTORS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS FOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY UNACCEPTABLE PIPE. WHERE PVC IS UNACCEPTABLE, SOIL AND WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB AND INCLUDING YARD PIPING SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS (NO HUB). THE COUPLINGS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL SHIELDS AND CLAMP WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH CAST IRON DRAINAGE PATTERN SCREW FITTINGS. b. WATER PIPING ABOVE AND BELOW SLAB: TYPE 'Y" OR 'L", HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER OR APPROVED 'LEAD -LESS" JOINT FITTINGS OR PEX TUBING. c. WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE BUILDING: SCHEDULE 40 PVC, IF PVC IS UNACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR IF SOIL IS CONTAMINATED USE TYPE 'Y", HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER OR APPROVED 'LEAD -LESS" JOINT FITTINGS. WHERE STREET PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH RELIEF VALVE. NO JOINTS WILL BE ALLOWED UNDER BUILDING SLAB. d. INDIRECT & CONDENSATE DRAINS: COPPER, TYPE 'M" WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER JOINT FITTINGS. NO JOINTS WILL BE ALLOWED UNDER BUILDING SLAB. e. INSULATION: ALL COLD WATER LINES WITHIN THE BUILDING (IN AREAS WITH HIGH OUTDOOR HUMIDITY AND/OR TEMPERATURE OR LOW OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE ONLY) SHALL BE INSULATED WITH "PPG" INDUSTRIES, CERTAIN TEED SAINT GOBAIN SNAP -ON OR JOHN MANSINSULATION. ALL HOT WATER LINES WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 'PPG" INDUSTRIES, CERTAIN TEED SAINT GOBAIN SNAP -ON OR JOHN MANSVILLE MICRO-LOC, EXCEPT IN THE CEILING SPACE WHICH SHALL BE JOHN MANSVILLE AEROTUBE FOAM PLASTIC PIPE INSULATION. HOT AND COLD WATER INSULATION SHALL BE 1" THICK OR PER LOCAL CODES. EXPOSED HOT AND COLD WATER PIPES, AND TRAPS BELOW RESTROOM LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 'TRUEBRO' INSULATION KIT, SEE PLUMBING SCHEDULE. ALL HVAC CONDENSATE DRAINS INCLUDING WASTE LINES FROM EVAPORATIVE COOLERS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2- THICK JOHN MANSVILLE AEROTUBE FOAM PLASTIC PIPE INSULATION. f. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: ALL STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION BELLOWS -TYPE, PDI APPROVED AND CERTIFIED SIZING AND PLACEMENT CONFORMING TO PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD PDI-WH 201 LATEST EDITION AND AS MANUFACTURED BY J.R. SMITH, ZURN, OR PFF, INC. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION FS-1 FLOOR SINK SHALL BE JOSAM MODEL #49300. MOUNT FLUSH WITH FLOOR. PROVIDE WITH TRAP GUARD AND HALF GRATE. WCO WALL CLEANOUTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS COVER WITH BRONZE RAISED HEX HEAD PLUG, SIMILAR TO ZURNMODEL Z1468. GT-1 PARK ENVIRONMENTAL GT-1000. 1,000 GALLON PRECAST CONCRETE GREASE INTERCEPTOR. PROVIDE VENTING AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. SWB-1 PARK ENVIRONMENTAL SWB-184. PRECAST CONCRETE SAMPLE WELL. NFWH-1 WOODFORD B-65 ANTI -SIPHON FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT WITH LOCKING COVER. GI.E.=96'10" 4 GREASE WASTE 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE I.E.=96'10" 4" SANITARY SEWER 4" 11 I.E. = 96' 5"- 4" GREASE SWASTE- 16 Ir 11 a r i DCO-4- VENT BELOW GRADE 4n 4n O 001 4 4" VTR � 3 5 V-3" 10 I I I I 1- L- _J RTU-1 100 MBTUH SUITE 401 1,700 SF 0 CD 1" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE I.E. = 96' 8" 4" SANITARY SEWER .O O �' ----- - U T TY D40 NT • DCO _ T IVI . FS-1 BELOWGRADE O9 U) - R ---- - 3 -� -„} 3----- --- -- r` --- i n 3" �4n 3n O G G 2-1 / "b O O 2-1 /2" II 4" VTR 3/ 4" II I I 10 I II 1-1/4" I F.F.E. DATUM = 100 0 II I I II y I I II I I I CD I I I I coo � I 1I G II II II II II II II li II II II II II II II I ( 2\/1 3/4- SUITE 403 1,794 SF 1 PLUMBING PLAN 13 1-1/4" H + NFWH-1 G PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SANITARY WASTE PIPING ----------- SANITARY VENT PIPING FLOW DIRECTION OF PIPING • COLD WATER PIPING • • HOT WATER PIPING - • • • HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING - HOSE BIB (HB) / NON -FREEZE WALL HYDRANT (NFWH) CONNECTION TO EXISTING Q FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) / GRADE CLEANOUT (GCO) ° TWO WAY OR DOUBLE CLEAN OUT (TWCO) (DCO) I� WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) GATE VALVE BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE UNION ALL SYMBOLS ON THIS LIST ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THIS JOB NEW GAS MANIFOLD LOCATION DELIVERY PRESSURE FOR ALL 2 METERS TO BE 4 OZ. SUITE 401 TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH: 125' ESTIMATED TOTAL LOAD: 1,300 MBTU SUITE 403 TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH: 75' TOTAL LOAD: 100 MBTU GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE ARRANGED IN A NEAT, WELL ORGANIZED MANNER. ALL WORK SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE PRIMARY LINES OF THE BUILDING. LOCATE ALL OPERATING AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT PROPERLY TO PROVIDE CODE AND/OR MANUFACTURERS CLEARANCES. 2. ALL CONDENSATE, INDIRECT WASTE, ROOF DRAINS, SANITARY SEWER, GREASE WASTE, COMBINATION WASTE/VENT PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 1/4- PER FOOT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES, THE LATTER SHALL GOVERN. 4. GC SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER CEILING DEVICES ARE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES AND IN BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. 5. ALL PIPING TO BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. 6. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS, INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE, DEVICE OR ACCESSORY REASONABLY NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEMS' FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. ELEMENTS OF THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO MATERIALS, LABOR, SUPERVISION, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, HOISTING/RIGGING, STORAGE, UTILITIES AND ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES. 7. ALL ADA FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS, ACCESSORIES FOR ADA COMPLIANCE. ALL ADA WATER CLOSETS TO HAVE TRIP LEVERS ON OPEN SIDE OF STALL. 8. EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLAN ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND OTHER EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PIPE ROUTING WITH STRUCTURE AND OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASING, CONSTRUCTING, OR INSTALLING ANY PIPING. 10. MAINTAIN ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OPENINGS MINIMUM 10'-0" FROM ALL MECHANICAL VENTS, PLUMBING VENTS, AND EXHAUST FANS. 11. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE BRANCH IN ADDITION TO SHUT OFF VALVES AT FIXTURES FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPLACEMENT OF EACH FIXTURE. 12. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SEALED AND SUPPORTED PER SPECIFICATIONS. 13. PROVIDE ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH NEW LAMINATED IDENTIFICATION TAGS. LABEL TAGS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 14. ALL GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT TO BE U.L. LISTED AND A.S.A. APPROVED. 15. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 16. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY IMC SECTIONS 602.2.1.1 THROUGH 602.2.1.6, MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-84 OR UL-723. 17. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND FLASHINGS REQUIRED FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATING FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE TIGHTLY SEALED TO MINIMIZE ENTRY OF RODENTS AND INSECTS. 18. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NOTE THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. LOCATE ALL ITEMS BY ON-THE-JOB MEASUREMENTS. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND ACCESS TO ALL ITEMS. 19. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE POWER FOR ALL RECIRCULATION OR CONDENSATE PUMPS, TIME CLOCKS AND HEAT TRACE WIRING WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 20. CONSIDERATION SHALL NOT BE GRANTED FOR MISUNDERSTANDING OF THE SCOPE OR AMOUNT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. TENDER OF A PROPOSAL CONVEYS FULL CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT OF THE ITEMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED AND/OR INDICATED, SCHEDULED, OR IMPLIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE NATURE OF THIS WORK. 21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, CABLE, ETC., INSTALLATION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, SPECIAL CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RISES AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. IF, AFTER INSTALLED, NEW DUCTWORK, PIPING CONDUIT, OR CABLE IS FOUND TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE ARCHITECTURE, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER TRADE WORK, OR WHICH IS EITHER EXISTING OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT, THE DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, OR CABLE SHALL BE RELOCATED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY HIS WORK OR HIS PERSONNEL, AND SHALL CORRECT ALL DAMAGE THUS CAUSED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL WORK AGAINST THEFT, INJURY, OR DAMAGE AND CAREFULLY STORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT RECEIVED ON SITE WHICH IS NOT IMMEDIATELY INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF WORK WITH TEMPORARY COVERS OR PLUGS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT THE ENTRY OF OUST, DIRT, AND OBSTRUCTING MATERIAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO WATER, SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, ETC. IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER. KEY NOTES BY SYMBOL "Q" 01 REFERENCE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. 0 STUB 4" SANITARY SEWER INTO SPACE. ENSURE ELEVATION IS LOW ENOUGH TO SLOPE ALL PIPING AT 1/4- FROM FARTHEST FIXTURE TO CONNECTION POINT. LABEL STUB UP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. PROVIDE PLUGGED 'Y CONNECTION BELOW SLAB. �3 STUB 4" GREASE WASTE INTO SPACE. ENSURE ELEVATION IS LOW ENOUGH TO SLOPE ALL PIPING AT 1/4" FROM FARTHEST FIXTURE TO CONNECTION POINT. LABEL STUB UP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. PROVIDE PLUGGED 'Y' CONNECTION BELOW SLAB. O4 ROUTE 1-1/2- WATER UP IN WALL TO 10' 6- A.F.F. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. ENSURE WATER SERVICE CAN PROVIDE 45 GPM AT 60 PSI WITHIN THE PREMISES. OSTUB 2-1/2- LOW PRESSURE GAS LINE DOWN THRU ROOF AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. EXPECTED FUTURE LOAD: 1,200 MBTUH. OPROVIDE GAS MANIFOLD AND THREE METERS. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF MANIFOLD WITH FUTURE TENANT'S REAR DOOR LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. OROUTE 1" WATER UP IN WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. OSTUB 4- SANITARY INTO TENANT SPACE. CONNECTION TO REMAIN EXPOSED IN LEAVE OUT FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. OSCUPPER, COLLECTION BOX AND DOWNSPOUT. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 PROVIDE 4" VENT THRU ROOF (VTR). ENSURE ALL VENTS THRU ROOF ARE MINIMUM 10' FROM ALL OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES OR OPERABLE OPENINGS INTO BUILDING. PROVIDE THREE GT-1 AND THREE SWB-1, ONE FOR EACH SUITE. REFERENCE CIVIL FOR LOCATION. 12 CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DOWN THRU ROOF. GROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DOWN IN WALL TO ABOVE FLOOR SINK. TERMINATE WITH AIR GAP. 14 3/4" CW DOWN IN WALL TO NON -FREEZE WALL HYDRANT. 15 CAP 3" NEAR DECK FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. 16 (2) 4" VENTS FROM GREASE INTERCEPTOR. ROUTE UP IN WALL WITH CLEANOUTS TO BELOW DECK. z 2 W 0 cn a V M % >. CO 1O It It M N % d O N O L M N M 0� cuOo 10 0 N U_ w Q% fit' V V 41 _. W E F- �L ^' Q c �+ V L m ¢ -o a 0 0 �u- a� v v 0 s V H w 't3 m � _ N 0 N 0 LL J O �Wz ¢ w a¢ U 0 >-c�wza Op�w 0°V�WOzOLnz N-F WIn-� x Q W W= =Qw zwOw� �pIxmWUW�O awm~ ���0 00=wWQuu -w UUFx ('�'2Mm= - iigitally signed by James urner iN: c=US, st=Texas, =Dallas, o=James F. Turne ngineers, cn=James urner, mail=jturner@jfte.com late: 2022.08.15 15 :18:44 )5'00' ......00-0 ..• 0;0-0��' NO. 73441 •: X STATE OF ..cc• FLORIDR•�.,," This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N 0 N kV CV t-- w (L Ix 0 LL 0 w U) d ko 0 6 z Sheet Name: PLUMBING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: P�190 Drawn By: Checked By: 1NB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CLEANOUT (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) NOT LESS THAN 2"--, NISH FLOOR 1 INTERIOR FLOOR CLEANOUT P-2.0 NO SCALE 4" VENT OUTLET DCO :1 SANITARY OR VENT STACK FINISHED WALL CLEANOUT FITT 0 LL: t� da d' N STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE COVER PLATE. ADJ. SCREW FINISHED WALL 2 WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL P-2.0 NO SCALE WRAP LEAD FLASHING OVER TOP OF VENT 1" DO NOT BLOCK OFF VENT OPENING STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP (BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR) — GALV. METAL FLASHING CONE (BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR) - ROOF (AS SPECIFIED) ROUTE AS INDICATED d ° • e d °° d °• a —4— ----------- r— s------- —1------ -------- ----------i • i � NAMEPLATE INDICATING: —� Id 1 1 MFG: PARK EQUIP. CO. 1 i 6" PVC DOUBLE 1 °1 800-256-8041 I 1 I • I 1 °i TEE MANIFOLD MODEL: GT DATE MANUFACTURED i _� I I I I I n TO PUBLIC SANITARY SEWER Alk I I°• 1-� INLET AND OUTLET °i PIPING PROVIDED i °° ° i BY OTHERS. I I I I I I 1 lA L-------------------v, J`----------------------------- --r--j e A N d d d ° ° ° d d d ° e °ed d • e GRADE I CAST IRON FRAME & COVER (TYP-2) DCO CONCRETE EXTENSION ° ° e ° d e i g 1 ° ° e ° ° 4A • 6" VENT SLEEVE e I I d LIQUID SURFACE d a d , ea ° o ° d ° a d d e ° d. L TYPICAL APPLICATIONS INCLUDE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL FOOD SERVICE KITCHENS WHERE EXCESSIVE GREASE MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER DRAINAGE OF THE SEWER SYSTEM. THE GREASE INTERCEPTOR 1S GENERALLY BURIED BELOW GRADE FOR GRAVITY FLOW SEWER SYSTEMS. A SAMPLE WELL IS UTILIZED ON THE OUTLET SIDE FOR SAMPLING BY THE LOCAL WATER AUTHORITIY. SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE: CLASS 1 CONCRETE WITH DESIGN STRENGTH OF 4500 PSI AT 28 DAYS. UNIT IS OF MONOLITHIC CONSTRUCTION AT FLOOR, FIRST STAGE OF WALL AND BAFFLE WITH SECTIONAL RISER TO REQUIRED DEPTH. (MONOLITHIC BAFFLE REQUIRED, SLIDE -IN TYPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE) REINFORCEMENT: GRADE 60 REINFORCED WITH STEEL REBAR CONFORMING TO ASTM A615 ON REQUIRED CENTERS OR EQUAL. C.I. CASTINGS: MANHOLE FRAMES, COVERS OR GRATES ARE MANUFACTURED OF GREY CAST IRON CONFORMING TO ASTM A48-76 CLASS 30. MANHOLE SHALL BE NOMINAL 24 INCH DIAMETER AND BE TRAFFIC DUTY. ELEVATION MONOLITHIC BAFFLE d ° 6" PVC DOUBLE d TEE MANIFOLD GALVANIZED RISER SUPPORT (TYPICAL) PRECAST CONCRETE INTERCEPTOR e ° AA ° e RISE ABOVE ROOF 15" MINIMUM ROOF SYSTEM (REF. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS) —` SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWING NOT LESS THAN 2"- CLEANOUT (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) GRADE CONCRETE SLAB 36"x18"x6" 3 VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL r4DOUBLE EXTERIOR CLEANOUT �.O NO SCALE �2.O NO SCALE ENGINEERING DATA THE GREASE INTERCEPTOR IS STRUCTURALLY & HYDRAULICALLY ENGINEERED TO CONFORM TO REGIONAL PLUMBING CODES RECOMMENDED IN MOST CITIES. CONSULT WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE STRUCTURAL & BOUYANCY CALCULATIONS CERTIFIED BY A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. CONSULT WITH PARK EQUIPMENT COMPANY FOR EXACT EXCAVATION DIMENSIONS & SHIPPING INFORMATION. C EPA (�Vm EMBR CREASE INTERCEPTOR DETAIL NO SCALE VENT 4 INLET FL1 GRADE GRADE , CAST IRON CAST IRON ° FRAME AND COVER FRAME AND COVER I RISER SECTION RISER SECTION e, RCP PIPE RCP PIPE W o I PVC INTERIOR LINER D D Q 1 > -. I I ' JOINT SEALED w/ JOINT SEALED w/ e . I NONSHRINK GROUT NONSHRINK GROUT SCH 40 PVC SLEEVE (TYP) \` O OUTLET ` SEWER 00 t rt Q INLET FROM INTERCEPTOR q' �v CONCRETE BASE FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW FROM WASTE PLE WELL TO SAwTARY SEVU MODEL DIAMETER "D" IN & OUT PIPE SIZE WIDTH "W' "Aw SWB-154 15" 4"/6" 24" 11" SWB-156 15" 4"/6" 24" 9" SWB-184 18" 4"/6" 28" 11" SWB-186 18" 4"/6" 28" 9" SWB-244 24" 4"/6" 34" 11" SWB-246 24" 4"/6" 34" 9" 1� NOTES 1. SAMPUNG WELL MUST BE INSTALLED UNDER A SEPARATE PLUMBING PERMIT. !� 2. USE 15" T&G R.C.P. FOR INSTALLATION FOR INSTALLATION 6'-0" DEEP AND LESS. + 3. USE 24" T&G R.C.P. FOR INSTALLATION NEATER THAN 6'-0" DEEP. (STD RING AND M.H. COVER REQUIRED) 4. SAMPUNG WELL MUST BE SET IN A CIRCULAR OR SQUARE CONCRETE PAD ( 1'-0- GREATER THAN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE.) 5. INSIDE INSTALLATION NOT PERMITTED, WHERE OUTSIDE INSTALLATION IS POSSIBLE. 6. INSTALLATION INSIDE BLDG MUST BE POURED IN PLACE (150MIN) NO CONCRETE PIPE IS PERMITTED, (AIR -TIGHT COVER REQUIRED.) OUTLET 7. LAWN INSTALLATION MUST BE 4" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. W+ 6 & DRIVE & SIDEWALK INSTALLATION MUST BE BROUGHT TO FINISHED GRADE PLAN VIEW 9. TO BE INSTALLED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION TO CITY PERSONNEL cfl Park 2013 SPECIFICATIONS www.park-uss.com www.palrk�sa.com CONCRETE : Class 01 concrete with of design strength of I'CS 4500 PSI at 28 days. Unit is of monolithic A construction at floor and first stage of wall eS1gn r star with sectional riser to required depth. C.I. CASTINGS: Cast iron frames and grates are manufactured SAMPLE WELL BASIN of grey cast iron conforming to ASTM A48-76 SCALE NONE DWG. NO. FA Class 30, Heavy -Duty AASHTO H-20 DATE 6. 05/1 3 S WB — 2 �6 SAMPLE WELL DETAIL P-2.0 NO SCALE M %D T 00 �D en N V1 M O N Z O ^O s M M O LAC G c6 M r. W in < `�D � v CU 4-o c a) v Q� c "' E 1-- �L �• N QJ !.4 N sr c s Qi o m 4 L Of co M Q) ? 0 0 M Q� av « CU 0 0 L � v V R u; V B r > to U _ N a O N d 0 LL J O �i�Wz QcoHw�VO >- �wzn 00u3w UJ mUF=-UJ0z0 z CDF- W Z W w 0 N=wU)=Qofct_= °viz~��zc9 =Qcoco<�_0 i_ 02' W QM—OI- M lxwtrow=w a_ }�Cn— 3:C) 0 W (DM U W M 0= Cl) �QWoM� F TU11111, �,�CENSF F�' t, NO. 73441 •: j STATE OF 0 ��►1 ••F10RIDA•• This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. 0 Z Sheet Name: PLUMBING DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: Pr�2,8 Drawn By: Checked By. WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION MARKET AT ZEP11YR111LLS oks) REVIEW DATE: Y CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS BUI DING 41 OT 4 0BUILDING OFFICIAL_ 0U CI r 749),"5, Gall Blvd -� SDIZephyrhills, Florida 33541 CODES ALL WORK SHALL ������ WITHWITH�R�va�Lll��.� (PrettyPond Road & US 3 O l FLORIDAFLORBUILDING CODE, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, AND THE CITY OF ZEPHYIRHILLS ORDINANCES PERMIT SET CODE INFORMATION ' APPLICABLE CODES 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (FBC): BUILDING 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: ENERGY CONSERVATION 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: MECHANICAL 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: PLUMBING 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE: GAS 2020 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE, 7TH EDITION 2020 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION — NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA 70 2020 FLORIDA WIND MAP LIFE SAFETY INFORMATION OCCUPANCY: FBC: MERCANTILE (M) NFPA 101: NEW MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY CONSTRUCTION TYPE: FBC: TYPE II—B UNPROTECTED NFPA 101: TYPE II-000 BUILDING HEIGHT: ALLOWABLE: 3 STORIES, 75FT, (TABLE 503 & SECT. 504.2) ACTUAL: 1 STORY, 28'-0", MAX. (18'-0- TO ROOF DECK) BUILDING AREA: ALLOWABLE: 12,500 ACTUAL: 3,407 S.F., BUILDING. FIRE RESISTANCE RATING I STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0 HRS BUILDING ELEMENTS I BEARING WALLS (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR): 0 HRS (FBC TABLE 601 & 602) I NON —BEARING EXTERIOR WALLS: (NFPA 220 TABLE 4.1.1) I X < 5 1 HRS 5 </= X < 10 1 HRS 10 </= X < 30 0 HRS 30 </= X 0 HRS NON —BEARING INTERIOR WALLS: 0 HRS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 0 HRS ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 0 HRS ACTUAL: NO SHAFTS IN THIS PROJECT. INTERIOR WALL AND EXIT ENCLOSURES AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: CLASS B CEILING FINISHES: CORRIDORS: CLASS B (ASTM E 84, FBC TABLE 803.9) ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: CLASS C INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES: MINIMUM CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: CLASS II (DOC FF-1, FBC SECTION 804) CORRIDOR RATING: 0 HR (FBC TABLE 1018.1) (NFPA 101 12.3.6) VERTICAL EXIT ENCLOSURES: NO VERTICAL EXIT ENCLOSURES IN THIS PROJECT. EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 250 FT. (FBC TABLE 1016.2) (NFPA 101 12.2.6) NUMBER OF EXITS: 1-500 OCCUPANTS: 2 EXITS REQUIRED 501-1,000 OCCUPANTS: 3 EXITS REQUIRED MORE THAN 1,000 OCCUPANTS: 4 EXITS REQUIRED TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: SEE LIFE SAFETY PLAN SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE PROVIDED IN EACH SUITE [PER NFPA 13] EGRESS WIDTH: SEE LIFE SAFETY PLAN FLORIDA BUILDING PRODUCTS APPROVALS • LANDLORD ROOFING: CONFIRM WITH LANDLORD. USE SAME SYSTEM AND PRODUCT. USE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR FOR ALL PATCH/REPAIR. • ROOFING: FIRESTONE, ULTRAPLY TPO FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER FL10264—R12 SYSTEM SC-92 • ALUM. WINDOWS: KAWNEER 2250 IG IMPACT CURTAINWALL FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 9924.1 • ALUM. DOORS: KAWNEER 350 FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 10388.1 • H.M. DOORS: CECO DOOR PRODUCTS, SEVERE WINDSTORM RESISTANT DOOR AND FRAME FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 4553—R10 • GLASS BLOCK: SEVES GLASS BLOCK (FORMERLY PITTSBURGH CORNING GLASS BLOCK), THICKSET 90 SERIES GLASS BLOCK WITH KWIK'N'EZ SILICONE SYSTEM. FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 5357.1 • E.I.F.S.: STOTHERM CI SYSTEM FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER 20110.1 • SIDING: MAYNE COATINGS, LONGBOARD 6" 'V GROOVE ALUMINUM SIDING. NO FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER. SEE ATTACHED ENGINEER'S LETTER. NOTE: IF CONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTES ALTERNATE PRODUCTS DURING BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION, SAID SUBSITUTITION MUST INCLUDE A FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. NOTE: IF CONTRACTOR SUBSTITUTES ALTERNATE PRODUCTS DURING BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION, SAID SUBSITUTITION MUST INCLUDE A FLORIDA APPROVAL NUMBER AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. C11 Vim' A C0 "O m m 10 Ln Y a Q N coQ W Q O C r M Z C b0 00 co x N O ...1 L � C} ice+ v E F- V M � L N 4- 71 ¢ y V O O LL L W c0 v QO LL L L W H W T'� ~ :2 W > � p W F- W W V 2 Vi f N N N 'Q H r) LL }} O J O i-- � � Z <0F-wd--00 �U)Wza0ocnw m U H W O Z O N Z N = QW � = < xW T (n = = 0fQ U) c) < �_ F- O� W < 2 1 0� a- �WIxU)'-'-'UU a_WF-ZWW �v 00= W W <W F—W Ov����>_01=- oCO0 N N N N N N O N O CD N C) 0 0 0 W cD z ~ E U E W LO) W L O 3 O 0 0 Z) CD C 0 .Q v aD 0 0 Sheet Name: COVER SHEET Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: G-00 I Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION It ili N CD M 9� 0 0 U N 0 ID 1 0 N 1-1 cri 0 ull CD N 0 N N 0 GENERAL PROJECT NOTES GENERAL SURVEYOR SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. SURVEYING COSTS ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 5. DO NOT PERMIT STORAGE ON FINISHED SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT. 1. THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND BID DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED COMPLIMENTARY. WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO 1.4. FOR FIELD OR SHOP DRAWING ENGINEERING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL., LICENSED ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR 6. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERING WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. REUSE OR RECYCLE COVERINGS IF POSSIBLE. BE REQUIRED OF ALL. WHERE CONFLICTS IN THE DOCUMENTS OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME THAT MORE RESTRICTIVE CONDITION OR HIGHER THE ENGINEERING. THE ENGINEER SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. ENGINEERING COSTS ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ADJUSTING QUALITY OR STANDARD APPLIES. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT ASSUME THE CONTRACTOR HAS INCLUDED IN HIS BID THE HIGHEST QUALITY AND CONTRACTOR. 1. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN GREATEST QUANTITY FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESOLVING ANY CONFLICTS IN THE DOCUMENTS WHICH ARE IMPLIED OR UNDEFINED. 1.5. FOR DESIGN OF TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL, UCENSED ENGINEER OF THE DISCIPLINE INSTRUCTIONS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL REFERENCED STANDARDS. 2. THESE NOTES APPLY TO THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK. NOT ALL SECTIONS MAY APPLY TO THIS SCOPE OF WORK. REQUIRED FOR THE ENGINEERING. THE ENGINEER SHAD_ BE LICENSED IN THE STATE OF THE PROJECT. ENGINEERING COSTS ARE THE SOLE 3. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENT. IF THE CONTRACTOR FEELS ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED, SUBMIT RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. CLEANING REQUEST TO ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 1. CLEAN EXISTING SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND SURFACES TO REMAIN. 4. COMPLY WITH ALL OSHA, AND LOCAL, SAFETY REGULATIONS. 2. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 2. MAINTAIN THE CONSTRUCTION SITE IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY MANNER AND PERFORM PROGRESS CLEANINGS ON A DAILY BASIS. PROPERLY REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL WASTE, DEBRIS, AND RUBBISH OFF -SITE AT AN APPROVED WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD, MALL SECURITY, AND MALL REGULATIONS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. INCLUDE ALL ACTIVITIES AND MILESTONES RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT. INCLUDE ACTIVITIES FOR ALL SUBMITTALS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, SEQUENCING, AND WORK TO PROVIDE 11MELY INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS AND COMPLY WITH THE OWNER'S CRITICAL DATE(S). 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS AND INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 5. CONTRACTOR SHAD_ CHECK -IN AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK AND FINAL CLEAN-UP WITH THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENT. AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLE110N, CONTRACTOR SHALL EFFECT ALL REPAIRS AND OTHER CORRECTIVE ACTIONS REQUIRED IN A TIMELY FASHION WITH MINIMAL DISRUPTION TO THE LANDLORD OR THE TENANT. 8. SUBMITTALS: ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN PDF FORMAT FOR REVIEW BY THE RESPONSIBLE PARTIES. PHYSICAL COPIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 9. RFIS: ALL REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING ELECTRONICALLY FORE REVIEW BY THE RESPONSIBLE PARTIES. PHYSICAL COPIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. B 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK: CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH CHANGES IN THE WORK WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION BY THE LANDLORD. CONTRACTOR MUST NOTIFY THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, OF ANY COST IMPACT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 11. SECURITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL SECURITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. 12. WORK HOURS: COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD AND MALL SECURITY. LANDLORD WILL REQUIRE AFTER-HOURS WORK BE PERFORMED FOR ALL LOUD WORK THAT CANNOT BE CONTAINED. 13. INTERACTION WITH THE PUBLIC / PATRONS: COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD AND MALL CODE OF CONDUCT NOTIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OMIT INTERACTION WITH THE PUBLIC. WHERE INTERACTION DOES OCCUR, INTERACTION WILL BE PROFESSIONAL AND COURTEOUS, RUDE OR INAPPROPRIATE BEHAVIOR WILL NOTE BE TOLERATED. 14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS, APPROVALS, INSPECTIONS BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE, AND CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY. 15. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE SCHEDULING ALL MATERIAL AND SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PERFORMED BY THIRD PARTY ORGANIZATIONS. OWNER SHAD_ ENGAGE THE TESTING AGENCY AND PAY FOR THE INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS. 16. SMOKING IS PROHIBITED. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPAIR, CORRECTION, AND/OR RESTITUTION TO ADJACENT TENANTS RESULTING FROM DAMAGE TO THE TENANT SPACE, DAMAGE TO MERCHANDISE, OR LOSS OF REVENUE DUE TO UTILITY INTERRUPTION CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 19. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER. 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS ON SITE AT ALL ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REVS11ONS AND ADDENDA. 21. ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS TO THE FIRE ALARM AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SHALL BE MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND NFPA 13 AND 72. WHERE SYSTEMS MUST BE DEACTIVATED OR TAKEN OFFUNE TO BE MODIFIED, SAID WORK WILL OCCUR WHEN THE BUILDING IS UNOCCUPIED AND WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEMS MUST BE RESTORED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE NEXT DAY. SUBMIT ALL MODIFICATIONS REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK; OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. RESTROOMS: CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE RESTROOM FACILITIES IN THE MALL. CONTRACTOR SHALL THE RESTROOMS ARE MAINTAINED IN THE CONDITION THEY ARE FOUND IN. THE LANDLORD RESERVES THE RIGHT TO BACKCHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR ADDITIONAL CLEANING REQUIRED OF THE RESTROOMS DUE TO CONTRACTOR USE. 2. UTILITIES/SERVICES: CONTRACTOR MAY UTILIZE EXISTING ELECTRICAL/WATER SERVICES IN THE BUILDING. EXTENSION OF UT1U11ES/SERVICES FROM A MAIN CONNECTION POINT IS SOLELY THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING FOR THESE SERVICES FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THE BUILDING CANNOT PROVIDE AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE HIS OWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HEATING AND COOLING DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING/NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MAY NOT BE UTILIZED DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, EXCEPT FOR INSTALLATION OF PAINT AND OTHER FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL FILTERS AT THE END OF THE PROJECT. 3. VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING: CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL TRAFFIC CODE REQUIREMENTS AND REGULATIONS AND SHALL NOT BLOCK EXTERIOR EXIT PATHS TO RIGHT OF WAYS, DRIVE AISLES, AND LANES UNLESS PRIOR AUTHORIZATION HAS BEEN OBTAINED FROM THE LANDLORD. PARK VEHICLES AT LOCATION INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE WORK AREA IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY MANNER AND FREE OF DUST, DEBRIS, AND WASTE. AT THE END OF THE WORK DAY, THE JOB SITE MUST BE BROOM CLEAN. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF ALL WASTE. CONTRACTOR MAY NOT USE THE LANDLORD'S DUMPSTER OR TRASH RECEPTACLES. 5. FIRE PREVENTION: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRE) SAFETY EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND GOOD PRACTICE. MAINTAIN {]) FIRE EXTINGUISHER ON EACH FLOOR. ESTABLISH A FIRE / SAFETY WATCH FOR ALL CUTTING AND WELDING OPERATIONS. 6. TRAFFIC REGULATION: MAINTAIN PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC AT SIDEWALKS. PROVIDE NECESSARY SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND BARRIERS WHEN REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM OWNER FOR ALL REQUIRED CLOSURES OF STREET OR SIDEWALK. 7. CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS: 7.1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDE SECURITY PREVENT" UNAUTHORIZED Y TO Q , P ENTRY THE CONSTRUCTION SITE, ALLOW THE OWNER'S CONTINUE) ACCESS AND USE OF THE SITE, TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND PROPERTY FROM DAMAGE, AND AS REQUIRE) TO SECURE THE EDGE OF FLOOR OPENINGS AND OTHER HAZARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN OF CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS, IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN LOAD INFORMATION IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL LAYOUT MAY BE SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE EXACT LOCATION(S) AND EXTANT(S) WITH THEIR OWN CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS AND THE OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS. 7.2. PROVIDE A FULL HEIGHT BARRICADE AT THE FRONT THE OPEN PERIMETER OF THE TENANT SPACE. COMPLY WITH OWNER REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH. 7.3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES IN THE AREA OF WORK TO CONTROL AS REQUIRE) TO SEPARATE THE AREA OF WORK FROM OWNER/TENANT OCCUPIED AREAS.. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE FULL HEIGHT AND CONTROL THE MOVEMENT OF DUST. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS OF PREVENTING AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING, ACTIVE VENTILATION AND FILTERING MAY BE REQUIRED. CONTAMINATION OF THE ADJACENT MALL SPACES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 7.4. AT FLOOR OPENINGS, PROVIDE TEMPORARY GUARDRAILS AT THE PERIMETER OF THE OPENING. RAILS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION. 20 FIRE TREATED WOOD FRAMING, 42'H. PROVIDE VERTICAL. TRIANGULAR BRACED FRAMES AT 48" O.C., SECURE) TO EXISTING FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE (3) HORIZONTAL RAILS AT 18' O.C. (MAX.) 7.5. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS (INTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION: 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD (LEVEL 4 FINISH) AND 3' ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION. PROVIDE 6' METAL STUD BRACING AS REQUIRED, BRACING MAY NOT BE EXPOSE) TO PUBLIC VIEW. PROPERLY FINISH ALL SURFACES AND EDGES EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW. PAINT WALL NEUTRAL COLOR (WHITE). COORDINATE WITH OWNER/TENANT ON ANY REQUIRED TEMPORARY GRAPHICS OR SIGNAGE. 7.6. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS (EXTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUC11ON: 8' METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. WITH 3/4" ENGINEERED WOOD PANELS (WEATHER EXPOSED RATED AND SMOOTH, NON -PATTERNED FACE) AND R13 VAPOR RETARDER FACED BAIT INSULATION. PROVIDE 8" METAL STUD BRACING AS REQUIRED, BRACING MAY NOT BE EXPOSE) TO PUBLIC VIEW.. PROPERLY FINISH ALL SURFACES AND EDGES EXPOSED TO PUBLIC VIEW AND SEAL WEATHER TIGHT TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. PAINT WALL NEUTRAL COLOR (WHITE). COORDINATE WITH OWNER/TOW ON ANY REQUIRED TEMPORARY GRAPHICS OR SIGNAGE. IF REQUIRED BY LAYOUT, PROVIDE A ROOF: MIN. 8' METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. WITH 3/4' PLYWOOD SHEATHING, R19 BATT INSULATION, AND A WHITE EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE WITH WHITE ALUMINUM FLASHINGS AS REQUIRE) FOR WEATHER TIGHT ENCLOSURE. 7.7. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES (INTERIOR) SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION: 2x FIRE -TREATED WOOD FRAMING AT 16" O.C. WITH REINFORCE) POLYETHYLENE SHEETING. PROVIDE 2x FIRE -TREATED WOOD BRACING AS REQUIRE). SEAL ALL JOINTS AND EDGES TIGHT. ALL MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 50 OR LESS. 8. SECURITY: PROVIDE SECURITY, CONTROLS, AND FACILITIES TO PROTECT THE WORK, EXISTING FACILITIES, AND THE OWNER'S OPERATIONS FROM UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, VANDALISM, OR THEFT. 9. REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS: REMOVE ALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. EXCEPTIONS: MAINTAIN SAFETY RAILINGS AT ALL FLOOR OPENINGS AND BARRICADES AT ALL OPEN PERIMETER OF THE TENANT DEMISING AREA. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND MANUFACTURED ITEMS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND RELATED NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. 2. UNLESS INDICATED FOR REINSTALLATION, OR EXISTING ITEMS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER OR TENANT, ONLY NEW MATERIALS SHALL BE UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT. 3. MATERIALS SHALL COME FROM THE SAME PRODUCT/RUN/DYE/ETC. LOT. MISMATCHED MATERIALS, ESPECIALLY FINISHED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4. PROTECT AND STORE ALL ITEMS INDICATED AS "TO REMAIN' OR 'TO BE REMOVED AND STORED'. TURN OVER TO OWNER, IN SEALED PROTECTIVE PACKAGING THAT PROTECTS THE ITEM(S) FROM DUST, DEBRIS, AND DAMAGE. 5. ALL ITEMS INDICATED 'TO BE REMOVED' BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THESE ITEMS FROM THE SITE AND SHALL PROPERLY DISPOSE OF THESE ITEMS IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. 6. IN EXISTING SPACES, DO NOT PROVIDE A LESSER QUALITY PRODUCT THAN THE EXISTING PRODUCTS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUM SPACES HAS A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS AS DETERMINED BY ASTM E 84. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR PLENUM LOCATIONS. 8. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY REFERENCED STANDARDS OR BY DESCRIPTION ONLY: PROVIDE PRODUCTS MEETING THE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. 9. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING MANUFACTURER/PRODUCT, WITH NOT SUBSTITUTIONS: PROVIDE ONLY THIS PRODUCT. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED. 10. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING MANUFACTURE/PRODUCT. PROVIDE THIS PRODUCT OR AN APPROVED SUBSTITUTION. SUBMIT SUBSTITUTION REQUEST TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN WRITING. 11. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: PROVIDE OWNER/TENANT WITH MAINTENANCE STOCK OF ALL FINISH MATERIAL. MINIMUM SHALL BE 10% OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL QUANTITY OR ONE WHOLE UNIT (PACKAGE) OF THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS. PROVIDE COPIES OF ALL SOFTWARE, SPARE PARTS, AND SPECIALTY TOOLS SHIPPED WITH EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS. 12. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS AND PROCEDURES: SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE ACCEPTED, UNLESS 'NO EXCEPTIONS' IS INDICATED. SUBSTITUTIONS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF PRICING/BIDDING BUT WILL BE CONSIDERED DURING CONSTRUCTION ON A CASE BY CASE BASE DUE TO UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS AND ISSUES. 12.1. THE SUBMITTER MUST SUBMIT SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUAL OR GREATER QUALITY TO THAT SPECIFIED. BURDEN OF PROOF IS ON THE SUBMITTER. 12.2. THE SUBMITTER SHALL MAKE A WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER; INCLUDE ALL PERTINENT PRODUCT DATA AND COLOR SELECTION. PHYSICAL SAMPLES ARE REQUIRED FOR FINISH MATERIALS. 12.3. THE SUBMITTER SHALL SUPPLY THE SAME WARRANTY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION. 12.4. THE SUBMITTER SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND MAKE CHANGES TO THE WORK THAT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 12.5. THE SUBMITTER SHALL WAIVE ALL CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS AND TIME THAT MAY BECOME APPARENT. 12.6. SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED WHEN INDICATED IN SHOP DRAWINGS OR OTHER SUBMITTALS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN REQUEST OR WHEN SUBSTITUTION WILL RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 12.7. THE ARCHITECT WILL NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE CONTRACTOR IN WRITING IF THE SUBSTITUTION IS ACCEPTABLE OR UNACCEPTABLE. 13. OWNER/TENANT SUPPLIED PRODUCTS: 13.1. THE OWNER AND/OR TENANT MAY SUPPLY PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS FOR INSTALLATION IN THE PROJECT. THESE PARTIES WILL COORDINATE ORDERING, SCHEDULING, AND DELIVERY WITH THE CONTRACTOR IN A TIMELY MANNER AND WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 13.2. THE CONTRACTOR SHAD. REVIEW ALL PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND OTHER INFORMATION FOR ALL OWNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS AND COORDINATE DELIVERY DATE MILESTONES AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE OWNER/TENANT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL FIELD CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE THESE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL OWNER/TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS, UNLESS INDICATED 'BY OTHERS'. 14. TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: TRANSPORT AND HANDLE IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PROMPTLY INSPECT SHIPMENTS FOR TO ENSURE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS, QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, AND PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS ARE UNDAMAGED. PROMPTLY REPLACE DAMAGED ITEMS. 15. STORAGE AND PROTECTION: STORE AND PROTECT PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 15.1. STORE WITH SEALS, LABELS, AND PACKAGING INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 15.2. PROTECT PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS FROM ALL DAMAGE, WEATHER, CHEMICALS OTHER POTENTIALLY HARMFUL EXPOSURES. 15.3. DO NOT STORE PRODUCTS OUTSIDE, UNCOVERED. PROTECT ALL METAL MATERIALS FROM CORROSION AND OXIDATION. 15.4. ALL FINISH PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS, AND MOISTURE/WEATHER SENSITIVE MATERIALS MUST BE STORED INSIDE IN A TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENT. PERFORMANCE OF WORK 1. GENERAL 1.1. ALL WORK MUST BE PERFORMED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS, ALL NAMED STANDARDS, AND THE RULES AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES) HAVING JURISDICTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE ALL REQUIRED LICENSES AND PERMITS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND POST ALL REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ON THE JOBSITE IN AN OBVIOUS, SECURE LOCATION. OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS IN A TIMELY MANNER. 1.2. ALL WORK ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED CONTRACTORS WITH A MINIMUM OF (5) YEARS OF EXPERIENCE WITH THIS TYPE AND QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION. 1.3. FOR SURVEY WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL , LICENSED SURVEYOR OF THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRED FOR THE SURVEYING. THE 2.1. FOR SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION, COMPLY WITH IBC CHAPTER 33, NFPA 241, AND ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.2. FOR DEMOLITION WORK, COMPLY WITH ANSI A10.6 AND ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. 2.3. PROTECT AREAS NOT UNDERGOING ALTERATION OR RENOVATION. 2.4. VENTILATE AREAS AS REQUIRED FOR HUMIDITY CONTROL, DUST/VAPOR/GAS/ODOR REMOVAL, CURING, AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION. 2.5. PROVIDE HEATING/COOLING AS REQUIRED FOR MATERIAL INSTALLATION AND TO MAINTAIN CONDITION ENVIRONMENT FOR ADJACENT AREAS NOT UNDERGOING ALTERATION OR RENOVATION. 2.6. DUST CONTROL EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO THE ATMOSPHERE. PROVIDE DUST -PROOF BARRIERS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND AREAS BEING CONTINUED TO BE OCCUPIED. 2.7. NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL PROVIDE, METHOD, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO MINIMIZE NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL PRODUCED BY DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. COMPLY WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE CONTROL. 2.7.1. LOUD NOISE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED DURING HOURS OF OPERATION. IF LOUD OPERATIONS MUST OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE THEM DURING OFF HOURS. 2.7.2. VIBRATIONS MAY NOT BE TRANSMITTED TO ADJACENT AREAS. SHOULD DAMAGE RESULTTO ADJACENT AREAS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL REQUIRED CORRECTIONS AND REPAIRS AND HIS COST AND REIMBURSE THE AFFECTED PARTIES FOR LOST GODDS, TIME, AND REVENUE. 2.7.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL CARE AT FLOOR/STRUCTURE/EQUIPMENT DEMOLITION AND OTHER HEAVY DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES. 2.7.4. CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED WITH A WATER-COOLED CONCRETE SAW. CUT MATERIAL TO SIZE INDICATED AND INTO SMALL SECTIONS FOR REMOVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL ACTIVELY WORK TO REMOVE WATER TO PREVENT LEAKAGE TO ADJACENT SPACES AND FLOORS. 2.7.5. USE OF AIR HAMMERS, JACK HAMMERS, AND OTHER SUCH IMPACT EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.7.6. MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED SHAD_ BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AND LOWERED TO THE FLOOR BELOW. DROPPING OF MATERIALS TO THE FLOOR BELOW WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.7.7. POLLUTION CONTROL PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF SOIL., WATER, AND ATMOSPHERE FROM DISCHARGE OF NOXIOUS SUBSTANCES, TOXIC SUBSTANCES, OR OTHER POLLUTION CREATED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. IF TOXIC SUBSTANCES ARE SUSPECTED OR NOTICED, STOP ALL WORK AND REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCATION POLLUTION REQUIREMENTS. LAYOUT OF THE WORK 3. VERIFY LOCATION OF SURVEY AND CONTROL POINTS PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THESE POINTS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. IF THE POINTS ARE LOST, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESURVEY AT HIS COST. 4. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND ALIGNED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. MAKE HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL AND ALIGNED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. 8. WHERE MATING OR ABUTTING TO EXISTING MATERIALS, MAKE SURE FINISHED SURFACES ARE ALIGNED, FLUSH, AND SMOOTH, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FEATHER OR LEVEL OUT MATERIALS AS REQUIRED. WHERE TRANSITIONS GREATER THAN 1/4' OCCUR, SUBMIT RECOMMENDATION ON PROVIDING A SMOOTH TRANSITION FOR THE ARCHITECT TO REVIEW. 9. INSTALL EQUIPMENT, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES PLUMB AND LEVEL, NEATLY ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 10. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BUILT-IN WORK AS WORK PROCEEDS. ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION AND PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATES FOR BUILT-IN WORK. 11. DO NOT INSTALL DEFECTIVE, DAMAGED, ROTTING, OR WET MATERIALS. REPLACE ANY AND ALL DAMAGED ITEMS. 12. REMOVE ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, TO COMPLETE THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND DUCTWORK - CONCEALED OR EXPOSED. 13. MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING UTUTIES INDICATED TO REMAIN; INTERRUPT ONLY TO MAKE NEW CONNECTIONS OR SWITCHOVERS. MINIMIZE THE DURATION OF THE OUTAGES. COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH THE UTILITY. DO NOT INTERRUPT SERVICE TO ADJACENT SPACES WITHOUT NOTIFYING THE AFFECTED PARTIES AND SCHEDULING ACCORDINGLY. SCHEDULE AT OFF -HOURS, IF REQUIRED. 14. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. PREVENT MOVEMENT TO STRUCTURE, PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING IF REQUIRED. REPAIR ADJACENT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 15. ASSUMED FINISH FLOOR IS 100.00'. COORDINATE WITH CIVIL DRAWINGS. NOTE THAT CIVIL MAY BE OUTSIDE OF THIS CONTRACT; ETHER CONTRACTED BY OWNER OR A THIRD PARTY. 16. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL UTILITIES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, WALL LIGHT SCONCES, AND ACCESSORIES WITH THE INTERIOR DESIGN. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING INSTALLATION OF THESE ITEMS IF THE WORK HAS NOT BEEN PROPERLY COORDINATED. 17. ALL LANDING SIZES, DOOR CLEARANCES, AND DOOR HARDWARE FOR NEW WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS. 18. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPERLY LAYING OUT THE WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK FOR RESOLUTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING WORK THAT IS ERRONEOUSLY LAID OUT, ETHER THROUGH FAULT OF THEIR OWN OR THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS, OR THROUGH FAILURE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES. THERE ARE SEVERAL TYPICAL ITEMS TO NOTE: 18.1. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, MANY STRUCTURAL COLUMNS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE LOCATED WITHIN WALL CONSTRUCTION. THESE COLUMNS SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH THE FINISH WALL SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED, UNLESS SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18.2. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, ALL ROOF DRAINS AND OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN VERTICAL LINES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL CONSTRUCTION WITH THE FINISH WALL SURFACES FLUSH WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. CONSTRUCTION NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18.3. AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS ARE TO BE SEMI-RECESSED/RECESSED INTO THE WALL CONSTRUCTION. THESE CABINETS SHALL ALL BE THE SAME STYLE AND INSTALLATION; METAL BOX CABINETS WITH VISION LITE AND INTEGRAL LETTERING. SEMI -RECESSED MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO WALL .FRAMING DEPTH LIMITATIONS BUBBLE TYPE CABINETS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM CABINETS AND RECESS DEPTH PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 18.4. PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, MECHANICAL CHASES, PLENUMS, CABINETS, PLUMBING/ELECTRICAL BANKS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION ITEMS WITHIN THE BUILDING BUT NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 18.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND LOCATE ALL UNDERGROUND UTIUTIES PRIOR TO POURING THE SLAB. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL CASEWORK AND WALL CONSTRUCTION. LOCATION OF UTILITIES AT RECEPTION DESKS, SALES, DESKS, TRAINER DESKS, AND JUICE BARS SHAD_ BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ELECTRICAL AND DATA/LOW VOLTAGE, LIFE SAFETY, CONTROLS, PLUMBING, AND FLOOR SINKS AT THE JUICE BAR. 18.6. THE OWNER OR THE TENANT MAY HAVE OUTSIDE VENDORS THAT WILL PERFORM WORK DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED BLOCKING, WITH THESE VENDORS. 18.0. FOR PROJECTS BEING CONSTRUCTED IN EXISTING BUILDINGS OR ADJOINING EXISTING OR CONCURRENT WORK BEING PERFORMED BY OTHERS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ALL CONDITIONS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THIS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR AT THE JUNCTURE BETWEEN WORK WITH ADJACENT CONTRACTORS OR LANDLORD TENANT SPACES/UMITS. 18.1. ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION ADJOINING EXISTING SHALL BE FRAMED, ALIGNED AND FINISHED AS TO PRESENT NO EVIDENCE OF ATTACHMENT. NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL ALIGN AND BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. MASONRY OR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEPARATED FROM ADJACENT WITH A SEALED CONTROL JOINT. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE TAPED AND FINISHED FOR MUSH, CONTINUOUS APPEARANCE, REMOVE ALL EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD TRIM AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS. COORDINATION 1. COORDINATE THE SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, AND WORK TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF INTERDEPENDENT CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS WITH PROVISIONS FOR ACCOMMODATING ITEMS INSTALLED LATER AND TO ENSURE ON -TIME COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. 3. VERIFY THE UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND EQUIPMENT OF THE NEW WORK ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE BUILDING UTILITIES. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO RESOLVE ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. COORDINATE THE WORK OF VARIOUS SECTIONS HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTING TO, AND PLACING IN SERVICE, SUCH EQUIPMENT. 4. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATIONS OF MEP WORK THAT ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THE DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN ON PLANS AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICAL; PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WITH THE LINES OF THE BUILDING. UTILIZE SPACE EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL CEILING REQUIREMENTS, CLEAR HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS, AND OTHER SPECIAL CLEARANCES AND REQUIREMENTS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. THESE REQUIREMENTS MUST BE MAINTAINED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FABRICATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, CEILINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS, MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESIGN INTENT IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO, AND RESOLVE ALL CONFUCTS WITH, THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED IF THE DISCREPANCIES AND CONFLICTS ARE NOT REPORTED PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. 5. COORDINATE CLOSEOUT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ENSURE PROPER CLEANING AND LEAVE IN A STATE READY FOR INSPECTION AND OCCUPANCY. 6. ONCE THE WORK HAS BEEN OCCUPIED, COORDINATE ACCESS TO THE SPACE WITH THE OWNER FOR PUNCHUST, CORRECTIONS, REPAIRS, AND OTHER ONGOING CONTRACTOR ACTIVITIES. SUBMITTALS 1. SUBMIT PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITHIN (5) WORKING DAYS OF PROJECT NOTICE TO PROCEED. 2. UPDATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ONLY A MONTHLY BASIS, OR AS NEEDED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR REQUESTED BY THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. 3. PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA/SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND FINISH SAMPLES AS REQUIRED TO DOCUMENT MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND FABRICATIONS BEING USED IN THE PROJECT. SUBMIT (1) ELECTRONIC COPY OF ALL DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT FINISH SAMPLES. SUBMIT (3) PHYSICAL COPIES OF ALL FINISH SAMPLES. 4. THE ARCHITECT WILL RETURN (1) REVIEWED COPY TO ALL PARITIES, AND MAINTAIN (1) COPY ON FILE. 5. WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ENGINEERED AND SEALED SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED. THIS MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO' RAILING SUBMITTALS, STAIR SHOP SUBMITTALS, FIRE SUPPRESSION SUBMITTALS, FIRE ALARM SUBMITTALS, AND U.L. RATED ASSEMBLY AND PENETRATION/JOINT ASSEMBLIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR ALL REQUIRED SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 6. DO NOT ORDER OR FABRICATE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS UNTIL FINISHES, SAMPLES, COLORS, TEXTURES, AND ALL OTHER SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. DO NOT PERFORM ANY WORK RELATED TO PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS UNTIL SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING WORK AND REPLACING PRODUCTS AND MATERIAL WHERE THE CONTRACTOR HAS FAILED TO FOLLOW REVIEW PROCEDURE. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: 1. THE DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS IS SCHEMATIC ONLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE INSTALLATION OF ALL MEP SYSTEMS WITH EXISTING/NEW STRUCTURE, ARCHITECTURAL CEILINGS, ALL INDICATED REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 2. FOR ALL NEW PROJECTS OR ADDITIONS, AND FOR LARGE, COMPLEX RENOVATIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COLOR COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL PROCESS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND THEIR RELATIONSHIP TO WALL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. AS PART OF THE SUBMITTAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOUD AND NOTE ALL CONFLICTS FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND PROVIDE SUGGESTIONS FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH ANY WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THIS SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO REVIEW AND RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS REQUIRED, CAUSED BY ETHER IMPROPERLY PREPARED COORDINATION DRAWINGS OR PROCEEDING WITH WORK PRIOR TO REVIEW OF THE SUBMITTAL 3. FOR SMALL ALTERATIONS AND RENOVATIONS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS ARE NOTE REQUIRED. 4. IN ALL CASES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FABRICATIONS AND INSTALLATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ACCESSORIES, CEILINGS, AND OTHER ITEMS, MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESIGN INTENT IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO, AND RESOLVE ALL CONFLICTS WITH, THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL. BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CORRECTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED IF THE DISCREPANCIES AND CONFLICTS ARE NOT REPORTED PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. CLOSEOUT 1. SUBMIT ALL FINAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. PERFORM FINAL CLEANING, PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT, IN WRITING, THAT THE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE. INCLUDE A CONTRACTOR'S PUNCHUST OF MINOR ITEMS THAT NEED TO BE CORRECTED OR COMPLETED. 4. PUNCHUST: ARCHITECT WILL PERFORM AN ARCHITECT'S PUNCHUST INSPECTION AFTER NOTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND PROVIDE A FINAL REPORT TO THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL CORRECTIONS INDICATED AND PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION OF THE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS. 5. TRAINING: PROVIDE TRAINING TO DESIGNATED OWNER STAFF FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PRIOR TO TURNOVER. COORDINATE SCHEDULING WITH OWNER. 6. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: MAINTAIN A CONTRACTOR'S SET OF RECORD DOCUMENTS ON SITE. 6.1. INCLUDE ALL FIELD NOTATIONS PERTAINING TO CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS OF THE WORK ON THIS SET. ENSURE ALL ENTRIES ARE ACCURATE AND COMPLETE. 6.2. UPDATE THE SET CONCURRENT WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. STORE RECORD DOCUMENTS SEPARATE FROM DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 6.3. SUBMIT DOCUMENTS TO LANDLORD FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO MAKING APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT. INCLUDE A PHYSICAL COPY AND A SCANNED ELECTRONIC COPY ON A CD. 6.4. INCLUDED AN OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING ALL PRODUCT INFORMATION, WARRANTIES, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, AND CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE IN BINDERS, ORGANIZED BY THE STANDARD CSI 16 DIVISION HEADINGS. WARRANTY 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT ALL WORK TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR. PROVIDE OWNER WITH A COPY OF ALL MANUFACTURER STANDARD WARRANTIES FOR THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UTILIZED IN THE PROJECT. PROTECTION OF WORK 1. PROTECT ALL EXISTING AND INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE, MARKING, OR DISCOLORATION BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY, REMOVABLE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS, SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT. CONTROL ACTIVITIES IN IMMEDIATE AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY, REMOVABLE PROTECTION ON ALL FINISH FLOORING; PROTECTION SHALL BE DURABLE, HEAVY SHEET GOOD MATERIAL. DO NOT REMOVE UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CONTROL ACTIVITIES IN IMMEDIATE AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. 4. CONTROL AND LIMIT ACCESS TO FINISH ARES TO PROTECT FINISH WORK. FEDERAL REGULATIONS. MAINTAIN °BROOM CLEAN" IN WORK AREA. 3. PERFORM FINAL CLEANING PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, LEAVING THE WORK AREA CLEAN AND READY FOR PUNCHUST INSPECTION AND OCCUPANCY. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS, DUST, DIRT, MARKS, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, ETC. IF FIELD REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER FIND THE FINAL CLEANING TO BE INADEQUATE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AN ADDITIONAL CLEANING, AT HIS EXPENSE. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. REFERENCE STANDARDS: FOR PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY A REFERENCED STANDARD, COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD, EXCEPT WHERE A HIGHER OR MORE RIGID REQUIREMENT IS SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY CODE. SHOULD SPECIFIED REFERENCE STANDARD CONFLICT WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS: 2.1. THE OWNER WILL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM ALL SPECIFIED AND CODE REQUIRED TESTING. THE 2.2. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL PERFORM ALL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTION AS SPECIFIED AND ALL CODE REQUIRED TESTING AND CONFIRM COMPLIANCE OF THE WORK WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND REQUIRED TESTING. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL WITH CONSISTENT OVERSIGHT AND STAFFING. 2.3. CONTRACTOR SHAD_ SCHEDULE ALL TESTING THROUGH THE TESTING AGENCY WITH NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER AS WELL ENSURE ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE TESTING AGENCY TO SCHEDULE VISITS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO PROVIDE THE TESTING AGENCY WITH ALL REQUIRED PRODUCT DATA AND SUBMITTALS REQUIRED FOR THEIR REVIEW AND INSPEC11ONS (I.E. - CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE TESTING AGENCY ON ALL TESTING. 2.4. THE TESTING AGENCY SHAD_ SUBMIT ALL REPORTS TO THE OWNER, THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, AND THE CONTRACTOR. THE TESTING AGENCY WILL NOTIFY ALL PARTIES OF DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK IMMEDIATELY. 2.5. THE TESTING AGENCY MAY NOT RELEASE, REVOKE, ALTER, OR ENLARGE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS OR THE SCOPE OF WORK. NOR SHALL THE AGENCY APPROVE, ACCEPT, OR STOP ANY PORTION OF THE WORK. IF THE WORK MUST BE STOPPED, THE TESTING AGENCY MUST NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. 2.6. ALL WORK FOUND TO BE DEFICIENT SHAD_ BE CORRECTED OR REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2.7. ALL RETESTING REQUIRED FOR DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE SAME AGENCY. 2.8. ALL RETESTING REQUIRED FOR DEFICIENT OR NON -COMPLIANT WORK SHAD_ BE PAID AT THE CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. 3. CONTROL OF INSTALLATION: 3.1. CONTRACTOR SHAD_ MONITOR AND MAINTAIN CONTROL OF SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO OBTAIN THE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED QUALITY. 3.2. WORK SHAD_ BE PERFORMED BY PERSONNEL QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE THE SPECIFIED OR IMPUED QUALITY. 3.3. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS FOR ALL SHOP FABRICATED ITEMS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: DOORS, WINDOW, AND GLAZING; METAL FABRICATIONS; CASEWORK, AND FINISH ITEMS. IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS AND THE FIELD CONDITIONS, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS BY THE ARCHITECT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF FINISH DIMENSIONS. 3.4. SECURE ALL WORK IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ATTACHMENT DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESS, VIBRATION, PHYSICAL DISTORTION, AND DISFIGUREMENT. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, ALL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE FULLY CONCEALED. 4. TOLERANCES: 4.1. MONITOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCE CONTROL OF PRODUCTS AND FABRICATIONS TO OBTAIN THE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED QUALITY. DO NOT PERMIT TOLERANCES TO ACCUMULATE. 4.2. COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S TOLERANCES EXCEPT WHERE REFERENCED STANDARDS ARE MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCES, INDUSTRY STANDARDS ARE MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCE, OR A MORE RIGID OR HIGHER TOLERANCE IS SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS. CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. EACH MISCELLANEOUS INCIDENCE OF CUTTING, PATCHING, AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION IS NOT CALLED OUT IN THESE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CUTTING, PATCHING AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. 1.1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL TENANT DEMISING WALLS, FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALLS, SHAFT/ENCLOSURE WALLS, STAIR AND ELEVATOR WALLS, AND OTHER DEMISING ELEMENTS MUST BE RESTORED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, AND DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED NEATLY AND CLEANLY AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL REGULATIONS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPAIR, REFURBISHMENT, OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL DISTURBED MATERIALS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES. WHERE ADJACENT FINISHES ARE NO LONGER ACCEPTABLE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPOSE ALTERNATE PRODUCTS FOR THE ARCHITECT TO REVIEW. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY LOCATE ALL REINFORCING AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY CUTTING OR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROPERLY CAP AND/OR REMOVE ALL ABANDONED UTLTTIES. COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6. SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION WHICH AFFECTS: 6.1. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT. 6.2. INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT. 6.3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT. 6.4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 6.5. WORK PERFORMED BY THE OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. 6.6. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF UTILITIES, BUILDING SERVICES, FIRE SUPPRESSION, FIRE ALARM, OR SECURITY SYSTEM. IDENTIFY THE LOCATION, DESCRIPTION, DIMENSIONS, MEANS AND METHODS, AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION TO THE PROPOSED CUTTING AND PATCHING. 7. CUTTING: EXECUTE WORK BY MEANS AND METHODS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND ADJACENT TENANT SPACES, AND WHICH WILL PROVIDE PREPARE SURFACES FOR PATCHING AND FINISHING (BY OTHERS). 7.1. IDENTIFY ALL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK AND REPORT TO THE LANDLORD AND ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 7.2. EXECUTE CUTTING AND FITTING AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. COORDINATE WITH TENANT REQUIREMENTS. 7.3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR NON -CONFORMING WORK. 8. PATCHING: EXECUTE WORK TO COMPLEMENT ADJACENT WORK. 8.1. FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER IN AN INTEGRATED WAY. 8.2. RESTORE WORK WITH NEW PRODUCTS MATCHING THE EXISTING. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO THE NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK. FOR AN ASSEMBLY REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. 8.3. AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES, PROVIDE FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS MATCHING THE HOURLY FIRE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY BEING PENETRATED. SEAL TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. Z 2 cn W O Z D 4 ,i U) V 2 0 Lr W Z L_ aJ - N O W L_ p U W V tz k^ a M %0 >. co %O 3CN M iO tMn- 0 p a. 0 N - M M 0 Q C .5n V 00 0 8 L 07 [I' v ,� E : Ia- Vf r_ 0) v m o. -J L Q - i N Q N c =) `o M LL v .- 0 o U_L V w 0 LL J 0 Qw�waU-O >_ ZILOp5nw F4UF=-2W I p zp�Z 0a0ftg� o w Z W w N=w�-mQQaI- =¢of K w ZwOw� �pu)cnlUO3x0 00=w11JQwl-w 0U)0�� 0 N 0 M 0 I- 2 w w (L Of 0 u_ 0 w Z) co U) 0 N k^ 0 6 m 0 0 .Q 0 41) 9 Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Gm092 By: Checked By: L DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION I 0 1, W N N s U) u 0 O z _W ',, a N i- N 0 EY CL GENERAL PROJECT NOTES SITEWORK 17.5.7. INSTALL MORTAR NET AT ALL CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION. 1. ALL SITEWORK, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND UTILITIES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL 17.5.8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS INSTALL WEEPS AT 16" O.C. FOR STANDARD SIZE BRICK, 24' O.C. FOR UTILITY BRICK, AND 32' COORDINATE ALL SOIL AND EROSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES. O.C. FOR C.M.U. EXCEPTION: INSTALL AT 16" O.C. OR 24' O.C. AT THE ALL HEAD AND SILL FLASHING AT WALL OPENINGS. 2. FOR PROJECTS WHERE SITE WORK IS BY OTHERS OR IS AN EXISTING CONDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OR WiTH THE WORK BEING PERFORMED BY OTHERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR 17.6. CONTROL JOINTS: TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. 3. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE RETURNED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 17.6.1. INSTALL CONTROL JOINTS AT THE FOLLOWING MAXIMUM SPACINGS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS: 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES OR UTILITIES BEING INSTALLED BY OTHERS. 17.6.1.1. EXTERIOR WALLS: 20 FEET O.C. AND WITHIN 24' ON ONE SIDE OF EACH 1NTERlOR OR EXTERIOR WALL CONCRETE 17.6.1.2. INTERIOR WALLS: 30 FEET O.C. 17.6.1.3. AT CHANGES IN WALL HEIGHT. 1. ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS 17.6.1.4. DO NOT CONTINUE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT THROUGH CONTROL JOINTS. NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 17.6.1.5. INSTALL PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT IN CONTINUOUS LENGTHS. SEAL BUTT AND CORNER JOINTS. 2. PREPARE CONCRETE SURFACES TO RECEIVE ALL FINISH FLOOR MATERIALS. COORDINATE WiTH FLOORING MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONCRETE FINISH FLOOR LEVELNESS SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 117/ASTM E 115 FOR FLOOR FLATNESS (FF) AND FLOOR LEVELNESS (FL). FF =30, FL = 20. 17.7• MASONRY CELL INSULATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING ALL AREAS NOT MEETING THESE CRITERIA. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED 17.7.1. POUR GRANULAR INSULATION INTO CAVITIES TO FILL VOID SPACES. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS AND MATERIALS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE CORRECTIONS. 17.7.2. MAINTAIN INSPECTION PORTS TO SHOW THE PRESENCES OF INSULATION EXTREMITIES OF EACH POUR AREA. CLOSE THE PORTS AFTER FiWNG HAS 4. SIGNIFICANT AREAS OF THE SLAB ARE RECESSED TO RECEIVE EITHER WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING OR THICKSET MORTAR BEDS FOR SLOPED TiLE INSTALLATION. BEEN CONFIRMED. COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF THESE RECESSES WITH THE WALL LAYOUTS SHOWN AND THE (SUB)CONTRACTORS PERFORMING THE WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING AND 17.7.3. LIMIT THE ALL OF INSULATION TO ONE STORY HIGH, BUT NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET. TiLE INSTALLATIONS. 17.7.4. AT PARAPET WALLS ABOVE ROOF LEVEL., EXTEND INSULATION A MINIMUM OF 12" ABOVE THE FINISH ROOF LEVEL. 5. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE INTEGRALLY SLOPED FLOORS. IF REQUIRED, BLOCK OUT AREAS AND POUR SEPARATELY TO ENSURE PROPER SLOPING. 17.8. BUILT-IN WORK: 6. PROVIDE CONCRETE CURBS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH WALL LOCATIONS, RECESSED SLAB LOCATIONS, INTEGRALLY SLOPED FLOOR LOCATIONS, AND WALL OPENING LOCATIONS. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. PROVIDE INTEGRAL WATERSTOPS AT ALL LOCATIONS. 17 81 AS WORK PROGRESSES, INSTALL BUILT-IN METAL DOOR FRAMES, GLAZED FRAMES, ANCHOR BOLTS, PLATES AND OTHER ITEMS BUILT IN TO THE WORK BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. INSTALL BUILT-IN ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND TRUE TO LINE. 7. PROVIDE UNDER -SLAB VAPOR BARRIER AT ALL LOCATIONS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND 17.8.2. BED ANCHORS METAL DOOR FRAMES AND GLAZED FRAMES IN ADJACENT MORTAR JOINTS. FILL FRAME VOIDS SOLID WITH GROUT. FILL ADJACENT PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. AT JUNCTURE WITH WALLS AND OTHER IMPEDING MASONRY CORES WiTH GROUT 12" MIN. FROM FRAMED OPENINGS. CONSTRUCTION, SEAL VAPOR BARRIER TO THE WALL 17.8.3. DO NOT BUILD IN TO MASONRY CONSTRUCTION ORGANIC MATERIALS THAT ARE SUBJECT DETERIORATION. 8. REPAIR ALL EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS AS REQUIRED, ENSURE LEVELNESS WiTH ANY ADJACENT NEW WORK. GRIND JUNCTURE AS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS ANY 17.8.4. INSTALL LOOSE LINTELS AT ALL MASONRY OPENINGS. BEAR 8' MINIMUM ON EACH SIDE OF OPENING. CUPPING/RIDGES. 17.9. CUTTING AND FITTING: MASONRY 17.9.1. CUT FIT FOR PIPES, CONDUIT, SLEEVES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. DO NOT "BREAK" MASONRY. MAINTAIN UNIFORM CLEARANCE TO PENETRATING 1. ALL MASONRY WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) STANDARDS (ACI 530), NATIONAL CONCRETE MASONRY ASSOCIATION STANDARDS (NCMA), MASONRY INSTITUTE OF AMERICA (MIA), THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL 17.9.2. OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO CUTTING OR FITTING MASONRY WORK NOT INDICATED OR WHERE APPAEARANCE OR STRENGTH OF MASONRY WORK MAY DRAWINGS. BE IMPAIRED. 2. ALL EXISTING MASONRY WALLS TO REMAIN OR AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION SHALL MAINTAIN THEIR ORIGINAL RATING. WHERE REPAIR IS REQUIRED, INSTALL MASONRY OF EQUAL TYPE, FINISH, COLOR AND SIZE. IF SAME IS UNAVAILABLE, PROPOSE ALTERNATE MEANS OF REPAIR FOR REVIEW, WITH THE INTENT TO 17.10. PARGING: MATCH EXISTING AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE. 17.10.1. DAMPEN MASONRY WALLS PRIOR TO PARGING. 3. PROVIDE FINISHED END UNiTS AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 17.10.2. SCARIFY EACH PARGING COAT TO ENSURE FULL BOND TO SUBSEQUENT COAT. 4. PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES, FINISHES, AND COLORS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 17.10.3. PARGE MASONRY WALLS IN TWO UNIFORM COATS OF MORTAR TO A TOTAL THICKNESS OF 3/4'. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT UNiTS TO FIT AS REQUIRED WITH A WATERCOOLED MASONRY SAW. BROKEN, CHIPPED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED UNITS WILL NOT BE 17.10.4. STEEL TROWEL SURFACE SMOOTH AND FLAT WITH A MAXIMUM SURFACE VARIATION OF 1/8" PER FOOT. ACCEPTED. 17.10.5. STRIKE TOP EDGE OF PARGING AT 45 DEGREES. 6. STANDARD/DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: 17.10.6. FINISH AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.10.7. AT EXISTING CONDITIONS, MATCH EXISTING MATERIAL THICKNESS, COLOR, AND TEXTURE. 6.1. ASTM C90, NORMAL WEIGHT. 6.2. NOMINAL SIZE: 8X16 FACE DIMENSION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. THICKNESS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.11. CLEANING: 6.2. COLOR: GREY FOR STANDARD C.M.U. PROVIDE INTEGRAL COLOR WHERE INDICATED FOR DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. 6.3. FINISH: AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. 17.11.1. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND DROPPINGS. 6.4. STRUCTURAL CAPACITY AS NOTED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 17.11.2. REPLACE DEFECTIVE MORTAR AND MASONRY, MATCH EXISTING. 6.5. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL WATER REPELLENT AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 17.11.3. CLEAN SOILED SURFACES WITH CLEANING SOLUTION. 6.6. PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES AS REQUIRED, AT ALL 90 DEGREE CORNERS, AT WALL CAP CONDITIONS, AND AT BOND BEAMS. PROVIDE SMOOTH FACE AT SILLS 17.11.4. USE NON-METALLIC TOOLS FOR CLEANING OPERATIONS. AND JAMBS. STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND METAL FABRICATIONS 7. FACE BRICK: 1. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITHIN ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL (AISC) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 7.1. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE FACE BRICK COMPLYING WITH ASTM C216; TYPE FBS FOR MOLDED BRICK AND FBX FOR EXTRUDED 2. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING, MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, AND METAL FABRICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, BRICK, GRADE SW. ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STAIRS AND RAILINGS. 7.2. MANUFACTURER, COLOR, STYLE, AND SIZE AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 3. SHOP GALVANIZE AND SHOP PRIME ALL EXTERIOR METAL FABRICATIONS. PLUG ALL DRAIN HOLES FROM THE GALVANIZING PROCESS IN THE SHOP. FINAL 8. SINGLE WYTHE JOINT REINFORCEMENT: PAINT SHALL BE FIELD APPLIED. 4. UNLESS SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER AND MODEL INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS, METAL FABRICATIONS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 8.1. ASTM A951; TRUSS TYPE, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 0.148"D SIDE RODS AND 0.148"D CROSS TiES. ARE FOR INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH DESIGN INTENT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH STANDARD MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, CASTINGS, 8.2. WIDTH AS REQUIRED BY WALL THICKNESS. FABRICATIONS, ETC. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 8.3. COMPLY W►TH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. PROVIDE FINISH METAL WORK 1N ALL EXPOSED AREAS. ALL FINISH METAL WORK SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ALL BURRS, NICKS, PRODUCTION MARKS, ROUGHLY FINISHED SURFACES AND CUTS, AND OTHER SURFACE DEFECTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT ALL DEFECTS TO 9. SINGLE WYTHE JOINT REINFORCEMENT: PROVIDE A SMOOTH, EVEN SURFACE. 6. FINISHED METAL WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, ORNAMENTAL METALS, EXPOSED STEEL COLUMNS, EXPOSED STAIR FRAMING, RAILING ASSEMBLIES, 9.1. ASTM A951; TRUSS TYPE, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 0.148'D SIDE RODS AND 0.148"D CROSS TiES. 9.2. WIDTH AS REQUIRED BY WALL THICKNESS. 9.3. PROVIDE WITH PROJECTING EYES AND ADJUSTABLE PINTLE VENEER ANCHOR; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. PINTLE LENGTH TO SUIT APPLICATION. 9.4. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 10. VENEER ANCHOR: 10.1. ASTM A82/ASTM/A1008/ASTM A153; TWO PART, ADJUSTABLE TYPE; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL; 14GA. WALL ANCHOR; 0.188"D WIRE VENEER ANCHOR. TYPE AND SIZE FOR APPLICATION. 10.2. COMPLY WITH SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 11. REINFORCING STEEL• ASTM A615/A615m; 4OKSI YIELD STRENGTH; DEFORMED BILLET BARS; HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 12. VERTICAL BAR POSITiONERS: ASTM A641; FORMED STEEL WIRE, 0.148"D MILL GALVANIZED FNIISH. 13. MORTAR AND GROUT: 13.1. MORTAR MIX FOR STRUCTURAL MASONRY: ASTM C270, TYPE S. 13.2. MORTAR MIX FOR NON-STRUTURAL MASONRY: ASTM C270, TYPE S. 13.3. MIX MORTAR PER ASTM C270 IN QUANTITIES NEEDED FOR IMMEDIATE USE. 13.4. GROUT MIX: STRENGTH AS SPECIFIED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AT 28 DAYS; 8-11 INCH SLUMP; MIXED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C476. PROVIDE COURSE GROUT FOR SPACES WITH A MINIMUM 4" DIMENSION IN EVERY DIRECTION AND FINE GROUT FOR ALL OTHER SPACES. 13.5. MIX GROUT IN ACCORDANCE WiTH ASTM C94, MODIFIED TO USE INGREDIENTS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C476. ADD ADMIXTURES; MIX UNIFORMLY. 13.6. COLORS: AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 14. C.M.U. FLASHING: STAINLESS STEEL; ASTM A666, TYPE 304, SOFT TEMPER; 0.058' THICK; SMOOTH FINISH. BUTYL LAP SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 15. MASONRY VENEER FLASHING: COPPER SHEET BONDED BETWEEN TWO LAYERS OF FIBERGLASS; 5 OZ.; TERMINATION MASTIC AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER; BUTYL LAP SEALANT AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 16. ACCESSORIES: 16.1. PREFORMED MASONRY CONTROL JOINTS: RUBBER WITH CORNER AND TEE ACCESSORIES; FUSED JOINTS. 16.2. MORTAR NET AND CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL: OPEN POLYETHYLENE MESH THICKNESS AS REQUIRED TO FILL CAVITY SPACE, AND SHAPED TO ENSURE MOISTURE DRAINAGE TO CAVITY WEEPS. 16.3. WEEPS: PVC GRILLES, INSECT RESISTANT. 16.4. CLEANING SOLUTION: NON -ACIDIC - NOT HARMFUL TO MASONRY OR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 16.5. MASONRY CELL INSULATION: LOOSE GRANULAR FILL INSULATION: PERLITE COMPLYING WITH ASTM C549, TYPE II (SURFACE TREATED FOR WATER REPELLENCY AND LIMITED MOISTURE ABSORPTION). 17, INSTALLATION: 17.1. ERECTION TOLERANCES: 17.1.1. C.M.U.: COMPLY WiTH ACI 530 REQUIREMENTS: 17.1.2. MASONRY VENEER: 17.1.2.1. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLANE OF WALL: 1/4' IN 10 FEET AND 1/2" IN 20 FEET OR MORE. 17.1.2.2. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/4" PER STORY, NON -CUMULATIVE, 1/2" IN TWO STORIES OR MORE. 17.1.2.3. MAXIMUM VARIATION FRM LEVEL COURSING: 1/8' IN 3 FEET AND 1/4' IN 10 FEET; 1/2 IN 30 FEET. 17.1.2.4. MAXIMUM VARIATION IN JOINT THICKNESS 1/8' IN 3FT. 17.1.2.5. MAXIMUM VARIATION IN JOINT THICKNESS FROM CROSS SECTIONAL THICKNESS OF WALLS 1/4'. 17.2. MASONRY COURSING: 17.2.1. ESTABLISH LINES, LEVELS AND COURSING INDICATED. PROTECT FROM DISPLACEMENT. 17.2.2. MAINTAIN MASONRY COURSES TO UNIFORM DIMENSIONS. FORM VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL JOINTS TO UNIFORM DIMENSION. 17.2.3. BOND: AS INDICATED. WHERE SPECIAL BONDS AND PATTERN ARE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT AND INSTALLATION AND THAT THE BOND AND PATTERN ARE CONSISTENTLY, AND SYMMETRICALLY, PLACED. 17.2.4. MORTAR JOINTS: CONCAVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 17.3. MASONRY PLACING AND BONDING: 17.3.1. LAY SOLID MASONRY UNITS ON FULL HEAD AND BED JOINTS. PLACE UNIFORMLY. 17.3.2. LAY HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS WITH FACE SHELL SETTING ON HEAD AND JOINTS. PLACE UNIFORMLY. 17.3.3. BUTTERING CORNERS OR JOINTS OR EXCESSIVE FURROWING OF MORTAR JOINTS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 17.3.4. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR AND SMEARS AS WORK PROGRESSES. 17.3.5. REMOVE EXCESS MORTAR WITH WATER REPELLENT ADMIXTURE PROMPTLY. DO NOT USE ACIDS, SANDBLASTING, OR HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING METHODS. 17.3.6. INTERLOCK INTERSECTIONS AND EXTERNAL CORNERS, EXCEPT FOR UNITS LAID IN STACK BOND. 17.3.7. DO NOT SHIFT OR TAP MASONRY UNITS AFTER MORTAR HAS ACHIEVED INITIAL SET. WHERE ADJUSTMENT MUST BE MADE, REMOVE AND REPLACE MORTAR. 17.3.8. PERFORM JOB SITE CUTTING OF MASONRY UNITS WITH PROPER TOOLS TO PROVIDE, STRAIGHT, CLEAN, UNCHIPPED EDGES. PREVENT BROKEN MASONRY UNIT CORNERS OR EDGES. DO NOT "BREAK' MASONRY. 17.3.9. CUT MORTAR JOINTS FLUSH WHERE WALL TiLE IS SCHEDULED, CEMENT PARGING iS REQUIRED, RESILIENT BASE IS SCHEDULED, CAVITY VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE IS APPLIED, OR BITUMEN DAMPPROOFING IS APPLIED. 17.3.10. ISOLATE MASONRY PARTITIONS FROM VERTICAL STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS WiTH A CONTROL JOINT. ISOLATE TOP OF MASONRY PARTITIONS FROM HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS AND SLABS OR DECKS WITH COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER. 17.3.11. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SUPPORT AT FLASHING. AT HOLLOW MASONRY, GROUT VOIDS SOLID. 17.3.12. DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO ACCUMULATE IN CAVITY WALL CONSTRUCTION; PROMPTLY. 17.3.13. DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO ACCUMULATE ON THE SURFACE OF MASONRY; PROMPTLY REMOVE. 17.3.14. PROTECT TOP OF WALL CONSTRUCTION FROM RAIN, WEATHER, AND DEBRIS WITH PLASTIC SHEETING. ONLY EXPOSE ACTIVE SECTIONS. 17.3.15. PROVIDE SAFETY CAPS ON EXPOSED REBAR. 17.4. C.M.U. REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE: 17.4.1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM. 17.4.2. PLACE REINFORCEMENT IN FIRST AND SECOND HORIZONTAL JOINTS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENINGS. EXTEND 16" MINIMUM EACH SIDE OF OPENING. 17.4.3. LAP JOINT REINFORCEMENT EACH END 6" MINIMUM. 17.4.4. FASTEN VENEER ANCHORS TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND EMBED IN MASONRY JOINTS AS MASONRY IS LAID. DO NOT ATTACH TO SHEATHING BOARDS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, SPACE ANCHORS AT A MAXIMUM OF 24" HORIZONTALLY AND 16" VERTICALLY. 17.4.5. REINFORCE GROUTED COMPONENTS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.5. FLASHING: 17.5.1. EXTEND FLASHING CONTINUOUSLY AT BASE OF EXTERIOR WALLS, CONTINUOUS SHELF OR LEDGE ANGLES, AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. 17.5.2. FLASH AT THE HEAD AND SILL OF ALL WALL OPENINGS, EXTEND 8" MINIMUM BEYOND EACH SIDE OF THE OPENING. 17.5.3. EXTEND ALL FLASHING THROUGH OUTER WYTHE, AND TURN TOWN AT OUTSIDE FACE TO FORM A DRIP EDGE. 17.5.4. TURN FLASHING, FOLD, AND SEAL AT CORNERS, BENDS AND INTERRUPTIONS. FORM SEALED END DAMS AT FLASHING TERMINATIONS. 17.5.5. LAP END JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 6" AND SEAL WATERTIGHT. 17.5.6. SEAL JOINTS BELOW FLASHING WITH JOINT SEALANT. WALL MOUNTED HANDRAILS, METAL FABRICATIONS SUPPORTING EQUIPMENT OR ACCESSORIES, AND ALL LADDERS AND LADDER CAGES. 6.1. ALL EXPOSED WELDS SHALL BE KEPT TO A CONSISTENT SIZE; GRIND EXPOSED WELDS TO A SMOOTH, CONSISTENT APPEARANCE. 6.2. STAINLESS STEEL/ALUMINUM SHALL BE FREE OF DISCOLORATION FROM WELDING AND FABRICATION; CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ALL SURFACES TO ORIGINAL FINISH CONDITION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, COLOR, FINISH, AND SURFACE PATTERN/GRAINING. 6.3. REPETITIVE ELEMENTS, SUCH AS RAILING ASSEMBLIES, SHALL BE FABRICATED TO SAME LEVEL OF APPEARANCE AND DIMENSIONS. COLD FORMED AND LITE GAUGE METAL FRAMING 1. ALL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING AND LI1E GAUGE METAL FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALL APPLICABLE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 1.1. iF NOT INDICATED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGN CRITERIA FOR INTERIOR LITE GAUGE METAL WALL FRAMING SHALL BE L/240 FOR DEFLECTION AND 5PSF FOR PRESSURE AND FOR CEILING FRAMING SHALL BE L/360 FOR DEFLECTION AND 5 PSF FOR PRESSURE. 2. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, THE GAUGE AND SPACING OF METAL STUDS IS TO SHOW INTENT ONLY AND ARE THE MINIMUM DESIGN REQUIREMENT. STUD DEPTH SHALL REMAIN AS INDICATED (EXCEPTION: STUD GAUGE MAY CHANGE WHERE REQUIRED TO PROPERLY ALIGN WALL FINISH SURFACES. SUBMIT CHANGES) TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK). CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL COLD FORMED AND LITE GAUGE METAL FRAMING. THERE ARE SEVERAL ITEMS OF NOTE: 2.1. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACKS AT THE HEAD OF ALL WALLS. 2.2. WHERE RATED WALLS OCCUR, PROVIDE STUD GAUGES THAT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE INDICATED U.L ASSEMBLY, EVEN IF THE GAUGE IS GREATER THAN INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 3. AT WET AREAS, PROVIDE METAL STRAP BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES, IN LIEU OF FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT WILL NOT ACCEPT WOOD BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS. CORRECTION OF THE WORK WILL SOLELY BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL STUD FRAMING AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND AT INTERIOR WET/HUMID LOCATIONS SHALL BE HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED. WOOD AND PLASTIC 1. PLYWOOD SHEATHING: APA RATED SHEATHING STRUCTURAL I, EXPOSURE DURABILITY. SPAN MINIMUM RATING 32/16, UNSANDED. AT EXPOSED FINISH CASEWORK, PROVIDE CLEAR, FINISH GRADE, SANDED PLYWOOD. STAGGER PANEL INSTALLATION. 2. GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD: ASTM C117 5/8' TYPE X CORE WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT SURFACES. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN CONSTRUCTION. STAGGER PANEL INSTALLATION. 3. ALL WOOD BLOCKING, FRAMING, AND PLYWOOD SHEATHING/PANELS USED IN THE WORK, BOTH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR, SHALL BE FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED. ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE FINISH GRADE AND FREE OF DEFECTS. 4. PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED ACCESSORIES, EQUIPMENT, AND AT ALL ANCHOR LOCATIONS. THIS INCLUDES THOSE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER, THE TENANT, OR THIRD PARTY VENDORS (EXCEPTION: PROVIDE METAL STRAP BLOCKING AT WET AREAS AS NOTED ABOVE). 5. ALL CASEWORK SHALL COMPLY WiTH ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI) ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CONSTRUCTION AND QUALITY STANDARDS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS NOTED AND SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 5.1. ALL CASEWORK SHALL BE AWI, CUSTOM GRADE. 5.2. INDICATE SEAMING LOCATIONS AND PATTERN DIRECTIONS ON ALL SHOP DRAWINGS; LOCATE SEEMS SYMMETRICALLY AND AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS, PATTERNS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE SAME DIRECTION. 5.3. ALL HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). 5.4. ALL FINISHES SHALL MATCH THE ARCHITECT`S SAMPLE. 5.5. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE COVERED IN SPECIFIED FINISH MATERIAL (WOOD VENEER, PLASTIC LAMINATE, SOLID SURFACE, ETC.) 5.6. PROVIDE PLASTIC GROMMETS, WITH COVER PLATES, AT ALL WIRING LOCATIONS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT. IF NOT INDICATED IN DRAWINGS, SIZE SHALL BE 2 TD; COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 5.7. JOINTS IN SOLID SURFACE SHALL NOT BE READILY VISIBLE. FABRICATE FACES AND EDGE PROFILES AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. WHERE REQUIRED BY MATERIAL SURFACE LIMITATIONS, PROVIDE MITERED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SECTIONS TO ENSURE PROPER EDGE TREATMENT. 5.8. CONCEAL ALL FASTENERS AND JOINTS. 5.9. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS. NOTE ALL DISCREPANCIES IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION. 5.10. CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES SHALL BE 1/8' IN 10' FOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS. 5.11. EQUIPMENT OR PRE -MANUFACTURED ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE CASEWORK SHALL BE FULLY COORDINATED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE NEATLY INSTALLED AND SET LEVEL WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. NEATLY SCRIBE AND/OR TRIM CASEWORK TO EQUIPMENT. 5.12. MILLWORK SHALL BE HANDLED WiTH CLEAN GLOVES. CARRY, DO NOT DRAG CASEWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED CASEWORK. SHIM CASEWORK AS REQUIRED USING CONCEALED SHIMS. SECURE TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION USING CONCEALED FASTENERS TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. WHERE CONCEALED FASTENERS CANNOT BE USED, PROVIDE FASTENERS AT INCONSPICUOUS LOCATION APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. CASEWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PROPERLY LEVELED, ALIGNED, AND SCRIBED WiTH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 5.13. SEAL CASEWORK TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH A CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT OR COLOR -MATCHED SILICONE SEALANT. 5.14. UNLESS SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER AND MODEL INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN THE DRAWINGS, METAL FABRICATIONS SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE FOR INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH DESIGN INTENT AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE WITH STANDARD MANUFACTURED COMPONENTS, CASTINGS, FABRICATIONS, ETC. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES, FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS. AND FIREPROOFING 1. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE U.L LISTED FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, AND/OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO UTILIZE DIFFERENT ASSEMBLIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAID ASSEMBLIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROC®ING WiTH THE WORK. 1.1. FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE CONTINUOUS; NO INTERRUPTION OF FINAL FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE IS PERMITTED WiTH PROTECTION WITH A FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION ASSEMBLY. ENSURE ALL SURFACES ARE PROPERLY PROTECTED. 1.2. WHERE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES INTERSECT ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, THE FINAL FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE SHALL CONTINUE PAST THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, UNINTERRUPTED. 1.3. WHERE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED WALL, FLOOR, OR CEILING ASSEMBLIES ABUT ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, THE FIRE-RESISTANT MEMBRANE SHALL RETURN ACROSS THE ABUTMENT, SEPARATING THE RATED ASSEMBLY FROM THE OTHER CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES AND PERIMETER JOINT SYSTEMS OF FIRE -RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH U.L LISTED FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION AND JOINT SYSTEMS. FIRE -RESISTIVE PENETRATION AND JOINT SYSTEMS SHALL ACHIEVE THE SAME RATING AS THE ASSEMBLY BEING PENETRATED. 2.1. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE TYPE OF PENETRATIONS AND JOINT SYSTEMS TO BE PROTECTED AND SELECT APPROPRIATE ASSEMBLIES. 2.2. PROVIDE FIRE RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS AT ALL HEAD OF WALL CONDITIONS WITH 50% MOVEMENT CAPACITY, COORDINATE WiTH DEFLECTION TRACKS AT METAL STUD WALLS. ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AT ALL OTHER FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINTS. 2.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL DEVELOP AND SUBMIT A FIRE -RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROC®ING NTH THE WORK. INCLUDE ALL PRODUCT DATA AND U.L ASSEMBLY DATA AND DIAGRAMS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ALL FIRE DAMPERS. FINISH TROWEL SMOOTH ALL FINISH SURFACES. 3. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE U.L LISTED FIREPROOFING ASSEMBLIES FOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. NOT ALL PROJECTS WILL RECEIVE FIREPROOFING; REFER TO CONSTRUCTION TYPE INFORMATION IN THE CODE INFORMATION ON THE COVER SHEET. 3.1. ASSEMBLIES AND ELEMENTS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS ARE A GUIDE SHOWING GENERAL INTENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 3.2. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE U.L ASSEMBLIES USED, THE EXTENT OF THE FIREPROOFING, THE THICKNESSES) OF THE FIREPROOFING (INCLUDING ON SECONDARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS SUCH AS BRACING), POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION, AND ANY SPECIAL SURFACE PREPARATION REQUIRED. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO UTILIZE DIFFERENT ASSEMBLIES, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SAiD ASSEMBLIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL RATED ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES. WHERE LABELS WILL BE VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC, REVIEW WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1. PROVIDE THERMAL. INSULATION AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. THERMAL INSULATION IS INDICATED AS AN 'R' VALUE, NOT A THICKNESS, THIS 'R' VALUE IS THE MINIMUM VALUE ACCEPTABLE. 1.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS AS A MINIMUM. IF THE INSULATING MATERIALS DO NOT PRECISELY MATCH THE INDICATED 'R' VALUE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER AT THE NEXT HIGHEST STANDARD 'R' VALUE FOR THE INSULATION. A LOWER 'R' VALUE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 1.2. IF FOAM INSULATION PRODUCTS ARE USED AT THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING, THESE SHALL BE COMPLETELY ISOLATED FOR THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING, ESPECIALLY AT CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND IN CEILING CAVITIES. GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AT FOAM INSULATION LOCATIONS AND SEALED TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 1.3. WHERE FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION ARE INDICATED iN THE DRAWINGS TO SEAL JOINTS, PENETRATIONS, AND POTENTIAL VOIDS IN THE MAIN INSULATION, PROVIDE PLENUM RATED INSULATING MATERIALS. 2. WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIERS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2.1. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. 2.2. SEAL VAPOR BARRIER TIGHT TO ALL ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, AT ROOF DECK ENSURE FULL SEAL AT ALL DECK FLUTES. 2.3. RETURN AND SEAL VAPOR BARRIER AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 3. PROVIDE AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER AT ALL EXTERIOR SHEATHING. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.1. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, OVERLAP AND FLASH MATERIALS AS DIRECTED. 3.2. SEAL AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER TIGHT TO ALL ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, AT ROOF DECK ENSURE FULL SEAL AT ALL DECK FLUTES. 3.3. RETURN, SEAL, AND FLASH AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER AT ALL WALL OPENINGS. 3.4. COORDINATE AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER INSTALLATION WiTH ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION. ROOFING SYSTEM INSTALLATION IS TO RETURN OVER TOP OF PARAPET WALLS AND LAP ONTO AIR AND WEATHER BARRIER. ENSURE ROOFING SYSTEM IS INSTALLED OVER TOP OF WEATHER BARRIER. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A COMPLETE ROOFING SYSTEM INSTALLATION. FOR CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF LIMITED AREAS, MATCH EXISTING SYSTEMS) AND MATERIAL(S). MAINTAIN EXISTING ROOF INSULATION R VALUES. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OWNERS EXISTING WARRANTY(S) AND MAINTENANCE SERVICE(S). 4.1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WiTH THE NATIONAL ROOFING CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (NRCA) STANDARDS FOR THE ROOFING SYSTEM SPECIFIED, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. 4.2. MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS FIELD FABRICATED GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS, COPINGS, ROOF EDGE TERMINATIONS, AND FASCIAS, ETC, SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (SMACNA) ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL (ASMM). FACTORY PREPARED FABRICATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. 4.3. DETAILS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS ARE TO ADDRESS GENERAL CONDITIONS EXPECTED TO BE ENCOUNTERED AND SHOW INTENT. 4.4. THERMAL INSULATION iS INDICATED AS AN 'R' VALUE, NOT A THICKNESS, THIS 'R' VALUE IS THE MINIMUM VALUE ACCEPTABLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS AS A MINIMUM. IF THE INSULATING MATERIALS DO NOT PRECISELY MATCH THE INDICATED 'R' VALUE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSULATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER AT THE NEXT HIGHEST STANDARD 'R' VALUE FOR THE INSULATION. A LOWER 'R' VALUE WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 4.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. PROVIDE TAPERED INSULATION AT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AT THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF THE ROOF SLOPE. TAPERED INSULATION SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO THE MINIMUM INSULATION REQUIRED TO MEET THE SPECIFIED 'R' VALUE. 4.6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL ALL VOIDS BETWEEN THE ROOF INSULATION AND PENETRATING ITEMS WITH PLENUM RATED ROOF INSULATION. AT LOCATIONS WHERE A ROOM OR SPACE HAS EXPOSED STRUCTURE, THE PENETRATING ITEMS SHALL EITHER BE PROVIDED WiTH A MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED PIECE OF TRIM METAL OR ONE SHALL BE FABRICATED IN THE FIELD. 4.7. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ROOFING SHOP DRAWINGS, SHOWING ALL DETAILS FOR THE INSTALLATION, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WiTH THE WORK. JOINT SEALANTS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL JOINT SEALANT AS NOTED IN DRAWINGS AND PER THIS SCHEDULE. PROVIDE BACKER ROD AS REQUIRED. 2. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL TRAFFIC SURFACES. JOINT LOCATIONS: • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN BRICK PAVERS, ISOLATION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLABS, JOINTS BETWEEN PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING UNITS, JOINTS IN STONE PAVING UNITS, INCLUDING STEPS, TILE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT. URETHANE. • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 3. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, JOINTS BETWEEN PLANT -PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE UNITS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN UNIT MASONRY, JOINTS IN DIMENSION STONE CLADDING, JOINTS IN GLASS UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES, JOINTS IN EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS, JOINTS BETWEEN METAL PANELS, JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE, PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE AND FRAMES OF DOORS AND WINDOWS, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN CEILINGS AND OTHER OVERHEAD SURFACES, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: POLYURETHANE • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 4. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL TRAFFIC SURFACES. • - - OINT LOCATIONS: ISOLATION JOINTS IN CAST IN P C CONCRETE SLABS CO OL AND EXP SION JOINTS IN ONE FLOORING CONTROL AND J LA E NTR AN ST , EXPANSION JOINTS IN BRICK FLOORING, CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN TiLE FLOORING, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: URETHANE • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 5. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACE. • JOINT LOCATIONS: CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ON EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES OF EXTERIOR WALLS, PERIMETER JOINTS OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS WHERE INDICATED, 11LE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, VERTICAL JOINTS ON EXPOSED SURFACES OF INTERIOR UNIT MASONRY AND CONCRETE WALLS AND PARTITIONS, JOINTS ON UNDERSIDE OF PLANT -PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE BEAMS AND PLANKS, PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND FRAMES OF INTERIOR DOORS WINDOWS AND ELEVATOR ENTRANCES AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT. POLYURETHANE ' • JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD: PREFORMED FOAM. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF COLORS. 6. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: MILDEW -RESISTANT INTERIOR JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS, AND COUNTERS, TiLE CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE INDICATED, JOINTS BETWEEN CASEWORK AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS, CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS IN THE POOL AND SPA, CONTROL AND ISOLATION JOINTS IN PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER, ALL JOINTS IN THE SHOWER ROOMS, AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT. SILICONE. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: WHITE AT PLUMBING FIXTURES; CLEAR AT CASEWORK. 7. JOINT -SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR ACOUSTICAL JOINTS IN VERTICAL SURFACES AND HORIZONTAL NON TRAFFIC SURFACES. • JOINT LOCATIONS: JOINTS BETWEEN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TiLES AND ADJOINING WALL CONSTRUCTION, ACOUSTICAL JOINTS WHERE INDICATED, OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. • JOINT SEALANT: ACOUSTICAL ACRYLIC LATEX. • JOINT -SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. DOORS. WINDOWS. HARDWARE. AND GLAZING iM01a►la:7:1� 1.1. ALL DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), OR LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES, AS APPLICABLE. COMPLY WITH OPERATING FORCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL OPERATION. 1.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ALL DOOR HARDWARE, FLUSH WOOD DOORS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, AN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES. 1.3. ALL RATED DOORS AND FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED WiTH CODE COMPLIANT LABELS BY THE MANUFACTURER. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT REMOVE OR PAINT OVER LABELS. 1.4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE UNDERCUT ON ALL DOORS WiTH FLOOR FINISH. ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCE AND OPERATION OF DOOR. 1.5. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT, THERMALLY -IMPROVED ALUMINUM THRESHOLDS AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS, COORDINATE THRESHOLD DEPTH WITH FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE IS WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORING ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE ONE PIECE, OVERSIZED THRESHOLD TO COVER THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE EXTERIOR SILL CONSTRUCTION AND THE WOOD FLOOR. DO NOT ATTACH THE THRESHOLD TO THE WOOD FLOOR, FLOAT OVER THE FLOORING. 1.6. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT, THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM THRESHOLDS AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS WHERE INDICATED. 1.7. CAULK PERIMETER OF ALL DOOR FRAMES TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 1.8. ALL DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR EFFORT. ALTERNATIVELY, AT MAIN ENTRANCE ONLY, PROVIDE A READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN ADJACENT TO OR ON THE DOOR STATING THAT 'THIS DOOR SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED' WITH MINIMUM 1 "H LETTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 1.9. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ALL DOOR HARDWARE, FLUSH WOOD DOORS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, AN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WINDOWS AND ENTRANCES. 2. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND LITES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CRffERIA: 2.1. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND SIDELITES SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2.2. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL HAVE FLUSH FACES WITH NO SEAMS. 2.3. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE GALVANIZED. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL BE INSULATED. 2.4. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL BE WELDED. 2.5. WELDED FRAMES ARE PREFERRED AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. HOWEVER, IN THE INTEREST OF OWNER SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS, KNOCK DOWN FRAMES ARE MAY BE CONSIDERED AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. WELDED FRAMES ARE PREFERRED. 2.6. PROVIDE SILENCERS WITH ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES. 2.7. PROVIDE WEATHERSTRIPPING FOR ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAMES AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 2.8. PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATING, AND LABELS, AS INDICATED. PROVIDE POSITIVE PRESSURE WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 2.9. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8. 3. ALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 3.1. COMPLY WITH AWI QUALITY SEC11ON 1300 CUSTOM GRADE. 3.2. SOLID CORE, NON -RATED: TYPE PC - PARTICLEBOARD. 3.3. SOLID CORE, RATED: RATING AS INDICATED, CATEGORY A FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SOLID CORE MATERIAL FOR DOOR RATING. 3.4. VENEER FACING: AWI GRADE: A, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.5. SPECIES: SELECT WHITE BIRCH, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.6. CUT: ROTARY, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.7. FACE MATCHING: RUNNING, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.8. FACING ADHESIVE: TYPE 1 - WATERPROOF. 3.9. PROVIDE SOLID CORE DOORS WiTH REINIFORCED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR HARDWARE. 3.10. WHERE FIRE RATED DOORS ARE INDICATED, COMPLY WITH RATING INDICATED iN THE DRAWINGS AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RATING AGENCY AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3.11. ALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL BE FACTORY FINISHED, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. MATCH ARCHITECTS SAMPLES, OR BUILDING/TENANT SPACE STANDARD. 3.12. INSTALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS PER AWI QUALITY STANDARD REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.13. PROVIDE REQUIRED FIRE RATING, AND LABELS, AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE POSSITVE PRESSURE WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 3.14. GLAZING STOPS: MATCHING WOOD. 3.15. INSTALL ALL WOOD DOORS IN COMPLIANCE WITH AWI STANDARDS. 4. ALL ALUMINUM -FRAMED WINDOWS AND DOORS (STOREFRONT AND CURTAIN WALL) SHALL COMPLY WiTH THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 4.1. DEAD AND LIVE LOAD FROM WIND, ACTING NORMAL TO THE PLANE: AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES AND ASCE 7, AND AS MEASURED BY ASTM E330. 4.2. AIR INFILTRATION, COMPLY WITH ASTM E283: WINDOW FRAMING: 0.06 CFM/SQ. FT. SINGLE DOORS: 0.50 CFM PER LINEAR FOOT OF CRACK, MEASURED WITH 1.57 PSF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. 4.3. DEFLECTION: LIMIT MUWON DEFLECTION TO 1/175 FOR SPANS UNDER 13'-6" AND 1/240 PLUS 1/4" FOR SPANS OVER 13'-6", WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 4.4. SEISMIC LOADS: AS CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES. 4.5. SYSTEM ASSEMBLY: ACCOMMODATE WITHOUT DAMAGE TO COMPONENTS OR DETERIORATION OF SEALS, FROM MOVEMENT WITHIN SYSTEM, MOVEMENT BETWEEN SYSTEM AND PERIPHERAL CONSTRUCTION, DYNAMIC LOADING AND RELEASE LOADS, DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FRAMING. 4.6. MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS AIR AND VAPOR SEAL THROUGHOUT ASSEMBLY, PRIMARILY IN -LINE WiTH INSIDE PANE OF GLASS. 4.7. CONDENSATION RESISTANCE FACTOR, COMPLY WiTH AAMA 1503.1: THERMALLY BROKEN WINDOW FRAME, MINIMUM 50. 4.8. WATER LJAKAGE, COMPLY WITH ASTM E331: WINDOW FRAMING: NONE, WHEN TESTED WITH 8.0 PSF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE. 4.9. THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE OF ASSEMBLY: EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS: U VALUE PER CURRENT AND LOCAL ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4.10. EXPANSION/CONTRACTION: PROVIDE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS CAUSED BY CYCLING TEMPERATURE RANGE 170 DEG F OVER A 12 HOUR PERIOD WITHOUT CAUSING DETRIMENTAL EFFECT TO SYSTEM COMPONENTS OR ANCHORAGES. 4.11. SYSTEM INTERNAL DRAINAGE: PROVIDE INTERNAL DRAINAGE FOR ALL MOISTURE RESULTING FROM LEAKAGE OR CONDENSATION TO EXTERNAL WEEPS. 4.12. PERFORM ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WiTH AAMA SFM-1 AND AAMA METAL CURTAIN WALL, WINDOW, STORE FRONT AND ENTRANCE GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL. 4.13. ERECTION TOLERANCES: MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 0.06 INCHES EVERY 3FT NON -CUMULATIVE OR 1/16" PER 10 FT, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF TWO ADJOINING MEMBERS ABUTTING IN PLANE: 1/32". 4.14. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM FRAMES WITH INSULATED GLASS UNITS WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, AT ALL EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 4.15. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PERIMETER GASKETiNG AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 4.16. ALL ALUMINUM FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP FINISHED IN EITHER A ANODIC OR KYNAR FINISH. SEE WINDOW TYPES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 5. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 5.1. THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS INDICATED IN THE REST OF DOCUMENTS ARE A PRESCRIPTIVE PERFORMANCE, FUNCTION, AND OPERATION GUIDE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE HARDWARE SET, INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES THAT MAY NOT BE LISTED, COMPLYING WiTH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE NOTES AND THE HARDWARE PRESCRIPTIVE GUIDE. SUBMIT HARDWARE SETS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 5.2. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL COMPLY WITH BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (BHMA) STANDARDS AND SHALL BE MINIMUM GRADE 2. 5.3. WHERE WORKING IN EXISTING SPACES, MATCH EXISTING HARDWARE MANUFACTUER(S), STYLE(S), AND FINISHES TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 5.4. COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOOR AND FRAME FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. 5.5. INSTALL THE DOOR HARDWARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) REQUIREMENTS, THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN REQUIREMENTS, AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS. COORDINATE ALL THE WORK. 5.6. HINGES: 5.6.1. FOR DOORS UP TO 60" HIGH, PROVIDE (2) HINGES. FOR DOORS FROM 61 "H TO 90"H, PROVIDE (3) HINGES. FOR DOORS 91 "H TO 120"H, PROVIDE (4) HINGES. FOR DOOR WITH HEIGHTS MORE THAN 120", PROVIDE (4) HINGES PLUS (1) ADDITIONAL HINGE FOR EVERY ADDITIONAL 30' OF HEIGHT. 5.6.2. PROVIDE SPRING, PIVOT, AND CONTINUOUS HINGES WHERE INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 5.6.3. PROVIDE NON -REMOVABLE HINGE PINS AT ALL OUTSWINGING EXTERIOR DOORS AND INTERIOR CORRIDOR DOORS. 5.6.4. ALL EXTERIOR HINGES SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, BALL BEARING TYPE. 5.7. LOCK SETS AND LATCHES: 5.7.1. PROVIDE LEVER STYLE HANDLES ON ALL LOCK SETS. 5.7.2. PROVIDE ALL LOCK SETS WITH MATCHED, RECESSED STRIKE PLATES. 5.7.3. DO NOT PROVIDE LOCK SETS AND LATCHES THAT IMPEDE THE EGRESS FLOW FROM THE ROOM, SPACE, OR BUILDING. 5.7.4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL LOCK SETS SHALL BE MORTISE TYPE. 5.7.5. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ELECTROMAGNETIC AND ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 5.7.6. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE PHYSICAL, PUNCH KEY TYPE LOCK SETS. 5.8. EXIT DEVICES AND EXIT ALARMS: 5.8.1. PROVIDE EXIT DEVICES WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, WHERE THE OCCUPANT LOAD ON A SINGLE DOOR IS GREATER THAN 50, AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, AND WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5.8.2. PROVIDE SPECIAL FUNCTION WHERE INDICATED (CYLINDER DOGGING, KEYED DOGGING, ETC.). 5.8.3. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE ELECTRONIC EXIT DEVICES 5.8.4. PROVIDE LEVER STYLE HANDLES ON ALL LOCK SETS. 5.8.5. PROVIDE ALL EXIT DEVICES WITH MATCHED, RECESSED STRIKE PLATES. 5.8.6. WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE SEPARATE, INTERCONNECTED AUDITORY EXIT ALARM DEVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. PROVIDE EACH EXIT ALARM WTH A SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN STATING 'EMERGENCY EXT - ALARM WILL SOUND'. SIGN SHALL BE WHITE BACKGROUND WITH RED LETTERS. 5.9. LOCK CYLINDERS: 5.9.1. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS. 5.9.2. PROVIDE, AND INSTALL, PERMANENT CYLINDERS AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE THERE ARE EXISTING LOCK SETS, PROVIDE NEW CYLINDERS IN THE EXISTING LOCK SETS SO ALL LOCKS ARE ON THE SAME KEYING SYSTEM. 5.10. DOOR BOLTS: 5.10.1. PROVIDE MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS WHERE INDICATED. MINIMUM BOLT LENGTH IS 12'. 5.10.2. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE FOR PAIRS OF DOORS. 5.10.3. ALL FLUSH BOLTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WiTH (2) PER LEAF (TOP AND BOTTOM). 5.10.4. PROVIDE DUSTPROOF STRIKES AT FLOOR LOCATIONS. 5.10.5. ALL DOOR BOLTS SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE. SURFACE MOUNTED IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5.11. CLOSERS: 5.11.4. PROVIDE CLOSERS WHERE INDICATED, AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, AND AT ALL FIRE RATED DOORS. 5.11.5. PROVIDE TYPE OF CLOSER AND ARM REQUIRED FOR CLOSER TO BE LOCATED ON THE NON-PUBLIC SIDE OF THE DOOR. 5.11.6. DO NOT MOUNT CLOSERS AT EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. 5.11.7. PROVIDE CLOSERS WITH SPECIAL OPERATION, WHERE INDICATED (OVERHEAD STOP, HOLD -OPEN, RECESSED CLOSERS, CONCEALED CLOSERS, ETC.) 5.11.8. PROVIDE DOOR COORDINATORS AS INDICATED AND WHERE REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER DOOR OPERATION. 5.12. ELECTRIC STRIKES: PROVIDE ELECTRIC STRIKES WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE WITH LOCKSET/EXIT DEVICE OPERATION. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5.13. STOPS AND HOLDERS: 5.13.1. PROVIDE TYPE INDICATED. 5.13.2. DO NOT MOUNT FLOOR STOPS WHERE THEY WILL IMPEDE TRAFFIC. 5.13.3. WHERE WALL AND FLOOR STOPS ARE NOT APPROPRIATE, PROVIDE AN OVERHEAD STOP. 5.13.4. PROVIDE MAGNETIC HOLD -OPENS WHERE INDICATED. COORDINATE TYPE WITH CLOSER AND DOOR OPERATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRIC SERVICE, TRANSFORMERS AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 5.14. OPERATING TRIM (DOOR PULLS, PUSH PLATES, AND MISC. ITEMS): PROVIDE TYPE INDICATED, COORDINATE WITH DOOR AND FRAME CONSTRUCTION. 5.15. PROTECTION PLATES: PROVIDE AS INDICATED. WiDTH OF PROTECTION PLATE SHALL BE 2" SMALLER THAN DOOR LEAF WIDTH AND INSTALLED 1" FROM EACH EDGE OF DOOR. COORDINATE HEIGHT OF PROTECTION PLATE WITH DOOR GLAZING, IF ANY. 5.16. GASKETING, SWEEPS, AND AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS: 5.16.1. AIR LEAKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEEED 0.50 CFM PER FOOT OF CRACK LENGTH, AS TESTED PER ASTM E283. 5.16.2. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS WEATHER-STRIP GASKETING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOOR LOCATIONS. 5.16.3. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SMOKE GASKETING WHERE INDICATED AND AT ALL STAIRWELL OR OTHER POSITIVE PRESSURE DOORS. 5.16.4. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SOUND/LIGHT GASKETING WHERE INDICATED. 5.16.5. GASKETING, SWEEPS, AND AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOMS SHALL NOT USE ORGANIC MATERIALS. 5.16.6. AT WOOD AND H.M. DOORS, GASKETiNG SHALL BE COMPRESSION BULB TYPE. 5.16.7. AT ALUMINUM DOORS, GASKETiNG SHALL BE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED AND PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 5.16.8. AT RATED DOORS AND FRAMES, GASKETING SHALL BE TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY GASKETING MANUFACTURER. AT PAIRS OF RATED DOORS, DO NOT PROVIDE A METAL ASTRAGAL PLATE. PROVIDE INTUMESECENT TYPE CONCEALED ASTRAGAL ON EDGE OF DOOR. 5.16.9. AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM, LENGTH AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM WITH COMPRESSION BULB TYPE BOTTOM OR COMRPESSIBLE NYLON SWEEP/EDGE. 5.16.10. WHERE INDICATED AT INTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR SWEEP. 5.16.11. WHERE INDICATED AT INTERIOR DOORS, OR REQUIRED FOR SMOKE CONTROL OR POSITIVE PRESSURE, PROVIDE AN AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM COMPLYING WiTH THE RATING REQUIREMENT OF THE DOOR AND FRAME. 5.17. THRESHOLDS: 5.17.1. PROVIDE THRESHOLDS WHERE INDICATED AND AT ALL EXTERIOR DOOR LOCATIONS. 5.17.2. ALL EXTERIOR THRESHOLDS SHALL HAVE BE SOLID EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WITH A THERMAL BREAK. 5.17.3. ALL INTERIOR THRESHOLDS SHALL BE SOLID EXTRUDED ALUMINUM. 5.17.4. COORDINATE LENGTH OF THRESHOLD WITH DOOR AND FRAME. COORDINATE DEPTH OF THRESHOLD WITH WiTH THE DOOR AND FRAME AND THE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. 5.18. KEYING: 5.18.1. COORDINATE ALL KEYING REQUIREMENTS WiTH THE LANDLORD/TENANT. 5.18.2. PROVIDE (2) COPIES OF EACH KEY. 5.18.3. PROVIDE KEY CABINET. MOUNT WHERE INDICATED BY THE LANDLORD/TENANT. 6. ALL GLAZING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 6.1. GENERAL: 6.1.1. PERFORM WORK IN COMPLIANCE WITH GLASS ASSOCAmON OF AMERICA (GANA) GLAZING MANUAL, GANA SEALANT MANUAL, GANA LAMINATED GLASS DESIGN GUIDE AND SEALED INSULATING GLASS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCATiON (SIGMA) FOR GLAZING INSTALLATION METHODS. 6.2. GLAZING: 6.2.1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN (INCLUDING SEISMIC): IN COMPLIANCE WiTH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS AND ASCE 7, WiTH BASIC WIND SPEED AND EXPOSURE INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 6.2.2. WIND-BORNE DEBRIS LOADS: GLASS WiTHIN 30 FEET OF GRADE: ASTM 1996, LARGE MISSLE IMPACT TEST. GLASS WITHIN 60 FEET OF GRADE, ASTM 1996, SMALL MISSLE IMPACT TEST. 6.2.3. LIMIT GLASS DEFLECTION TO 1/175 OF GLASS EDGE LENGTH OR 3/4', WHICHEVER IS LESS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS. 6.2.4. INTERIOR GLASS DEFi ECTiON: MAXIMUM DIFFERENTIAL DEFLECTION FOR TWO ADJACENT UNSUPPORTED EDGES LESS THAN THICKENSS OF GLASS WHEN 50 PLF FORCE IS APPLIED TO ONE PANEL AT ANY ONE POINT UP TO 42" A.F.F. 6.2.5. THERMAL/SOLAR PERFORMANCE: IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 6.2.6. FABRICATE GLAZING WITHIN GANA REQUIREMENTS, ACCOUNTING FOR GASKETING/SEALS, MOVEMENT, AND THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. 6.2.7. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE ALL INSULATED GLASS UNITS WITH GASKETS. 6.2.8. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE DRY TAPE -TAPE METHOD AT INTERIOR LOCATIONS. 6.2.9. PROVIDE HEAT STRENGTHENING (TEMPERING) AS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 6.2.10. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, SINGLE PANE GLAZING SHALL BE 1/4' THICK, CLASS I CLEAR. TEMPERING AS INDICATED. 6.2.11. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSULATED GLASS UNITS SHALL BE 1' THICK (NOMINAL), WiTH (2) LAYERS OF 1/4" THICK, CLASS I CLEAR GLASS OR CLASS II TINTED. PROVIDE WiTH FABRICATED SPACER AND CREATE SEALED UNIT. INSTALL ALL COATINGS AND TINTS ON THE 2ND GLASS FACE. ENSURE COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED. 6.2.12. PROVIDE SPECIAL PATTERNS/FRITTiNG AS INDICATED. 6.2.13. SET GLASS PLUMB AND LEVEL, WITHOUT DISTORTION. 6.3. MIRRORS: 6.3.1. CLEAR MIRROR GLASS: ASTM C1503, MIRROR SELECT QUALITY, 6.OMM THICK. SILVER MIRROR COATING ON 2ND FACE. 6.3.2. FIELD VERIFY MIRROR SIZES, COMPLY WITH LAYOUT INTENT SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. 6.3.3. FABRICATE MIRRORS IN SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR NOTCHES, HOLES, PENETRATING ITEMS, ETC. PROVIDE THESE CUTOUTS PRIOR TO HEAT STRENGTHENING. DO NOT PIECE OR SEAM MIRRORS AROUND THESE ITEMS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. DO NOT SPAN EXPANSION JOINTS WiTH THE MIRRORS. 6.3.4. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. 6.3.5. WHERE LAMINATED MIRROR GLASS IS INDICATED., COMPLY WITH ASTM C1172, KIND LM. OUTER LITE SHALL BE CLEAR GLASS WITH SILVER MIRROR COATING ON 2ND FACE. INTERLAYER MATERIAL SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 0.030 INCH THICK PVB INTERLAYER PROVEN NOT TO DELAMINATE. SECOND LITE SHALL BE CLEAR GLASS. FABRICATE FREE OF DEFECTS, DIRT, DEBRIS, AIR BUBBLES, AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS AND LAMINATE USING MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD HEAT PLUS PRESSURE FABRICATION PROCESS. FINISH EDGE OF LAMINATED GLASS AS RECOMMENDED BY INTERLAYER MANUFACTURER. 6.3.6. MIRROR EDGES SHALL BE SQUARE, POLISHED, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. FACTORY FINISH EDGES. 6.3.7. VERIFY AND CORRECT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INSTALL MIRROR WITH ADHESIVE. INSTALL MIRRORS PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. z 0 0 z M 4- U) V 2 L. a 'Q W LU z Q) - � N Or L. p r 0 . 1�. w V to M �o "r v > 00 � 3 MN M fn Y M "o Ln a. O N o m 0< r_.oN O U 00 0 p � L N � v 5i I E , Iv Q) t � 2 v .J T. Q -1 00 Q N �� m o cc LL :0 v L 0 0 L V 0 LL 0 OW<wz ¢Wt�-waVO >-u�wza00U)W mVP2il p z ohWo wzwwp N=W I-2Q W Ujf_ (OV>ZF-i- _ � W�� W U W� O a w � z ❑ � 0 00=WW¢W�W UUFc3��m0P U�oWo2� C/1 0 M Q M M � -a w N v h a H Q �� H�QW a N a C� rn N N N 0 6) 0 L 2 W W a Ir 0 1 W Z) CO 0 N Q 0 0 a .1 U N a) Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: • Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS I fl I if �� - r- i�-T ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION Z (D U) w 0 Z cr v� m m tn �2 00 00 O O v C O Q) LL 1 1 0 (NI 0 6, U El a) 1-1 co E , c O 6 U O s U� s - ,-, O CJ N _I 0 Cc EL GENERAL PROJECT NOTES FINISHES (GENERAL). REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE FINISH MATERIALS; COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS. PATCH FOR 8. RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACESSORIES: 6. PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS WITH ADA COMPLIANT HANDLES/PULLS. FINISH LEVEL AS REQUIRED. 1.1. AT ALL EXISTING SURFACES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE SURFACES MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT, FOR ALIGNMENT, LEVEL OF FINISH, SMOOTHNESS, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT ALL EXISTING WORK. TO MEET THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. ENSURE EXISTING DEFICIENCIES DO NOT SHOW THROUGH, OR TELEGRAPH THROUGH, EXISTING WORK. 2. COORDINATE ALL LAYOUTS AND FRAMING WITH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. DIMENSIONS PERTAINING TO TILE, CASEWORK, AND CUSTOM FABRICATION LAYOUTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED CRITICAL 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FINISHES IN THESE DOCUMENTS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE INSTALLATION OF ALL PRODUCTS WILL BE BY MANUFACTURER APPROVED OR TRAINED CONTRACTORS WITH A MINIMUM OF FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE WORKING WITH THE PRODUCT. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (2) PHYSICAL SAMPLES OF THE FINISH PRODUCTS DURING THE SUBMITTAL REVIEW PROCESS - ONE FOR THE ARCHITECT'S RECORD AND ONE TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE SITE. 5. ALL INSTALLATION, PROTECTION, AND CARE INSTRUCTIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DOCUMENTS. 6. WHERE NEW FINISHES MEET EXISTING FINISHES, CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING AND PREPARE FOR NEW TO BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE FROM FLOOR TO CEILING AND BEIWEEN THE NEAREST CORNERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NEW CONSTRUCTION MEETING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME PLACE SHALL BE FLUSH WITH NO VISIBLE JOINT. 7. TYPICALLY, CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIALS OCCUR UNDER THE CENTERLINE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. COORDINATE ALL FLOORING TRANSITION LOCATIONS WITH THE LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 8. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL COORDINATE WITH THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS FOR TYPE AND LOCATION. 9. PROVIDE ALL NEW MATERIALS FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL MATERIALS SHALL COME FROM THE SAME BATCH, LOT, OR PRODUCTION RUN. FOR MATERIALS WITH A VARIED COLOR AND PATTERN, RANDOMLY SELECT AND BLEND DURING INSTALLATION. GYPSUM BOARD WALLS AND CEILINGS 1. ALL METAL STUD FRAMING SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1.1. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C840, C754, GYPSUM ASSOCIATION STANDARDS,AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND STANDARDS. 1.2. ALL RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE STANDARDS. 1.3. MAXIMUM DEFLECTION L360 FOR 5PSF UNIFORM LOAD. 1.4. ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PLUMB AND ALIGNED TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8' IN 10 FEET. 1.5. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL STUDS FRAMING, INDICATING ALL GAUGES, SIZES, AND COATINGS. THE INFORMATION BELOW IS THE MINIMUM CRITERIA REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT: 1.5.1. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (EXTERIOR STUDS): 16 GAUGE, C90 COATING. 1.5.2. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (INTERIOR STUDS): 20 GAUGE, G60 COATING. PROVIDE G90 COATING AT WET LOCATIONS. COMPLY WITH MINIMUM GAUGE LISTED IN U.L_ ASSEMBLIES, IF GREATER. 1.5.3. MINIMUM GAUGE AND COATING (INTERIOR FURRING): 25 GAUGE, G60 COATING. PROVIDE G90 COATING AT WET LOCATIONS. COMPLY WITH MINIMUM GAUGE LISTED IN U.L_ ASSEMBLIES, IF GREATER. 1.5.4. DIRECT SUSPENSION FRAMING (INTERIOR): ASTM C635 ZINC COATED SYSTEM OF INTERLOCKING FURRING RUNNERS, TEES, AND ACCESSORIES DESIGNED FOR CONCEALED MODULAR SUPPORT OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS. CHANNELS SHALL BE G90, MINIMUM 1 1/2' SIZE AND MINIMUM 0.475 LB/FT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, CLASS I GALVANIZED STEEL, 8 GAUGE MINIMUM. 1.5.5. PROVIDE DEEP LEG DEFLECTION AT THE TOP OF ALL FULL HEIGHT INTERIOR WALLS AND AT EXTERIOR WALLS WHERE INDICATED. INSTALL SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C636 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1.5.6. INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS AT ALL DOOR AND WINDOW JAMBS. 1.5.7. INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 2. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 2.1. ALL GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE GYPSUM ASSOCIATION STANDARDS FOR FINISH LEVEL AND INSTALLATION. EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE LEVEL 4 FINISH, TYPICAL. AT WALL GRAPHICS AND WALL COVERINGS, PROVIDE LEVEL 5 FINISH. 2.4. GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C1396/C1396M 5/8' THICK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE FIRE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD (TYPE X) WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH RATED ASSEMBLIES. 2.5. GYPSUM TILE BACKER BOARD (MOISTURE RESISTANT): ASTM C1178/C1178M MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD AT ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS IN ALL RESTROOMS AND OTHER NET LOCATIONS. 2.6. CEMEN IOUS TILE BACKER BOARD (MOISTURE RESISTANT): ANSI A118.9, HIGH DENSITY, GLASS FIBER REINFORCED. LOCATINS AS INDICATED. 2.7. DRAWINGS INDICATE SPECIAL GYPSUM BOARD TRIMS, REVEALS, AND ACCESSORIES. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.8. TAPE, MUD, AND FINISH ALL INTERIOR JOINTS. MUD AND FINISH OVER ALL FASTENERS. POPPED SCREW HEADS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 2.9. TAPE AND SEAL ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.10. ALL ADJACENT GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES SHALL BE ALIGNED FLUSH AND LEVEL WITH NO VISIBLE JOINTS. 2.11. TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE USE SINGLE SHEETS AND ALIGN JOINT FOR CONSISTENT FINISHING AND APPEARANCE. 3. ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 3.1. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: 3", ASTM C665, TYPE 1 UNFACED SEMI -RIGID MINERAL FIBER OR FIBERGLASS INSULATION. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 25/50. 3.2. METAL TRIM: ASTM C1047, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH OR WITHOUT PAPER FACING. PROVIDE CORNER BEADS, EDGE, BEAMS AND OTHER SHAPES AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION. 3.3. JOINT MATERIALS (GYPSUM BOARD): ASTM C475, REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. 3.4. JOINT MATERIALS (CEMENTIOUS BACKER BOARD): 2" WIDE, COATED GLASS FIBER TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, AND WATER. 3.5. FASTENERS (GYPSUM BOARD): METAL FRAMING 33 MILS THICK OR LESS: ASTM C1002, TYPE S. METAL FRAMING GREATER THAN 33 MILS THICK: ASTM C954. WOOD FRAMING: ASTM C1002, TYPE W. 3.6. FASTENERS (CEMENTTOUS BACKER BOARD): STAINLESS STEEL TYPE. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS WALLS 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND THE SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ENSURE PROPER ALIGNMENT AND PLUMB OF ALL MASONRY WALLS. 3. AT ELEVATOR SHAFTS, ENSURE NO LEDGES OR OBSTRUCTIONS OCCUR INSIDE THE SHAFT, COMPLY WITH ASME A17.1, ELEVATOR INSPECTOR REQUIREMENTS, AND ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS. ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS 1. ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1.1. FIRE RATED FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION: RATING AS INDICATED, COMPLY WITH ASTM E119. 1.2. SURFACE BURN CHARACTERISTICS: MAXIM FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 25/50 (ASTM E84). 1.3. CEILING TILES: TYPE AND SIZE AS INDICATED. 1.4. GRID: ASTM C635, HOT -DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. FACE WIDTH AS REQUIRED FOR CEILING TILE TYPE PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES, TRIMS, CUPS, EDGES, HOLD DOWNS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1.5. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, SIZE AND TYPE AS REQUIRED FOR THE APPLICATION AND AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1.6. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8" IN 10 FEET. 1.7. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES. 1.8. LAY -IN GRID INSTALLATION: 1.8.1. COMPLY WITH ASTM C636. WHERE SEISMIC BRACING IS REQUIRED, COMPLY WITH ASTM E580. 1.8.2. HANG GRID SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, CONDUITS, PIPES, AND DUCTS. 1.8.3. DO NOT SUPPORT COMPONENTS AND FIXTURES ON GRID SYSTEM. SUSPEND SEPARATELY FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 1.8.4. WHERE GRID ABUTS BULLNOSE BLOCK, PROVIDE PREFORMED CLOSURE TRIM MATCHING THE CEILING GRID. 1.9. CEILING TILES: 1.9.1. FIT TILES IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. 1.9.2. LAY DIRECTIONAL PATTERNED UNITS IN ONE WAY WITH PATTERN PARALLEL TO LONG DIRECTION OF ROOM AXIS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 1.9.3. CUT TILES TO FIT AROUND ODD SHAPES AND FOR NON-STANDARD SIZES, WHERE THE TILE HAS A MANUFACTURED TEGULAR EDGE, FIELD CUT ALL EDGES TO MATCH THE TEGULAR PROFILE. 1.9.4. INSTALL HOLD DOWN CLIPS WHERE INDICATED OR WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH A RATED U.L. ASSEMBLY. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL CEILING AND CEILING SYSTEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE CEILING TILES, GRID, METAL FRAMING, SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, CONTROL JOINTS, GYPSUM BOARD AND ALL OTHER COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR THE CEILING INSTALLATION. 2.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL COMPONENTS, ACCESSORIES, AND FRAMING DETAILS AS SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2.2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, DUCTWORK, LOUVERS, DAMPERS, ELECTRICAL AND DATA COMPONENTS, LIGHTING, FIRE ALARM, AND FIRE SUPPRESSION. 2.3. CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS SUCH AS FIRE ALARM DEVICES, FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS, CEILING FANS, CAN LIGHTS, ETC., SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES WITH A FALSE GRID LINE IN THEM (SECOND LOOK), CENTER ITEMS IN THE 2X2 AREA OF THE TILE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CEILING AT HEIGHTS INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ALL CONFLICTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLU110N PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF CEILING MOUNTED UTILITIES. 4.1. ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN CEILING CONSTRUCTION (EXCEPTION: ROOMS WITH EXPOSED STRUCTURE CEILINGS). 4.2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TRANSITIONS AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE AROUND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER UTILITIES AND MAINTAIN THE UTILIIES WITHIN THE CEILING CAVITY. WHERE SPACE IN JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS PERMIT, UTILITIES MAY BE RUN THROUGH THE WEB SPACE OF THESE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 4.3. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING/FIRE SUPPRESSION AS HIGH IN THE CEILING CAVITY AS FEASIBLE IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN CLEAR SPACE FOR DUCTWORK INSTALLATIONS. HOLD FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING TIGHT TO FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE 5. CUT CEILING TILES SMALLER THAN C SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO RECENTER THE GRID. 6. WHERE CEILING TILES WITH A TEGULAR EDGE MUST BE FIELD CUT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT IN A MATCHING TEGULAR EDGE ON THE CUT SIDE OF THE CEILING TILE, FINISH AND PAINT TO MATCH THE FACTORY EDGE FLOORING AND TILE WORK 1. PROVIDE TRANSITIONS AT CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL ALL TRANSITIONS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT. SEE OTHER DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS AND TYPES OF TRANSITIONS. 2. REMOVE AND REPAIR ALL SLAB IMPERFECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FLOAT AND FILL/GRIND FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SUBSTRATE ACCEPTABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM MOISTURE VAPOR CONTENT AND ADHESION TESTS AT ALL CONCRETE SLABS PRIOR TO INSTALLING ALL FLOORING MATERIALS. 4. PROVIDE LAYOUT AND SEAMING SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. 5. PREPARE ALL SUBSTRATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 6. CARPET. 6.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE CARPET INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 6.2. WHERE INTEGRAL CARPET WALL BASE OCCURS, RETURN UP WALL AND TERMINATE AS NOTED IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 6.3. CARPET SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS FROM ROOM TO ROOM THROUGH EACH DOORWAY AND OPENING. THERE SHALL BE NO CHANGE IN DIRECTION AT PERPENDICULAR CORRIDORS. 6.4. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT CARPETING SMALLER THAN 12' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. SEAMS SHALL NOT BE READILY VISIBLE TO THE NAKED EYE. WHERE PATTERNS OCCUR, AUGN PASTERNS PROPERLY. 6.5. ENSURE PROPER SIZING OF CARPET AND THAT THE PATTERN AND LAYOUT DOES NOT GROW OR SPLAY. 7. RESILIENT FLOORING: 7.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE RESILIENT FLOORING INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 7.2. RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS FROM ROOM TO ROOM THROUGH EACH DOORWAY AND OPENING. THERE SHALL BE NO CHANGE IN DIREC11ON AT PERPENDICULAR CORRIDORS. 7.3. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT RESILIENT FLOORING SMALLER THAN 4' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. 7.4. FULLY ADHERE FLOORING TO SUBSTRATE. 7.5. WHERE INDICATED PROVIDE (HOT OR COLD) WELDED SEAMS, MATERIAL TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE MATERIAL AND THE APPLICATION. COLOR AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM THE MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. 8.1. FULLY ADHERE WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES. INSTALL LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE. 8.2. WALL BASE: 4"11 (NOMINAL) RESILIENT RUBBER OR VINYL WALL BASE. 8.2.1. PROVIDE TOP -SET COVED BASE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 8.2.2. PROVIDE PRE -FORMED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS. 8.2.3. AT EXISTING WALL BASE MATCH EXISTING HEIGHTS) AND PROFILE(S). 8.3. RESILIENT ACCESSORIES: UNLESS ANOTHER MATERIAL IS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS, PROVIDE RESILIENT FLOORING TRANSITIONS AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOORING MATERIAL. TYPE AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION. 9. WOOD FLOORING: 9.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE WOOD FLOORING INSTALLATION INCLUDING ADHESIVES, ANCHORS, AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 9.2. WOOD FLOORING SHALL BE INSTALLED SO LINEAR CHARACTERISTICS OR PATTERN ARE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS. 9.3. JOINT SEAMING SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL AND BALANCED IN THE ROOM OR SPACE. CUT WOOD FLOORING SMALLER THAN 1' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST SEAMING. 9.4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL WOOD FLOORING OVER VAPOR BARRIER WHERE INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS OR WHERE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 9.5. MAINTAIN CLEARANCES BETWEEN THE EDGE OF THE WOOD FLOORING AND THE ADJACENT WALL CONSTRUCTION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE WITH WALL BASE.. COORDINATE TRANSITIONS AT DOOR LOCATIONS AND FLOORING CHANGES. WOOD FLOORING SHALL EXTEND AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS TO ADJOIN ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND PERMIT PROPER THRESHOLD INSTALLATION. 10. FLOOR AND WALL TILE: 10.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE TILE INSTALLATION FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL TILE INCLUDING ALL MORTAR GROUT, ADHESIVES, WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES AND ALL RELATED ACCESSORIES. 10.2. ALL TILE INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA STANDARDS (TCA) FOR THE INSTALLATION AND QUALITY STANDARDS. SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WITH SUBSTRATES AND INSTALLATION NOTES IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.3. AT RECESSED SLABS, PROVIDE THICKSET MORTAR BED. PROVIDE WELDED WIRE FABRIC REINFORCEMENT, SIZE AND GAUGE AS RECOMMENDED IN TCA SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS. 10.4. ALL FLOOR TILE SHALL MEET THE SLIP RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA). 10.5. TILE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.6. PROVIDE SANITARY TILE COVE BASE AS DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. 10.7. CUT LARGE FORMAT FLOOR TILES SMALLER THAN 47 AND CUT LARGE FORMAT WALL TILES LESS THAN 1 %' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST TILE LAYOUT. 10.8. CUT SMALL FORMAT TILES (1X1 TILES) SMALLER THAN 3/8' IN WIDTH SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL LOCATIONS WHERE THIS OCCURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT TO ADJUST TILE LAYOUT. 10.9. DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION, AND VARIOUS PHASES OF BUILDING, THE TOP OF FINISH SLAB MAY NOT BE AT THE SAME ELEVATION OR LEVEL_ WHERE THIS CONDITION OCCURS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENT AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY INSTALL FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL. AT SMALL CHANGES IN LEVEL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FLOAT THE FLOOR OUT WITH A GYPSUM BOARD OR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE FILL COMPOUND, TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE APPLICATION. AT LARGE, UNEVEN AREAS OR LARGE CHANGES IN LEVEL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE PROPOSED CORRECTION WITH THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. SHIMMING, LARGE SCALE FILL COMPOUND, OR A COMBINATION OF THE TWO MAY BE REQUIRED. 10.10. PROVIDE FLUID APPLIED CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE AT ALL WOOD FLOOR SYSTEMS, AT ALL FLOOR LOCATED ABOVE GRADE, AND AT CONCRETE SLABS THAT SHOW SIGNS OF NOTICEABLE CRACKING. PAINT 1. PREPARE SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE PAINTED FINISH PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ALL OIL AND GREASE FROM ALL METALS. THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL SUBSTRATES FOR COMPATIBILITY PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. REVIEW ANY COMPATIBILITY ISSUES WITH THE MANUFACTURER; SUBMIT ALTERNATE RECOMMENDATIONS TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 3. NUMBER OF COATS OR MILS INDICATED IS A MINIMUM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NUMBER OF COATS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE FULL AND COMPLETE COVERAGE. WHERE MARKINGS ON SUBSTRATE MATERIAL BLEED THROUGH, CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL MARKINGS PER PAINT MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN RECOMMENDAl10NS AND REPAINT. 4. INSTALL PAINT PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTENT INSTRUCTION AND AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. 5. SCHEDULE: REFER TO THE FOLLOWING FOR PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF SYSTEMS OVER VARIOUS SUBSTRATES. WHERE EXISTING FINISHES ARE TO BE MAINTAINED, MATCH EXISTING MATERIAL(S), COLOR(S), FINISH(ES), AND APPUCATLON(S). FIELD VERIFY THESE CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SURFACES AND MATERIALS NOT LISTED HEREIN: EXTERIOR SURFACES 5.1. CONCRETE AND CONRETE MASONRY UNITS: SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC. ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER OVER TWO FINISH COATS ACRYLIC ENAMEL. 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.2. SHOP PRIMED FERROUS METAL (HIGH PERFORMANCE): GLOSS URETHANE. ONE COAT EPDXY BOND BOAT, 3 TO 6 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS POLYURETHANE OR URETHANE, 3-4 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN COATS. REPAIR SHOP PRIME PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.3. GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL (HIGH PERFORMANCE): GLOSS URETHANE. ONE COAT EPDXY BOND BOAT, 3 TO 6 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS POLYURETHANE OR URETHANE, 3-4 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN COATS. REPAIR GALVANIZING PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.4. ALUMINUM: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.6. PLASTIC: FLAT FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.6. PLASTIC: EGGSHELL FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.7. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.7. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.8. WOOD: LOW SHEEN EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: LRAT EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: EGGSHELL EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: SEMI -GLOSS EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.6. WOOD: GLOSS EXTERIOR LATEX. ONE COAT WOOD PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. INTERIOR SURFACES 5.7. SHOP PRIMED FERROUS METAL- SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. TWO FINISH COATS OVER SHOP PRIME. PROVIDE BASE COAT/SEALER AS REQUIRED IF SHOP PRIMER IS SHOWING THROUGH. 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. REPAIR SHOP PRIMING PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.8. FERROUS METAL- SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT METAL PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. PROVIDE RUST INHIBITIVE PRIMER IF SURFACE SHOWS ANY INDICATION OF CORROSION. 5.9. GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL- SEMI -GLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT OF METAL PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. REPAIR GALVANIZING PRIOR TO PAINTING. 5.10. GYPSUM BOARD: FLAT LATEX. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.11. GYPSUM BOARD: EGGSHELL LATEX. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.12. GYPSUM BOARD: SEMIGLOSS LATEX. ONE COAT PRIMER, 2 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.13. GYPSUM BOARD: UNDER VINYL WALL COVER: ONE COAT PRIMER, TYPE AND MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.14. ALUMINUM: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND APPLICATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: FLAT FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.16. PLASTIC: EGGSHELL FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.15. PLASTIC: GLOSS FINISH. CONFIRM PRODUCT RECOMMENDATIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM ONE PRIMER COAT OVER TWO FINISH COATS. MILLAGE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SURFACE AND LOCATION. 5.16. WOOD: FLAT LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.16. WOOD: EGGSHELL LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.17. WOOD: SEMI -GLOSS LATE( FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.18. WOOD: GLOSS LATEX FINISH. ONE PRIMER -SEALER COAT 1.5 MIL DRY FINISH. TWO FINISH COATS, 1.5 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. 5.19. CONCRETE TRAFFIC (FLOOR) SURFACE: LATEX ENAMEL., LOW GLOSS. ONE PRIME COAT AND TWO TOPCOATS, 1.5 TO 2.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. SUP -RESISTANT SURFACE MEETING ADA REQUIREMENTS. 5.20. CONCRETE TRAFFIC (FLOOR) SURFACE (HIGH PERFORMANCE): EPDXY AND POLYURETHANE, SEMI -GLOSS. EPDXY PRIME COAT, 2.5-4.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. TWO POLYURETHANE TOPCOATS, 2.0-3.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS BETWEEN EACH COAT. SLIP -RESISTANT SURFACE MEETING ADA REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER ALTERNATE SYSTEMS FOR TRAFFIC SURFACES, AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. NOTE: DRYFALL PAINTS WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR HIGH CEILING AREAS, EXPOSED FLOOR/ROOF STRUCTURE AREAS, AND EXPOSED MEP ITEMS. TINTING OF PRIMER COAT(S) WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED. WALL COVERING 1. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. INSTALL ALL WALL COVERING VERTICALLY. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE 3. APPLY ADHESIVE TO WALL COVERING SURFACE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF COVERING. ALLOW CONTACT ADHESIVE TO SET TACK FREE. 4. RAZOR TRIM ALL EDGES ON A FLAT WORK TABLE. CHANGE BLADES FREQUENTLY TO PREVENT ROUGH OR TORN EDGES. 5. ROUGH EDGES, BUBBLES, WRINKLES, GAPS, EXCESS ADHESIVE AND OTHER DEFICIENCIES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IN FINISH WORK. 6. USE COVERING IN ROLL NUMBER SEQUENCE 7. FOR WALL COVERING WITH A PATTERN ALIGNMENT, ENSURE ALIGNMENT OF PATTERN AT EACH SEAM. MISAUGNED SEAMS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IN FINISH WORK. 8. COVER SPACES ABOVE AND BELOW WINDOWS, ABOVE DOORS, AND AT OTHER WALL OPENINGS IN PATTERN SEQUENCE OF THE ROLL 9. INSTALL TERMINATION TRIM WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE ABUTTING CHANGES IN MATERIAL 10. INSTALL WALL COVERING PRIOR TO WALL BASE, CABINETS, HARDWARE, OR ITEMS ATTACHED TO, OR SPACED SLIGHTLY FROM, THE WALL SURFACE. WALL COVERING SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 1/4' MINIMUM BEYOND THE ITEMS LISTED ABOVE TO ENSURE PROPER COVERAGE SANITARY WALL PANELS (FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS) 1. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 2. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WALL PANELS, PANEL JOINTS, CORNER JOINTS, TERMINATION TRIM, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 3. CONFIRM SUBSTRATE MEETS MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUC11ONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. CORRECT ALL DEFICIENCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 4. INSTALL ALL SANITARY WALL PANELS VERTICALLY. HORIZONTAL SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL ALL TRIM AND ACCESSORIES AS PANELS ARE INSTALLED. 5. APPLY ADHESIVE TO WALL COVERING SURFACE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF COVERING. ENSURE FULL BOND TO SUBSTRATE. 6. PANEL JOINTS ARE NOT PERMITTED WITHIN 12" OF WALL CORNERS AND TERMINATIONS. 7. SEAL JOINTS WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS WITH SANITARY SILICONE SEALANT. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 1. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: AS A MINIMUM PROVIDE THE QUANTITIES, TYPES, AND LOCATIONS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. DO NO PROCEED WITH ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS UNTIL REVIEWED BY THE LANDLORD AND THE ARCHITECT. 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: TYPE AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. WHERE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS OCCUR IN RATED WALLS, PROVIDE RATED CABINETS. PROVIDE CABINETS WITH INTERGRAL LETTERING ON THE DOOR. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. STICKERS/ADHESIVE LABELS SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED. 3. FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS: FORMED STEEL TYPE WITH RED ENAMEL FINISH. TYPE AND SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 4. INSTALL CABINETS PLUMB AND LEVEL, SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, WITH CURRENT, APPROVED CERTIFICATION. 5. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, BRACKETS, AND EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE MOUNTED AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELEVATOR f ESCALATOR 1. COMPLY WITH ASME A17.1 FOR ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE SHAFT CONSTRUCTION AND CLEARANCES WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER, OWNER, AND TENANT REQUIREMENTS. 3. COORDINATE ALL ROUGH OPENING REQUIREMENTS WITH ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. GROUT ROUGH OPENING AND FRAME SOLID. 4. COORDINATE ALL SILL CONDITION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER. GROUT SOLID AROUND SILL 5. CONFIRM ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER, IN WRITING, PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. MECHANICAL 1. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES ARE SMALLER THAN CEILING TILES, CENTER THESE ITEMS IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE FALSE GRID LINE (SECOND LOOK), CENTER THE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES IN THE 2X2 PORTION OF THE TILE. 2. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, ALIGN AS SHOWN IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL VALVES, SERVICE AND INSPECTION POINTS, CONTROL, RESET POINTS OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHALL BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL 4. ALL DUCTWORK AND RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE CEILING CAVITY. 5. ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL VALVES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE SIGNED AND LABELED. 7. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. ELECTRICAL AND LIFE SAFETY 1. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD PIERS, CENTER THESE ITEMS ON THE PIER. 2. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN TILE WORK, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 3. WHERE REQUIRED DUE TO SPACE LIMITATIONS, SUCH AS AT THE BASE OF MIRRORS, INSTALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES HORIZONTALLY AT THE BASE OF WALL. 4. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES ARE SMALLER THAN CEILING TILES, CENTER THESE ITEMS IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE FADE GRID LINE (SECOND LOOK), CENTER THESE ITEMS IN THE 2X2 PORTION OF THE TILE. 5. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, AND LIFE SAFETY DEVICES OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS, ALIGN AS SHOWN IN THE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL JUNCTION BOXES, CONTROL BOXES, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHALL BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEER FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 8. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE WALL CONSTRUCTION AND THE CEILING CAVITY. ALL FINAL DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 9. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A CONSISTENT, ADA COMPLIANT HEIGHT. 10. WHERE SPACE PERMITS, MOUNT ALL CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES AT ADA COMPLIANT HEIGHT(S). HEIGHTS MAY VARY DUE TO CASEWORK BEING PRESENT IN THE ROOM. WHERE SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT, PROVIDE AT LEAST (1) ADA COMPLIANT CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE IN THE ROOM. PLUMBING AND FIRE SUPPRESSION 1. INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AT LOCATIONS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. COMPLY WITH ADA COMPLIANT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 2. WHERE PLUMBING FIXTURES OCCUR AT OR IN TILE WORK, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LAYOUTS SHOWN IN THE INTERIOR DESIGN DRAWINGS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS, VALVES, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING ACCESS, OUTSIDE OF GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING AREAS. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING AREAS CANNOT BE AVOIDED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FULLY RECESSED ACCESS PANELS WITH A GYPSUM BOARD FLANGE. PANEL DOOR SHALL BE RECESSED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL 4. CAULK ALL LAVATORIES, TOILETS, URINALS, SHOWER ASSEMBLIES AND OTHER PLUMBING FIXTURES TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION WITH WHITE SILICONE SEALANT. 5. ALL PLUMBING AND FIRE SUPPRESSION RELATED COMPONENTS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE WALL CONSTRUCTION AND THE CEILING CAVITY. ALL FINAL DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED FLUSH AND TIGHT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE SET SQUARE AND PLUMB WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SEALED, ENGINEER FIRE SUPPRESSION SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS SHALL BE FULLY RECESSED TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATES (EXCEPTION: FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS AT OPEN CEILING AREAS. PROVIDE STANDARD UPTURNED HEADS AT THESE LOCATIONS. 7. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES. WHERE 2X4 CEILING TILES HAVE A FALSE GRID LINE (SECOND LOOK), CONTRACTOR SHALL CENTER FIRE SUPPRESSION HEAD IN THE 2X2 SECTION OF THE TILE. 8. WHERE FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS OCCUR IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE AND CENTER FIRE SUPPRESSION HEADS IN THE CEILINGS AND SOFFITS. 9. ALL VALVES AND CONTROLS SHALL BE SIGNED AND LABELED. 10. ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE IDENTIFICATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. W U) V 2 0 L w < z L_ N N N N O W L p /C U -i.. ul Vtz •• � v J Q a! 2 v � VH v Q S,M ::3 o m �U_ v L 0 0 >100%D �m� p. O N M Q ? fu m c - N UIO 0 O " 0% v V E .L a Q v v } LL � O~�►�z }cnwZ°- oo-w m()I-�W o�Z o I- p of W Z W W 0 0 V > Z = a = =¢W-Zw00wof o�w¢<~0-D_ ixpwwU)WUCOWO alf wQ cn 0Wo2� th46 N N N a 0 2 Ix w n Ir O I 0 w 7) 0) N O N 0 bi 16 0 0 .Q U a) 0 lq Sheet Name: GENERAL PROJECT NOTES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: G=004 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION a_ Q0 n c It- N M 6 a 11 T Ln 6 I C1 0 N E a) cn 0 U j 0 8 0 Cn Q m N 0 N i- N 0 a Design No. U419 BXUV.U419 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. . Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. . Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. . When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics conceming alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. . Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design No. U419 February 25, 2015 Nonbearing Wall Ratings — 1, 2, 3 or 4 Hr (See Items 4 & 5) * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProSTUD 2F. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — proprietary channel shaped steel studs, minimum width indicated under Item 5, 1-1/4 in. deep fabricated from min 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel. Studs 3/8 in. to 3/4 in, less in lengths than assembly heights. SUPER STUD BUILDING PRODUCTS — The Edge 2G. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 - proprietary channel shaped studs, minimum width indicated under Item 5, Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in less than the assembly height. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD 2H. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — (Not shown, As an altemate to Item 2) — Fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE-STUDT"' 2I. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — (As an alternate to Item 2, For use with Items 5C or 5L) - Proprietary channel shaped studs 3-5 8 in. deep spaced max f 24 in I p / p p a a o . OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in ass than the assembly height and installed with a Ya in. gap between the end of the stud and track at the bottom of the wall. For direct attachment of gypsum board only. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Vi P er25 TM 2J. Framing Members* - Metal Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — proprietary channel shaped steel studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max if 24 in. OC, fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut lengths in. less in 4 in. to 3/8 3 the than assembly heights / / 9 TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper20T 2K. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Item 2 - For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. EB METAL INC — EB Stud 2L. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — As an alternate to Item 2 - For use with Item 1, channel shaped studs, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion- protected steel min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. OLMAR SUPPLY INC — PRIMESTUD 3. Wood Structural Panel Sheathing — (Optional, For use with Item 5 Only.)- (Not Shown) - 4 ft wide, 7/16 in. thick oriented strand board (OSB) or 15/32 in. thick structural 1 sheathing (plywood) complying with DOC PSS or PS2, or APA Standard PRP-108, manufactured with exterior glue, applied horizontally or vertically to the steel studs. Vertical joints centered on studs, and staggered one stud space from wallboard joints. Attached to studs with flat -head self - drilling tapping screws with a min. head diam. of 0.292 in. at maximum 6 in. OC. in the perimeter and 12 in. OC. in the field. When used, fastener lengths for gypsum panels increased by min. 1/2 in. 4. Batts and Blankets* — (Required as indicated under Item 5) — Mineral wool batts, friction fitted between studs and runners. Min nom thickness as indicated under Item 5. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. 4A. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional) — Placed in stud cavities, any glass fiber or mineral wool insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Burning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZJZ) Categories for names of Classified companies. 4B. Batts and Blankets* — Placed in stud cavities, any 3-1/2 in. thick glass fiber insulation bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Surface Bunning Characteristics and/or Fire Resistance. See Batts and Blankets (BKNV or BZ3Z) Categories for names of Classified companies. 5. Gypsum Board* — Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Vertical joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered one stud cavity. Horizontal joints need not be backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered a min of 12 in. The thickness and number of layers for the 1 hr, 2 hr, 3 hr and 4 hr ratings are as follows: altemate to Item 7, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-9/16 in. or 2-23/32 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 6. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Aa) to studs (Item 2). Gips spaced max. 48 in. OC. RSIC-1 and RSIC-1 (2.75) clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 1- 1/2 in, minimum self -drilling, S 12 steel screw through the center grommet. RSIC-V and RSIC- V (2.75) clips secured to studs with No. 8 x 9/16 in, minimum self -drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. RSIC-I and RSIC-V clips for use with 2-9/16 in. wide furring channels. RSIC-1 (2.75) and RSIC-V (2.75) clips for use with 2-23/32 in. wide furring channels. PAC INTERNATIONAL INC — Types RSIC-1, RSIC-V, RSIC-1 (2.75), RSIC-V (2.75) 7B. Framing Members* — (Optional, Not Shown) — As an altemate to Item 7, for single or double layer systems, furring channels and Steel Framing Members on only one side of studs as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Batts and Blankets placed in stud cavity as described in Item 5. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 5. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 76a) to one side of studs (Item 2) only. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with two No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screws, one through the hole at each end of the clip. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC — Type Isomax 7C. Framing Members* — (Not Shown) — (Optional on one or both sides, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — As an altemate to Item 7, furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced max. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 6. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Used to attach furring channels (Item 7Aa) to studs (Item 2). Clips spaced max. 48 in. OC. GENIECLIPS secured to studs with No. 8 x 1-1/2 in. minimum self -drilling, S-12 steel screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PLITEQ INC — Type GENIECLIP 7D. Steel Framing Members — (Optional, Not Shown)* - Furring channels and resilient sound isolation clip as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. Spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels overlapped 6 in. and secured together with four self -tapping No. 8x1/2 Self Drilling screws (2 per side 1 in. and 4 in. from overlap edge). Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 4. Side joint furring channels shall be attached to studs with RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - located approximately 2 in. from each end of length of channel. Both Gypsum Boards at side joints fastened into channel with screws spaced 8 in. OC, approximately 1/2 in. from joint edge. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. b. Steel Framing Members* — Resilient sound isolation clip used to attach furring channels (Item 7Da) to studs. Clips spaced 24 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 10 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center hole. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — RESILMOUNT Sound Isolation Clips - Type A237 or A237R 8. Joint Tape and Compound — Vinyl or casein, dry or premixed joint compound applied in two coats to joints and screw heads of outer layers. Paper tape, nom 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints of outer layer panels. Paper tape and joint compound may be omitted when gypsum panels are supplied with a square edge. 9. Siding, Brick or Stucco — (Optional, not shown) —Aluminum, vinyl or steel siding, back veneer or stucco, meeting the requirements of local code agencies, installed over gypsum panels. Brick veneer attached to studs with corrugated metal wall ties attached to each stud with steel screws, not more than each sixth course of brick. 10. Caulking and Sealants* — (Optional, not shown) — A bead of acoustical sealant applied around the partition perimeter for sound control. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type AS 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners (Not shown) — For use with Item 2 - Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min 1-1/4 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. 1A. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 28, proprietary channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in, deep attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper251'" Track CRACO MFG INC — SmartTrack251" MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25T`° Track PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper25— Track 1B. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2C, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20T`° Track MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper201" Track PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper20T" Track I.C. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — In lieu of Item 1 - Channel shaped, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Rating, Hr Min Stud Depth, in. Items 2, 2C, 2D, 2F and 2G No. of Layers &Thkns of Panel Min Thkns of Insulation (Item 4) 1 3-1/2 1 layer, 5/8 in. thick Optional 1 2-1/2 1 layer, 1/2 in. thick 1-1/2 in. 1 1-5/8 1 layer, 3/4 in. thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 2 3-1/2 1 layer, 3/4 in. thick 3 in_ 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 2 layers, 3/4 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 5/8 in, thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 4 2-1/2 i 2 layers, 3 4 in. thick Y / 2 in. CGC INC — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2 or IPC-AR; WRC, 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRX or WRC; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 1/2 in. thick Type C IP-X2 IPC-AR or WRC; 5 8 in. thick Type SCX SGX SHX YP YP WRX, IP-X1, AR, C, WRC, FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X2, IPC-AR ; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or WRC; 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP- X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, WRX, WRC or; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE When Item 76 Steel FramingMembers is used Nonbearin Wall Ratio is limited to 1 Hr. Min. stud depth is 3-i 2 9 9 P ! in. min. thickness of insulation Item 4 is 3 in. and two layers of sum boa panels 1 2 in. or 5 8 in. thick shall n board ( ) Y 9YP P ( ) be attached to furringchannels as described in Item 6. One layer of sum board panels (1/2 in. or 5 8 in. thick Y 9YP P (/ / ) attached to opposite side of stud without furring channels as described in Item 6. 5A. Gypsum Board* — (As an altemate to Item 5) — 5/8 in. thick, 24 to 54 in. wide, applied horizontally as the outer layer to one side of the assembly. Secured as described in Item 6. CGC INC — Type SHX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type FRX-G, SHX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SHX. 5B. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - As an altemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall when 5/8 in or 3/4 in. thick products are specified. For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A, (not to be used with Item 3) - Nom 5/8 in, or 3/4 in, may be used as altemate to all 5/8 in, or V4 in. shown in Item 5, Wallboard Protection on Each Side of Wall table. Nom 5/8 in. or 3/4 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Gypsum board secured to 20 MSG steel studs Item 2A with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 11) or Lead Discs or Tabs (see Item 12). RAY -BAR ENGINEERING CORP — Type RB-LBG 5C. Gypsum Board* — (For Use With Item 2B) Rating Limited to 1 Hour. 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally. (Vertical Application) - The gypsum board is to be installed on each side of the studs with 1 in. long Type S coated steel screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in. from the edge of the board at the vertical edges and 12 in. OC starting 6 in. from the edge of the board at the center of each board. Gypsum boards are to be secured to the top and bottom track with screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in. from 11. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5B) - Lead batten strips, min 1-1/2 in, wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.125 in. Strips placed on the interior face of studs and attached from the exterior face of the stud with two 1 in. long Type S-12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 5B) and optional at remaining stud locations. Required behind vertical joints. SSA. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5H) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.140 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. 12. Lead Discs or Tabs — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5B) - Used in lieu of or in addition to the lead batten strips (Item 11) or optional at other locations - Max 3/4 in. diam by max 0.125 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads or max 1/2 in. by 1-1/4 in. by max 0.125 in. thick lead tabs placed on gypsum boards (Item 5B) undemeath screw locations prior to the installation of the screws. Lead discs or tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". 12A. Lead Discs — (Not Shown, for use with Item 5H) Max 5/16 in. diam by max 0.140 in. thick lead discs compression fitted or adhered over steel screw heads. Lead discs to have a purity of 99.5% meeting the Federal Specification QQ-L-201f, Grades "B, C or D". 13. Lead Batten Strips — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5E) Lead batten strips, 2 in. wide, max 10 ft long with a max thickness of 0.142 in. Strips placed on the face of studs and attached to the stud with two min. 1 in. long min. Type 5-8 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip or with one min. 1 in. long min. Type S-8 pan head steel screw at the top of the strip. Lead batten strips to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-201f, Grade "C". Lead batten strips required behind vertical joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard (Item 5E) and optional at remaining stud locations. 14. Lead Tabs — (Not Shown, For Use With Item 5E) 2 in. wide, 5 in. long with a max thickness of 0.142 in. Tabs friction -fit around front face of stud, the stud folded back flange, and the back face of the stud. Tabs required at each location where a screw (that secures the gypsum boards, Item 5E) will penetrate the steel stud. Lead tabs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-golf, Grade "C". Lead tabs may be held in place with standard adhesive tape if necessary. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUIL Certtfication Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Last Updated on 2015-02-25 Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top © 2015 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is an the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non - misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2015 UL LLC". SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 1D. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) —For use with Item 2A- Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion -protected or galv steel, min depth to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. lE. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown, As an altemate to Item 1) — For use with Items 2E, 5F or 5G or 5I only, channel shaped, fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProTRAK DMFCWBS L L C — ProTRAK MBA METAL FRAMING — ProTRAK RAM SALES LLL C — Ram ProTRAK STEEL STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS L L C — Tri-S ProTRAK 1F. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2F, proprietary channel shaped runners, minimum width to accommodate stud size, with 1- 1/8 in. long legs fabricated from min 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. SUPER STUD BUILDING PRODUCTS — The Edge 1G. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — For use with Item 2G, proprietary channel shaped runners, minimum width to accommodate stud size attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS — CROCSTUD Track 1H. Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown) — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 0.02 in. gals steel, min width to accommodate stud size, with min 1 in. long legs, for use with studs specified below and fabricated from min 0.02 in. gals steel or thicker, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced max 24 in. OC. MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20T" Track VT100 II. Framing Members*— Floor and Ceiling Runners — (Not shown, As an altemate to Item 1) — For use with Items 2H, channel shaped, fabricated from min. 0,015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC. max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — TRUE-TRACKT"' 11. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 2I proprietary channel shaped runners, 3-5/8 in_ deep attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners 24 in. OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper25T" Track 1K. Framing Members* - Floor and Ceiling Runner — Not shown - In lieu of Item 1 — For use with Item 23, proprietary channel shaped runners, 1-1/4 in. wide by 3-5/8 in. deep fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick gaiv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. TELLING INDUSTRIES L L C — Viper20T"° Track the board edge. Fasteners shall not penetrate through both the stud and the track at the same time. Vertical joints are to be centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. (Horizontal Application) - The gypsum board is to be installed on each side of the studs with 1 in. long Type S coated steel screws spaced 8 in. OC starting4 in. from the edge of the board at the vertical edges and 12 in. OC starting 6 in. from the edge of the board 9 9 9 9 at the center of each board. Gypsum boards are to be secured to the top and bottom track with screws spaced 8 in. OC starting 4 in. from the board edge. Fasteners shall not penetrate through both the stud and the track at the same time. All horizontal joints are to be backed as outlined under section VI of Volume 1 in the Fire Resistive Directory. CGC INC — Type SCX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SCX, SGX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SCX. 5D. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 5) — 5/8 in. thick, 48 in. wide, applied vertically or horizontally Secured as described in Item 6. For use with Items 1 and 2 only. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type USGX. *— SE. Gypsum Board Not Shown - As an aitemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of Yp ( ) ( Y b e wall when 1/2 in. or 5/8 in thick products are specified, For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A, not to be used with Item 3). Nominal 518 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 (or No. 6 by 1-1/4 in. long bugle head fine driller) steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. NEW ENGLAND LEAD BURNING CO INC DBA NELCO — Nelco 5F. Gypsum Board* — (As an altemate to Item 5) — For use with Items lE and 2E and limited to 1 Hour Rating only, Gypsum panels with beveled square or tapered edges, applied verticall and fastened to the steel studs with 1 in. long Yp P q P 9Y. 9 Type S screws spaced 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field. Vertical hints centered over YP p 9 9 ] studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Steel stud depth shall be a minimum 3-5/8 in. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in. thick Type SCX, SGX 5G. Gypsum Board* — (As an altemate to Item S) — For use with Items lE and 2E only, Gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically or horizontally, as specified in the table below and fastened to the steel studs as described in Item 6. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered one stud cavity on opposite sides of J 99 tY studs. Vertical joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered one stud cavity. Horizontal joints need not be ] J Y ( Y Y ) 99 tY backed by steel framing. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints on opposite sides of studs need not be staggered. Horizontal edge joints and horizontal butt joints in adjacent layers (multilayer systems) staggered a min of 12 in. The thickness and number of layers for the 2 hr, 3 hr and 4 hr ratings are as follows: Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Rating, Hr Min Stud Depth, in. Item 2E No. of Layers & Thickness of Panel Min Thkns of Insulation (Item 4) 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 1/2 in, thick Optional 2 1-5/8 2 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional 3 1-5/8 3 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 5/8 in. thick Optional 4 1-5/8 4 layers, 1/2 in. thick Optional CGC INC — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2 or IPC-AR;, 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-Xl, IP-X2, IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, or; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or; 5/8 in. thick Type SCX, SGX, SHX, IP-Xl, AR, C, , FRX-G, IP-AR, IP-X2, IPC-AR ; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V — 1/2 in. thick Type C, IP-X2, IPC-AR or; 5/8 in. thick Type AR, C, IP-AR, IP-X1, IP-X2, 2. Steel Studs — Channel shaped, fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/8 to 3/4 in. less than assembly height. 2A. Steel Studs — (As an altemate to Item 2, For use with Items 5B, 5E, 5H and 5J) Channel shaped, fabricated from min 20 MSG corrosion -protected or galv steel, 3-1/2 in, min depth, spaced a max of 16 in. OC. Studs friction -fit into floor and ceiling runners. Studs to be cut 5/8 to 314 in. less than assembly height. 2B. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — (As an alternate to Item 2, For use with Items 5C, 5I or 5K) - Proprietary channel shaped studs, 3-5/8 in. deep spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in less than the assembly height and installed with a 1/2 in. gap between the end of the stud and track at the bottom of the wall. For direct attachment of gypsum board only. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper25T'" CRACO MFG INC — SmartStud251" MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper25T" PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper25T" 2C. Framing Members* - Steel Studs — Not shown - In lieu of Item 2 — proprietary channel shaped steel studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max if 24 in. OC, fabricated from min 0.020 in. thick galv steel. Studs cut 3/8 in. to 3/4 in. less in lengths than assembly heights. CALIFORNIA EXPANDED METAL PRODUCTS CO — Viper20T" MARINO/WARE, DIV OF WARE INDUSTRIES INC — Viper20T" PHILLIPS MFG CO L L C — Viper20TM 2D. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — In lieu of Item 2 - Channel shaped studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. ALLSTEEL & GYPSUM PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System CONSOLIDATED FABRICATORS CORP, BUILDING PRODUCTS DIV — Type SUPREME Framing System QUAIL RUN BUILDING MATERIALS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System SCAFCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURING CO — Type SUPREME Framing System STEEL CONSTRUCTION SYSTEMS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System UNITED METAL PRODUCTS INC — Type SUPREME Framing System 2E. Framing Members*— Steel Studs — (Not shown, As an alternate to Item 2) —For use with Items 5F or 5G or 5I only, channel shaped studs, min depth as indicated under Item 5F, 5G or 5I, fabricated from min. 0.015 in. (min bare metal thickness) galvanized steel, spaced a max of 24 in. OC. Studs to be cut 3/4 in. less than assembly height. CLARKDIETRICH BUILDING SYSTEMS — CD ProSTUD DMFCWBS L L C — ProSTUD MBA METAL FRAMING — ProSTUD RAM SALES L L C — Ram ProSTUD IPC-AR, SCX, SHX, or; 3/4 in. thick Types IP-X3 or ULTRACODE 5H. Gypsum Board* — (Not Shown) - (As an altemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both sides of wall when 5/8 or 3 4 in thick products are specified. For direct attachment only to steel stud Item 2A (not o d / / p p t y s (o t be use with Item 3) Nom 5/8 or 3/4 in. may be used as alternate to all 5/8 or 3/4 in. shown in Item 5, Wallboard Protection on Each Side of Wall table. Nom 5/8 or 3/4 in. thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over 20 MSG steel studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. Gypsum board secured to 20 MSG steel studs Item 2B with 1-1/4 in, long Type S-12 steel screws spaced 8 in. OC at perimeter and 12 in. OC in the field. For Joint Compound see Item 5. To be used with Lead Batten Strips (see Item 11A) or Lead Discs (see Item 12A). MAYCO INDUSTRIES INC — Type X-Ray Shielded Gypsum 5I. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 5) - Nom. 5/8 in, thick gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges installed as described in Item S. Steel stud minimum depth shall be as indicated in Item 5. CGC INC — Type ULX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type ULX USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type ULX *- 57. Gypsum Board Not Shown - As an altemate to Item 5 when used as the base layer on one or both side of VP ( ) ( Y s wall when 1/2 in. or 5/8 in thick products are specified, For direct attachment only to steel studs Item 2A, not to be used with Item 3). Nom 5/8 in, thick lead backed gypsum panels with beveled, square or tapered edges, applied vertically. Vertical joints centered over studs and staggered min 1 stud cavity on opposite sides of studs. Wallboard secured to studs with 1-1/4 in. long Type S-1 steel screws sum panel steel screws spaced i . / Yp 2 e s e 8 n OC at perimeter 9 9YP P pa and 12 in. OC in the field. Lead batten strips required behind vertical Joints of lead backed gypsum wallboard and optional at remaining stud locations. Lead batten strips, min 2 in. wide, max 8 ft long with a max thickness of 0.14 in. laced on the face of studs and attached to the stud with construction adhesive and two 1 in. long T - p o g Type S 12 pan head steel screws, one at the top of the strip and one at the bottom of the strip. Lead discs, nominal 3/8 in. diam by max 0.085 in, thick. Compression fitted or adhere over the screw heads. Led batten strips and i v p d a b p discs to have a purity of 99.9% meeting the Federal specification QQ-L-golf, Grade "C". RADIATION PROTECTION PRODUCTS INC — Type RPP - Lead Lined Drywall 5K. Gypsum Board* — Nom. 5/8 in. thick sum panels with beveled square or tapered edges installed as described YP 9YP p q P 9 in Item 5. Insulation (Item 4B) required. The steel stud size and type and number of layers are as follows: Gypsum Board Protection on Each Side of Wall Min Stud No. of Layers Rating, Depth, in. & Thickness Hr Items 2, 2B of Panel 1 3-5/8 1 layer, 5/8 in. thick UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — 5/8 in, thick Type ULIX 6. Fasteners — (Not shown) — For use with Items 2 and 2F - Type S or S- 12 steel screws used to attach panels to studs (Item 2) or furring channels (Item 7). Single layer systems: 1 in. long for 1/2 and 5/8 in. thick panels or I- 1/4 in. long for 3/4 in. thick panels, spaced 8 in. OC when panels are applied horizontally, or 8 in. OC along vertical and bottom edges and 12 in. OC in the field when panels are applied vertically. Two layer systems: First layer- 1 in. long for 1/2 and 5/8 in. thick panels or 1-1/4 in. long for 3/4 in. thick panels, spaced 16 in. OC. Second layer- 1-5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in, thick panels or 2-1/4 in. long for 3/4 in. thick panels, spaced 16 in. OC with screws offset 8 in, from first Iayer.Three-layer systems; First layer- 1 in. long for 112 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Second layer- 1-5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Third layer- 2-1/4 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels or 2-5/8 in. long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 12 in. OC. Screws offset min 6 in. from layer below. Four -layer systems: First layer- 1 in. long for 112 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Second layer- 1- 5/8 in. long for 1/2 in., 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Third layer- 2-1/4 in. long for 1/2 in. thick panels or 2- 5/8 in. long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 24 in. OC. Fourth layer- 2-5/8 in, long for 1/2 in. thick panels or 3 in. long for 5/8 in. thick panels, spaced 12 in. OC. Screws offset min 6 in. from layer below. 7. Furring Channels — (Optional, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — Resilient furring channels fabricated from min 25 MSG corrosion -protected steel, spaced vertically a max of 24 in. OC. Flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long Type S-12 steel screws. Not for use with Item 5A and 5E. 7A. Framing Members* — (Optional on one or both sides, not shown, for single or double layer systems) — As an GENERAL U.L. NOTES 1. U.L. WALL ASSEMBLIES PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS ARE FOR THE REFERENCED U.L. ASSEMBLIES NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGES, OR REVISIONS REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2. U.L. THROUGH -PENETRATION AND HEAD -OF -WALL FIRE STOP SYSTEMS PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS INDICATE TYPICAL CONDITIONS THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENCOUNTER DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING U.L. LISTED DETAILS FOR ALL FIRESTOPPING CONDITIONS FOR THE IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL DETAILS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ,I' ,4- A Cko N MM u� Yn M "D a. ON Z OO 0 � Lents v OQ M GNW W Z v'O c U 00 o,U L a) [h M v f E t- V% G 7 •L c +, -V i-V CL_ « �s N � Q ^^'I"N N 4- . a M N= o V W 2 m L- N ? O a) L L V V1 ) « ui « v N o O W " D U H V1 � N 0 N Q H 0 LL H LL � 0 � � C) 0 ¢WIU-waLU VO > �wZaD0U)W m 0~H X N H a W W Z W W O = o U> Z P � fY a FX W of Q W= W- d }o ��VUiYO O-ED�ZWQ��v 0U0_-0�=>WU_ =W2pWpO�1-- Cl) Ql— W LUO N N O as 0 fC 0 c O .Q .1 U m N 0 O Z Sheet Name: UL DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: GmO,,5 Drawn By: ked By: DL LD I - _F ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION EL 0 Ln CN N 0 0 0 0 c� 0 / 0 < U 0 0 in - a N cc cv N 0 a' 10/10/2018 BXUV.N708 - Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. N708 BXUV.N708 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. • Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. • When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. • Only products which bear UUs Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S301 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratinos - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. N708 August 13, 2015 Restrained Beam Ratings - 1, 2, 3 and 4 Hr. Unrestrained Beam Ratings - 1, 1-1/2, 2, 3 and 4 Hr. This design was evaluated using a load design method other than the Limit States Design Method (e.g., Working Stress Design Method). For jurisdictions employing the Limit States Design Method, such as Canada, a load restriction factor shall be used - See Guide BXUV or BXUV7 * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. rTE h 1. Steel Beam - W8x28 min size. 2. Normal Weight or Lightweight Concrete - Compressive strength, 3000 psi. For normal weight concrete either carbonate or siliceous aggregate may be used. Unit weight, 148 pcf. For lightweight http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/l FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUV.N708&ccnshorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSIIUL+„. 1/3 U.L. N708 - RATED BEAMS 10/10/2018 BXUVX528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. X528 BXUV.XS28 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. • Fire resistance assembliesn r r I and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published informationcannot alwa ys address every construction nuance encountered in the field. • When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies ar vi p ge advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and alternate methods of construction. • Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Certified for United States Design Criteria and Allowable Variances See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design Criteria and Allowable Variances Design No. X528 October 24, 2017 Ratings - 1, 2 and 3 Hr. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Tt II 11 _ II [! ll it f i1 • i 4., B 10/10/2018 BXUV.N708 - Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 concrete, unit weight 110 pcf. 3. Shear Connector - (Optional) - Studs, 3/4 in. diam headed type or equivalent per RISC specifications. Welded to the top flange of beam through the steel floor units. 4. Welded Wire Fabric - (Optional) - 6x6-10/10 SWG. 5. Steel Floor and Form Units* - 1-5/16 in. deep corrugated units; or 1-1/2 to 3 in. deep fluted or cellular units, welded to beam. 6. Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials* - Applied by mixing with water and spraying in more than one coat to the beam to the final thicknesses shown below. When fluted or corrugated steel floor units are used, crest areas shall be filled with Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials above the beam. Beam surfaces must be clean and free of dirt, loose scale and oil. Min avg and min ind density of 15/14 pcf respectively. Min avg and min ind density of 19/18 pcf respectively for Types 7GP and 7HD. For method of density determination, see Design Information Section. Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 1/2 1/2 1-1/2 11/16 13/16 2 15/16 1-1/16 3 1-7/16 1-9/16 4 1-15/16 2 The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the beams are supporting solid lightweight concrete slabs or lightweight concrete floor assemblies containing only fluted floor or form units. Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 7/16 7/16 1-1/2 1/2 3/4 2 13/16 1 3 1-5/16 1-5/16 4 1-5/8 1-5/8 The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the thickness applied to the beams' lower flange edges is reduced to one-half that shown in the table: Min Thkns In. Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 9/16 9/16 1-1/2 3/4 7/8 2 1-1116 1-3/16 3 1-5/8 1-3/4 4 2-3/16 2-5/16 The thicknesses of Spray -Applied Fire Resistive Materials shown in the table below are applicable when the thickness applied to the beams' lower flange edges is reduced by one-half and the beams are supporting solid lightweight concrete slabs or lightweight concrete floor assemblies containing only fluted floor or form units Min Thkns In. http:/ldatabase.uLcom/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUV.N708&ccnshorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL+,., 213 10/10/2018 BXUV.X528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 T1 # ll I I I i I I I I i I I r CORNIER DETAILS OF WALLBOARD SUPPORT SYSTEMS WITHOUT STEEL COVERS 1. Steel Column - Min sizes of W-shaped and tubular steel columns which appear in the AISC Steel Construction Manual as shown under Item 2. 2. Gypsum Board* - Any 1/2 in. thick UL Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in Design No. X515. Any 5/8 in. thick UL Classified Gypsum Board that is eligible for use in Design Nos. 11.501, G512 or U305. Nom 1/2 in. or 5/8 in. thick gypsum board. Applied in layers as noted in the above illustrations. Boards are to be applied vertically without horizontal joints. Min total thickness of layers in inches for the various ratings and min column sizes are as follows: W Shaped Column Min Column Size Rating (Hr) Corner Details For Various Rating 1 1 2 1 3 1 Hr 2 Hr 3 Hr Total thickness (In.) W4x13 1 1-1/2 2-1/4 B C D W6x15.5 1 1-1/2 2-1/4 B C D W10x49 1/2 1-1/8 1-7/8 A B C Tube Shaped columns TS4by4 by0.188 1 1-3/4 2-5/8 B C D TS8by8 by 0.250 5/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 A C D ACADIA DRYWALL SUPPLIES LTD .(View Classification) - CKNX.R25370 AMERICAN GYPSUM CO _(View Classification) - CKNX.R14196 BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS PUBLIC LTD CO ,(View Classification) - CKNX.R19374 CERTAINTEED GYPSUM INC.(View Classification) - CKNX.R3660 10/10/2018 BXUV.N708 - Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Rating Hr Restrained Beam Rating Hr Unrestrained Beam Rating Hr 1 7/ 16+ 7/ 16+ 1-1/2 1/2 3/4 2 13/16 1 3 1-5/16 1-9/16 4 1-13/16 2-1/16 +Thickness applied to beams' lower flange edges shall be a min of 1/4 in. ARABIAN VERMICULITE INDUSTRIES - MK-6/CBF, MK-6/ED, MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK- 6/HB, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6s, Sonophone 1. GCP KOREA INC - Types MK-6/CBF, MK-6/ED, MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6/HB, MK-6s, Monokote Acoustic 1. PYROK INC - Type LD. SOUTHWEST FIREPROOFING PRODUCTS CO - Types 4, 5, 5EF, 5GP, 5MD, 7GP, 7HD, 8EF, 8GP, 8MD, 9EF, 9GP, 9MD. GCP APPLIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - Types MK-6/HY, MK-6/HY Extended Set, MK-10 HB, MK-10 HB Extended Set, MK-6/HB, MK-6s, RG, Monokote Acoustic 1. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. http:!/database.ul.comlcgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?name=BXUV.N708&censhorttitle=Fire-resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL+... 313 10110/2018 BXUV.X528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 CGC INC -(View Classification), - CKNX.R19751 CONTINENTAL BUILDING PRODUCTS OPERATING CO, L L C .(View Classification) - CKNX.RI8482 GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM L L C ,(View Classification) - CKNX.R2717 LOADMASTER SYSTEMS INC ,(View Classification) - CKNX.R11809 NATIONAL GYPSUM CO _(View Classification)- - eXP-C, CKNX.R3501 PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM .(View Classification) - CKNX.R7094 PANEL REY S A ,(View Classification), - CKNX.R21796 SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD .(View Classification) - CKNX.R19262 THAI GYPSUM PRODUCTS PCL .(View Classification)- - CKNX.R27517 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.(View Classification). - CKNX.R1319 USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC .(View Classification) - CKNX.R38438 USG MEXICO S A DE C V ,(View Classification). - CKNX.R16089 2A. Gypsum Board* - As an alternate to Item 2- 3/4 in. thick gypsum wallboard. For 2 Hr rating, 1-1/2 in. total thickness, installed in accordance with corner detail B. For 3 Hr rating, 2-1/4 in. total thickness installed in accordance with corner detail C. Boards are to be applied vertically without horizontal joints. CGC INC - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE USG BORAL DRYWALL SFZ LLC - Type ULTRACODE USG MEXICO S A DE C V - Type IP-X3 or ULTRACODE 2B. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 2 and 2A) - Nominal 5/8 in. thick panels. One of the layers of Gypsum Board (Item 2) used to obtain the minimum required thickness in Item 2 may be substituted with one layer and secured as described in Item 2. PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM - Type QuietRock ES 2C. Wall and Partition Facings and Accessories* - (As an alternate to Item 2 through 2B) - Composite Gypsum Panel - Nominal 5/8 in. thick panels. One of the layers of Gypsum Board (Item 2) used to obtain the minimum required thickness in Item 2 may be substituted with one layer of composite gypsum panel and secured as described in Item 2. GENERAL U.L. NOTES 1. U.L. WALL ASSEMBLIES PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS ARE FOR THE REFERENCED U.L. ASSEMBLIES NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS, CHANGES, OR REVISIONS REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR MUST BE SUPMITrED TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, 2. U.L. THROUGH -PENETRATION AND HEAD -OF -WALL FIRE STOP SYSTEMS PROVIDED IN THE U.L. DETAIL SHEETS INDICATE TYPICAL CONDITIONS THE CONTRACTOR WILL ENCOUNTER DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING U.L. LISTED DETAILS FOR ALL FIRESTOPPiNG CONDITIONS FOR THE IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL DETAILS TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 10/10/2018 BXUV.X528 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 PASCO BUILDING PRODUCTS L L C, DBA PASCO GYPSUM - Type QuietRock QR 3. Steel Stud - 1-5/8 in. wide with 1-5/16 and 1-7/16 in. legs having a 1/4- in. folded flange, fabricated from No, 25 MSG galv steel. Length to be 1/2 in. less than the assembly height. 3A. As an alternate to Item 3 Steel Framing Members* - galv. steel clips spaced 4 ft OC and 1-1/4 in. from top and bottem of column. A No. 28 MSG galv steel support angle with 1-1/4 in. length shall be placed over clips and secured with screws attaching the wallboard. The angle cut 1 in. less than assembly height splices in angle to occur over clips. The clips for use with wide flange columns only. JOHN WAGNER ASSOCIATES INC, DBA GRABBER - Types CB, CB1Clips. 4. Corner Beads - No. 28 MSG galv steel 1-1 4 in. legs to b attached the wallboard with N g , I g e tt to a ward w t o. 6 by 1 in. screws spaced 12 in. OC max. 5. Tie Wire No. 18 SWG steel wires aced 24 in. OC with second layer of wallboard. 6. Screws - For attaching first layer of wallboard to steel studs, and third layer of wallboard to 2 in. by 2 in. steel angle (25 Ga) to be No. 6 by 1 in. (or 1-1/4 in. for 3/4 in. thick wallboard) Phillips head self -drilling, self -tapping double lead screws spaced 24 in. OC For attaching second layer of wallboard to steel studs and fourth layer of wallboard to 2 in. by 2 in. steel angle (25 Ga) to be No. 6 by 1-3/4 in. (or 2-1/4 in. for 3/4 in. thick wallboard) steel screws of the same type spaced 12 in. OC For attaching third layer of wallboard to steel studs to be No. 8 by 2-1/4 in. screws of the same type spaced 12 in. OC 7. Finishing System - (Not Shown) - Joint compound applied over corner beads to a thickness of 1/16 in. * Indicates such products shall bear the UL or cUL Certification Mark for jurisdictions employing the UL or cUL Certification (such as Canada), respectively. Last Updated on 2017-10-24 http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage.html?nameBXUV.X528&ccnshorttitle- Fire Resistance Ratings ANSI/UL... 1!4 httpa/database.ul.comlcgi-biNXYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name-BXUV.X528&ccnshorttitle-Fire+Resistance+Ratings+-+ANSI/UL... 2/4 h8p:l/databass.ucomfcgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name-BXUV.X528&ecnshorttitle-Fire+Resistance+Ratings+_+ANSI/UL.. 3/4 http://database.ul.com/cgi-binIXYV/template/LISEXT/1 4/4 U.L. X528 - RATED COLUMNS Design No. U906 BXUV.U906 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. • Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning alternate materials and altemate methods of construction. • Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. BXUV - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 BXUV7 - Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - CAN/ULC-S101 Certified for Canada Design No. U906 February 06, 2014 Bearing Wall Rating - 2 HR. Nonbearing Wall Rating - 2 HR. Load Restricted for Canadian Applications - See Guide BXUV7 When used in Canada it is required that all materials included within the UL design are also cUL certified. 3/40 151W C,_J li): 1. Concrete Blocks* - Nom inal 6 by 8 by 16 in, hollow or solid. Various designs. Classification (2 hr). See Concrete Blocks category for list of eligible manufacturers. ANCHOR CONCRETE PRODUCTS INC GAGNE & SON CONCRETE BLOCK INC GLENWOOD MASONRY PRODUCTS Allowable compressive stress of 57% of max allowable compressive stress in accordance with the empirical design method. OLDCASTLE APG SOUTH INC, DBA ADAMS PRODUCTS WESTBROOK CONCRETE BLOCK CO INC Allowable compressive stress of 75.6% of max allowable compressive stress in accordance with the empirical U.L. U906 - RATED C.M.U. WALL design method. 2. Mortar - Blocks laid in full bed of mortar, nom. 3/8 in. thick, of not less than 2-1/4 and not more than 3- 1/2 parts of clean sharp sand to 1 part Portland cement (proportioned by volume) and not more than 50 percent hydrated lime (by cement volume). Vertical joints staggered. 3. Portland Cement Stucco or Gypsum Plaster- Add 1/2 hr to Classification if used. Attached to concrete blocks (Item 1). 4. Foamed Plastic* - (Optional -Not Shown) - 1-1/2 in. thick max, 4 ft wide sheathing attached to concrete blocks (Item 1). ATLAS ROOFING CORP - "Energy5hield Pro Wall Insulation" and "EnergyShield Pro 2 Wall Insulation." THE DOW CHEMICALCO - Type Thermax Sheathing, Thermax Light Duty Insulation, Thermax Heavy Duty Insulation, Thermax Metal Building Board, Thermax White Finish Insulation, Thermax ci Exterior Insulation, Thermax IH Insulation, Thermax Plus Liner Panel and Thermax Heavy Duty Plus (HDP) *Bearing the UL Classification Mark Last Updated on 2014-02-06 Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top 2014 UL LLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2014 UL LLC". Design No. U499 BXUV.U499 Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page Bottom Design/System/Construction/Assembly Usage Disclaimer Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted in all cases as to the particular requirements covering the installation and use of UL Certified products, equipment, system, devices, and materials. • Authorities Having Jurisdiction should be consulted before construction. • Fire resistance assemblies and products are developed by the design submitter and have been investigated by UL for compliance with applicable requirements. The published information cannot always address every construction nuance encountered in the field. When field issues arise, it is recommended the first contact for assistance be the technical service staff provided by the product manufacturer noted for the design. Users of fire resistance assemblies are advised to consult the general Guide Information for each product category and each group of assemblies. The Guide Information includes specifics concerning altemate materials and alternate methods of construction. • Only products which bear UL's Mark are considered Certified. Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire -resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. U499 April 09, 2013 Nonbearing Wall Rating - 1 Hr. F 24 IN. IiORLIZONTAL SECTION floor to ceiling height, 2B. Steel Studs- (Not Shown) - "C-T" - shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG gals steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than floor to ceiling height. 2C. Furring Channels- (Optional, not shown) - Resilient furring channels fabricated from min. 25 MSG corrosion protected steel, installed horizontally, and spaced vertically a max. 24 in. OC. Flange portion of channel attached to each intersecting stud on side of stud opposite the 1 in. liner panels with 1/2 in. long Type S or S-12 pan -head steel screws. When furring channels are used, wallboard to be installed vertically only. 3. Gypsum Board*- 1 in. thick gypsum wallboard liner panels, supplied in nominal 24 in. widths. Vertical edges inserted in "I" studs. Free edge of end panels attached to long leg of "J" runners with 1-5/8 in, long Type S self -drilling, self -tapping bugle head steel screws spaced not greater than 24 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Types FSW, FSW-B, FSW-7 4. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied horizontally or vertically and attached to studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. When Furring Channels (Item 2C) are used, gypsum board attached vertically to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO - Types FSK-C, FSL, FSW, FSW-5, FSW-C, FSW-6 4A. Gypsum Board* - 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, applied vertically and attached to studs with i in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC along the edges and in the field of the boards. When Furring Channels (Item 2C) are used, gypsum board attached vertically to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO -Types FSW-3, FSMR-C. 4B. Gypsum Board* - (As an alternate to Items 4 through 4A) - Installed as described in Item 4. 5/8 in thick, 4 ft. wide, paper surfaced, applied vertically and fastened to the studs with 1 in. long Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. NATIONALGYPSUMCO - Sound Break XP Type X Gypsum Board 5. Batts and Blankets* - (Optional) - Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. Any mineral wool or glass fiber batt bearing the UL Classification Marking as to Fire Resistance. See Batt and Blankets (BZJZ) Category For Names Of Classified Companies. 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* - As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) - (100% Borate Formulation) - Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with Aeterto completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product with a nominal dry density of 2,7 Ib/ft3. Alternate Application Method: The fiber is applied without water or adhesive at a nominal dry density of 3.5 Ib/ft3, in accordance with the application instructions supplied oath the product. U S GREENFIBER L L C - INS735 & INS745 for use with wet or dry application. INS765LD and INS77OLD are to be used for dry application only. 5B. Fiber Sprayed* - As an altemate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with waterto interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC - Cellulose Insulation 5C. Fiber, Sprayed* - As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) -Spray applied cellulose fiber. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the application instructions FLOOR supplied with the product. The minimum dry density shall be 4.30 Ibs/ft3. '"f INTERNATIONAL CELLULOSE CORP - Celbar-RL 1. Channel Track- "I" -shaped channel, 2-1/2 in. deep with unequal legs of 1 in. and 2 in., fabricated from No. 25 MSG galv steel. Channels attached to structural supports with steel fasteners located not greater than 2 in. from ends and not greater than 24 in. OC. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark 2. Steel Studs- "I" shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG galv Last Updated on 2013-04-09 steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than floor to ceiling _ height. Questions? Print this page Terms of Use Page Top 2A. Steel Studs - (Not Shown) - "C-H" -shaped studs, min 2-1/2 in. deep by 1-1/2 in. wide, fabricated from min 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC. Vertically restrained walls require studs to be cut 1/2 in. less than U.L. U499 - RATED METAL STUD AND GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL UL SYSTEM NO. CJ-D-0004 TOP OF WALL JOINT: GYPSUM WALL TO NON -RATED ROOF/FLOOR DECK JOINT RATING = 2-HR. CLASS 11 MOVEMENT CAPABILITIES - 50% COMPRESSION OR EXTENSION FRONT VIEW SECTION A -A A A J v 1. NON -RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: A. SUPPORTS [NOT SHOWN] - STRUCTURAL STEEL OR OTHER MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE STEEL DECK. B. MAXIMUM 3" DEEP BY MINIMUM 20 GA. GALVANIZED STEEL DECK, FLUTED MAXIMUM 12" OC. C. [OPTIONAL] STEEL DECK MAY BE TOPPED WITH REINFORCED CONCRETE. 2. GYPSUM WALL ASSEMBLY (ULicUL CLASSIFIED U400, V400, OR W400 SERIES) (2-HR. FIRE -RATING). 3. CEILING RUNNER (MIN. 25 GA., FLANGE OF CEILING RUNNER SHALL BE MINIMUM 114" GREATER THAN MAXIMUM EXTENDED JOINT WIDTH) FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK WITH STEEL FASTENERS OR WELDS SPACED MAXIMUM 24" OC. 4. STEEL STUDS (MINIMUM 3-1/2" WIDE) CUT 314" LESS IN LENGTH THAN ASSEMBLY HEIGHT, NESTING IN CEILING RUNNER WITHOUT ATTACHMENT. 5. HILTI CP 777 SPEED PLUGS FRICTION FITTED TO COMPLETELY FILL FLUTE, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL (SEE NOTE NO.2 BELOW). 6. HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS COMPRESSED 50% AND INSERTED INTO JOiNT, FLUSH WITH BOTH SIDES OF WALL (SEE NOTE NO.2 BELOW). 7. MINIMUM 1/8' (WET) THICKNESS HILTI CFS-SP WB FIRESTOP JOINT SPRAY TO COMPLETELY COVER MINERAL WOOL AND TO OVERLAP MINIMUM 1i2" ONTO GYPSUM WALL AND METAL DECK ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL. OTES : 1. AS AN ALTERNATE TO CEILING RUNNER IN ITEM NO. 3, SLOTTED CEILING RUNNERS MAY B USED. CONSULT THE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY FOR APPROVED MANUFACTURERS. 2. AS AN ALTERNATE TO HILTI CP 767 SPEED STRIPS AND/OR CP 777 SPEED PLUGS, MINERAL WOOL SAFING (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) COMPRESSED 50% MAY BE USED. Sheet 1 of 1 Drawing No. I = HILTI, Inc. Scale 5/32" = V CJ D Tulsa, Oklahoma USA (800) 879-8000 Hilti Firestop Systems Date June 07,2012 0004a Saving Lives through Innovation and Education U.L. CJ-D-0004 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP HEAD OF WALL DETAIL - GYPSUM BOARD WALL ©2014ULLLC When the UL Leaf Mark is on the product, or when the word "Environment" is included in the UL Mark, please search the UL Environment database for additional information regarding this product's certification. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL's Follow -Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL pennits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from UL" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "© 2014 UL LLC". OMO It M 3 N 6 XON in Z CD O O O O L M M o S +� ro . v '0 C v V 0 O m rr Lei. v 7 v ru L 7y E �+ r V v v ro ro n Q 4- Q N •.•.• N a `u V � 2 m S.. Lu ru z O 0 o u. L s /5.�..♦ W " w "7" ~ nV' W .S � O W L � L w V �i x ¢ N O N Q vn t� ILLLL 0 �7_ 0 m jF=-�ofZ0 Z OWZZ QW0LU U)CQF- 1-- �R' W < T 0 1.- LUS aLU Z �Z)3:V W <C 0==) =SON = QU)pMI- W d of O W W U) U) Sheet Name: U.L. DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Gm066 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION A a_ - MEZZANINE LIFE SAFETY PLAN I DISCHARGE DISCHARGE 42" 42" C-2 �— APACITY CAPACITY I / FE T• -------------- 0 V V I KB I m Pon W z � I DISCHARGE DISCHARGE � 72" 72� 360 OCC 360 OCC CAPACITY � CAPACITY .1 2 B C C.1 C. F.O.CMU WALL 21 2 SHELL DELIVERY: LANDLORD DELIVERY OF WARM DARK SHELL FOR FUTURE TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. CURRENT OCCUPANCY BASED MERCANTILE[M] USE TENANT/LEASEE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING FOR PERMIT FOR FINAL USE AND INTERIOR LAYOUT SUITE 402: 1,717 SF: NFPA 101 LSC TABLE 7.3.1.2 OCCS : 30 SF / OCC = 58 EGRESS REQUIRED: (61 XO.2") = 12.2" EGRESS ACTUAL: 114" NO. OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 NO. OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 EXIT SEPARATION REQUIRED: 25'-0" EXIT SEPARATION PROVIDED: 71'-0" SUITE 401: 1,598 SF: NFPA 101 LSC TABLE 7.3.1.2 OCCS : 30 SF / OCC = 54 EGRESS REQUIRED: (54X0.2") = 10.8" EGRESS ACTUAL: 114" NO. OF EXITS REQUIRED: 2 NO. OF EXITS PROVIDED: 2 EXIT SEPARATION REQUIRED: 24'-10" EXIT SEPARATION PROVIDED: 71-0" A LIFE SAFETY LEGEND <= •.� EGRESS ■ XXX FT <M = = = = = = = EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL PATH <---------- COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL 1 HR RATED WALL/PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SCHEDULE r r>• r r>. r r r r r r r r r r 2HR RATED WALL/PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO SCHEDULE MAXIMUM TRAVEL TO EXITS) (WARM DARK SHELL PERMIT) ACTUAL TRAVEL PATH OF LEASED SPACE PER TENANT IMPROVEMENT PERMIT SUBMITTAL BY OTHERS. EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FE TEMPORARY WALL HUNG FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION - PROVIDE AT 75'-0" MAX. DISTANCE (PER NFPA 10, TABLE 6.2.1.1). VERIFY FINAL LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHAL. FINAL FIRE PROTECTION PER FOR FINISHED SPACE TO BE PROVIDED WITH TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE TI PERMIT. KB KNOX BOX - FIRE MARSHAL TO DETERMINE LOCATION SHELL DELIVERY: LANDLORD DELIVERY OF WARM DARK SHELL FOR FUTURE TENANT IMPROVEMENT UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. NMI 11%q69xW1*A- d A m N 3 M cn p �n X 0 CO a N (D 0 p M M w 0 0 Q + c 0 z N � a) L Ch U 00 m C)v S- N fit' ly D LL Q) C6a E�� c N 4- Q V x 0 M O W W c L Q Z L _0 0 (y, i V N1 N M lJ.l 72 > O W sr U M N Q N Q 0 N C) a 0 9 Sheet Name: LIFE SAFETY PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: GmOO8 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION �— - -- N1 'D >• co � M M N OPERABLE PARTS NOTES; CHLDREN's REACH RANGES GENERAL SHEET NOTES z 0, t m" 1. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH 6/GO10 SHALL BE PROVIDED. FORWARD OR SIDE REACH AGES 3 AND 4 AGES 5 THROUGH 8 AGES 9 THROUGH 12 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. Z o v U 00 2. HEIGHT: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE PLACED HIGH MAX. 36" 40" 44" 2. THE ITEMS SHOWN IN THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD SHEETS ARE TO CONVEY THE MINIMUM CRITICAL INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT. THE m o �r LOW MIN. 20" 18" 16" CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS INDICATED HERE AND WITH ALL FEDERAL AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AND v ' WITHIN THE REACH RANGES IN 8/G010. - E 3. OPERATION: OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE THIS TABLE PROVIDES GUIDANCE ON REACH RANGES FOR CHILDREN ACCORDING TO AGE WHERE REQUIREMENTS. OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT BUILDING ELEMENTS SUCH AS COAT HOOKS, LOCKERS, OR OPERABLE PARTS ARE DESIGNED FOR 3. THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTES, DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SHOWN HERE, AND SHALL NOT BE V v a REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR USE PRIMARILY BY CHILDREN. THESE DIMENSIONS APPLY TO EITHER FORWARD OR SIDE REACHES. LESS THAN THE CLEAR WIDTH REQUIRED BY LIFE SAFETY FOR EGRESS. WHICHEVER CLEAR WIDTH IS GREATER SHALL APPLY. N � ¢ 4- a ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND OPERABLE PARTS DESIGNED FOR ADULT USE OR CHILDREN OVER AGE 4. ALL FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP -RESISTANT. TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FOR REQUIRED "",,," c TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 12 CAN BE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE CHILDREN'S REACH RANGES, BUT MUST BE WITHIN THE 5. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM THE FINISH FACE OF WALL. THIS SHALL INCLUDE PANELING, TILE, AND OTHER FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY 79 POUNDS MAX. ADULT REACH RANGES INDICATED BELOW. THE MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCES ARE MAINTAINED, ESPECIALLY AT WALKING SURFACES, DOOR CLEARANCES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, TOILET STALLS, AND V o � ° N SHOWER STALLS. s- W a Z z 0 � O p ELECTRICAL NOTES: zo E33 fcn_ ol� 1. ELECTRICAL POWER/DATA/TEL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 15" MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE. o Q Z o ¢ vi w MAINTAIN THE SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL RECEPTACLES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. o N J ¢ zo 2. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS APPLIANCES COOLING HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 44" MAX. z o o = a �" ^ U �WUtil-o3W W ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO TOP OF DEVICE. MAINTAIN THE SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL THE RECEPTACLES UNLESS N m ¢ Z a I-- o W INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. w w o v� L 3. FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES SHALL BE 44" MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GRADE TO THE TOP OF DEVICE. MAINTAIN THE ¢ c¢=n = v C = v -C SAME ELEVATION FOR ALL DEVICES UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THE DRAWINGS. m _ o W 60" DIAMETER t/1 Q N --------------� DOOR LEAF ` Cn = � Z J Z 60 ____ NOTES: Q t I WIDTH C W am W a or Z --- -___-_ f I W rn o W o o �----- - _ - _ f I 1. TURNING SPACES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO o 1 i r_____----, '--_-----_---' NO WIDTH ¢ ¢ _ � o a '� �� I i INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCES I EQUIREMENT ¢ ¢ o Uj = CO �� �� i i UNDER AN ELEMENT, SEE 4/G010. I f I I n MIRROR ¢ Q i Co I f 2. DOOR SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SWING w L- IGf f I r v t ¢ 1 I INTO TURNING SPACES. -j o 0 p o I j j j j o I I 3. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED IN ¢ LU Z w a o CLEAR WIDTH f ) I I r cn w z °- p U) W - I I I f 'z I L__ _ TURNING SPACES: � i- = W p z cn z OF OPENING CLEAR WIDTH I I I i 12" I NO WIDTH CD M CENTERLINE 4 ti _ 3.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER N w ~ p a- n W n f I I } i. w W LIGHT SWITCH/ CONTROL f I a o OF OPENING 18 MIN. I I MIN. f REQUIREMENT = � OF CONTROLS I i THAN 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED. N �_ o I "' ¢ w w r - - - - - - - -, I I I •�- o SWITCH/FIRE ALARM _ ,� d I I j cn a = fk�ACTIVATION DEVICE o �' N i i = Q Cl) Wcn ¢ W o z w I I--------i - -- o - -------- I SHELF W - - - - W W Of U) W W o 8 �-Om���5?y I I Z I ! U_ .. !t! " U) W= W o -_ o 0 12" 36" 12" a W= w W W I- W 00 i I f I WZ omo``'Wmo=N POWER/DATA/TEL OU=C72VLU =}�= ¢ N ¢ a z ¢ o zo o CIRCULAR TURNING SPACE T SHAPED TURNING SPACE c- v ►- ¢ _ f I o o _ =o = J o OUTLET '- NOTE: ACCESSORIES SHOWN ARE oo LLo g C cn ¢ s DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. SEE DRAWINGS 5 TURNING SPACE ! I I f _ _FOR AND TYPES OF o zoo= z�- = zoo NS L------- ^_- - _ - - m W W °BATHROOM ACCESSORIES. G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" a o d- � FRONT APPROACH - SLIDING DOORS, FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. DOOR 8" FOLDING FOLDING DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS fA) SIDE APPROACH - WALL OPENINGS (B) FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE (A) FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE (B) PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH (C) SHELVES MIRRORS ELECTRICAL DEVICES TOILET AND BATHROOM ACCESSORIES I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I i r--------------------- "" " 1D1024I I 1 t M 1 j --- -------------I I-----------------f I t I I MAX. MAX. MAX. � � j 1`` �`x � v p L - - - - - - - - - - - -� 17p MIN. �--� -� 5n MAX. <= I i i I o I s I ! 11 48" C i i � i i i I I i I TOE AND KNEE MIN. I I I n I n I I SPACE UNDER AN n 36 MIN. I I 42 MIN. 17 MIN. i 22 MIN. i 24" MIN. I f _ 0 � � ELEMENT 25- MAX. ---------------- ...--------- I - - - - - - - - _ ELEVATION PLAN BUILDING BLOCKS SIDE APPROACH, POCKET OR HINGE SIDE - SIDE APPROACH, STOP OR LATCH - - SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS (C) SLIDING DOORS AND FOLDING DOORS (D) HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (D) HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (E) UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED 4 TOE AND KNEE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS o SIDE REACH SIDE REACH -CONDITION A SIDE REACH -CONDITION B ----------------� G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" M MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL ---------------� i i >20" TO SLIDING DOORS, FOLDING DOORS, AND WALL OPENINGS G� 20" MAX.,25" MAX. SOTS IN THE THRESHOLD OR LEVEL TOP. ANY OPENINGS R ! I Z I I TRACK SHALL COMPLY WITH ~� z I }..� = I I 2/G010. NO ADDITIONAL LEVEL I Q f 22" MIN I CHANGES ARE PERMITTED. 22" MIN. I i BEVELED EDGE, TYP. BOTH 32 CUR. MIN., I SIDES FOR THRESHOLDS WALL DEPTH ------- --------- 2 MAX. �+ d' n GREATER THAN . 24 OR LESS. �,.� _ � � �� � ,g � � _ � ,n ,t � � I � 36" CUR. MIN„ WALL DEPTH GREATER THAN 24" UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH FORWARD REACH -CONDITION A FORWARD REACH -CONDITION B DOOR THRESHOLD ZAT EXTERIOR HARDSCAPE AND WALKWAYS, THE CONCRETE MUST 32" CUR. MIN. HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. DOOR BUILDING BLOCKS - MATCH THE FINISH FLOOR HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE f F) PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH (G) ELEVATION. MULTIPLE CHANGES 8 CHILDREN OVER 12 AND ADULT REACH RANGES IN ELEVATION AT THE DOOR THRESHOLD ARE NOT PERMITTED. NOTE: ACCOUNT FOR DOOR DEPTH AND NOTE: ACCOUNT FOR DOOR DEPTH AND ; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" EXPOSED HARDWARE WHEN DETERMINING EXPOSED HARDWARE WHEN DETERMINING r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -, I I x LEAF SIZE AND WALL OPENING SIZE TO LEAF SIZE AND WALL OPENING SIZE TO ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH IS MAINTAINED. ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH IS MAINTAINED.<= M NOTE; THIS APPLIES TO BOTH NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO BOTH IZEf NOTES: [ T N ACCORDION AND FOLDING PANEL STYLE ACCORDION AND FOLDING PANEL STYLE g i "' is = I „, 1. ALL DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SLIDING DOORS. SLIDING DOORS. I i OF 3/G010. i ! EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS OF r+y 24" MINI 24" MIN. I ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL VERTICAL CHANGE IN LEVEL 2. IF A DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS HAVE OPENINGS OR SLOTS FOR . p CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY- CLEAR WIDTH OF CLEARANCE OF 78" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR _ CARRIAGES OR OTHER HARDWARE, THEN THOSE OPENINGS OR SLOTS SHALL s _ _ _ _ e _ _ _ FOLDING DOOR CONDITION C WALL OPENING - CONDITION D COMPLY WITH 2/G010. OR GROUND. 2 MAX 3. CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN THE 1 /2" INDICATED HERE SHALL = 1 RAMPED AND COMPLY WITH THOSE REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES AT MAINTAIN MIN. CLEARANCE I r� kn TO WALL OR OBSTRUCTIONLATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE. � � � , �' i � CHANGES IN LEVEL AT DOORS AND DOOR THRESHOLDS AND TRACKS. � BEHIND DOOR TO PERIMT LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE (H) DOOR PROVIDED WITH A CLOSER (1) I _ DOOR TO OPENING 90DEG MIN. MAINTAIN. MIN. CLEARANCE 1 FOR DOOR HARDWARE USE. r----------------7 «' F-----------------� i i .�' i b BEVELED CHANGE IN LEVEL-1:2 SLOPE i 3 BUILDING BLOCKS - CHANGES IN LEVEL REQUIREMENTS _ 32" CUR. MIN. I I i f i G010 T-0"=1'-0" I 24" MIN. i 24" MIN, fE I N " 32 CUR. MIN. NOTE. ACCOUNT FOR DOOR STOP AND EXTENSION BEYOND FRAME FOR HANDLES WHEN DETERMINING LEAF SIZE AND WALL WHERE VERTICAL CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN 80", r ; NOTE: FOR DOORS WITH OFFSET PIVOT OPENING SIZE TO ENSURE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH PROVIDE A GUARDRAIL OR OTHER BARRIER - HINGES, THE DOOR WIDTH MAY NEED TO IS MAINTAINED. MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENT h ACCOUNT FOR THE OFFSET PIVOT DIMENSION h k r TO MAINTAIN THE MIN. CLEAR WIDTH. VERIFY NOTE: THIS APPLIES TO BOTH POCKET AND x WITH HARDWARE. BARN STYLE SLIDING DOORS. y Li OPENING IN FLOOR OR CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY- CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAY- x 4 f LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE. GROUND SURFACE, TYP.� HINGED DOOR CONDITION A SLIDING DOOR CONDITION B LATCH APPROACH. PUSH SIDE (J) DOOR PROVIDED WITH A CLOSER (K) 4" MAX. u EXCEPTION: HANDRAILS PERMITTED � { Of FLO CLEAR WIDTHS AT DOORWAYS AND WALL OPENINGS MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL HINGED DOORS To PROTRUDE 4 1/2" MAX. a, 10 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES - DOORS, GATES, AND WALL OPENINGS rE k a r i G-0.9 318"=l'-0" 111 NOTES. 1 THE RUNNING SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NO ,, r. T BE STEEPER THAN 1.20. THE CROSS SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER ,, .�. � � � ,-w _:� .. .;a i .;;.ram. THAN 1 48. uN r, w 2. CHANCES IN LEVEL SHALL COMPLY 3 0 0. ,., N L WITH G 1 .. W .-..OPENING / 3. WITHIN EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS THE CLEAR MINIMUM WIDTH MAY DECREASED BY WORK AREA EQUIPMENT PROVIDED THAT THE DECREASE IS ESSENTIAL:•..., MAX. TO THE FUNCTION BEING PERFORMED. 12" 12" 1 Z z o 4. WHERE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES HAS A CLEAR WIDTH OF LESS THAN 60 , PASSING SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT INTERVALS OF 200 FEET MAX. PASSING z _ � z -� � , N X>12 X>12 ao 0 SPACES SHALL BE EITHER . rn ` Coo`V M9' 4.1. A SPACE 60" MIN. BY 60" MIN.` '� o 15 :? 3 X N OD N ,V , n e 4.2. AN INTERSECTION OF TWO WALKING SURFACES PROVIDING A T SHAPED SPACE SEE G01 M ( 5/ 0}, WHERE THE BASE AND ARMS OF THE TSHAPED ='< KXI k SPACE EXTEND 48" MIN. BEYOND THE INTERSECTION. ) KA, 7n 4.TAG 3. SEE S BELOW. DIAGRAMS ,,.... a,..,r r+',M.a., .�:"e .<.✓ yr y.. a.. .;y;z... ,.� FREE STANDING POST MOUNTED FREE STANDING POST MOUNTED LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS PROTRUDING OBJECTS -MOUNTED ON POST PROTRUDING OBJECTS -MOUNTED BETWEEN POSTS '? {r- BUILDING BLOCKS - w,k, - x , -- r_ 7 BUILDING BLOCKS - PROTRUDING OBJECTS 2 OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUD SURFACES I I � �3 � t� � o v i I G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0"777777�9 y I ,r W n n n n �-,�:�{.,, .,�. .r-z.,. ,. -�-��' ter, �-� � -.:_ ::v.;,�- ..�r. -: � ,..z-. .. Z, ., ,t.:.,,a`S,. - .. r.�;, ��, _..�....r.-,.<-,:.: ., ;?�:.a'.. „�` ,,.�.� '�.,, 3..`�a�if.a..-,,.,r.:.,.Qy,.. ..�.. � .. ,fi �, .2- ,..... ... ,,.::.,. F,x...'; >. ,,J-.1...,� ,..�'-, 42 MIN. �(<48n 42 MIN. (, 36 MIN. � 08" � 36 MIN. ,--------------- , 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE FIRM AND SLIP i ( I I I I I I` E I O CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE ! I i I I I f I I I AT EXPOSED EDGES, CARPET CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE RESISTANT. o _ = I I I I = I I = I I i I 1.1. EXCEPTION: WITHIN ANIMAL CONTAINMENT AREAS FLOOR AND GROUND W AT 180 DEGREE TURN - CONDITION A AT 180 DEGREE TURN - CONDITION A I f i I ` PROVIDE LEVEL � o M I I N I I - I I SURFACES ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE STABLE FIRM AND SLIP Co z TRANSITION, COMPLY I f RESISTANT. "' f n n n �° i i i i i i x i i i WITH 3/G010. 24 MAX. 48 MIN. 24 MAX i 1.2. EXCEPTION: ARES OF SPORT ACTIVITY SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO f I` r I i I_--------___� I f �---------------� �- -- - COMPLY. n n Sheet Name: 48 PASSING SPACE ,.r:, _... NOTE: PASSING SPACES °�'` ° °`° i I I �, 48 �, 2. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED AND SHALL HAVE �.�;.. I I ! ' I ' - _ ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS EXTENSION, TYP. ALL� A FIRM CUSHION, PAD, OR BACKING OR NO CUSHION OR PAD. - SHALL BE PROVIDED AT (3) SIDES. NO INTERVALS OF 200 FEET I I I I i f 3. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL HAVE A LEVEL LOOP TEXTURED LOOP ------J L---------s , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ LEVEL CUT PILE OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT PILE HEIGHT. 60" MIN. OBSTRUCTIONS, � MAX. � � � 30" �30" 36" MIN. F �� Y � � � � �` � � � " � BUMPOUTS, OR _ _ " Proj #: Issue Date: NOTE; PASSING SPACES SHALL WALLS IN THIS, M 4. A PILE THICKNESS UP TO 1/2 IS ALLOWED, MEASURED TO THE BACKING, POSITION OF POSITION OF MANEUVERING MANEUVERING CUSHION, OR PAD. 210316 09/01/2022 BE PROVIDED AT INTERVALS OF SPACE, TYP. - - CLEAR FOOR CLEAR FLOOR OR CLEAR FLOOR OR CLEARANCE IN AN CLEARANCE IN AN 5. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO FLOOR SURFACES 200 FEET MAX. a AND SHALL HAVE TRIM ON THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. Sheet No.: .. a77 ._77 .'K.£,.$•' OR GROUND SPACE GROUND SPACE -FRONT GROUND SPACE -PARALLEL ALCOVE -FORWARD APPROACH ALCOVE -PARALLEL APPROACH CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CARPET TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH CHANGES IN LEVEL REQUIREMENTS. AT PASSING SPACE - CONDITION A AT PASSING SPACE - CONDITION B CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE BUILDING BLOCKS - 9 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES WALKING SURFACES 6 MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS �113UILDING BLOCKS FLOOR SURFACES G-009 G-0.9 3/8"=V-0" G-0.9 3/8"=1'-0" G010 1'-0"=1'-0" Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION m N NOTES: z C, o.om 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH 1,2,&3/GO10. lo�'�, o � M1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE y 1��� ^�`O o o v o ACCESSIBLE PERMITTED. NOTES: 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH 9/G010. 9G`rp F �' ? rr �� Q iO v v °v � PARKING 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH 9/G010. 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY WITH 3, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE IN THESE DETAILS, �F 0� �� rrr `� -LANDING AREA D .. v ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE, 3. VERTICAL CLEARANCE: MIN. 98" (8'-2") MIN. 1,2,&3/GO10. CURB RAMPS AT ACCESSIBLE ROUTES ARE REQUIRED ��, 1.48 CROSS � r � E r- HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING HANDICAPPED PARKING COMPLY WITH 4. CONTINUE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AND AISLE MARKINGS ACROSS 1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF RAMPS ON `J' Q r G,p `� SLOPE (MAX.) -- SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE, SEE DIAGRAM SIGNAGE VEHICULAR ZONES TO PEDESTRIAN ZONES. PARKING SPACES AND SHALL BE PERMITTED. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES (2/GO10.01). 1ti <r (�, ��ti �> N E �- a THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL THIS DETAIL. THIS DETAIL THIS DETAIL. REQUIREMENTS. ACCESS AISLES SHALL NOT OBSTRUCT THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH OF PAVEMENT CROSSWALK GJ �� `�� J A r/r 4- c ADJACENT ACCESSIBLE ROUTES. MARKINGS, TYP. 1 A� Of M o io WHERE PROVIDED, CURB Q Z 2 o k RESERVED RESERVED L N N PARKING PARKING LL o' o Wz d PARKING SPACE MINIMUM NUMBER REQUIREMENTS �a,3 RAMP FLARES SHALL HAVELU s r N a Q a �'`' �'' A 1:10 SLOPE (MAX.) ''' w v �_' �=' TOTAL NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED ��•ti ° ®° w W µ W K; ----- �� a o °°° PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT > �, a PROVIDED IN PARKING FACILITY ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES c, o o °°o .00 ° �,., U, ,,, p �p ° o ° o ° o e o ° DETECTABLE WARNING �_- ACCESS AISLE TO BE AccEssie�E p��t�, O� O ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° W zQ MARKED THE FULL za zQ S°°°°°°°°°° w v w v w m r V OF HAZARDS ON A �� Q / 00 o00o o 00 oo s„r r °°°°°°°°°°°°° STRIP INSERT TO WARN U� r �0000o000000 c� 1 TO 25 1 �C.°°°°°°°°°°°° �o LENGTH AND WIDTH o wo "' 26 TO 50 2 ` P r °°°®°°°°°° V w w J J w Q r °°°o o Q o CIRCULATION PATH, SUCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o W _ OF THE ACCESS o = _ m / °°°o 0 o AS CROSSING FROM A L) N g 51 TO 75 3 r°°°° o Q o PEDESTRIAN TO VEHICULAR cv z 3 AISLE. ACCESS AISLE AND PARKING SPACE g >- z 76 TO 100 4 rr �� ZONE. o °w DIMENSIONS SHALL o CL o 7' ¢ o r r p z o z o Z oo M i z 101 TO 150 5 <r rr j ,q�� �� v NOT OVERLAP. TYP. o o w v z ---- \ r r Os, N * _.._.... _.. xN 151 TO 200 6 36" MIN. 361_ "MIN. j. `�\ rrr �O1°F /N3�!/�QB w u_ ) 201 TO 300 7 I I oo 0 -' o w z CAR PARKING VAN PARKING CAR PARKING ACCESS AISLE, VAN PARKING CAR PARKING CAR PARKING z o�'�F,I,r r ¢ w C.0 d a v O a a a a a a n V' w I r SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 132 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. 96 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. SPACE, 96 MIN. a 301 TO 400 8 L----J `ter r� W w o = W w r n r a r a r a r p r a r n (8 -0 MIN.) (11 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) (8 -0 MIN.) 401 TO 500 g TYP. CURB RAMP S m � � M a z o 2 z CONSTRUCTION w W o �oiw-owwzQ ACCESS AISLE, ACCESS AISLE, � M - z 0 � z 501 TO 1000 2 PERCENT OF TOTAL p v> Z I- F a= r r V' wQZ 60" MIN. 60" MIN. 1001 AND OVER 20 PLUS 1 FOR EACH 100 OR = ¢ r►w � Q w o w (5 -0 MIN.) (5 -0 MIN.) ACCESSIBLE VAN ACCESSIBLE o cn o " " FRACTION THEREOF OVER 1000. w W w = u a PARKING SIGN PARKING SIGN I o p= w w¢ w� w FOR EVERY SIX, OR FRACTION OF SIX PARKING SPACES REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE CAR AND VAN PARKING - OPTION A ACCESSIBLE CAR AND VAN PARKING - OPTION B ACCESSIBLE CAR PARKING 1 2"=1'-0" 1 2"=1'-O" TO BE ACCESSIBLE, AT LEAST ONE SHALL BE BE A VAN DIAGONAL CURB RAMP PLAN = > > _ o ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE. U o W LL Q rT� ACCESSIBLE ROUTES -PARKING ACCESSIBLE RAISED ISLAND CROSSING - ACCESSIBLE RAISED ISLAND CROSSING - - _ - - - _ _ _ _ o Cl) o CUT THROUGH ON LEVEL WITH STREET �16"=1-0"i CURB RAMP AT ISLAND (3116"=1-0") (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) z 1 SAME WIDTH i LANDING AREA: 1:48 AS CURB RAMP. ; CROSS SLOPE (MAX.) L (MIN.) NOTES• M ! ! KSLOPE ROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT 1. INFORMATION SHOWN BELOW IS TO ! I ILLUSTRATE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ETECTABLE WARNING FOR ELEVATORS AND ELEVATOR LANDINGS. TRIP INSERT TO WARN 2. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND GUTTER/ROAD SURFACE CURB RAMP: CURB RAMP:F HAZARDS ON A CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL THE IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO MAX RUN: 72" IRCULATION PATH, SUCH REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICANS WITH CURB RAMP. 1:20 SLOPEIN. WIDTH: 36"S CROSSING FROM A (MAX.)( ) MAX. RISE: 6" 36" MIN. 32" CLR. MIN. 32" CLR. MIN. DISABILITIES ACT, SECTION 407 ELEVATORS, WHERE PROVIDED CURB RAMP `, `n VEHICULAR TRIAN TO ZONE. NOTES: AND ALL LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO SAID ACT. LANDING AREA: �'� 3. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND FLARES (BEYOND) SHALL HAVE 1:48 CROSS ';' 1. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES SHALL COMPLY z cn WITH 1,2,&3/G010. (MAX.) = AMP FLARES SHALL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELEVATORS A 1:10 SLOPE (MAX.) m HERE PROVIDED, CURB 1.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN THAT FULLY COMPLY WITH THE - _ SLOPE MAX. REQUIREMENTS OF ASME A18.1. AVE A 1: 10 SLOPE 1:48 SHALL BE PERMITTED. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT DETECTABLE WARNING °°°°°°°°°°°000000° 4. PLATFORM LIFE FLOORS SHALL COMPLY ALL ADJOINING SURFACES SHALL BE AT THE " ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° °(MAX.) 2. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL COMPLY WITH 24 STRIP INSERT TO WARN OF HAZARDS ON A° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° 0 ° ° ° ° ° ° SAME LEVEL, TYP. /L.10°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° WITH 1 2 &3/GO10. CIRCULATION PATH SUCH AS CROSSING FROM °°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° 9/G010. r r , o00000000000°0°0 0 5. PLATFORM LIFTS SHALL NOT BE A PEDESTRIAN TO VEHICULAR ZONE.°°°°°°° 3. VERTICAL CLEARANCE: MIN. 114" (9'-6� MIN. r_-_---___, MIN. PLATFORM AREA F- ATTENDANT -OPERATED AND SHALL PROVIDE 0000000 °0000000000 I SHALL BE PER 6/G010 I I CURB RAMP SECTION °°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°°° UNASSISTED ENTRY AND EXIT FROM THE I I I ! LIFT. 3 CURB RAMPS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES oRTHAcoNAt CURB RAMP PLAN o 6. DOORS AND GATES: ACCESS AISLE WIDTH z 1 I z I I M w ! I w I ; 6.1. DOORS AND GATES SHALL HAVE LOW- G-0.10 3/8"=1'-0" (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SAME AS VEHICLE a CL I I z �- i ! ENERGY POWER -OPERATED DOORS LANDING RAMP RUN, 60 LANDING RAMP RUN LANDING AT CHANGE V1 PULL-UP SPACE LENGTH = I I = I I a 30" RISE0" RISE i ; v ; ; AND GATES COMPLYING WITH NOTES 60 MIN. (MAX.)( ) 60 MIN. (MAX.)( ) IN DIRECTION, 60 MIN. IN 1/GO10.01. DOORS SHALL ! ° i I REMAIN OPEN FOR 20 SECONDS MIN. S w I I iti ---- c� 6.1.1. EXCEPTION: PLATFORM LIFTS 12" HANDRAIL T fi` I I i i SERVING TWO LANDINGS MAXIMUM - EXTENSION, � Q AND HAVING DOORS OR GATES TOP AND z �uF ce5�:aI I I - CONTINUE THROUGH � HANDRAILS MAY ON OPPOSITE SIDES SHALL BE BOTTOM OF PERMITTED TO HAVE EACH RAMP LANDING AREAS CID ,�, a z Z I AREA TO BE MARKED TO MIN. PLATFORM AREA SELF -CLOSING MANUAL DOORS RUN, TYP. d �I o I DISCOURAGE PARKING IN Q o O Q = J w o SHALL BE PER 6/GO10 AND GATES. NOTES: NOTES: _ _ _ _ - o M Q ^ I I THEM 6.2. END DOORS AND GATES SHALL n 1. EDGE PROTECTION NOT REQUIRED AT RAMPS THAT DO 1. A PIPE BARRIER CONDITION WHERE THE RAMP IS OPEN - - - - s � 1 M N I PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32 MIN. NOT REQUIRE RAILINGS AND FLARED SIDES (CURB ON BOTH SIDES IS SHOWN. THE PIPE BARRIER IS HANDRAILS REQUIRED AT RAMPS �y Q L - - - _ - - - - - - - J 6.3. SIDE DOORS AND GATES SHALL RAMP) INTEGRAL TO THE RAILING IS SHOWN. A SOLID WITH RISER GREATER THAN 6" 32" CLR. MIN. PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 42" MIN. 2. EDGE PROTECTION IS NOT REQUIRED ON THE SIDES OF CONCRETE CURB, OR OTHER BARRIER IS ALSO ACCEPTABLE. VEHICLE PULL-UP RAMP LANDINGS SERVING AN ADJOINING RAMP RUN OR PLATFORM LIFT - PLATFORM LIFT - STAIR 2. WHERE THE RAMP IS ENCLOSED BY A SOLID WALL ON NOTES: v H SPACE LENGTH, 3. EDGE PROTECTION SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED ON THE ONE OR MORE SIDES, THE SOLID WALL ITSELF N RAMPS: 20'-0" MIN. FRONT AND. SIDE PASSAGE FRONT AND REAR PASSAGE SIDES OF RAMP LANDINGS HAVING A VERTICAL PROVIDES THE BARRIER. a 1.1. MIN. WIDTH: 36 CLEAR, BETWEEN THE HANDRAILS. 6 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES -PASSENGER LOADING ZONESK-5---)IIACCESSIBLE ROUTES -ELEVATORS DROP-OFF OF EQU IN 10" OF THE MINIMUM 1.2. MAX. RUNNING SLOPE: 1:12. LANDING AREA REQUIRED. 1.3. MAX. RISE: 30n PER EACH RAMP RUN. �10 1/8"=1'-0" �10 3/16"=1'-0" 1.4. MAX. CROSS SLOPE: 1:48. 12" 1.5. CHANGES IN LEVEL OTHER THAN RUNNING SLOPE AND HANDRAIL CROSS SLOPE ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. LANDINGS: p"I NOTES: 4. ELEVATOR FLOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH 1,2,&3/G010. EXTENSION, Q 1. INFORMATION SHOWN BELOW IS TO ILLUSTRATE THE 5. ALL IN -CAR AND ELEVATOR DING BUTTONS SHALL BE TY PROVIDE CURB OR 2.1. LANDINGS SHALL OCCUR AT AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM N MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEVATORS AND ELEVATOR FLUSH, OR RAISED DESIGN D SHALL PROVIDE VISIBLE BARRIER TO PREVENT OF EACH RAMP RUN. _ _ _ _ _ - - - - _ - (T 1 LANDINGS. SIGNALS. BUTTONS S BE 3/4" IN SMALLEST PASSAGE OF 4" SPHERE, 2.2. SLOPE: LANDINGS SHALL BE LEVEL CHANGES IN i i r+y 2. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL DIMENSION, MIN. WHERE ANY PORT10N OF LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. LANDINGS AND REQUIRED COMPLY WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF AMERICANS WITH 6. ALL IN -CAR AN LEVATOR LANDING SIGNALS SHALL THE SPHERE IS WITHIN 4" 2.2.1. EXCEPTION: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT I i F•L•j DISABILITES ACT, SECTION 407 ELEVATORS, AND ALL INCLUDE VISI AND AUDIBLE SIGNALS. EACH SIGNAL z OF THE GROUND. SHALL BE PERMITTED. DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO J ; LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO SAID ACT. „ 12" 36" 12" 2.3. WIDTH: SAME WIDTH AS THE WIDEST PART OF THE OVERLAP. UPPER LANDING SIZE I s SHALL B 1/2 IN THE SMALLEST DIMENSION MIN. _ _ ! I 6 - 3. ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER AND CONTRACTOR SHALL MIN. MIN. MIN. M M RAMP LEADING TO THE LANDING. MAY NEED TO BE INCREASED TO I ! HORIZONTALLY SLIDING ELEVATOR o " PROVIDE ELEVATORS THAT FULLY COMPLY WITH THE FLOOR OR GROUND M M 2.4. LENGTH: 60" MIN. ACCOMMODATE THE OVERLAP, I ! o DOORS REQUIREMENTS OF ASME A17.1. SURFACE EXTENSION 2.5. CHANGES IN DIRECTION: LANDING CLEAR DIMENSIONS I I Cl VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL, VERTICALLY BEYOND OUTSIDE SHALL BE 60"x60". SEE PLANS STACKED. ROUND AND ARROW SEE PLANS cn HORIZONTALLY SLIDING FACE OF RAILINGS. 3. EDGE PROTECTION AT THE SIDES Of THE EXPOSED SIDES 00 FOR WIDTH STYLE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. FOR WIDTH z ELEVATOR DOORS OF THE RAMP ARE REQUIRED, SEE ADJACENT DIAGRAMS. ! I z LO REQUIREMENTS SECONDARY CONTROLS MAY CAR DESIGNATION TEXT, FLOOR DESIGNATION REQUIREM OCCUR FOR SECURITY. WHERE INCLUDE SPECIAL TEXT, INCLUDE SPECIAL VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL, EDGE PROTECTION - EDGE PROTECTION - -s POSSIBLE, LOCATE ON THE SYMBOLS AS REQUIRED. SYMBOLS AS REQUIRED. VERTICALLY STACKED. EXTENDED FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE (A) CURB OR BARRIER (B) RAMP PLAN � o ELEVATOR PANEL PLATE. IF NOT ROUND AND ARROW STYLE C_ _ _ LOCATE TO THE SIDE AS SHOWN. EQ. a - SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. 2 RAMPS ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES W W � � ��� FIRE DEPT. EMERGENCY N _ N � "- r_ " OPERATIONS z / �___� IN CASE OF FIRE USE G-0.10 3/8 -1 0 ,iiv� L J CAR CONTROL BUTTON - __ *_� i' i I STAIRWAY. DO NOT USE w CD a G)0 @ 0�- ¢ - i i ELEVATOR.' PICTOGRAPH AND cz_o _ 0000 RAISED TEXT AND BRAILLE TO c D C T SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS; 5LBS MAX. N BRAILLE COPY BRAILLE I i I NOTES: 8.3. NON FIRE DOORS ®0 ®�� THE LEFT OF EACH CAR � � TEXT. COMPLY WITH LOCAL ®0(z0 CONTROL BUTTON. INCLUDE � „ -1 v+� `� -- I REQUIREMENTS. 0 1. REVOLVING DOORS, GATES, AND TURNSTILES SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN 8.4. THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO cj w FNtA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD J 00 ® FLOOR. GRAPHIC AT MAIN ENTRY o z . z F N I BRAILLE COPY. c3 2. DOUBLE -LEAF DOORS AND GATES: AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE THE DOOR OR GATE OPEN. " „ '� " z C.Dz a -' 0 4$ CLR. MIN. 48 CLR. MIN. c;®0®®�r--- EMERGENCY CONTROLS FOR: F- I. `r' v� A " z ; Z FIRE DEPARTMENT �- LEAVES OF DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL BE FULLY COMPLIANT 9. DOOR AND GATE SURFACES: o '� ®�®0 DOOR OPEN DOOR CLOSE Z C:lw 9.z z P9dE1 CONTROLS z_ WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 9.1. SWINGING DOOR AND GATE SURFACES WITHIN 10" OF THE FINISH EMERGENCY STOP, AND ALARM. 3 0 vo-i o� ELEVATOR CALL M 3. CLEAR DIMENSIONS AT DOOR AND WALL OPENINGS: FLOOR OR GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH - Z z N = m M o CONTROLS N 3.1. WIDTH: DOOR AND WALL OPENINGS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE <�t�t/ �� EMERGENCY TWO-WAY � o o r- „ COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLS m m ~ OF 32 MIN. CLEAR OPENINGS OF DOORWAYS WITH SWING DOORS DOOR OR GATE. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS L - - -� AND SPEAKER. 0° SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE IN THESE SURFACES SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16" OF THE SAME PLANE EMU L SECONDARY CONTROLS MAY OCCUR FOR SECURITY. STOP, WITH THE DOOR OPEN TO 90 DEGREES. OPENINGS MORE AS THE OTHER. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDING KICK PLATES SHALL THAN 24" DEEP SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF 36" MIN. BE CAPPED. WHERE POSSIBLE, LOCATE ON THE ELEVATOR PANEL 3.2. VERTICAL: THE MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE FROM THE FINISH 9.1.1. EXCEPTTONI: SLIDING DOORS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO SWINGING IN SAME DIRECTION (A) SWINGING AWAY FROM EACH OTHER (8) NOTE: SIGNAGE SHALL BE NOTE: SIGNAGE SHALL BE PLATE. IF NOT LOCATE TO THE SIDE AS SHOWN. FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DOOR FRAME IS 80" MIN. COMPLY. PROVIDED ON BOTH JAMBS PROVIDED ON BOTH JAMBS ALIGN VERTICALLY WITH VISIBLE HALL SIGNAL AT OF EACH ELEVATOR,OF EACH ELEVATOR. 3.3. PROJECTIONS INTO THE CLEAR OPENING: PROJECTIONS INTO THE 9.1.2. EXCEPTION 2: TEMPERED GLASS DOORS WITHOUT STILES AND yOf F4 SINGLE ELEVATORS. AT MULTIPLE ELEVATORS USING CLEAR OPENING WIDTH BETWEEN 34" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISH HAVING A BOTTOM RAIL OR SHOE WITH THE TOP LEADING EDGE THE SAME CONTROLS, CENTER CONTROLS HORIZONTALLY " TAPERED AT 60 DEGREES MINIMUM FROM THE HORIZONTAL BETWEEN THE ELEVATOR DOORS. FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 4. 3.3.1. EXCEPTION: DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO MEET THE 10" BOTTOM SMOOTH '* PERMITTED TO BE 78" MIN. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR SURFACE HEIGHT REQUIREMENT. 48 CLR. MIN, GROUND. 9.1.3. EXCEPTION 3: DOORS AND GATES THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO wasm CAR S AMBS FLOOR DESIGNATIONS ON JAMBS 4. FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACE AT REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCES WITHIN 10" OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL NOT BE n IN -CAR CONTROL BUTTONS AND EMERGENCY CONTROLS OF DESTINA110N-O HOI Y E CES 54" MIN. OF ELEVATOR HOISTWAY ENTRANCES ELEVATOR LANDING DOOR ELEVATION / REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACES PROVIDE THAT IF AMI SHALL COMPLY WITH 9 G010. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED. ADDED KICK PLATES ARE INSTALLED, CAVITIES CREATED BY EXR�P 1: SLOPES NOT STEEPER THAN 1:48 SHALL BE SUCH KICK PLATES ARE CAPPED. 60 MIN. 10. VISION LIFTS: 4.2. EXCEPTION 2: CHANGES IN LEVEL AT THRESHOLDS COMPLYING WITH10 DOORS GATES AND SIDE LITES ADJACENT TO DOORS OR GATES 80" MIN. 68"� '� `' 3/G010 SHALL BE PERMITTED. SWINGING TOWARDS EACH OTHER (C) �.w ..>a� CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS THAT PERMIT VIEWING 5. THRESHOLDS: SEE 3/G010. THROUGH THE PANELS SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST x� U ONE 6. DOOR AND GAT HARDWARE: r,�, x :, _ ..,. ., t ti •,, Ea CLEARANCES AT HINGED DOORS IN SERIES GLAZED PAN LOCATED 43 MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. LAZ D EL C 04 # .., ,_ r.,. _ r.. _ , _.. _ .. 6.1. DOOR HANDLES PULLS LATCHES LOCKS AND OTHER OPERABLE a PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT 10.2. EXCEPTION. VISION LIGHTS WITH THE LOWEST PART MORE THAN o 66 FROM THE FINISH FLOOR OR GRAND SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED LNG, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. > � 16 S.F. REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, m ' . THE R REQUIRED TO ACTIVE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5LBS TO COMPLY. L r -� o (MIN.) MAX. 11. AUTOMATIC AND POWER ASSISTED DOORS: 'n ' " n 11.1. FULL -POWERED AUTOMATIC DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI BHMA ! ! I I ! I y<. aka 6.2. OPERABLE PARTS OF DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 MIN. AND 48 / < z z :r MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. A156.10. z z z z = 6.3. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, 11.2. LOW -ENERGY AND POWER -ASSISTED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH z I z ! I I I ,. - OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH ANSI/BHMA Al56.19. '11.3. CLEAR WIDTH: DOORWAYS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF I I I I I i.. r - SIDES. o I O I I O '32" MIN. IN POWER -ON AND POWER -OFF MODE. THE MIN. CLEAR `� i oo `� ! I oo `� ! I 00 c 6.4. EXCEPTION: ACCESS GATES IN BARRIER WALLS AND FENCES r5 PROTECTING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO WIDTH FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS IN A DOOR WAY SHALL BE " ! A I I A ! 12 ! A .L { - r HAVE OPERABLE PARTS OF THE RELEASE OF LATCH ON BASED ON THE CLEAR OPENING PROVIDED BY ALL LEAVES IN THE 18 MIN. x I MIN, x q y " I ! I SELF -LATCHING DEVICES AT 54 MAX. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR OR OPEN POSITION. o ,3 I i I ,` Rr' ,:,, �,� 11.4. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES: CLEARANCES AT POWER -ASSISTED k;r' �..� _ �� ;r s�: GROUND PROVIDED THE SELF -LATCHING DEVICES ARE NOT ALSO------------------------- M. ;s x = ,R � ' 0 A GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CLEARANCES NOTED f --ram-, �x� _ DOORS N GTE HAl P ern r x h T DOORS AND GATES. CLEARANCES AT AUTOMATIC . FOR 111E MANUAL R N GA E LEARAN _ ELECTRONIC OPENER OR INTEGRAL COMBINATION LOCK. .. ... ,. , .,. LL .... >.,....-. t. ... _. 7. CLOSING SPEED: DOORS AN .GATES WITHOUT STANDBY .POWER AND SERVICING AN o -- ---�-- -� r-- --� r -- c-- ��� ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL COMPLY WITH THEILL 7.1. DOOR AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE CLEARANCES NOTED FOR THE MANUAL DOORS AND GATES. w o 42" MIN. 36" MIN. i i 36" MIN. i 36" MIN. i i i i DOOR TO POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 11.4.1. EXCEPTION: WHERE AUTOMATIC DOORS AND GATES REMAIN CIO z I I ELEVATOR I ! ; ; I I I I OPEN IN THE POWER -OFF CONDITION, COMPLIANCE WITH - LANDING CALL SECONDS MIN. STATION, TYP. i i i i i i i i 7.2. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT MANUAL DOOR CLEARANCES ARE NOT REQUIRED. FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO 11.5. MANUALLY OPERATED CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SAME Sheet Name: MIN. MANEUVERING i i i i i i i i MOVE THE DOOR OR GATE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IS 1.5 REQUIREMENTS AS MANUALLY OPERATED DOORS. ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS I CLEARANCE AT ELEVATOR I I I I I I I I SECONDS MIN. 11.6. BREAK OUT OPENING: WHERE DOORS AND GATES WITHOUT STANDBY PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH i LANDING CALL STATION, SEE I I I i i ! i i 8. DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE: POWER ARE A PART OF A MEANS OF EGRESS, THE CLEAR BREAK FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE (A) FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE (B) BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH (C) L - - - - _ - - J L _ _ - _ _ - _ L _ - - - - - _1 L _ _ _ - - - - J L _ - _ _ _ - - J 8.1. FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE OUT OPENING AT SWINGING AND SLIDING DOORS AND GATES SHALL 6/G010. NO ITEMS PERMITTED IN THIS SPACE. THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. BE 32" MIN. WHEN OPERATED IN EMERGENCY MODE. Proj #: Issue date: EL OR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR ELEVATOR CAR MINIMUM CAR 8.2• NON -FIRE DOORS, INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 LBS FRONT APPROACH MANEUVERING 210316 09/01 /2022 DIM IONS - CENTERED DOOR A DIMENSIONS - CENTERED DOOR (B) DIMENSIONS - ANY DOOR LOCATION (C) DIMENSIONS - ANY DOOR LOCATION (D) DIMENSIONS - ANY DOOR LOCATION (D) Mg. CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES Sheet No.: 4 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES ELEVATORS ACCESSIBLE ROUTE DOORS, GATES AND WALL OPENINGS (CONTINUED) G-00 10 G-0.10 3116"=1'-0" G-0.10 3/8"=1'-0" Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION I J a :V, .I I-., d a Aflil I I1 1.11 GENERAL SHEET NOTES (SITE PLAN) 1. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1.1. PROPERTY LINE — METES AND BOUNDS 1.2. BUILDING PAD LOCATIONS 1.3. PARKING LOT LAYOUT AND EXTENT OF PAANQ INCLUDING HANDICAP SIZE AND SPACING 1.4. LOCATION OF ALL CURB LINES 1.5. RETAINING WALL SIZE(S) AND LOCATION(S) 2. SEE ARCH. SIDEWALK PLANS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 2.1. HANDICAP RAMPS 2.2. LANDSCAPE PLANTERS 2.3. SIDEWALK SCORE AND EXPANSION JOINTS NOTE: EXTENT BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TO BACK OF CURB UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 3. SQUARE FOOTAGE CALCULATIONS AND LEASABLE AREAS OF BUILDINGS ARE BASED ON ` THE PARAMETERS DESCRIBED UNDER PROJECT DATA. 4. SEE LANDSCAPE PLAN (UNDER SEPARATE COVER) FOR MATERIALS AND EXTENT OF I \ SITE LANDSCAPING. 1 1 \ 5. SEE ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR SITE ELECTRICAL SCOPE. I S f 1 I N � � F 1 p I 1 i I � 1 i__-_-`__--------------------------------------------------� ? 1 \ � 1 Q '1'N SP-1.0 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN 111 = 40'-0" Z U` U) W 0 Z U ) ♦E N U N L 0 ct 0 L w z O N N L s U W (/ ) U W U 0;\0 M � �O io M V) bpi 0� Q ru 3 c 3� �Q 0 J M Ln 0 0 O O O 0 LL- LL J OO ��n <Wj -W0-.v0O� LLJ Z IL — m H= W O Z m N Z 04C) 2W O— NW �a.0W 3: ol-6W W z E W 0 N= W v~i=¢Wa= z_ zbwzo (-q (/) n¢FOW>- �w�aw=nw~°- o! 0 awUZ�Wz�v 00MWW<W-W U of =EE>>=m0H U�QWOMF---- w w W ~ � M N � w wz� ►w� CA w ,000-z� w L� CV O N Q N 04 O N O rn 0 Co �p n c o U) W Q C U Q � = n U W W z O O Z Sheet Name: ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date; 220326 Sheet No.: Sp— 1 • Drawn By: Checked By: XX/YY AA/BB (Y) V >1 00 � 3 m Ln ° 4Y O N O O M m z Cl)0 00 Q + m M W Q � v 11 00 d X LL .J ) N R E V V v �• ^ ' « _J L ^ Q N 4- Q • •... ,C: V O fu u Q Z 0 0 p LL L C « u; N W > p W H W •its, V ~ 2 O N Q H LL H V_ J O 0��0 dwPW�VO of �rnwZa0ocnW mU�20, O�Z ohw--OWwZwW0 QVjZF-- = 2QW—Zw0w� IX fr W W a w= w- n} U IX0 00=wwQwt-w OU0M�=m= 01- N N O N O al O H w a cc 0 0 w U) U) N f0 0 C O .Q L U U m 0 M Sheet Name: EDGE OF SLAB PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-00 I Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION -- 6 I ! I i I III I i dl lb -. ,_ III a . J],1 : I II", 1 IAIL 1111 1 1. k, 111 I , -.I I I 1 II II M1 a. 2/A-4.1 N d- Q N FLOOR PLAN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 KEYNOTES SLAB LEAVE -OUT FOR FUTURE TENANT U/G UTILITIES. PROVIDE HARDCORE BASE AND VAPOR BARRIER. RATED DEMISING WALL REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE SANITARY SEWER LATERAL - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. ELECTRICAL METER BANK - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING. FINNL LOCATION T.B.D. - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. GAS HEADER - RUN TO ROOF TOP UNIT & STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. APPROX. LOCATION OF RTU ABOVE. REFER TO ROOF PLAN & MECH. DRAWINGS STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH LOW-E INSULATED GLAZING - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS LINE OF AWNING OR CANOPY ABOVE - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 4' CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB -BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. NON -FREEZE HOSE BIBB MOUNTED AT 18" ABOVE EXTERIOR GRADES/SIDEWALK - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. STOREFRONT DOOR, IYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. HOLLOW METAL DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE DOMESTIC WATER PER LLWL REQUIREMENTS. STUB BELOW ROOF DECKING FOR FUTRE TENANT CONNECTION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. JUNCTION BOX ON FACADE FOR FUTURE SIGNAGE BY TENANT. SIGNAGE PERMITTED BY OTHERS - SEE ELEVATIONS. CENTER ABOVE STOREFRONTS ON SIGNAGE BAND ZONE ROOF LADDER - SEE ROOF PLAN 16 STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 17 DEPRESSED CURB WITH RAISED ADA DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP - SEE CIVIL DWGS. 18 FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 19 DECORATIVE (C-CHANNEL) STEEL FRAME 20 ROOF DRAINAGE DOWNSPOUT. TIE INTO STORM, TYP. SEE CIVIL DWGS. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR DOWNSPOUT SIZE AND CONFIGURATION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR ROOF DRAIN PIPING. 21 LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE SHOWN. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 22 LIGHT FIXTURE: WALL PACK 23 KNOX BOX. FIRE MARSHAL FINAL LOCATION BY ARE MARSHAL. 24 TRANSFORMER AND CONCRETE PAD - SEE ELECTRICAL & CIVIL DWGS. FOR LOCATION. 25 HOUSE PANEL - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. 26 HOUSE PANEL - ALARM 27 WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL 28 GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. 29 GREASE WASTE LINE - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. 30 DRIVE-THRU SERVICE WINDOW - PENDING TENANT'S SPECS 31 PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA 32 PROVIDE W/P JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT POLE LIGHT 33 PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN DEMISING WALL 34 PROVIDE TROWELED SMOOTH STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB WITHOUT ELEVATION CHANGES. NO MORE THAN 1/8' ELEVATION CHANGE IN 10'-0' AND MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASTM F1869-98 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS GUIDELINES OF LESS THAN 5 POUNDS OF MOISTURE OVER 1,000 SQUARE FEET WITHIN A 24-HOUR PERIOD 35 GAS MANIFOLD & METER LOCATION - REFER TO CIVIL & PLUMBING 36 CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE BOLLARDS. MIN 4' DIA REFLECTED CEILING NOTES 40 EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK 41 ROOF JOISTS/BEAMS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 42 LINE OF ROOF OR PARAPET RETURN ABOVE 43 LOW PROFILE (PUCK) LIGHTS BELOW CANOPY 50 APPROX. LINE OF STRUCTURE BELOW. FINAL RTU LOCATION TO BE CONFIRMED IN THE FIELD 51 EXTERIOR ROOF LADDER & CAGE AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR AHJ. 52 ROOF WALKING PADS 53 AREA OF TAPERED INSULATION/CRICKETS TO INSTALLED OVER BASE ROOF INSULATION. SLOPE AS INDICATED ON DRAWING. MINIMUM 1/2':12 54 PRE -FINISHED METAL CANOPY BELOW 55 HIGH PARAPET. REFER TO SECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL 56 57 THRU WALL SCUPPER INTO CONDUCTOR HEAD TO ROOF DRAIN 58 SCUPPER OVERFLOW. REFER TO DETAIL 59 DEMISING TENANT WALL BELOW. SIDEW f HARDSCAPE NOTES 60 CONTROL JOINTS AS SHOWN. 1/4" SAWCUTS TYPICAL 61 PLANTER BEDS. FINALS SIZE & CONFIGURATION BY CIVIL & LANDSCAPING 62 ADA CURB & SIDEWALK RAMP(S). REFER TO CIVIL FOR DETAILS 63 ZERO CURB. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE BOLLARDS AT STOREFRONTS 64 EXPANSION JOINTS. CIVIL TO CONFIRM 65 FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. 66 4' CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB -BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. 67 GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. 68 PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA 69 WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL C: GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO WALL ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. LEGEND ® MATCH LINE LOCATION - _ _ _ _ _ - 0.5-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION _ . — . — - — 1-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 2-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 3-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION 4-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION _GRAPHIC ........... LARGE WALL GRAPHIC LOCATION MIRROR _ LARGE WALL MIRROR LOCATION WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BRACKET LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. RECESSED/SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND n CABINET LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET m LOCATION. SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT DEFIBRILATOR AND CABINET LCCATION. 0 SEE XX/XXX. KEYNOTES 1. PROPOSED FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX LOCATION. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. ARE RISER IS LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING AND FINAL FIRE SUPPRESSION DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY THE FIRE SUPPRESSION CONTRACTOR. 3. ELECTRICAL SERVICE, SWITCHGEAR, AND TRANSFORMER ARE LOCATED IN THIS ROOM. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL. 4. ELECTRICAL STUB -UP LOCATION. 5. ROOF HATCH LADDER LOCATION. SEE DETAIL XX/XXX. to N 0 N 0 rn 0 z cD (A ui 0 z m m � m ao.o M N fn to Y moo Q O N O p i M M O QM f` O� voo flu LL j L��r ) V aQ N Q N m U. co O o to 0 LL } w J 0 I-- < ¢ W Cl) w a w z 0 0 >-vOwza0p55w m(~YWOZODZ o H 0 ir w Z a- W 0 N=w�--=¢�dF =¢uwiCl)<F- � 0ixw¢M �o WC� � aw�ZWw¢ 00=w wt-w V�c9mzof 0Cl) 0�� m i� 6 z Sheet Name: FLOOR PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-101 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO WALL ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT. 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. KEYNOTES SLAB LEAVE -OUT FOR FUTURE TENANT U/G UTILITIES. PROVIDE HARDCORE BASE AND VAPOR BARRIER. RATED DEMISING WALL. REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE SANITARY SEWER LATERAL - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. ELECTRICAL METER BANK - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD FOR FUTURE TENANT USE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING. FIANL LOCATION T.B.D. - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. GAS HEADER - RUN TO ROOF TOP UNIT & STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. APPROX. LOCATION OF RTU ABOVE. REFER TO ROOF PLAN & MECH. DRAWINGS STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH LOW-E INSULATED GLAZING - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS LINE OF AWNING OR CANOPY ABOVE - SEE WALL SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH EXPANSION JOINTS AND SCORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ON SIDEWALK PLANS. SLOPE SIDEWALK AWAY FROM STOREFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SPOT ELEVATIONS. SEE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB -BASE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CIVIL DWGS. NON -FREEZE HOSE BIBB MOUNTED AT 18" ABOVE EXTERIOR GRADES/SIDEWALK - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. STOREFRONT DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. HOLLOW METAL DOOR, TYP. - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE DOMESTIC WATER PER LLWL REQUIREMENTS. STUB BELOW ROOF DECKING FOR FUTRE TENANT CONNECTION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. JUNCTION BOX ON FACADE FOR FUTURE SIGNAGE BY TENANT. SIGNAGE PERMITTED BY OTHERS - SEE ELEVATIONS. CENTER ABOVE STOREFRONTS ON SIGNAGE BAND ZONE kill$]2F.11111A:+ 00k'ifsl0V STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN - SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. DEPRESSED CURB WITH RAISED ADA DETECTABLE WARNING STRIP - SEE CIVIL DWGS. FLOOR DRAIN - SEE PLUMBING DWGS. DECORATIVE (C-CHANNEL) STEEL FRAME ROOF DRAINAGE DOWNSPOUT. TIE INTO STORM, TYP. SEE CIVIL DWGS. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR DOWNSPOUT SIZE AND CONFIGURATION. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR ROOF DRAIN PIPING. LIGHT FIXTURE WHERE SHOWN. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE LIGHT FIXTURE: WALL PACK KNOX BOX. FIRE MARSHAL. FINAL LOCATION BY FIRE MARSHAL. TRANSFORMER AND CONCRETE PAD - SEE ELECTRICAL & CIVIL DWGS. FOR LOCATION. HOUSE PANEL - SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. HOUSE PANEL - ALARM WHEEL STOPS - REFER TO CIVIL GREASE TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL HEALTH DEPT./UTILITIES. TOP OF MANHOLE COVERS TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT SURFACE - TO BE SIZED BY CIVIL ENGINEER. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION W/ CIVIL DWGS. GREASE WASTE LINE - STUB INTO BUILDING AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION - SEE CIVIL AND PLUMBING DWGS. DRIVE-THRU SERVICE WINDOW - PENDING TENANT'S SPECS PATIO PAVERS & AREA REFER TO LANDSCAPING FINISH SCHEDULE PROVIDE CONNECTION TO STORM LATERAL FROM THIS AREA PROVIDE W/P JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT POLE LIGHT PROVIDE MINERAL FIBER SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION IN DEMISING WALL PROVIDE TROWELED SMOOTH STEEL REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB WITHOUT ELEVATION CHANGES. NO MORE THAN 1/8" ELEVATION CHANGE IN 10'-0" AND MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASTM F1869-98 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS GUIDELINES OF LESS THAN 5 POUNDS OF MOISTURE OVER 1,000 SQUARE FEET WITHIN A 24-HOUR PERIOD GAS MANIFOLD & METER LOCATION - REFER TO CIVIL & PLUMBING I FC.FNn _ - _ - - _ v 0.5-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION — . — . —. — 1-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION _._—..—..s 2-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION ...... 3-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION —...._.._.� 4-HOUR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION LOCATION .GRAPHIC LARGE WALL GRAPHIC LOCATION MIRROR ..... LARGE WALL MIRROR LOCATION WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND BRACKET LOCATION. SEE a XX/XXX. RECESSED/SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET LOCATION. �1 SEE XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET LOCATION. SEE © XX/XXX. SURFACE MOUNT DEFIBRILATOR AND CABINET LCOATION. SEE XX/XXX. Z 0 U) W 0 m M dam- M >1 00 ID 3 M N � Y CA"D Ln a.. O N 00 Q C 41� V 0 0 O 1- W 't u- m v v E T° Q,�o J :E r Q 1 < N m � LL v v L ti L 0 o QWHWo¢..00O� M(_=UJOZODZ o�owWZWWo N=wF-=<WM= 00>C/)F =aW-ZwOwof 0 w ¢ 2 ~ o > p0=wW¢wHw UQWDMH O M V Q O Q � 0 M M H w W l� a � Q r N Sheet Name: DIMENSION PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-102 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION L SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN AND WALL ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS - ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION LL BLOCKING UDE, BUT ARTY VENDOR EP AND THE ENCLOSED :D WOOD 4P BLOCKING, CCOMMODATE iE ZMANENTLY SHALL BE IDENTIFY 3ARRIER. LY RATING S WHERE TE SIGNAGE IJ). AT THESE WITH FLOOR DRAIN, SLOPE SLAB FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE & LANDSCAPING )EFAILS ZONTS ;ORE JOINTS AS SHOWN ;EFRONT AT 1:50 MAX. EOTECHNICAL REPORT TILITIES. TOP OF - TO BE SIZED BY )WGS. SCHEDULE EA M 10 ,j.v >. co 110 3mN m ' u1 M %p p„ O N z 06 02 s- M M w 00 q Cn z �� v00 Ov J +� v 03 �v l� aQ ..... cc ` O LL < Z Q' 0 0 QN Uj N :2 N o Q W iU W V O q N q 0 LL LL 0 O�Wz QwCl)�wdUO mv�ao�Lz C14 WZWWO =QWZZwOwIX w W ofa w= w ar r p U U� O a.w�Z ZV 00=wwawt—w 0 =02 >=m01=— �- U�0�o�� H N (14 O N OO O> O w a 0 tL 0 w D U) rn O M Q � Q M 0 a � W � Q � N N (E 6 Z Sheet Name: HARDSCAPE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01/2022 Sheet No.: A-1*3 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. NOT ALL ITEMS MAY BE USED. 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FACE OF STUD, FACE OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE , CENTERLINE OF LIGHT FIXTURE, OR COLUMN CENTERLINE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND CEILING ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH TENANT/OWNER VENDOR REQUIREMENTS. 4. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN AND CEILING ENCLOSURE, COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH FINISH WORK SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ID DRAWINGS — ALIGN AS INDICATED. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4.1. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 4.2. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS, REPORT THE DISCREPANCY TO THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 5. PRIOR TO CEILING ENCLOSURE, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BLOCKING AND/OR SUPPORT AS REQUIRED FOR WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: ALL CONTRACTOR, TENANT/OWNER, AND TENANT/OWNER VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS. 5.1. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF TENANT/OWNER AND THIRD PARTY VENDOR FURNISHED ITEMS IN THE FIELD WITH TENANT/OWNER REP AND THE VENDOR. 5.2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE ENCLOSED INSIDE FINISH CONSTRUCTION. 5.3. BLOCKING AT DRY LOCATIONS: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING. 5.4. BLOCKING AT WET LOCATIONS: GALVANIZED METAL STRAP BLOCKING, AS PROVIDED BY METAL STUD SUPPLIER/FABRICATOR. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE THE FINAL LAYOUTS SHOWN FOR ALL FINISHES SHOWN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ID DRAWINGS. 7. ALL FIRE RATED HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY AND PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED WITH SIGNS OR STENCILING. SUCH IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE ABOVE ANY DECORATIVE CEILING AND IN CONCEALED SPACES. IDENTIFY WITH THE FOLLOWING TEXT: 'XX' HOUR RATED FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER. PROTECT ALL OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS. CONFIRM HOURLY RATING WITH WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF WALL. AT LOCATIONS WHERE THERE ARE NO CEILINGS OR CONCEALED SPACES, COORDINATE SIGNAGE REQUIREMENT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). AT THESE LOCATIONS, IF SIGNAGE IS REQUIRED BY THE AHJ, CONFIRM WITH TENANT/OWNER IF THEY PREFER SIGNS OR STENCILING. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CEILING HEIGHTS WITH ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES MOUNTED IN THE CEILING, AS SHOWN IN THE OTHER DISCIPLINE'S DRAWINGS. PRIOR TO THE START OF ALL CEILING WORK, INCLUDING DUCT FABRICATION AND PLUMBING ROUGH —IN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT. INCLUDE ALL PERTINENT ELEVATION INFORMATION FOR ALL THE DISCIPLINES AND ALL CEILING/SOFFIT HEIGHTS. INDICATE ALL OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS REQUIRED TO CLEAR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. ALL POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH CEILING HEIGHTS OR ALIGNMENTS SHALL BE CLOUDED AND NOTED IN THE DOCUMENTS FOR RESOLUTION BY THE ARCHITECT. 9. ALL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS LOCATED IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS SHALL BE POSITIONED AT THE MID OR QUARTER POINTS OF THE PANEL. 10. ALL LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, STROBES, DIFFUSERS, ETC., SHALL BE CENTERED. ALL STROBES SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED. 11. ALL FIXTURES, CONDUITS, PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. SHALL BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND CEILING HEIGHTS ARE MAINTAINED. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL CONDUITS AND PIPING IN THE JOIST SPACE, AS CLOSE TO THE FLOOR/ROOF DECK ABOVE, TO MAXIMIZE SPACE FOR DUCT INSTALLATION. 12. OPEN STRUCTURE CEILING AREAS VISIBLE TO THE PUBLIC, CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE GREAT CARE TO CAREFULLY LAY OUT ALL UTILITIES/SYSTEMS IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY FASHION, SEE 9/A-7.5 FOR REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MOCK—UP IN THE FIELD OF TYPICAL INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. ACCEPTED MOCK—UP MAY BE PART OF THE FINISH WORK. 13. MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE PREFINISHED IN 'WHITE' TO MATCH THE CEILING TILES. WHERE DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES OCCUR IN PAINTED GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS, FIELD PAINT THE DIFFUSERS TO MATCH THE SOFFIT COLOR. 14. ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS MAY BE REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS WITH THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 15. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES AND MODELS. 16. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIFFUSER TYPES AND SIZES. LEGEND ARCHITECTURAL ACT-1 CEILING FINISH TAG. TOP LINE INDICATES MATERIAL TYPE. BOTTOM 23'—Op LINE INDICATES CEILING HEIGHT. ACT1: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 1: 2'x2'. ACT2: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 2: 2'x4'. ACTS: LAY —IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING 4: 2'x4', SECOND LOOK. GB: 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD. MGB: 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD. LP: 5/8" LATHE AND PLASTER. ES: EXPOSED STRUCTURE, PAINTED. EXPOSED STEEL BEAM 2'x2' LAY —IN CEILING 2'x4' LAY —IN CEILING TILE TILE AND GRID AND GRID, SECOND LOOK 2'x4' LAY —IN CEILING OGYPSUM BOARD/STUCCO TILE AND GRID CEILING ELECTRICAL 1. NOT ALL LIGHT FIXTURES MAY BE USED. 2. LIGHTS WITH SUFFIX DESIGNATION 'X' ARE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH SUFFIX DESIGNATION 'D' INDICATE DIMMER CONTROL CONNEC110N POINT. 4. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A (*) DESIGNATION ARE COVE MOUNTED LIGHTS. COVES. 5. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A (CW) DESIGNATION ARE MOUNTED IN CASEWORK BELOW. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY CASEWORK VENDOR. 6. LIGHT FIXTURES WITH A 'WET' DESIGNATION INDICATE TO PROVIDE THE FIXTURE IN A CONFIGURATION APPROVED FOR WET INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. EXIT SIGN EXIT SIGN r. EMERGENCY WITH ARROW LIGHT RECESSED DOWN LIGHT LED TAPE LIGHTS, ----- SEE ELECTRICAL "SERVICE LIGHT KEYNOTES A' WALLPACK A —9 WALL SCONCES C •-4 WALL WASH DOWN LIGHT 1. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR INFORMATION ON TAPE LIGHTS MOUNTED TO DECORATIVE BANDS. 3. INTERIOR SOFFIT 4. PROVIDE WALLPACK LIGHT OVER REAR DOORS FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/8"=1'-0" M A 00 %0 M to M %D O. O N z O L M M fn O Q rn = R3 W Cl �� v00 L Q) O ...i .O% CUca E�� .}-+ iv ro V N , J = Q d N h i N 4--Q .... c m M .o V af o (�- < Z 0 0 L L v V/ N L6 N :2 Q) o O W L_ W W V � N O ¢ N 0 F- LL � O�n,pO wPuumugrf >- c3 w Z n. 0 0 Un w MFjMW0Z0 Z LLIpapo'S C) F_ W Z M W O OfO =dcwncn¢I- �w�wUwftO azWQIX ��v pp�0�� H N N 0 N 0 Irn 0 F- (Y w O LL p w C0 H 0 a r---q C) M �D "v Q Q C a w pi Sheet Name: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-104 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION M �o >1 00 lz M fn %C Lr) O 0 0 0. O N s M m O Q 'o�—o n o c O v O C U (U E c C~ V Q Q N C m �N ..i a m LL LL 0 o t V H W .j LL i- p mU�-2W j- N= W x QLU d O pU>U)P�- x =gwZZw0w0 �xw¢<F=o_�> a_ LU of Z) 00MWw¢w1--w U V g U w M D x U — Z x } O F- ��0U) Sheet Name: ROOF PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-201 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION M GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. LIGHT FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. MASONRY/CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF MATERIAL(S). ALL HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE FROM FIRST FLOOR FINISH SLAB ELEVATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ALL PERIMETER LIGHTING. 4. C.J. = CONTROL JOINT. 4.1. AT E.IF.S. INSTALL CONTROL JOINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION, JOINT SHALL BE 1/2' WIDE WITH JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. 4.2. AT THRU-WALL C.M.U. CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE 1/2' CLEAR JOINT WITH CONT. INORGANIC CONTROL JOINT GASKET, JOINT SEALANT, AND BACKER ROD. 5. AT ALL BUILDING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS OCCURRING AT STUD WALL FRAMING, PROVIDE 5/8' FIRE -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPORT. 6. PROVIDE SEALANT AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 7. 8'-0' x 4'-0' x r NAILABLE EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. LEGEND C I J CONTROL JOINT LOCATION E I J EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION F I J FALSE JOINT LOCATION TO TEMPERED GLAZING EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE MATERIAL A � FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION BR-1 SPLIT -FACE BLOCK MASONRY BR-2 GROUND -FACE BLOCK MASONRY EF-1 EIFS - DRYVTT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE EF-2 WATER TABLE PROFILE: EIFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE DS-1 PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT MC-1 METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH E-1 AW-1 PRE -FINISHED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SF-1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT - KAWNEER 451 OR EQUAL. 1' INSULATED LOW-E CLEAR GLASS L-1 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE A - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-2 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE B - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-3 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE C - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-4 WALL PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS HM-1 HOLLOW METAL DOOR. PAINT TO MATCH E-1 HM-1 STANDING SEAM METAL HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING TS-X JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING ONLY. EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP GALVANIZED AND FIELD PAINTED. 2. EDGE OF ROOF FLASHING AND FASCIAS AT EIFS CORNICES SHALL BE PREFINISHED AND SHOP FABRICATED. 3. FLASHING, TRIMS, AND COLUMN COVERS AT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SHALL MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH. 4. MASONRY GROUT COLOR IS NOT CALLED OUT ON THE ELEVATIONS. INFORMATION IS NOTED IN THE EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE AS NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE. 5. SEE REFLECTED CEILING AND REFLECTED CANOPY PLANS FOR CEILING FINISH TAGS. z U` Cl a 4-+ Q) « 4- U) V 2 U s- W Q Y W OLav .� U W V S I.A a M"o A00�10 M 3MN M '.0Ln .y a. O N 0 p " M M cc O Q O b0 v 0 v \'D c - v 00 0 v " 0) v a Qj ( N m � LL O o V w m r) � Oj>-�WpO U)Wzn.OppF0w mU~ 2 WLLj p C:) 0ofwza Of0 z �0U)v%WW (0Of0 d W I�—Z �,��U 0 0= W W Q W�— W of U�QWOMH W 01 'Oleo 4 a 4 N N O N O C> O W (L 0 u_ p w D U) D N 0 N Q H r) N f6 0 6 z Sheet Name: ELEVATIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-4,1 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 5 4 3 2.1 2 TAW EF EF 1 1 1 I I I 6'-4" 34'-6" EIFS C/J 4 EQ. EIFS C/J I I I II DECK BRG 16'-0" FFL 14'-0 CLR TO U S OF STRUCTURE TYP. MIN. SOUTH ELEVATION 2 SOUTH EXTERIOR ELEVATION A. 3/16"=1'-0" 1 NORTH EXTERIOR ELEVATION 42 3/16"=1'-0" lYP OF tj F �1 (3) / 1 72'-4" 15'-4" 2 EQ. EIFS C/J 8'-0" 3' DECK BRG 18 -0" FFL GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. LIGHT FIXTURE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO CENTERLINE OF THE FIXTURE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. MASONRY/CONCRETE DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN TO FINISH FACE OF MATERIAL(S). ALL HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE FROM FIRST FLOOR FINISH SLAB ELEVATION. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLA11ON OF ALL PERIMETER LIGHTING. 4. C.J. = CONTROL JOINT. 4.1. AT E.IF.S. INSTALL CONTROL JOINT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION, JOINT SHALL BE 1/2° WIDE WITH JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD. 4.2. AT THRU-WALL C.M.U. CONTROL JOINTS, PROVIDE 1/2- CLEAR JOINT WITH CONT. INORGANIC CONTROL JOINT GASKET, JOINT SEALANT, AND BACKER ROD. 5. AT ALL BUILDING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANELS OCCURRING AT STUD WALL FRAMING, PROVIDE 5/8" FIRE -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER SIGNAGE AND GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPORT. 6. PROVIDE SEALANT AT ALL INTERSECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 7. 8'-0" x 4W x r NAILABLE EXTERIOR GRADE SHEATHING CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. LEGEND C IJ CONTROL JOINT LOCATION E JJ EXPANSION JOINT LOCATION F I J FALSE JOINT LOCATION TO TEMPERED GLAZING A �— EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE MATERIAL, FINISH MATERIAL SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION BR-2 GROUND -FACE BLOCK MASONRY EF-1 OFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE EF-2 WATER TABLE PROFILE: OFS - DRYVIT OR APPROVED ALTERNATE DS-1 PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM DOWNSPOUT MC-1 METAL COPING - COLOR TO MATCH E-1 AW-1 PRE -FINISHED EXTRUDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SF-1 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT - KAWNEER 451 OR EQUAL. 1' INSULATED LOW-E CLEAR GLASS L-1 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE A - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-2 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE B - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-3 DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE C - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS L-4 WALL PACK LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS HM-1 HOLLOW METAL DOOR. PAINT TO MATCH E-1 HM-1 STANDING SEAM METAL HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING HM-1 METAL PANELING TS-X JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING ONLY. EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. H.M. DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE SHOP GALVANIZED AND FIELD PAINTED. 2. EDGE OF ROOF FLASHING AND FASCIAS AT EIFS CORNICES SHALL BE PREFINISHED AND SHOP FABRICATED. 3. FLASHING, TRIMS, AND COLUMN COVERS AT ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SHALL MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FINISH. 4. MASONRY GROUT COLOR IS NOT CALLED OUT ON THE ELEVATIONS. INFORMATION IS NOTED IN THE EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE AS NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE. 5. SEE REFLECTED CEILING AND REFLECTED CANOPY PLANS FOR CEILING FINISH TAGS. M Q >� 00 %D M m 3 m � Ln ° pY O N z rn O O L M M N w O Q r` c 00 m O s- v of LL J Q) tj (0 N E I � a V N v J ^ Q N .L v Q N 4- .o V o U_ ca LU ,Q z 0 0 L N LL1 T'C N :D `J > 0 L p W U H V O N O N 0 Ll O w Z QLul 1) lu-)wg00C OWW MT W 0 z 0 z �oH W O pLLI Z jHaW 00�h-WX ¢�zU=�U) WwQ�-0—>- �pofU)ui WO o-'''�z �53:v wQ of of 0 ovi0�~ H w a o� 0 LL 0 w Z) co N C O := Q V a) N 0 9 Sheet Name: ELEVATIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-402 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS —� - — - I II Al I: A 1 ,i.. -tr:I ILI III46..tt,l d Ails E�. Y'l; 11 11:I U4, I. � -- — � I11I ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES 1. SLAB LEAVE -OUT. SEE E.O.S. PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DWGS. 2. STEEL BEAM. SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 3. RTU MAY OCCUR. SEE ROOF PLAN AND MECHANICAL DWGS. 4. LINE OF PARAPET, BEYOND. 5. 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK AT THIS LOCATION. SEE FLOOR PLAN AND CIVIL DWGS. BUILDING SECTION 1/4"=1'-O" MTV• T 00 %-0 Ln M CL O N z O O L M M w 00 Q c a v v 00 � J L y V U_ a? E� 'N a ro Q - N N Q L V Of Q M LL Q Z 70 O LL. L L L Q) Lij v Q o 0 W L p U W � ) V ~ 2 O N Q H U_ J 0 J O��W Q�PW6-z 0O12� w z a 0 :3 mV Uj �� Z 0 S2 Z O H pI= W Z W W 0 Z O 3: < W z w Of0 W } Wp WU U) W 0 a W U)ZOf S 'U 00=►DUj<WHw V W 2 2 W m 0� U�QWOLL�N N N O Cl! O O O C O .Q .` U N N Cl 6 z Sheet Name: BUILDING SECTION Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5,1 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. T.O.PARAPET — 23 -6 A.F.F. T.O. STUD FRAMIP + - 23-41 2' A.F.F. FIRE-SAFING AT CLIP ANGLE DECK BRG. 18 -0 A.F.F. LED LIGHT FIXTURE AT TOP OF TRIM; REFER TO TENANT LIGHTING STANDARDS DRAINABLE E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING TAPE LIGHT ABOVE & BELOW C-CHANNEL. REFER TO TENANT STANDARDS & VENDOR PRE -FABRICATED ORANGE C-CHANNEL.. PROVIDE 2X6 BLOCKING IN WALL WHERE STEEL IS NOT PRESENT. REFER TO TENANT STANDARDS & VENDOR STOREFRONT SUPPORT STEEL WHERE OCCURING REFER TO STRUCTURAL T.O. STOREFRONT 10 -0 A.F.F. EIFS TO 2" ABOVE SIDEWALK FIBER CEMENT [AME; AT BASE PF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COLOR FRONT WALL SECTION - SUTE 401 1 /4"=1'-0" 1 I I I 3'-9" 6 STUD FRAMING I A-5.10 1'-6" 1'-6" I SLOPE T.O.PARAPET A.F.F. PREFINISH D ALUMINUM REG AND — — T.O. STUD FRAMING COUNTER RING, EXTEND B HIND I I 6" + - 27 -8 1 2" A.F.F. E.I.F.S " MIN. COLOR SHALL BE WALL SIGN BY SIGN VENDOR WHITE TO MATCH ROOF MEMBRANE. / (I JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY - SEE ELECT. DWGS. RETURN ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL PROVIDE 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKING AND BEHIND COUNTER FLASHING / I I I I FOR TENANT SIGN FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING I / (� I I 1 "X2" EIFS ACCENT BAND AT MONOLJTH, SEE MEMBRANE N 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON 1 III 4/A-5.3 FOR PROFILE DIMENSIONS, SEE MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER 7RONT ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES — — EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FAST N TO _ _ _ " FRONT EDGE OF PARAPI TYP. X"I DECORATIVE 'V" REVEALS SPACED I 11 I I I EQUALLY BETWEEN 2"X 1" OFS BANDS, TYP. FL LLY ADHERED 60 MI TPO ROOFINGMEMB E OVER RIGID SULATION / ( IN. RR--25) ON " MTL. DECKING I I / / , I .FIRE-SAFING AT CLIP ANGLE 1 STEEL BEAMS OR JOISTS BEYOND REFER TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" G B SHEATHING TO U/S OF DECK. CAULK. C/L f STOREFRONT. REFER TO SCHEDULE. I STEEL STOREFRONT BEAM. SEE STRUCTURAL_ PROVIDE MOUNTING BLOCKING FOR CANOPY AND FLASH OVER AND INTO CANOPY GUTTER CO N I c to DECK BRG.. 1 — aCo 18 -0 A.F.F. 5 N A-5.10 LED LIGHT FIXTURE ON MONOLITH BOTT. FRAME REFER TO TENANT LIGHTING STANDARDS N 1 in I � 10 4'-6" A-5.10 I s T.O. STOREFRONT 10 -0 A.F.F. of I cc o PRE-MFR CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN MAPES (R) OR SIM. PROVIDE 2X8 FT BLOCKING FOR BOLTED I CONNECTION INTO STOREFRONT BEAM. TURN THRU-WALL FLASHING INTO CANOPY DRAIN CHANNEL STOREFRONT ENTRANCE - SUITE 401 1/4"=V-0" WALL PROFILE BEYOND MASONRY BASE COURSE, BEYOND - TYP. 1" E.I.F.S. ACCENT BAND AT MONOLITH N.T.S. COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF - PLYWOOD SHEATHING RETURN BEYOND FULLY ADHERED 6 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4 FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UF AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAP 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. FULLY ADHERED 0 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRA 4E OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING SLOPE 11-6" 1 1 '-9" I SLOPE 2 6" A T.O.PARAPET T.O. STUD FRAMING 6 + - 27 -8 1 2" A.F.F. A-5.10 TYPICAL E.I.F.S. BAND, SEE 4/A-5.3 FOR PROFILE, SEE 7-9/A-5.10 FOR DETAILS FIRE-SAFING AT CLIP ANGLE DECK BRG. 1 1 18 -0 A.F.F. 10 O° I I 5 l i i t N A-5.10 rl 1 1'-0" E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE STEEL BEAMS 5/8" EXT. GRADE SHEATHING SEE STRUCTURAL 8" MTL STUD WALLS I I PROVIDE R13+R7.5ci CONT. o INSULATION PER TABLE C402.1.3 { OR R20 REFER TO CURRENT CODE "i to REQUIREMENTS N PRE -FABRICATED ORANGE C-CHANNEL. PROVIDE 2X6 BLOCKING IN WALL_ REFER TO N 5/8" GWB SHEATHING TO U/S OF TENANT STANDARDS & VENDOR DECK. CAULK BETWEEN DECK FLUTES & ALL PENETRATIONS I I I T.O. STOREFRONT STOREFRONT SUPPORT STEEL 10 -0 A.F.F. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 1 I i A-5.10 TAPE LIGHT ABOVE & BELOW C-CHANNEL. REFER TO TENANT STANDARDS & VENDOR DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN FOR TERMINATION LOCATIONS OF SLAB LEAVE -OUTS I I HOLD EIFS 2" ABOVE PAVEMENT T.O. SLAB 0 -0 " I IN — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — FIBER CEMENT [AME; AT BASE PF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COLOR a.i a FRONT WALL SECTION - SUITE 401 1/4"=1'-0" M :�' W ID M V1 M "D d O N z 00 O L M M to OO 10� aW. (6 O 0 N v a v U 00 L d W o J Q) V E �aQ) N N L N 4-a1 Q • �+ C ..ice. V Q � W Q Z LL 2 L s W N LJ N .6 j r) 0 W L U W V � N O N kA LO H u_ O��C] 0 <C�1�-W 0. LU V0� >-�wZ�Op�nw M U-10Z0Z of oIW--OCK W Z W w0 g U j Cl) P F d z of of 2 Q W_ Z W 0 W-W co C%OfWQIn �~��> aW�z W_::)Z-v 00=W WQWt-W Vx—Z) Z:m01=— (XQ�o�F W 0- Ix 0 u.. 0 W Z) co J N is 0 6 Z Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-53 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS 1 1111I'll .IIII IN I I I pAv,I,III IIIII I RI IIJ. 2111RII 7L?9.I IPIIa+.� ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION i 2X F.T. BLOCKING & 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING I FULLJ ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4' FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL D. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDG OF PARAPET 3' & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. T.O.PARAPET _ 23 —6 A.F.F. I T.O. STUD FRAMING to + — 23 —2 1 2" A.F.F. I 4 FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO I I A-5.11 ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID ULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING I [IN I I I I PROVIDE 4'X8' PLYWOOD BACKING I FOR TENANT SIGN SLOPE 0 a' DECK BRG. o 0 A.F.F. o o JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY — SEE ELECT. DWGS. STEEL BEAMS E.I.F.S SYSTEM. R JOISTS BEYOND OVER DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE RE R TO STRUCTURAL 5/8" EXT. GRADE SHEATHING I C/L— ---- PROVIDE TIE —ROD BLOCKING. CLERESTORY STOREFRONT COORDINATE WITH VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS d- i 4'-6" 11 STEEL STOREFRONT BEAM. SEE A-5.11 STRUCTURAL PROVIDE MOUNTING BLOCKING FOR CANOPY. FLASH FROM WINDOW PAN ' � T.O. STOREFRONT OVER BLOCKING AND COUNTER -FLASH 10LL ..... -0 A F.F. OVER CANOPY FAME INTO CANOPY LM GUTTER e O i 0 T.O. SLA 0'-0" STOREFRONT ENTRANCE - SUITE 402 1 /2"=1'-0" PRE-MFR CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN MAPES (R) OR SIM, PROVIDE 2X8 FT BLOCKING FOR BOLTED CONNECTION INTO STOREFRONT BEAM. TURN THRU-WALL FLASHING INTO CANOPY DRAIN CHANNEL STOREFRONT: REFER TO STOREFRONT SCHEDULE m T co I'D 3mN v1 Y m 'O p. O N z 0 O m m v, 00 Q = ay m W O " � Z \ C O U 00 � s d Of Z) o f Q) EF 4 V vv cuT a N N J !E i N .,FJ N .Q • �.. C m O V Q LL Z"� w' W � iG/11 Ll. L V N `A' ' W N W N Q .j > Q O W H U U w ~ V1 x N 0 N Q H ❑ I H LL J 0 OW_<wz Q��wCLQ0 r�wz0-Opv�w N= W F- 2 a W a= ©UWZZOWZ_U` 2 Q W W O W cl)}o U�� �U- O a W Z U p0=wW<WW U=CD2:0wM = F — ��0WLL N N O N OO O O H W d 0 u_ W Z) co co N f6 Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5A Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION COPING COVER OVER 2 F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE Y':12' MIN SLOPE RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. REAR WALL PARAPET BEYOND 8' CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6d CONT. INSULATION 6 A-5.11 SIM C.9 I I•yl1N I.U.VAttAF'tl 23 —6 A.F.F. T.O. CMU 23 —4' A.F.F. BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO CLEAT, TYP. PARAPET RETURN BEYOND I z I FULLY ADHERED d MIL TPO LO ROOFING MEMBRANt OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2' MIL. DECKING I CL I SIM. T.O.PARAPET T.O. CMU 23�4' A.F.F. COPING COVER OVER 2 F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE Ya':12' MIN SLOPE RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. A.F.F. T.O. CMU —23 -4' A.F.F. BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL / DECK BRG. - - - - --, - - VARIES MIL. DECKING L— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — E.I.F.S SYSTEM. DECK EDGE ANGLE IRON. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL. REFER TO DECK BRG. REFER TO STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS DECK BRG. -� — — — VARIES I ly . VARIES — STEEL BEAMS L-------- ------ E.I.F.S SYSTEM. E.I.F.S SYSTEM. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL_ REFER TO OR JOISTS BEYOND ELEVATIONS REFER TO STRUCTURAL DECK EDGE ANGLE IRON. CONTROL JOINT REVEAL. REFER TO REFER TO STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS LIQUID APPLIED LIQUID APPLIED DAMP -PROOFING. DAMP -PROOFING. E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER LIQUID APPLIED o� E.I.F.S SYSTEM. 8' CMU WALL DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE 8' CMU WALL OVER DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 I PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 E.I.F.S SYSTEM. PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION OVER DAMP—PROOF MEMBRANE E.I.F.S ACCENT WALL, WHERE OCCURS, SEE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS. to d SEE 4/A-5.10. EIFS WATER TABLE DETAIL N SLOPE AT 1:2 MIN. 8' CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. PROVIDE R-7.66 (CONT. In INSULATION) REAR DOOR SUPPORT @ OPENINGS IN WALL — WHERE OCCURRING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL REAR SERVICE DOOR 77 —4` " A.F.F. 0 I 0 MIN. R7.6 RIGID INSULATION IN CAVITY. S/F CMU VENEER REFER TO FIN. SCHED. THRU—WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. SLAB O'-0' a?: ¢ 4' MASO RY BASE. SET ON SLAB EXTENSION OR 2—COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID WALL SECTION a@ CMU I HIGH PILASTER - TYPICAL 1/2"=1'-0" REAR DOOR SUPPORT @ OPENINGS IN WALL — WHERE OCCURRING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL REAR SERVICE DOOR 7 —4 A.F.F. EIFS WATER TABLE DETAIL 6 SLOPE AT 1:2 MIN. A-5.11 SIM 6' .OmgUD S F CMU VENEER SPLIT —FACE CMU VENEER RIGID INSULATION IN CAVITY REFER TO FIN. SCHED. 6' THRU—WALL FLASHING F.O.S F C GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. SLAB I 0'—O" a 00 w .X 4' MASOqARY BASE. SET ON SLAB EXTENSION OR 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID WALL SECTION @ CMU - TYPICAUSIM 1/2"=1'-0" R CD WALL SECTION @ CMU - SIDE AND REAR WALL 1/2"=1'-0" - REAR DOOR SUPPORT ® OPENINGS IN WALL - WHERE OCCURRING. REFER TO STRUCTURAL R_� EAR SERVICE DOOR 7 -4 A.F.F.-4 A.F.F. THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW HOLD BOTTOM EDGE OF EIFS 2' ABOVE ADJACENT HARDSCAPE. PROVIDE EIFS BOTTOM FLASHING. m >� co %0 Ln O 0 a O N s- en m z co O Q (aW C Z "O c U 00 co N O L Q) Of D_ J +(U m m � E I O VQ i N +`+ N Q • .... C m 6 u Q m L LL co Q Z 22 LL s- V N U j •••1�••�•�j' N 6 V A' W .j p W F- H U V W 2 (f i Of N O Q N Q F- LL O J 0 W Z W H W d V 0 >- w Z Q- O p u) W mU�W 0Z0 oI--pW ZW WO = QQC_ � O W Z —WOWFX 0Ofw¢2~OF~_--a WofU)W(L)WQf0 d W I--Z��.Z)?SU 00=W W Q WF—W U=�FX=>=mOF- ciiU`tl=_— 0Wti U)0�� N N N O as 0 F- W d W O 0 W D C0 W 19 Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date; 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5e5 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 AY A.1 A I I i COPING COVER OVER 2 COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING PLYWOOD SHEATHING FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE ON 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD ON MTL. STUD. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, TYP. RETURN BEYOND I i FULLY A HIERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING ME CRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. q-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING SLOPE '- STEEL BEAMS SEE STRUCTURAL 8" MTL STUD WALLS PROVIDE R13+R7.5ci CONT. INSULATION PER TABLE C402.1.3 OR R20 REFER TO CURRENT CODE REQUIREMENTS Q N 5/8" GWB SHEATHING TO U/S OF DECK. CAULK BETWEEN DECK FLUTES & ALL PENETRATIONS to 0 0 o a o 6 A-5.11 T.O.PARAPET 23 -6 A.F.F. T.O. STUD FRAMING JI 4 + - 23 -2 1 2" A.F.F. I A-5.11 FIRE-SAFlNG AT CUP ANGLE DECK BRG. 1$ -0 A.F.F. E.I.F.S SYSTEM OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE SHEATHING STUD BRIDGING PER STRUCTURAL STOREFRONT SUPPORT STEEL REFER TO STRUCTURAL T.O. STOREFRONT 10 -0 A.F.F. 3-5/8" MTL. STUD BRACES. REFER TO STRUCTURAL EIFS WATER TABLE MIN. 1:2 SLOPE 6" S/F CMU VENEER REFER TO FIN. SCHED. " THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. SLAB 0'-0" 8" MASONARY WE. SET ON SLAB EXTENSION OT 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID PEEL & STICK MW MEMBRANE 8" ABOVE & BELOW FFE - TYPICAL FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE RUN UP AND OVER PARAPET CLEAT, TYP. PARAPET RETURN BEYOND. SEE STRUCT. DWGS. FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2- MTL. DECKING STEEL BEA S OR JOISTS BEYOND REFER TO STRUCTURAL I 8 A-5.11 ® _ T.O.PARAPET_ 26-0 A.F.F. ( T.O. CMU I I ," + - 25 -6" A.F.F. JUNCTION BOX FOR TENANT SIGNAGE. I I PROVIDE CONDUIT & PULL STRING ONLY - SEE ELECT. DWGS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH TENANT I STUD FRAMING REFER TO I STRUCTURAL 2X F.R.T. IND. BLOCKING, TYP. I I E.I.F.S SYSTEM. OVER LIQUID APPLIED DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE DECK BEARING f VARIES DECK EDGE ANGLE IRON. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF SLAB LEAVE -OUTS a uj z ry 5 ii N to 3,-4" to CID — HOLD E.I.F.S. 2" ABOVE TOP OF CANOPY. PROVIDE TERMINATION AND FLASHING. FLASHING COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT CANOPY U/S OF CANOPY 10'-0" A.F.F. LIGHTWEIGHT CANOPY SHOWN: ACTUAL CANOPY PER TENANT. LOCATION OF SUPPORT OR BLOCKING TBD. PROVIDE STUD HEADER AND BLOCKING CANOPY SUPPORT STEEL REFER TO STRUCTURAL TA P/T WINDOW T.B.D. 7 -0 A.F.F. — E.I.F.S. PROFILE BEYOND DRIVE WINDOW: TO BE CONFIRMED WITH TENANT DRIVE WINDOW LEDGE: TO BE CONFIRMED WITH TENANT THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW 53" 4 DRAINAGE STRIP AND BASE FLASHING AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION HOLD EIFS 2" ABOVE PAVEMENT DRIVE-THRU LANE T.O. SLAB NO N 0'-0'. la's PEEL & CK MEMBRANE 8" ABOVE & BELOW FFE - TYPICAL 4" MASONARY BASE. 4 SET ON SLAB EXTENSION OR TWO COURSES OF CMU SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOUNDATION INFORMATION, TYPICAL DRIVE THRU WINDOW - SUITE 401 6 to N COPING COVER OVER 2 LAYERS OF PLYWOOD SHEATHING RUN TPO UP AND OVER FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET & FASTEN TO AT CLEAT, TYP. PARAPET BEYOND FULLY ADHERED 60 MIL TPO ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION (MIN. R-25) ON 1 1/2" MTL. DECKING CRICKET SLOPE SLOPE 11 2 STEEL BEAM 8" CMU WALL PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.66 CONT. INSULATION 0 d- C.O. CMU 2374" A.F.F. `- BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL " I � E.I.F.S SYSTEM OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE REAR WALL (AFAIT -23 WALL DECK BRIG ia-TeP*F BEAM EMBED PLATE OR DIRECT BEARING IN GROUTED WALL TBD. REFER TO STRUCTURAL REAR DOOR LINTEL ® OPENINGS - WHERE OCCURRING. o CMU BOND BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL I� w a Z � J Cr REAR DOOR 7 -4- A.F.F. �r- DOWNSPOUT BEYOND (� 6" F.O.S F CMll S/F CMU VENEER REFER TO FIN. SCHED. ADJUSTABLE BRICK TIES AT 16" ON CENTER HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL THRU-WALL FLASHING GROUT SOLID BELOW T.O. SLAB 0'-0" q-0 4" MAS0 RY SASE. SET ON SLAB EXTENSION OT 2-COURSES CMU GROUT SOLID PEEL & STICK MEMBRANE 8" ABOVE & BELOW FFE - TYPICAL SEE STRUCTURAL FOR FOUNDATION INFORMATION, TYPICAL tv1 ' m A 00 �O M N 3 Lr) Y MAD 0. O N z O O y- M M W O Q (_CIO z 'D C U 00 Q N O L. OJ XCIO J QI L I_ 4+ V Q: J a QN N � L ¢ N 4- • .rr C O �-+ X O M {% of O v .� z O o u.. L W N W W � III 0 W rW H W t , ~ V 2 � N O Q N Q H 0 u_ u_ JU)0 of<wz < P ED OL0 v) w Z cL O o in w m U Y W OO Z O D Z oHpwwzMWO OVjU)I-I- z =aW—Zw0w� �WW<�-orb HaWuwwo I-Z WZ) 0 0= w w< w — W 0OI=— pC/)0 — 0 Sheet Name: WALL SECTIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-596 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION sm m go 0 Im 03 is 9 RM m Im m im A. m m m a, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SUPPORT HANGER ROD AND FASTENING DETAILS EXTEND GYP TO U/S OF DECK. FIRE -SAFE & CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS WINDOW HEAD FLASHING, MATCH STOREFRONT COLOR NEW 1" INSULATED STOREFRONT SYSTEM, AS SCHEDULED SEALANT AND BACKER ROD BOTH SIDES AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER, TYP. PAN FLASHING EXTENDS OVER FRT BLOCKING, SEE STRUCTURAL FOR ATTACHMENT DETAILS PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING, COLOR TO MATCH STEEL TUBE. EXTEND OVER CANOPY FRAME BTM OF STEEL/ TOP OF S.F. 10t-0" A.F.F. PRE -FINISHED EXTRUDED WELDED ALUMINUM CANOPY SYSTEM W/ CORRUGATED MTL DECK & INTEGRATED SCUPPER PREFINISHED METAL CANOPY PAINTED METAL BAND. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. E.I.F.S. FINISH 1" D X 2" H EIFS ACCENT BAND - ADHERED EPS BAND SHAPE E.I.F.S. FINISH 1 Y2' E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING W/ CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3/4" X 3/4" DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. "V" REVEALS PAINTED METAL BAND. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. V. 8 .. F. •A-5.10. a A"y'•:` ^}.: ELEVATION DETAIL AT MONILITH EDGE I I f I I I a I Cfl I I I a O 1 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER LINE OF 1" D X 2" H E.I.F.S. ACCENT BAND ABOVE 35/" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER LINE OF METAL BAND BELOW/ ABOVE MEMBRANE FLASHING WITH AP SEALANT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE OVER (2) LAYERS FIRE RETARDANT TREATED N" PLYWOOD PREFINISHED METAL EDGE TRIM WITH CONCEALED CLEAT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING OVER 2X4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 1Y" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER MEMBRANE OVER X" FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD 1 Y" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 8 SECTION DETAIL AT MONILITH CORNER A-5.10 3"=1'-0" WEATHER 1" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. I REFE LINE OF1"DX2"HE LINE OF SECTION DETAIL AT MONILITH CORNER )PE COPING AT MONOLITH LOWER BAND AT MONOLITH INTERIOR SIDE 'A' R" AA ACCENT WALL DETAILS 3"=1'-0" �10 1-1/2"=1'-0" MEMBRANE FLASHING WITH AP SEALANT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE OVER (2) LAYERS FIRE RETARDANT SLOPE TO DRAIN Y" PREFINISHED METAL EDGE TRIM TREATED Y4" PLYWOOD PER FOOT MIN WITH CONCELAED CLEAT WRAP ROOF MEMBRANE BEHIND ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL WRAP PREFINISHED METAL EDGE TRIM — _ — —`= _� — — BREAK METAL WITH CONCEALED CLEAT OVER ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING OVER ter-— — — — — — — — a FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 7!" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD 2X4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED I BLOCKING AS REQUIRED SHEATHING PLYWOOD SHEATHING — — — — — — Y4" SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER I I I ` ALUMINUM BREAK METAL WRAP " 1Y EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER FULLY ADHERED SINGLE PLY ROOFING —� I BARRIER OVER %" EXTERIOR MEMBRANE. RUN UP AND OVER FRONT I GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING EDGE OF PARAPET 3" & FASTEN TO 8 " EXTERIO R GRADE PLYWOOD OVER 3%" METAL STUDS AT 16" FRONT EDGE OF PARAPET, IYP. I I" SHEATHING ON CENTER j I I Y4" SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD 6" METAL BRACING, SEE I I I ANSEALA STRUCTURAL I ` IJiD EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER %" EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON I` CENTER, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION %22" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER " EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER A" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 3/4" x 3/4" DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. "V" REVEALS DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AIR+WEATHER BARRIER WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FACE WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON (TYP.) CONTINUOUS BREAK METAL CAP WITH DRIP EDGE AND PAINTED COATING 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING SLOPE PLYWOOD TO DRAIN W/ BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (1/4" PER FOOT MIN) 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING WRAP AIR+WEATHER BARRIER AROUND BAND OVER PLYWOOD Y4" GAP WITH BACKER ROD AND SEALANT EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER %" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 1 Y2" E.I.F.S. OVER DAMP-PROOF MEMBRANE OVER 8" BLOCK. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 8" CMU. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. PER FLORIDA ENERGY CODE TABLE C402.1.3 PROVIDE R-7.6a CONT. INSULATION FLEXIBLE FLASHING BEHIND E.I.F.S. FINISH 1/2" DENS GLASS SHEATHING 3" METAL COPING, COLOR TO MATCH EIFS COLOR BELOW SEALANT 6" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING EXTERIOR SIDE 6" METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING 1 X" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 3/4" x 3/4" DECORATIVE E.I.F.S. "V" REVEALS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION E.I.F.S. FINISH TO BE 2" MIN. OFF OF HARD SURFACE AND 8" MIN. AT EXTERIOR GRADE (LANDSCAPED AREAS) FIBER CEMENT PANEL AT BASE OF E.I.F.S. ACCENT PANEL, PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT E.I.F.S. COPING DETAIL lYz" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER Y8" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER A" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AIR+WEATHER BARRIER WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FACE WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON CONTINUOUS BREAK METAL CAP WITH PAINTED COPING 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING SLOPE PLYWOOD TO DRAIN W/ BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (1/4" PER FOOT MIN) 1/2" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 6" METAL STUD FRAMING WRAP AIR+WEATHER BARRIER AROUND BAND OVER PLYWOOD CONT. BREAK METAL WRAP, SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION Y4" GAP WITH BACKER ROD AND SEALANT 1Yz" EIFS OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH INFORMATION. METAL BAND DETAIL 1-1/2"=Vi TERMINATE E.I.F.S. 2" ABOVE METAL BAND CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1 Y2" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH DRAINAGE STRIP AT E.I.F.S. TERMINATION METAL FLASHING TIED INTO AWRB WITH DRYVIT/TREMCO FLASHING MATERIAL LED LIGHT FIXTURE ABOVE MONOLITH BAND TO BE INSTALLED MIN. 1" FROM E.I.F.S., REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2 3/4" ALUM. ANGLE. PAINT INSIDE FA WHITE; OUTER FACE TO MATCH COLOR PRE —FABRICATED ORANGE OF ELEMENT IT IS INSTALLED ON (TYP.) CANOPY. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. CANOPYGC TO PAS�REQUIRED. DE PREFAB a o I� 3'-6" RECESSED LED LIGHT FIXTURE, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 3/4" GAP W/ BACKER ROD & SEALANT 1 1/2" E.I.F.S. OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH 1 1/2" E.I.F.S. OVER AIR+WEATHER BARRIER OVER 5/8" EXT. GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. REFER TO ELEVATION FOR FINISH LED TAPE LIGHT ON TOP OF ORANGE BEAM, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PRE -FABRICATED ORANGE ACCENT BEAM. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING @ PREFAB ORANGE ACCENT BEAM AS REQUIRED. LED TAPE LIGHT W/ LIGHT DIFFUSER AT THE BOTTOM OF ORANGE BEAM, REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN '6l METAL BAND DETAIL M a A 00 �10 3MN m V1 E5 0. O N z 0 0 L M M [1)0 Q .tO r- o 0O v a� do a c N U 00 0 L Q% ". o 3 % E � •vim 4—+ Q,t v « 4— N Q N o v 0 LL Rof a < z 0 0 V N« w -0 N o O W s.. iU W V tz N N Q 0 u_ W Z Q n W a- v O %-U)W ZQ-C) nW mV���zp�Z o1—pofW zwW0 F- W'r Z -)xza 2 Q W Z W p W W 0Wwa~o�� WoCl)��U) d W Z � s 0 00=WWQWr-W U=C72>=m011. N 0 N 0 rn 0 0 0 W M co 0 Q a� 0 0 z Sheet Name: SECTION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A-5010 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS iii.. t 1 "I 11I hil.i' 1311 3-T IIIII :h"Ii II I-iI ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 1-1/2" EIFS OVER WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J" DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING - ON 3%" MTL. STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 1-1/2" EIFS OVER WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J" DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 35/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER 8" CMU. PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED R5.7 INSULATION PER TABLE C402.1.3 EXPOSED CMU WALL FOR TENANT FURRING AND FINISH SLIDING DRIVE—THRU WINDOW, DRIVE—THRU SERVICE WINDOW — PENDING TENANT'S SPECS %" TYPE 'X' GWB BOTH SIDES OF 6" METAL as : STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER WITH ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION, SEE U.L. U419 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE MIN. R13 BATT. INSULATION, TYP. d d'. ° d d-'. a ALUMINUM STOREFRONT` SYSTEM ° ° d ° 1-1/2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER J" DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 8" MTL. STUDS PLAN DETAIL 1/2"=1'-O" EXPOSED CMU WALL FOR TENANT FURRING AND FINISH STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. 2 " GWB AT ALL STUD FRAMED WALL F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRE' RETURN J" GWB TO STOREFRONT WIT' SEALANT & BACKERRO' 6 PLAN DETAIL r2 PLAN DETAIL A-6.1 1/2"=l'-0" A-6.1 1/2"=l'-O" ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM " CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS (TYP.) 1-1/2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS —� WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER PER x MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. WEATHER BARRIER OVER j" ---- DENSGLASS GOLD SHEATHING ON 8" MTL. STUDS STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. A.1 II dd I 4 O d a d POUR STRIP SLAB. REFER d TO EDGE OF SLAB PLAN. 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE MIN. R20 BATT. INSULATION 5'-6" a a a d d \J I / i / IN �N, m[mIIIL A ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING AT STOREFRONT JAMBS PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT WINDOW JAMBS, TYP. ALL LANDSCAPE BED THIS AREA. REFER TO CIVIL. ad ° POUR STRIP SLAB, SEE EDGE OF SLAB PLAN a d a' a `y STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL. ° a d R-S: C0�lTINL16US INSC1LA�fl(�V dd - - a- kUMfM1M TPREFRONT,. SYSTEM ° d _ 4" SPLIT —FACED MASONRY VENEER PROVIDE VENEER ANCHORS AT 16" O.C. VERT. & HORIZ.. REFER TO ELEV) FOR HEIGHT. Y2" SEALANT AND BACKER ROD AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS d a d d da . STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. d REFER TO STRUCTURAL i a 7n d d 4 a o 'a d f ( d° f 5/8" GWB OVER 8" METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER. PROVIDE MIN. R20 BATT. f INSULATION d ' STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN. REFER -TO "STRUCTURAL.. d g ALUMINUM 5rOgEFRONT SYSTEM ° f a d d d a FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING AT STOREFRONT JAMBS PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS AT WINDOW JAMBS, TYP. ALL LANDSCAPE BED THIS AREA, REFER TO CIVIL. 5 PLAN DETAIL 1 PLAN DETAIL A-6.1 1/2"=1`-0" A-6.1 1/2"=l'-O" PIP 1" OVERHANG EIFS WATER TABL PROFILE OVER BASE BELOW. S( AT 16" O.C. 1-1/2" EIFS WITH CONTINUOUS WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER P MFR. INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR FINISH. I" CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS (TYP.) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM EDGE OF SLAB BELOW ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM J" CONT. SEALANT W/ BACKER f AT DISSIMILAR kAATFaiei c (TYP 1 1" OVERHANG PROFILE OVER AT 16" O.C. 1-1/2" EIFS WEATHER REST MFR. INSTRUC ELEVATIONS R WEATHER BAR DENSGLASS G( ON 8" MTL. S 1" 1 M dam' Nilcn A CC) lfl Y M kQ 0. O N z o o o M oQ (u^ W cl Eb voo z �� v vv U- �, v Qi E +J V (u V cO a ^_a •H .L Ir m O Lu Q Z L w 0 o LL � V � n ' W w LLi �j W > O L4UJ V 2 Vi N O a N Q v, LL LL Oo0 QW��-wav0 �U)wza- m ooC0w CDIw—pIxwz W W 0 V j U) F- F_ W a-_ z of z (2) O Of W < 0— - - LLJ aw Z 5 U 00=Ww<Lu —w � U ~ Q m 0U)0�� DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES ABBREVIATIONS CLR. ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH F.T. IGU FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS) INSULATED GLASS UNITS. MATCH ADJACENT INSULATED GLASS UNITS IN WINDOW FRAMING GUM GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL PAINT FIELD PAINT, SEE I.D. DRAWINGS FOR FINISH(ES). T.B. ALUM THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM THRESHOLD T.B. ALUM. C.W. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. T.B. ALUM. S.F. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT. MANUF DOOR DETAIL IS PART OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DETAILS, SEE MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE NOTES 1. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED AND SHOP PRIMED. 15. TYPICAL MINIMUM ALUMINUM WINDOW AND DOOR FRAME SIZES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). INSULATE ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS. GROUT EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SOLID. 15.1. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: 2 1 /4"X6", THERMALLY BROKEN, CURTAIN WALL. 2. ALARM LOCKS, DELAYED EGRESS LOCKS, AND PANIC HARDWARE LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE 15.2. EXTERIOR DOORS: 2 1 f 4" THICK, 3 1 /2" TOP AND SIDE RAILS, 10" BOTTOM RAIL, THERMALLY LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. BROKEN, ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. 3. DOORS THAT DO NOT HAVE A FRAME TYPE INDICATED ARE LOCATED IN WINDOW ASSEMBLIES. SEE 15.3. COORDINATE FINAL FRAMING SIZES WITH WINDOW LOAD REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT AND FOR WINDOW TYPES FOR INFORMATION ON THESE FRAMES. THE SPAN AND SPACING INDICATED IN THE WINDOW TYPES. 4. ALL DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, AND DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, ALL LOCKSET DOOR HANDLES SHALL BE LEVER TYPE. 16. DOOR HARDWARE SIZES/LENGTHS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED UPON LAF TYPICAL 5. PROVIDE SILENCERS AT AT HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES. 6. PROVIDE WEATHERSTRIPPING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS AND AT ALL INTERIOR DOORS AT WET LOCATIONS. STANDARDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE WITH DOOR SIZES LISTED IN THE DOOR 7. PROVIDE DOOR SWEEPS OR AUTOMATIC BOTTOMS AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS. SCHEDULE. 8. PROVIDE ASTRAGALS AT ALL PAIRS OF DOORS. ASTRAGALS SHALL BE OF THE KIND THAT DO NOT REQUIRE A DOOR COORDINATOR FOR DOOR OPERATION. 9. ALL PIN TYPE HINGES, WHICH ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR, SHALL HAVE HAVE NON -REMOVABLE PINS. 10. ALL DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INTERIOR OF A ROOM OR SPACE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR SPECIAL EFFORT. 11. EGRESS DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIREC11ON OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHEN SERVING ANY HAZARDOUS AREA OR WHEN SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR GREATER. 12. ALL EGRESS DOORS SHALL HAVE EXIT DEVICES (PANIC HARDWARE) AS NOTED IN THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND HARDWARE PRODUCT DATA, FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE. 14. COORDINATE THRESHOLD TYPES AND LENGTHS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS. PAY CLOSE ATTENTION TO CONDITIONS RECESSED SLABS FOR WOOD ATHLETIC FLOORS AND THICKSET TILE FLOORS. PER PER SCHEDULE i" SCHEDULE � Y2# Y2" --a iN f� - r-KV h� J J W LU W W W V) V) Of Of W a a 0 0 DOOR TYPE 'A' DOOR TYPE 'B' PER PER SCHEDULE SCHEDULE �qI Z1n ,n �1n .�2 Yl L N ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME. COORDINATE FRAME DIMENSIONS, AND ROUGH OPENING SIZE, WITH STOREFRONT MANUFACTURER. STOREFRONT MANUF. 2" 2' 2n 2' STANDARD DOOR TYPE 'C' FRAME TYPE 'A' FRAME TYPE 'B' DOOR AND FRAME TYPES 1 /4"=1'-0"' FRAME TYPE 'C' STOREFRONT MANUF. STANDARD PROVIDE (3) SMOOTH, GREASED DOWELS AT EACH DOOR OPENING. DOWELS SHALL BE #5, 18"L CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL INSIDE DOOR SCHEDULE MARK SIZE DOOR FRAME THRSH. LABEL DETAILS HDW REMARKS DR. NO. RM. NO. WD. HT. THK. TYPE MATERIAL FINISH GLAZING LITE SIZE TYPE MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL EXT01 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 8'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. C.W. Ca ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT02 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 8'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT03 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 8'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT04 N.A. PR. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 2 1/4" C T.B. ALUM. ENTRANCE CLR. ANODIZED F.T. IGU FULL -- T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED T.B. ALUM -- MANUF. MANUF. Si 01 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT05 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT06 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EKT07 N.A. 3'-6" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXT08 N.A. 3'-0" X 7'-0" 1 3/4" A G.H.M. PAINT -- -- -- GHM PAINT T.B. ALUM -- 6/A-8.1 5/A-8.1 4/A-8.1 15.19.810 PROVIDE PANIC EXIT DEVICE PER HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXISTING WINDOW FRAME - FIELD VERIFY SIZE rzz.� S2 SCHEDULED ALUMINUM WINDOW, DOOR, AND GLAZING SCHEDULED THRESHOLD, SEf IN JOINT SEALANT BED 1/2" BOND BREAK WITH JOINT SEALANT SITE CONCRETE, SLOPED TO DRAIN DOOR DETAILS - EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR SILL 3"=1'-0" OUTSIDE NOTE: AT SIM. CONDITION INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE, CONSTRUCTION IS THE SAME EXCEPT FOR THE DOOR AND DOOR FRAME. 1. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAME. 2x4 1/2" AT JAMBS, 44 1/2" AT HEAD. 2. PROVIDE THERMALLY IMPROVED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT ENTRANCE. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 3. LOCATE OUTSIDE FACE OF FRAME AT SAME POSITION AS H.M. FRAME. VARIES PROVIDE SMOOTH -� FACE AT HEAD CONT. JOINT SEALANTS TYPICAL BOTH SIDES FRAME ANCHOR - TYPE AND QUANTITY AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER 2" E.I.F.S. OVER 1 1/2" RIGID FOAM INSULATION HINGE SIDE OF DOOR G.M.U. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION - SEE ARCHITECTURAL SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS AND STRUCTURAL PROVIDE NEW LINTEL AT DOOR HEAD - SEE STRUCTURAL PROVIDE E.I.F.S. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FLASHING AND WEEPS AT HEAD OF DOOR. �- JOINT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT FRAME SOLID. ALIGN WITH OUTSIDE FACE OF CMU. GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR DOOR DETAILS - TYPICAL EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME C.M.U. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE SMOOTH FACE AT JAMB CONT. JOINT SEALANTS TYPICAL BOTH SIDES FRAME ANCHOR - TYPE AND QUANTITY AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DCUF\SEE DOOR VHARDWARE SPEC INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB - SEE STRUCTURAL �3n .�4 J1 S1 E.I.F.S. OVER 2" RIGID FOAM INSULATION LINE OF BRICK BASE BELOW. AT JAMBS. `v HINGE SIDE OF DOOR GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT FRAME SOLID. ALIGN WITH OUTSIDE FACE OF WALL. 2" GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR WALL CONSTRUCTION BEYOND GALVANIZED HOLLOW METAL FRAME BEYOND, ALIGN W/ OUT SIDE FACE OF BLOCK GALVANIZED AND INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR,ALIGN W/ OUT SIDE FACE OF BLOCK MODULAR BRICK BASE BEYOND. BRICK RETURNS AT JAMBS. THERMALLY IMPROVED, ADA-COMPLIANT ALUMINUM THRESHOLD. SET IN FULL MASTIC BED. 6" MIN., CONFIRM SIZE. BOND BREAK - CAULK JOINT HINGE SIDE OF DOOR Cn 11" `r rn N en LA nY O N f0 M 2 Q n z O V O 0 0 m x LL ;r V @ Q Q) E h- 4- ) m �sQl ,- AV% Q _Q N 4- V L < °LL NN N LLI ° N o O w L Z) r U w V o N Q 0 w J O <Z WW WP W WOE >-Cnwza-0oww m0zz C.-j �WZW WO gv]mP -- = =¢wZZWOW� Oitw¢MF=❑t~-a. >- >>-WpCo�WUCnOfO a-u'�z 73�:0 OOxwW¢wt-W Uaf M 22:3>M>-OH prwp�F_=- CV N O N 0 rn 0 t- W a O w w 7) C0 CD 0 .Q .` a� ❑ 6 z Sheet Name: DOOR SCHEDULE, TYPES, AND DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Am8ol Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 16'-0" 14'-0" EQ. 6'-0" EQ. O O o 0 I - 0 I 0 FRAME TYPE 'E-1' MAIN ENTRANCE - SUITE 401 A-8.2 J 1/4"=1'-0" f I d- 20'-2" 6'-2" 5'-11" 6'-1" o / \ 0 I NJ FRAME TYPE 'E-2 MAIN ENTRANCE - SUITE 403 CD Ln I 1 d- 6 I I 1'-O" 6'-0" 19'-8" 5'-8" i FRAME TYPE 'E-3' SIDE WINDOW - SUITE 403 M 0 NOTE: REFERENCE STOREFRONT/WINDOW TAGS ON A-2.2 AND ELEVATIONS ON A-4.1 THAT CORRESPOND TO WINDOW SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ON A-6.1 AND A-8.2. 0 I i� FRAME TYPE 'E-4' DRIVE THRU WINDOW SUITE 403 WINDOW SCHEDULE MARK FRAME DETAILS WIN. NO. RM. NO. TYPE MATERIAL FINISH GLAZING TEMPERED HEAD JAMB SILL FIRST FLOOR 101 N.A. E-1 T.B. ALUM. C.W. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 102 N.A. E-2 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 103 N.A. E-3 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 104 N.A. E-5 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU PARTIAL H5 J5 S5 105 N.A. E-6 T.B. ALUM, S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU FULL H5 J5 S5 106 N.A. E-4 T.B. ALUM. S.F. CLR. ANODIZED 1" IGU FULL H5 J5 S5 MV cn N cn rn v1 M a. O N z 00 L m M U) O 2 OQ +� cc en �. N w z Uoo 0� N L Q% LL +' V v E f �. N Oa 1 U �1 '.'I a� _ <t O L M u W Q z ov 0 L 6 N W N Q O w s.. C) f" U i V w N N Q H LL 0�7- p0 J W Z Q�t�—waVO� y CnWzaOovnw mc~- 0z0Dz Ovj����aZ ZQwZzwowIx �W �QW=W�� } p U cn O n-W�Z <WZV 00X:WLU W w UUix iE?�=mOI=— r C0 �LULL WINDOW SCHEDULE NOTES ABBREVIATIONS 1" IGU 1" THICK INSULATED GLASS UNIT, SEE GLAZING NOTES FOR T.B. ALUM. C.W. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM CURTAINWALL SPECIFIC INFORMATION. p T.B. ALUM. S.F. THERMALLY BROKEN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT. M 1" SPANDREL IGU 1" THICK INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, SEE GLAZING NOTES FOR SPECIFIC INFORMATION. ALUM. ALUMINUM CLR. ANODIZED CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISH. Q Q.W. POLY DOUBLE WALL "BUBBLE" POLYCARBONATE T.B. ALUM. THERMALLY BROKENT ALUMINUM FRAME Q O M NOTES � O � 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, COMPLY WITH DESIGN INTENT SHOWN IN THE 6. TYPICAL ALUMINUM FRAMED WINDOW MINIMUM FRAME SIZES AND TYPES (UNLESS DRAWINGS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES PRIOR NOTED OTHERWISE). ill TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH RELATED [--+ (SUB)CONTRACTORS. 6.1. EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: 2 1/4"X6" THERMALLY IMPROVED CURTAIN WALL. N 2. ALL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND CURTAINWALL FRAMES SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 6.2. EXTERIOR DOORS: 2 1/4" THICK, 3 1/2" TOP AND SIDE RAILS, 10" STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY WITH WIND LOADS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL APPLICABLE BOTTOM RAIL, THERMALLY -IMPROVED, ALUMINUM ENTRANCE. CODE AND PER THE LOAD INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE STRUCTURAL 6.3. COORDINATE FINAL FRAMING SIZES WITH WINDOW LOAD REQUIREMENTS FOR DRAWINGS. GLAZING SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SHOP THE PROJECT AND FOR THE SPAN AND SPACING INDICATED IN THE WINDOW DRAWINGS AND NECESSARY CALCULATIONS TO CONFIRM DESIGN ADEQUACY. TYPES. ^ WHERE REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, CONTRACTOR l ►�i SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SEALED BY A LOCALLY LICENSED STRUCTURAL P-4 ENGINEER TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY FOR APPROVAL. 3. ALL GLAZING WITHIN 18" OF FLOOR LEVEL SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS N (SAFETY GLASS). 4. ALL GLAZING WITHIN 18" OF FLOOR LEVEL AND ADJACENT TO DOOR SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED GLASS (SAFETY GLASS). 5. COORDINATE ALL CONCRETE AND MASONRY CURB DIMENSIONS WITH WINDOW FRAMING SIZES. 6. SKYLIGHTS INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE ARE BASED UPON BRYSTOLITE ALUMILITE ALIT —SF THERMALLY BROKEN, ALUMINUM FRAMED, DOMED SKYLIGHT WITH INSULATED ALUMINUM CURB, SIZE AS INDICATED IN THE SCHEDULE. PROVIDE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSULATED CURB, MINIMUM 12" HIGH. GLAZING SCHEDULE O • GLAZING TYPE 1: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT.WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. SEE GL-1 C IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 1T: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). SEE GL-1C IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 1S: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. PROVIDE SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, MATCH ARCHITECT'S COLOR SAMPLE. SEE GL-1C (SIM.) IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. 0 GLAZING TYPE 1ST: 1" LOW-E, INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). PROVIDE SPANDREL COATING ON 4TH FACE, MATCH ARCHITECT'S COLOR SAMPLE. SEE GL-1C (SIM.) IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. • GLAZING TYPE 2: 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK. SEE GL-3 IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. _ • GLAZING TYPE 2T: 1" CLEAR INSULATED GLASS UNIT WITH INTEGRAL THERMAL BREAK, FULLY TEMPERED (SAFETY GLASS). SEE GL-3 IN GLAZING SPECIFICATION. N N O Q 0 6) O E- W (L Ix 0 p w U) N m 0 Iq Sheet Name: WINDOW SCHEDULE, TYPES, AND DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: A=802 Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION GENERAL SHEET NOTES 1. THESE NOTES APPLY TO ALL ROOF DETAILS IN THE DRAWINGS. 2. ROOFING DETAIL SHOWN IS TO SHOW GENERAL PENETRATION CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL PENETRATION CONDITIONS THAT MAY OCCUR WITH THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER. 3. CLOSE ALL VOIDS BETWEEN ROOF INSULATION AND PENETRATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION. WIRE / CABLE - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ROOF GOOSENECK PENETRATION FOR WIRE / CABLE. SECURE TO DECK PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FLEXIBLE FLASHING ADHERED WITH MASTIC - BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP OF OF FLASHING WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING PREMOLDED PIPE BOOT ADHERED TO ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING WITH MASTIC - BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP AND BOTTOM OF OF BOOT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION OVER METAL ROOF DECK. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR INSULATION R VALUE. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF FRAMING, ADDITIONAL OPENING FRAMING MAY BE REQUIRED. FILL VOIDS BETWEEN PIPE AND INSULATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION GOOSENECK SUPPORT AT ROOF DECK TYPICAL ROOF GOOSENECK PENETRATION DETAIL NOTES: - - 1. LADDER AND ACCESSORIES 1 1/2"D GALV. STEEL PIPE, RETURN SHALL BE HOT DIPPED 00 TO STEEL SIDE RAILS GALVANIZED AND SHOP FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING, PRIMED. FINISH COATS SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED. 2"Wx1/4"THK GALV. STEEL SIDE �, BEYOND RAILS. ROUND TOP SIDE RAIL. RAIL 1'-0" 8" 1'-0" 2. ALL GALVANIZING DRAINAGE SHALL EXTEND TO FLOOR BELOW. a _ HOLES SHALL BE AT TOP OF LADDER -FLARE RAIL = o _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,I� T.O. MASONRY SHOP -FILLED. EXTENSION TO 30" WIDE. N o- r r _ _ = I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - » CHECKERED STEEL PLATE = 1 I I SCUPPER BOX, BEYOND w U-- 00 ( I I I DRIP EDGE T.O. SCUPPER t m I SCUPPER BOX B.O. SCUPPER N¢ --------------- 3" X 3" X J"STEEL ANGLE I L L J NOTE: PROVIDE LOCKABLE N SCUPPER BOX, BEYOND SECURITY COVER 6" MIN. 174" OVERFLOW SCUPPER BOX. CONSTRUCTION IS SIMILAR " » TO SCUPPER. OMIT CONDUCTOR HEAD AND DRIP EDGE CONDUCTORIm S CONDUCTOR HEAD ®� 1 11 0 24" WIDE GALV. STEEL LADDER — X » n u 2 8 2 METAL ROOF DECK - SEE STRI CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATI BLOCKING/FRAMING FOR WALL ANCHOR EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION - SEE JLVIIVIV NOTE: PROVIDE LOCKABLE SECURITY COVER c w LL v ROOF FLASHING AND MEMBRANE OVL,, FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD BLOCKING CURB BELOW SECTION PLAN 2"Wx1/4" GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE WALL ANCHORS AT 4FT O.C. MAX. SEAL AND FLASH WALL ANCHORS PER ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 "D SLIP -RESISTANT GALV. STEEL ROD AT 12" O.C. MIN. 443/16" STEEL TUBE IN WALL WITH 5x8x3/16" STEEL PLATE WELDED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND BELOW WITH CONT. 3/16" FILLET WELD. COORDINATE PLATE SIZES WITH STRUCTURAL FRAMING. AT EXTERIOR WALLS WITH EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD, PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING BEHIND LADDER FOR FULL LADDER HEIGHT, PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 20" MIN. HORIZONTALLY, AT EACH SIDE OF THE LADDER ROOF MEMBRANE AT FACE OF WALL LINE OF GUTTER 2"Wx1/4" GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE WALL ANCHORS AT 6FT O.C. MAX. 2"Wx1/4"THK GALV. STEEL SIDE RAILS. ROUND TOP SIDE RAIL. RAIL SHALL EXTEND TO FLOOR BELOW. DOUBLE GALV. BENT STEEL PLATE FEET (BELOW), 2"Wx1/4" THICK, VERT. AND HORIZ. LEG SHALL BE 4" MIN., EACH WAY. DO NOT BOLT INTO ROOF MEMBRANE. 1 "D SLIP -RESISTANT GALV. STEEL ROD AT 12" O.C. TYPICAL EXTERIOR ROOF LADDER DETAIL 45 CONDUCTOR 5" 12" 12" ELEVATION DETAIL (SCUPPER ROOF PIPE PENETRATION. SEE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FLEXIBLE FLASHING ADHERED WITH MASTIC - BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP OF OF FLASHING WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPING RING PREMOLDED PIPE BOOT ADHERED TO ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING WITH MASTIC BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL TOP AND BOTTOM OF OF BOOT WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION OVER METAL ROOF DECK. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR INSULATION R VALUE. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF FRAMING, ADDITIONAL OPENING FRAMING MAY BE REQUIRED. FILL VOIDS BETWEEN PIPE AND INSULATION WITH PLENUM RATED FOAMED -IN -PLACE INSULATION 02 . ■ 11A, W., �'.i1Z1 I PIPES MAY BE INSULATED - SEE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL NOTE: ALL VENTS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AIR INTAKES. TYPICAL ROOF PIPING PENETRATION DETAIL 3"=1'-O" AT METAL STUD/GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD WALLS, PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING BEHIND ALL WALL FLASHING. MATCH GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD THICKNESS. EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION - SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS TYPICAL ROOF REGLET DETAIL ASHING IN MASTIC - BY ROOF OINT BETWEEN FLASHING AND IANUFACTUR€R RECOMMENDED Z 00 ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM INSULATION. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR R VALUE. METAL DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL ROOF STRUCTURE - SEE STRUCTURAL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT / SKYLIGHT MOUNTED ON ROOF CURB FLASHING AND COUNTER FLASHING ---------r-----� PREFABRICATED, EXTENDED, INSULATED ROOF CURB. FABRICATE SO TOP OF CURB IS LEVEL. ID FLEXIBLE FLASHING SET IN MASTIC - BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. SEAL JOINT BETWEEN FLASHING AND ROOF MEMBRANE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED JOINT SEALANT. N CANT STRIP ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID FOAM 1 ` � INSULATION. SEE ROOF PLAN FOR R VALUE. NOTE: IF CURBS ARE NOT i FABRICATED TO EXTEND TO ROOF I ' DECK, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT CURB. I \ 0 AT SKYLIGHT LOCATIONS, INTERIOR FACE OF CURB IS FINISHED IN / GYPSUM BOARD. REFER TO I — — — — — _, — — — — — SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR EXTENT AND LOCATIONS. I I TYPICAL ROOF CURB DETAIL 1 1/2"=1'-0" �9_1 3"=1'-0" ALL CONSTRUCTION AT kCE OF ARCADE - SEE TALL IT SEALANT AND BACKER ROD, TYP. ALL EDGES. STEEL LINTEL T OVER 2" RIGID INSULATION GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD L SOFFIT FRAMING, TYPICAL. THICKNESS MAY VARY, SEE 1 I\LI LLYIJI LLD ALUMINUM SOFFIT VENT TYPICAL EXTERIOR SOFFIT AND VENT DETAIL ROOF TRANSITION DETAIL METAL DECK - SEE STRUCTURAL. COORDINATE EXTENT OF METAL DECK WITH ITEM BEING SUPPORTED. AT SKYLIGHTS, DO NOT PROVIDE ANY ROOF DECK INSIDE THE PERIMETER OF THE SKYLIGHT. ROOF DECK/CURB SUPPORT, SEE STRUCTURAL Z 0 0 a V .. Q 4- - V O S.. w < Z sA_ M tU p L>, S_ p L„ V N N 0 N_ 0 w 0 w a 0 LL 0 w D CD Cn � - T OMO N 3: M � M � ul O p O N L M M 0 a � o'M` 0 V 00 U.2 v 2 Q) C6 ►W c ,� c °' v 0- +- " ¢ L N < N C 'a L M 0 LL •L v 0 0 LL 6 V1 > 0 m 0 6 z Sheet Name: TYPICAL DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 09/01 /2022 Sheet No.: Am9el Drawn By: Checked By: DL DS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 1 rl FOUNDATION PLAN �10 3/16"=1'-0" FAI 0 FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES 1. A. CIVIL DATUM ELEVATION 129.50' = FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION. B. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ARE RELATIVE TO DATUM ELEVATION 100'-0". 2. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, FOOTINGS UNDER COLUMNS SHALL BE PLACED ON COLUMN CENTERLINES. FOOTINGS UNDER GRADE BEAMS/STEM WALLS SHALL BE PLACED AT CENTERLINES OF GRADE BEAMS/STEM WALLS. 3. FLOOR SLAB IS NOT DESIGNED TO SUPPORT HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT EXCEEDING GROSS WEIGHT OF 4 TONS. 4. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR OPENING DIMENSIONS. 5. PROVIDE POSITIVE TIE BETWEEN FOOTING REINFORCING, STEM WALL REINFORCING AND BUILDING COLUMN ANCHOR BOLTS FOR GROUNDING CONTINUATION. 6. "CJ" INDICATES SAW CUT CONTRACTION JOINT IN SLAB -ON -GRADE. CONSTRUCTION JOINT IN SLAB -ON -GRADE AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS AT GRID AND AT 15'-0" OC MAXIMUM SPACING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. REF 2/S-2.1. 7. PROVIDE (2) #4 BAR, S-0" LONG DIAGONALLY IN TOP OF SLAB AT REENTRANT CORNERS. REF 3/S-2.1 8. COLD ORMED METAL FRAMING SHALL BE ENGINEERED BY CONTRACTOR 2 FOR LO DS GIVEN IN THE DESIGN DATA ON SHEET S-0.0. STUDS SHALL BE 8" ND SPACED AT NO MORE THAN 16" OC. 9. REF 1-S2.1 FOR SLAB AT DRAIN. ,.ddbk... ELEVATION MARK XX/SX.X SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER _ SECTION MARK XX/SX.X ��- SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER F FOOTING MARK L_ — _ f PER SCHEDULE FX XX'-XX" TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION �CX I COLUMN PER SCHEDULE CMU CONTROL JOINT 0 SLAB SAW CUT CONTROL JOINT. REF 2/S2.1. 2 X-BRACE q COL SCHEDULE MARK SIZE BASE PLATE C8.4 HSS8x8x1 /4 A C8.6B HSS8x8x3/8 B C 4C HS 8x8x 4 C C8.6E HSS8x8x3/8 E W12 W12x50 D * REF 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE DETAIL * REFER TO 7/S-2.0 FOR PEDESTALS UNDER ALL PERIMETER COLUMNS FOOTING SCHEDULE FOOTING MARK SIZE BxWxT REINFORCING (BOTTOM ONLY UNO) NOTES F5 5'-0"x5'-0"x1'-6" (4) #5 EW 1, 2 F5.5 5'-6"x5'-6"x1'-3" (6) EW 1, 2 F8 8'-0"x8'-0"x1'-9" #7 AT 2- O.C. EW 1 2 F9.5 9'-6"x9'-6"x1'-6" #7 AT &BO.C. EW 1 (4) #5 CONT WF3 3'-0"x1'-0"xCONT #5 AT 12" O.C. 1, 2 TRANS FOOTING NOTES 1. COLUMN ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE PRIOR TO CONCRETE POUR. 2. FOOTINGS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER COLUMNS AND WALLS, UNO. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANCHOR BOLT EMBEDMENT WITH TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATIONS WHEN SETTING CAST IN PLACE BOLTS. M %D T 00 %D en M Ln%6 p�ON p L M cwn O 0 2! n W y V 00 VIAzz W LL C V �t V °' �w E f C J 4- V @ U CL N L Q N L p0 Q 0 it a _a . n' W z L 0 O � U_ ILL. L W 0 L s i " V w U F N U N 0 N Q 0 LL u- C) 0 QWF—waVO >-WWZaOpW_w m��-2of Ov�Z N=W �=<W WF— z O� V > ~ � C7 SQW—zW0LU 0Ixw¢0 au1FZ (if 5?.'v 00=W WQWI--W v=0M>=°°=Ol=— �oLUoMF- Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte Date: 2022.08.15 17:05:19-05'00' C QP ENS * No 61252 . tr •4j T ; STATE OF �••• � OR 1 SS�ONAL •�� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N CD N a N N F- LU tl 0 LL 0 W O Z Sheet Name: FOUNDATION PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-100 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS T -- ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION PMEJ MATERIAL - (2) #4x1'-0" SMOOTH DOWELS EA SIDE GRID SQUARE LEAVE; OUT AS REQ'D FILL W/ CONC AFTER INSTALLING COLUMN I lit I I I I I SECTION I I I I I � I I — I I I I U � W r ~ W U I Uj "' ' M 3" CLR W _ REF FTG SCHED nGRID'IV VRIU - - P E KEY AT BLOCKOUTS PER CONTROL JOINT DETAIL SECTION 3" CL OF COLUMN AND SPREAD FTG COLUMN REF PLAN REF 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE AND ANCHOR BOLTS (2) #4 BARS AT RE-ENTRANT CORNERS OF LEAVE -OUT AT COLUMN (TYP) REF FDN PLAN TO SLAB EL CONC SLAB REF FDN PLAN FOR THK AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FOOTING REF PLAN TOF EL AND SCHEDULE FOR FTG SIZE AND REINF REF 7/S-2.0 FOR PEDESTAL WHERE TOF EL < 99'-0" lF "y " �— COLUMN REF PLAN CONTROL JOINT (TYP) (2) #4 (EA SIDE OF OPENING) INTERIOR COLUMNFOOTING a W W J a =) 0 a W Q= � U v7 FTG L WIDTH of W W J a 0 a W Q= J V) (n FOOTING REINFORCING CORNER BARS TO MATCH SIZE AND LOCATION OF FOOTING REINF. LAP PER SCHEDULE CORNER FTG WIDTH LAP PER SCHEDULE INTERSECTION U' H L FOOTING REINFORCING CORNER BARS TO MATCH SIZE AND LOCATION OF FOOTING REINF. TYPICAL FOOTING REINFORCING GRID 3/4" GUSSET PLATE 2" DIA NON -SHRINK GROUT REF ELEVATION AT 1" AB BELOW COLUMN FOR HSS SIZE BASE PL GRID 3/4" BASE PLATE 3/4" BASE PLATE GRID n Z ma 1 1/4" THICK TYP GRID ANCHOR 3BOLTSIA ANCHORBOLTS11" 5 ' Q `�� BASE PLATE 1/4 TYP n (9 MIN EMBED) 2 2 c� ¢ 1 _ 1 1/4 (9 MIN EMBED) I o Li 2 0 , /.' LEVELING NUTS ��`�' 1 3/4" BASE PLATE 1 r� TYP 1 I I •=IN I m 0-% I CONCRETE - - o- 0 W/ (4) 3/4" DIA — - - 1/4 0 - I _ BEARING SURFACE C0 C' ANCHOR BOLTS C° HSS COLUMN `0 &--Uo+:;- w- - —I 9" MIN EMBED I + b 0 - NOTES: c� 1 ( ) - - - - I -' - - JId WELD BETWEEN COLUMN ANDW - HSS COLUMN GRID b fi _ o GRID _ o a o , a d BASE PLATE SHALL MEET _ 1 I I 1 _ 1 a AISC MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS12 EQ [EQ 12 �=xv �=,� 4 12 a d .. r I I °° 4 Qo 4 d. 4d` 1/2"x3"x3" PL WASHER, TYP COL + 6" EQ EQ HSS COLUMN COL + 6" ° a 'A' 12 n 1n 12 'C' NOTE: USE SHIM PLATES FOR LEVELING BASE PLATE - COL + 6" BASE PLATE - WHERE ONLY (2) ANCHOR BOLTS ARE SHOWN 2 BASE PLATE E AT X-BRACE BASE PLATE - 'B' 2 GRID GRID Z 101" 2 10�" 2 8" 1'-2" 1 1/4" BASE PLATE o ANCHOR BOLTS I I 3/4" THICK 1 1/4" BASE PLATE W/ (7) 1" DIA W I BASE PLATE 11 1 W/ (6) 1 DIA r'-10" ' ANCHOR BOLTS o 1 I ANCHOR BOLTS , \ I (12" MIN EMBED) CL 1 1/2 NON -SHRINK GROUT BELOW 1 LEVELING NUTS _ _ _ _ _ (1� MIN EMBED) - - —� o COLUMN 0° BASE PL CONCRETE t° 5 16 `,4 C) 1 BEARING SURFACE 1 - - - GRID - - _ I - - rt� a. °� ° ° ° COLUMN COLUMN "1 6" 6" 16" I ' 3/4" GUSSET PLATE ' 82" 82" ° e< °°d n 1/2"x3"x3" PL REF PLAN REF PLAN ° WASHER, TV 1'-10" d d BASE PLATE - 'D' BASE PLATE - 'E' NOTE: USE SHIM PLATES FOR LEVELING ORIENTATION PER PLAN ORIENTATION PER PLAN WHERE ONLY (2) ANCHOR BOLTS ARE SHOWN GRID COLUMN BASE PLATE ,REF 3/4"=1'-O" UNDERGROUND PIPE PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS — PROVIDE SLEEVE ID AT LEAST 2" LARGER THAN PIPE OD Z 0 O FOUNDATION WALL FOOTII REF S 8" 1 13"18" LEAN MINIf I MIN ENCASunLr� TYPICAL PIPE THRU FOOTING DETAIL SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'-O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING - 21 #4x3'-6" DOWELS cO AT 24" OC TYP I CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FF EL co I 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOTING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE RLr r I V 3%,nLu TYP STEM WALL FOOTING 3/4"=1'-0" �2O 3/4"=1'-0" �_O 3/411 �2. 314' 1'-0" 72'-0" I REF STEEL COL REF SCHEDULE AND 3/S-2.0 FOR BASE PLATE DETAIL EXTERIOR SLAB OR PAVING REF CIVIL CONT STEMW LL REINF THRU PILASTER CONT FOOTING REINF THRU COL 1'-0" SPREAD FOOTING STEMWALL CONT FOOTING BEYOND CD I LU U_ U — Ld I r7 CJ) 3" CLR EQUAL W REF FTG SCHED EQUAL #4 DOWELS AT 2'-0n 24" OC TYP 1'-6" 1 CONC SLAB REF PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINF REF FDN PLAN FF EL Z720 FOR 2 EINF ED T AME & OLUMNS 0 G REINF REF SCHED REF FDN PLAN —� TOF EL 61 EXTERIOR COLUMN FOOTING S-2.0 3/4"=1'-0" CLR COL PROVIDE (3) #3 TIES IN THE TOP 5" OF ALL PEDESTALS 2'-0" C_, I WI I )TH H I L 1 Z SECTION COL 2" CLR I o 1'-0" 10" 1'-0" U TYP Uj v (8) #7 VERT 2" CLR z6 #3 AT 12" OC TYP � (8) #7 VERT I #3 AT 12" OC • o I O I • f • I Z COL w I • • a • . • , FT Ilk CMU OR CONC PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG (3) #7 VERT AS SHOWN STEM WALL (FTG NOT SHOWN) WHERE REQUIRED FOR NOT SHOWN) CORNER PEDESTAL LONG BASE PLATES MOMENT FRAME BRACE COLUMN PEDESTAL COL 2'-0" 1'-0" 01 01 11 I Z Z 2" CLR 2" TYP n I /— (8) #7 VERT TYP w to CLR (8) #7 VERT #3 AT 12" OC PEDESTAL AT INTERIOR s FOOTING WHERE TOF EL of — • -i- + - — LOWER THAN 99'-0" (TOP `-4 OF PEDESTAL = 99'-0") I INTERIOR PEDESTAL o I I • I • � I PEDESTAL REINFORCING 3/4"=V-0" #3 AT 12" OC �- CMU OR CONC STEM WALL (FTG NOT SHOWN) EXTERIOR PEDESTAL 2\/1 LEAVE -OUT REF PLAN FOR DIM _F// 1'-6" Of 78SLAB LEAVE -OUT S-2.0 % 3/4"=1'-0" 9 NOT USED S-2.0 3/4"=1'-0" 3'-O" LONG DOWEL MATCH SLAB REINF SIZE AND SPACING SLAB REINF REF FDN PLAN REF FDN PLAN z TO SLAB EL SMOOTH DOWELS #4x2'-O" AT 18" OC, GREASE AND WRAP THIS END TO PREVENT BONDING — 'LA =#4x3'-6" DOWELS CO AT 24" OC TYP I I I CONC SLAB REF PLAN I I I I FOR SIZE AND REINF I I I I REF FDN PLAN Ah FF EL MV 00 8" STEM WALL #5 VERT AT 12" OC, ALTERNATE HOOK INTO FOOTING #5 HORIZ CONT AT 12" OC REF FDN PLAN TOF EL FOOTING REF SCHEDULE RLr r IV JVrILU 0 10 SECTION Z 9 W 0 V1 a V 00 �r N L < f 0 W^L' W Z N.. O " L • , W v^ W 0 W K Q r I 3 m N In %D pY O N 0- 0 L M M G7 M 0 0i 0 o d u 00 Q N U. N L W t W V (u v a Q++ of V � N c •�' L and to CO 0 0 11:U_ v a) 0 V tJ.l'.. � N ' Q N d 0 H J OWZ Q )I-Wa00 >-COwza0ornW mi-=W0Z0Z NiWcn �=<WUj = OZZWwQfWO� Oa2=0,>- �d pWm�U0)OmO W ��Uz OO�W WawSW U2m =>=0H 0W U_ U)0Z3: V 1 � O M � �zM O N � ►� I~� a a Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, I=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:06:15-05'00' P�•'� C E N S •T'1%C. yt No 61252 �;yY vo: :W .� STATE OF FSS?4 OR 10 P.�G� ....• OVAL This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be vertred on any electronic copies. W IL O W 0 W Z) C40 co 1 Sheet Name: FOUNDATION DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-200 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL IRS i ISSUED FOR CONSTP_UCTIOAI PLAN NOTES: 1. ROOF DECK TO BE 22 GAGE, 3" TYPE N DECK. 3 SPAN CONT (UNO). REF 2/S-4.0 FOR DECK CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE. 2. REF 4/S-4.0 FOR MECHANICAL UNIT, SKYLIGHT, ROOF ACCESS HATCH, AND ALL LARGE OPENINGS. 3. REF 5/S-4.0 FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS SMALLER THAN 36" (FRAMING OMITTED FOR CLARITY). 4. VERIFY EXACT SIZE, WEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. ALL HSS SHALL HAVE 1 /2" END PLATE, TYP. 6. EXTEND CONTINUOUS DECK ANGLE OVER BEAM OR TOP OF WALL ANGLE TO PROVIDE 8" OF 1/4" FILLED WELD PAST WALL TO SUPPORT STEEL. 7. L4x4x1/4 COLUMN BRACE WELDED TO TOP OF COLUMN AND TOP OF BEAM. 8. REFER TO 2/S-4.2 CANOPY SUPPORT BEAM AT DRIVE-THRU OPENING. 9. STEEL STUB COLUMN WELDED DIRECTLY TO TOP OF BEAM. 10. REF 9/S-2.1 FOR OPENINGS IN CMU. X LEGEND .oddhm.. ELEVATION MARK XX/SX.X SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER XX/SX.X SECTION MARK SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER SPAN OF METAL DECK ADDITIONAL DOWNWARD POINT LOAD (LBS) ON JOIST/GIRDER. (-) INDICATES UPLIFT FORCE. * AT EACH LOCATION OF RTU FRAME TO JOIST K KIPS # POUNDS (LBS) o WIND BRACE LOCATION 2 X—BRACE 10-- MOMENT CONNECTION 2 1 1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 0 J 3/16"=1'-0" M ko i, 00 %o It It en cn tr1 to p'Y, O N 0 M rn C9 w O O oiC L C — � z 00 V m � CU N o-- 00 i �. VN = = '; u� ivc W E 4- m v V c L H v i � Q L O M F Co �� .� •L N a o_ o ..� LL LL. i W « -a a� O 0 L c i LLI w tVw ca o N 0 w 0 m10z0 z CC CDH— p w Z W W 0 CV 2w�2QfYa= Z OV � =QW—Zw0w� o7m¢� H� Qw¢�—in CL awI-Z iY53:U 00M:W W wrw U=02>=mOt�— U�oWaMF- Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:07:15-05'00' ENS No 61252 STATE OF �w.S; •� 0 R t Q P am\ ��MAC This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Gran Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on anv electronic conies. Sheet Name: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S�300 Drawn By: ked By: WB/DL :LR ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 1 NOT USED S-4.1 J 3/4"=1'-0" 3/16 2 3/16 2 AhL REF ARCH Y BO PLATE EL ' BEAM REF PLAN t7l BEARING PLATE 1 /2"x7"xW/ (2) 1/2" DIA x5" HS REINFORCE AND GROUT CMU SOLID FULL HEIGHT BELOW BEAM BEARING MC8x22.8 - LOCA' DECK FLUTES DECK NOT SHOWN z 0 SECTION 2'-4" (2) #3 TIES 4" C PROVIDE (3) CELLS OF FULL HEIGHT JAMB REINFORCEMENT ADJACENT TO BEAM BEARING. REF 9/S-2.1 FOR JAMB REINFORCEMENT DETAILS BEAM BEARING SECTION AT CMU N -2 NOT USED S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" FAI -3 NOT USED S-4.1 J 3/4"=1'4" 2 4 NOT USED S-4.1 J 3/4"=V-0" 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT 2" 1/2" CAP PLATE 3/4" DIA A325 BOLT A 3/8"x4"x8" EMBED PLATE C8x11.5 WITH (2) 3/4" DIA x 0'-5" T.O. PARAPET H.S.A. AT 24" OC REF ARCH — — I i 2 () #6 CONT 3/16 4 � ABOVE BEAM a• L4x4x1/4x0'-5" DECK SPANS OPPOSITE TOP OF WALL HSS7x7x1 4 / i 3/16 a• DIRECTION AT SIM REF ARCH „ POST i 3/16 I HSS7x7x1 /4 2„ 6" 2 POST SOLID GROUT BEAM A' 8" CONT BOND BEAM i CL EMBED i POCKET AFTER CONC. ` °. i W/ (1) #6 CONT _ PL " SLAB PLACED i °` — --1 i i W/ (4) 3/4z0'-5" HSA PL 3/8"x10"x0'-10" 'to00a W/ O HSA 4 3 " %4 — — -- i 3/16 AT 32" O.C. i 3/16 I s I (2) #6 x 4'-0" STEEL BEAM T.O. BOND BEAM ;.: / METAL ROOF 3/16 ' L5x5x5/16xCONT CENTERED ON BEAM 1" REF PLAN REF PLAN DECK 3/16 V �I 3/16 2-24 • a' 3/4„x6„x1'-0" EMBED PLATE B.O.D. ELEV -- ------------------------------ ---------------- _ __ -------------- w/ (4)-3/4" DIAx 0'-6" OIL REF PLAN 3/16 HSA'S a CENTERED ON BEAM (1) #6 CONT IN BOND L5x5x5/16xCONT MC8x22.8 — LOCATE IN ° PLACE (2} #fi BARS BEAM FULLY GROUT DECK FLUTES 3/16 VERT EA CELL FOR 6 1 �, " 1— 1" 2 3 2 TWO COURSES ABOVE AND ONE COURSE BELOW ° DECK & BEAMS DECK NOT SHOWN 3/16 CELLS 12 BARS TOTAL SPAN OPPOSITE — STOP BARS UNDER DIRECTION AT SIM BEAM CONTINUE ALL OTHER BARS TO TOP _ %�CL OF BEAM ° OF WALL - Nk • • a.. SECTION SECTION 3/4"=1'-01, S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0"1 1\ S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" 7 /A» FNI A A 7AL rl Al T L4x4x1 /4x0'-5" COLUMN REF PLAN L8x8x1/2xCONT L5x5x5/16xCONT 1/2" THREADED ROD EMBEDDED 4 1/2" W/ HILTI HY70 ADHESIVE AT 32" OC AT LOCATION OF VERT REINFORCING V TV-VVVV DECK BEARING AT WALL 11 NOT USED 3/4"=1'-0° S-4.1 3/4"=1'-0" 2 w w w w A� SECTION 3/4"=1'-0" M .0 3 00 .o in .Mo per, O N Z O O L M M M W O tY Cbo ¢ N V QO V1 T LL r E 1-- Q� C N V a) to a M N V 4 V N + N L L O W W o Q� i _O _O LL LL L N Ci O o V H W tVw FW- ro � O N Q I� LL LL J 0 }}. 0 -.1(0W WZ QWi.W O N1=p�WQW WQ 0 > CO F- F tZ = 1—W 0t Kz�ZU = Q� cf)Q W O W EE Ir re W i� W~ W CL } � p W O LL W z S 00=W W<WI—W 0l)f U` M 0 W M n= =-p>=r0E- pcwp�H V1 � M Q M O � a Q � N V Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, I=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jfte.c om Date: 2022.08.15 17:12:14-05'00' •E•N * ;• No 61252 • • • • • •ti �1• • •/-. �1 STATE OF ��`/ F`3,S•1� O R 1 P�G� /CNAL•� ws item has been electronically signed and sealed by G nwrtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp usir igital signature. Printed copies of this document are n Sheet Name: FRAMING DETAILS Pmj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S�4,01 Drawn By: ked By: WB/DL :JR ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION E ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 j\2 AT 12 \ REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN —� 3/16 L5x5x1 /4 -� REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH 1/2" PLYWC SHEATHING COLUMN REF PLAN L3x3x5/16x0'-6" GIRT T&B REF PLAN 1/2" CAP PLATE, TYP 1/4 1/4 TYP GIRT CONNX AT COLUMN 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER 1/2" PLYWOOD A SHEATHING CFMF FRAMING BY MANUFACTURER 6'-0" 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK �- ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD 3/16 L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1/4 KICKER — L2x2x1/4x0'-5" ® 4'- 0" O.C. 3/16 EA END 3/16 2-12 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS i SECTION 2 2 NOT USED S-4.2 3/4"=V-0" u 1/4 I/ REF PLANti BOD EL HSS BEYOND STL. BEAM REF. PLAN Ell 3/16 L5x5x1/4 , REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH I i SECTION -12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER -1/2" PLYWOOD A SHEATHING - CFMF FRAMING BY MANUFACTURER 6'-0" C7x12.5 AT 48" O.C. W/ 8" CFMF STUDS AT 16" O.C. BETWEEN L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK 3/16 L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1 /4 KICKER - L2x2x1/4xO'- 5" @ 4'-0" O.C. 3/16 EA END 3/16 2-12 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS GRfD I 125'-8" TO STEEL I 3/16 I 1 ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 2 AT 1— 2 ,-L REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH IN ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 3/16 l \ 2 AT 12 Ail REF PLAN BOD EL HSS7x7x3/16 BETWEEN CHANNELS STL BEAM REF. PLAN REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH - Ian 2 SECTION f SECTION HSS10x8x3/8 LLV 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK ------------------------- ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1/4 KICKER ® 4'-0" O.C. 3/16 EA END COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER 6'-0" 3/16 V2-12 L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK ALIGN FACE OF TUBE WITH INTERIOR FACE OF WALL STUD L6x6x3/8 L3x3x1 /4 KICKER 4'-0" O.C. 3/16 EA END COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS 125-8" TO STEEL 3/16 ATTACHMENT PER LIGHT GAGE DESIGNER 1 /d I IJJ UL 1 VIYV STL. BEAM REF. PLAN - REF ARCH. FOR EXTERIOR FINISH GRfD I SECTION �-2 3/4"=1'-0" 4' BOD EL HSS BEYOND STL. BEAM REF. PLAN - REF ARCH. FOR l EXTERIOR FINISH I 1 I I i 8 SECTION 3/l1-0" �.2 3/4"=1'-0" �-2 3/4'l1-01, �-2 3/4"=1'-0" 4 M" nen nl aT[ GNER FOR ING IT 111109 11 S-4.2 GRID BEAM TOP OF COLUMN AT ROOF REF PLAN W/ 3/4" CAP PLATE ©1 I WORKING POINT ©1 � © 1 SLOT TUBE NS & FS AS RE4'D TYP 1/4 COLUMN REF ELEVATION I REF SCHED FOR HSS SIZE / I / 3/4" PLATE TYP , WORK POIN' 3/4" KNIFE PLATE TYP HSS1Ox8x3/8 LLV L3x3x1/4 KICKER 4'-0" O.C. EA END 12 GA CONT TRACK ATTACHMENT BY CFMF DESIGNER 6'-0" C7x12.5 AT 48" O.C. W/ 8" CFMF STUDS AT 16" O.C. BETWEEN L5x5x5/16xCONT MTL. ROOF DECK 5-�L6x6x3/8 L30xl/4 KICKER ® 4'- 0" O.C. 3116V EA END COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING DESIGNED BY OTHERS REF ELEVATION FOR HSS SIZE A 2 2 2 9 SECTION 10 BRACE ELEVATION 11 SECTION rl2 BRACING CONNECTION DETAIL �4.2 3/4"=1'-0" S-4.2 3/4"=1'-011 S-4.2 �4.3/4"=V-0"3/l1-0" z 0 W 0 � m V 4 - .0 V L 4� 0 L W � Z Q) « O " L Lu x F W W F 2 a M %0 MM A oo %D (In C14 M %0 N %0 d O N O L M M 0 c N M i✓bn' 0a voo N L N Ct' V LO r a; E = t- Q) v � aQ �n V 0? ry ��n V L m4 o 0 I a`, -�s v 0 L V V1 uj 7 N N 0 N Q 0 F- Ll J O J O Ir< W Z QWHWCL 0 >-CnWZa.0ocnw m0FF-MCrZ0DZ oFW-0OfWzww0 =Qw—Zil w0Ix WR co o_W�ZWQ=�v oU)0�� V 1 � O M F� �y o � w � a I� > W V Q1 Digitally signed by Grant Courtney DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=Grant Courtney, email=gcourtney@jft exom Date: 2022.08.15 17:12:30-05'00' con ENs'��'F � F � No 61252 Z7• �. .W .� STATE OF �. OR s�CNAL .� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by Grant Courtney, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N C� r W a a 0 W W U) U) Sheet Name: FRAMING DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: S-4,02 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS -- -- - - -- - -- - i,. i �, �� ur. Nil nil IJ nr�al�luua iuuunl<<�du u u �ii., i ..I dio L, �.i, �. —�-__� �_..___ t__- _ I � � � I I I _I_ � � li li.�-"-. ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION ROOFTOP UNIT SCgt_Rf"N"��� MARK SUITE 401 RTU-1 SUITE 403 RTU-2 a MAX SUPPLY CFM 3000 3000 OUTSIDE AIR CFM - - z a l_ EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (IN W.C.) APPROX. 3/4" 3/4" Q O o SUPPLY FAN QUANTITY/HORSPOWER 1/2.0 1/2.0 z RETURN FAN QUANTITY/HORSPOWER - - a TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) (APPROX. 0 80/67) 86.0 86.0 z SENSIBLE (MBH) (APPROX. 0 80/67) 62.8 62.8 o AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 'F 105 105 HEATING DATA INPUT 100 100 (MBH) OUTPUT 80 80 VOLTS 208 208 PHASE 3 3 a o COMPRESSOR RLA - TOTAL - (EA) 16.7 16.7 S2 COMPRESSOR LRA - TOTAL - (EA) 100 100 J OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR FLA - TOTAL - (EA) 2.9 2.9 w MCA 28.8 28.8 MOCP (FUSE ONLY) 45 45 MANUFACTURER & MODEL No. TRANE TSC09OH3 TSC09OH3 LOCATION ROOF ROOF UNIT WEIGHT (LBS.) .40 374 374 NOTES 1-10 1-10 KEYED NOTES: 1 2. 3.. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. PROVIDE DUAL ENTHALPY CONTROLLED ECONOM.__.. PROVIDE 2" COTTON MEDIA FILTER APPROX. 20% EFFICIENCY TO ALL RTU'S. PROVIDE HAIL GUARDS ON ALL RTU'S. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH COPPER TUBE AND ALUMINUM FAN (AL/CU). PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH POWERED EXHAUST. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH CONDENSATE OVERFLOW KILL SWITCHES. PROVIDE 14" FACTORY INSULATED ROOF CURB. OUTDOOR AIR FLOW RATE TO BE DETERMINED BY TENANT ENGINEER AND SET BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE ALL RTU'S WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT AND UN -POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. PROVIDE THERMOSTAT WITH CONTROL WIRE TO ALL RTU'S. UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE MARK UH-1 LOCATION FIRE RISER CFM 350 AMPS - HEATING DATA INPUT OUTPUT 2.2 KW VOLTS 208 PHASE 1 MANUFACTURER Q-MARK MODEL No. MUH 03-21 NOTES 1,2,3 NOTES: 1. MOUNTING UNIT HEATERS AT 12' A.F.F. 2. PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE. 3. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL THERMOSTAT. RUBBER NEOP. PAD 2x4 NAILER -� FLASHING -� ROOF CURB -� CANT. -� B.U. ROOF -� ROOF DECK RIGID INSULATION ROOF TOP UNIT ROOFTOP A/C UNIT MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: NONE GENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE ARRANGED IN A NEAT, WELL ORGANIZED MANNER. ALL WORK SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE PRIMARY LINES OF THE BUILDING. LOCATE ALL OPERATING AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT PROPERLY TO PROVIDE CODE AND/OR MANUFACTURERS CLEARANCES. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES, THE LATTER SHALL GOVERN. 3. GC SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER CEILING DEVICES ARE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES AND IN BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. 4. ALL DUCT SIZES ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. 5. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. 6. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ALL -THREAD ROD, SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED AND SHALL BE PAINTED PER OWNER REQUIREMENTS. 7. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS, INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE, DEVICE OR ACCESSORY REASONABLY NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEMS' FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. ELEMENTS OF THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO MATERIALS, LABOR, SUPERVISION, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, HOISTING/RIGGING, STORAGE, UTILITIES AND ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES. 8. UNIT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLAN ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DUCTWORK SIZES AND ROUTING WITH STRUCTURE AND OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASING, CONSTRUCTING, OR INSTALLING ANY DUCTWORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER/ ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. UNLESS SHOP DRAWINGS ARE SUBMITTED, CONTRACTOR ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND COST FOR ANY NECESSARY REWORK. 10. ALL BRANCH DUCTS ARE TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE DIFFUSERS RUNOUT SIZING CHART. 11. MAINTAIN ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OPENINGS MINIMUM 10'-0" FROM ALL MECHANICAL VENTS, PLUMBING VENTS, AND EXHAUST FANS. 12. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT ALL SUPPLY AIR RUNOUTS. 13. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SEALED AND SUPPORTED PER LATEST SMACNA AND ASHRAE RECOMMENDATIONS. 14. PROVIDE ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NEW LAMINATED IDENTIFICATION TAGS. LABEL TAGS AS SHOWN ON PLAN INCLUDING AREA SERVED. 15. ALL GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT TO BE U.L. LISTED AND A.S.A. APPROVED. 16. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 17. FLEX DUCT ALLOWED ONLY IN SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN AREAS WITH ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND ONLY IN THE LAST 6 FEET OF RUNOUTS. NO FLEX DUCTWORK ALLOWED IN RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. 18. REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR CONDENSATE ROUTING. 19. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY IMC SECTIONS 602.2.1.1 THROUGH 602.2.1.6, MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-84 OR UL-723. 20. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND FLASHINGS REQUIRED FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATING FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. 21. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NOTE THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. LOCATE ALL ITEMS BY ON-THE-JOB MEASUREMENTS. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND ACCESS TO ALL ITEMS. 22. PROVIDE FIRE AND/OR SMOKE DAMPERS IN ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 23. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE POWER FOR ALL SMOKE DAMPERS WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 24. CONSIDERATION SHALL NOT BE GRANTED FOR MISUNDERSTANDING OF THE SCOPE OR AMOUNT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. TENDER OF A PROPOSAL CONVEYS FULL CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT OF THE ITEMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED AND/OR INDICATED, SCHEDULED, OR IMPLIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE NATURE OF THIS WORK. 25. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, CABLE, ETC., INSTALLATION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, SPECIAL CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RISES AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. IF, AFTER INSTALLED, NEW DUCTWORK, PIPING CONDUIT, OR CABLE IS FOUND TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE ARCHITECTURE, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER TRADE WORK, OR WHICH IS EITHER EXISTING OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT, THE DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, OR CABLE SHALL BE RELOCATED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 26. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY HIS WORK OR HIS PERSONNEL, AND SHALL CORRECT ALL DAMAGE THUS CAUSED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL WORK AGAINST THEFT, INJURY, OR DAMAGE AND CAREFULLY STORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT RECEIVED ON SITE WHICH IS NOT IMMEDIATELY INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF WORK WITH TEMPORARY COVERS OR PLUGS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT THE ENTRY OF DUST, DIRT, AND OBSTRUCTING MATERIAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO WATER, SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, ETC. IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER. ALL RTU'S AND EXHAUST FAN ROOF CURBS TO BE INSTALLED BY LANDLORD ROOFER. 1 MECHANICAL PLAN �_O 3/16"=V-0" en %D A 00 %-o Ln %0 pY,. O N c� w 00 0 ymm m N. V1 a oLL lL 0 0 d 4-of c �; V V v_ v v )_ F- �L c +r��r QI (lj N N •1-' i N V Q o H L mQ L � vto Z L L 0 Q Li LL. L a) W O » -a P 0 L s �•+ �1r V � V W � W to =Ua, _ N a O N Q N 0 J lo it � LL J 0��wz ¢WWWPWaVOa 0a W0z0 z oH0iXWZELW0 04v> F-F- = z =¢W W LU0W (D W LU< -OrLU of�- �0Cn co�O aLU �OC) �LU �0U_ C)U)0�� H O a ligitally signed by James urner IN: c=US, st=Texas, I=Dall =James F. Turner ngineers, cn=James Turn , mail=jturner@jfte.com ►ate: 2022.08.15 15:18:24 W00' Ukill MW F••'•� ? �z � NO. 73441 XV STATE OF • f10RA. This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N H w a irf w D U) fn 0 .Q U Ln N 0 M Sheet Name: MECHANICAL PLANS & DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: M0 • Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL IRS 7T 1, jj� I - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SECTION 15000 - MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL 1. GENERAL CONDITIONS: a. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. b. DEFINITIONS: FURNISH MEANS TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR INSTALLATION. INSTALL MEANS TO PLACE IN POSITION AND MAKE CONNECTIONS FOR SERVICE OR USE. PROVIDE MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE. 2. SCOPE OF WORK: a. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, TOOLS, ERECTION, HOISTING, AND INCIDENTALS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE HEATING, VENTILATION, GREASE EXHAUST, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS. b. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. 3. RULES AND REGULATIONS: a. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS AS APPROVED AND AMENDED BY THE GOVERNING CITY. PURCHASE ALL PERMITS ASSOCIATE WITH THE WORK. OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY CODE. b. WHERE THE STANDARDS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS AND/OR WORKMANSHIP ARE HIGHER THAN THE REQUIREMENTS CITED ABOVE, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. 4. WARRANTY: a. PROVIDE LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PARTS AND MATERIALS AS REQUIRED FOR ONE YEAR AFTER OWNER ACCEPTANCE OF THE COMPLETED PROJECT. PROVIDE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM DEDUCT AMOUNT ON THE PROPOSAL FORM TO DELETE WARRANTY SERVICE, AT THE OWNER'S OPTION. 5. COORDINATION: a. COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS, EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER, AND WITH THE CONSTRAINTS OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT SITE. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXECUTE WORK SO THAT PROGRESS WILL HARMONIZE WITH THAT OF THE OTHER TRADES, AND SO THAT ALL WORK MAY PROCEED AS EXPEDITIOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. c. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAS BEEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS IN SUCH POSITIONS AS TO SUIT AND ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, BUT THE WORK AS INDICATED IS LARGELY DIAGRAMMATIC AND THE FINAL POSITIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS CANNOT BE INDICATED. THEREFORE, THE CONTRACTOR IS DIRECTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CORRECT PLACEMENT OF WORK AND THE PROPER LOCATION AND CONNECTION OF WORK IN RELATION TO WORK OF OTHER TRADES. 6. LOCATION AND SPACE REQUIREMENTS a. VERIFY SPACES, DIMENSIONS, LOCATIONS, AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF ALL HVAC AND RELATED WORK. b. OBTAIN NECESSARY ROUGH -IN DATA AND DIMENSIONS OF FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, TENANT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT, AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. c. NO EXPOSED DUCTS WILL BE PERMITTED TO SHOW ON INTERIOR OF BUILDING IN FINISHED ROOMS. WHERE THIS WOULD OCCUR, EXPOSED PORTION SHALL BE FURRED AND PLASTERED, OR CASED WHEN NOT ADJACENT TO THE WALL. d. MAINTAIN SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY. INTERFERENCES BETWEEN WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES WILL BE RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN CONSULTATION WITH THE ENGINEER. RELOCATE OR OFFSET WORK AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. MAINTAIN CEILING HEIGHTS AND AVOID EXCESSIVE FURRING REQUIREMENTS. e. IF NOT PRECISELY LOCATED ON DRAWINGS, OBTAIN LOCATION OF FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, AND APPLIANCES, FROM ARCHITECT AND FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. NO DEVIATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. 7. MEASUREMENTS: a. ALL DIMENSIONS OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHICH REQUIRE VERIFICATION SHALL BE VERIFIED FROM SHOP DRAWINGS OF SUCH WORK OR FROM ACTUAL MEASUREMENTS AT BUILDING, WHICHEVER IS THE MOST ACCURATE AND PRACTICAL IN THE JUDGMENT OF THE CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF SUCH MEASUREMENTS. PRODUCTS 1. GENERAL MATERIALS: a. ALL MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS b. BRANDS OF MATERIALS MENTIONED ARE USED AS A STANDARD AND REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED WHEN SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS. c. APPROVED EQUAL REFERS TO MATERIALS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER, ARE SIMILAR AND EQUAL IN ALL RESPECTS TO MATERIAL OR METHOD INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED. ENGINEER IS NOT REQUIRED TO PROVE THAT A SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFIED MATERIAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT IN WRITING TO ENGINEER EVIDENCE SUPPORTING HIS CONTENTION THAT SUBSTITUTED MATERIAL IS EQUAL TO MATERIAL SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED. ENGINEER RESERVES RIGHT TO REJECT MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, EITHER BEFORE OR AFTER INSTALLATION, THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, OR SUBSTITUTIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY ENGINEER IN WRITING. 2. DUCTWORK: a. DUCT DIMENSIONS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DUCT DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. b. SHEET METAL DUCTWORK: PROVIDE SHEET METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE AND SMACNA STANDARDS, FOR 1" W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, SEAL CLASS "A". SHEET METAL SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL OF LOCK FORMING QUALITY, ASTM-A525. ALL ANGLE IRON USED FOR SUPPORT SHALL BE GALVANIZED. CONNECTIONS TO WALLS OR FLOOR SHALL BE AIR TIGHT WITH ANGLE IRON AND CAULKING. SEAL ALL DUCT SEAMS, TRANSVERSE, AND LONGITUDINAL, AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE TURNING VANES AT ALL 90-DEGREE ELBOWS. c. ROUND SHEET METAL DUCT: PROVIDE SPIRAL SEAM (ALL SIZES) OR SNAP LOCK (DUCT SIZES UP TO 10") GALVANIZED STEEL COMPLYING WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. SPIRAL SEAM DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE SMACNA SEAM TYPE RL-1. d. FLEXIBLE DUCT. PROVIDE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CLASS 1 AIR DUCT (UL 181) WITH 1" THICK 1 PCF FIBERGLASS INSULATION AND REINFORCED OUTER PROTECTIVE COVER/VAPOR BARRIER. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL MEET NFPA 90A WITH FLAME SPREAD UNDER 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED UNDER 50, AND SHALL BE RATED FOR MINIMUM 2" W.G. PRESSURE AND 0 TO 250-DEGREE F TEMPERATURE. USE TWIST -LOCK CONICAL TAP COLLARS AT CONNECTIONS INTO SHEET METAL DUCTWORK. MAXIMUM EXTENDED LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXCEED 6 FEET. e. EXPOSED DUCTWORK: EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLEANED OF DEBRIS AND OIL, THEN WIPED DOWN WITH VINEGAR OR OTHER SURFACE PREPARING CHEMICAL TO PREPARE DUCT FOR PAINT. f. DUCT SEALANT. PROVIDE POLYMERIC RUBBER TYPE SEALANT FOR USE ON BOTH INTERIOR LOCATED DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR CONDITIONS. SEALER SHALL HAVE HIGH BONDING STRENGTH FOR SURE, FIRST TIME SEALING OF JOINTS IN LOW, MEDIUM, AND HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS. g. DUCT TURNING VANES: PROVIDE FABRICATED TURNING VANES AND VANE RUNNERS, CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS". PROVIDE TURNING VANES CONSTRUCTED OF CURVED BLADES, SUPPORTED WITH BARS PERPENDICULAR TO BLADES, AND SET INTO SIDE STRIPS SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN DUCTWORK. FOLLOW SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR SPACING SUPPORT, AND CONSTRUCTION. ALL BLADES SHALL BE DOUBLE THICKNESS AIRFOIL TYPE. 3. DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: a. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS: PROVIDE UL LABELED 30 OUNCE NEOPRENE COATED FIBERGLASS FABRIC DUCT CONNECTORS. b. DUCT ACCESS DOORS: PROVIDE HINGED ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE INSULATED ACCESS DOORS FOR INSULATED DUCTWORK. CONSTRUCT OF SAME OR THICKER GAUGE SHEET METAL AS DUCT IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED. PROVIDE FLUSH FRAMES FOR UNINSULATED DUCTS, AND EXTENDED FRAMES FOR EXTERNALLY INSULATED DUCTS. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HINGE ON ONE SIDE, WITH ONE HANDLE -TYPE LATCH FOR ACCESS DOORS 12" HIGH AND SMALLER, AND TWO HANDLE -TYPE LATCHES FOR LARGER ACCESS DOORS. c. ROUND VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME AND BLADES, MINIMUM 3/8" SQUARE STEEL AXLE, MOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARINGS, WITH LOCKING POSITION REGULATOR. REGULATOR SHALL BE POSITIONED WITH SHEET METAL BRACKET BEYOND DUCT COVERING. WHERE POSITIONING REGULATOR IS NOT ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE COUPLING AND EXTENSION ROD WITH REGULATOR FOR CEILING OR WALL INSTALLATION, AS REQUIRED. d. RECTANGULAR VOLUME DAMPERS: PROVIDE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL FRAME, 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, MINIMUM 1 /2" HEXAGONAL AXLE, BOLDED SYNTHETIC BEARINGS, WITH 3/8" SQUARE PLATED STEEL CONTROL SHAFT. LINKAGES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE FRAME. OPERATING SHAFT SHALL EXTEND BEYOND FRAME AND DUCT TO A LOCKING QUADRANT WITH ADJUSTABLE LEVER. MAXIMUM BLADE WIDTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 6". 4. FIRE DAMPERS/SMOKE DAMPERS: a. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS: PROVIDE CURTAIN TYPE FIRE DAMPERS, SUITABLE FOR VERTICAL OR HORITZONTAL INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED FOR THE LOCATION SHOWN. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, COMPLETELY OUT OF THE AIR STREAM. CURTAIN FIRE DAMPERS SHALL CONFORM TO UL STANDARD 555, WHICH INCLUDES TESTING TO CLOSE UNDER DYNAMIC AIRFLOW CONDITIONS, AND SHALL BE UL LABELED AS A DYNAMIC RATED FIRE DAMPER. DAMPERS SHALL BE 1-1/2 OR 3 HOUR RATED AS REQUIRED BY LOCATION, AND SHALL HAVE 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. b. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS: PROVIDE CEILING FIRE DAMPERS CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITION OF UL STANDARD 555C. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BLADES, WITH UL CALSSIFIED INSULATION, AND MINIMUM 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FRAMES. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE A 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. PROVIDE DIFFUSER RADIATION SHIELDS CONSTRUCTED OF REFRACTORY CERAMIC FIBER AS APPLICABLE. c. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS: PROVIDE COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT EDITION OF UL STANDARD 555S. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE GALVANIZED STEEL AIRFOIL BLADES WITH SILICONE RUBBER BLADE SEALS AND FLEXIBLE STAINLESS STEEL JAMB SEALS. FRAMES SHALL BE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. AXLES SHALL BE MINIMUM 1/2" PLATED STEEL. PROVIDE 212-DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK. PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE CONFIGURATION. LINKAGES SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE FRAME. LEAKAGE RATING SHALL BE UL 555S CLASS 1 (4 CFM/SF AT 1.0" W.G.). PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED ACTUATOR, LOCATED OUT OF THE AIR STREAM. COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE POWERED OPEN, SPRING CLOSED. d. PROVIDE APPROVED FIRE DAMPERS AT ALL LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND/OR REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE. e. FIRE DAMPERS AND FUSIBLE LINKS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE THROUGH ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS IN DUCTS AND ACCESS PANELS IN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR CEILINGS. f. FIRE DAMPERS FURNISHED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE BY MEANS OF REMOVABLE GRILLE OR DIFFUSER FACE. 5. DUCT INSULATION: a. BLANKET TYPE DUCT INSULATION: PROVIDE MINIMUM 1-1/2" THICK BLANKET TYPE FIBERGLASS INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C-553, TYPE 11, WITH FACTORY APPLIED KRAFT BONDED TO ALUMINUM FOIL, REINFORCED WITH FIBERGLASS VAPOR BARRIER/JACKET. JACKET SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-1136, TYPE II. b. DUCT LINER: PROVIDE MINIMUM 1" THICK, 2 PCF DENSITY, NEOPRENE COATED, LONG TEXTILE FIBER TYPE DUCT LINER, WITH COATING ON THE AIR STREAM SIDE CONFORMING TO NFPA 90A. DUCT LINER ADHESIVE SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY DUCT LINER MANUFACTURER, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM C-916. DUCT LINER FASTENERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA 'HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS", LATEST EDITION. c. CONCEALED CONDITIONED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH BLANKET TYPE DUCT INSULATION, INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. d. CONDITIONED SUPPLY AIR AND RETURN AIR DUCTS AND PLENUMS EXPOSED TO VIEW OR WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACOUSTICAL PURPOSES SHALL BE LINED WITH DUCT LINER. INSTALL DUCT LINER IN ACCORDANCE WITH LINER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 6. CONTROL SYSTEMS: a. PROVIDE COMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEMS, INCLUDING ALL INSTRUMENTS, CONTROLS, THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, LOW VOLTAGE WIRING, TRANSFORMERS, AND ALL NECESSARY APPURTENANCES. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. EXECUTION 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: a. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE PROPER BALANCE AND OPERATION. PERFORM TESTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEBB OR AABC AND ASHRAE STANDARDS. ELIMINATE NOISE AND VIBRATION, AND ENSURE PROPER FUNCTION OF CONTROLS. SUBMIT COMPLETED CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE REPORT TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT NEBB OR AABC CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR. BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS TO WITHIN 5% OF AIR FLOWS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND REPORT ALL DISCREPANCIES TO HVAC INSTALLER FOR CORRECTION. MARK FINAL BALANCE POSITIONS ON DAMPERS WITH PERMANENT MARKER. FINAL STORE BALANCE SHALL BE POSITIVE WITH RESPECT TO OUTDOORS. 2. VIBRATION AND NOISE a. ELIMINATE VIBRATION AND NOISE FROM THE OPERATION OF FANS, MOTORS, AND EQUIPMENT TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY WILL NOT BE HEARD OUTSIDE OF THE ROOM IN WHICH INSTALLED. ADJUSTMENTS AND CHANGES TO PRODUCE SATISFACTORY QUIETNESS TO BE MADE WITHOUT EXPENSE TO OWNER, 3.OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a. PROVIDE COMPLETE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON PROJECT. INCLUDE INDEX OF EQUIPMENT, DIRECTORY INCLUDING SUPPLIER TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AND LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS. MANUALS SHALL BE FURNISHED IN 'U-RING" BINDERS, CLEARLY LABELED "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR CHECK CASHIERS". PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF EACH MANUAL. PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS BY QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. CLEANING: a. MACHINERY AND APPARATUS. THOROUGHLY CLEAN CEMENT AND PLASTER AND OTHER MATERIALS. REMOVE GREASE AND OIL SPOTS WITH CLEANING SOLVENT. CAREFULLY WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. b. EXPOSED METAL WORK: CAREFULLY CLEAN WITH STEEL BRUSH, REMOVING ALL RUST AND SOILED SPOTS, AND PROVIDE TOUCH-UP PAINT AS REQUIRED. c. FINAL CLEANING: REMOVE ALL SCRAPS AND INSTALLATION -RELATED DEBRIS FROM AREA. LEAVE ENTIRE INSTALLATION AREA IN A NEAT, CLEAN, AND READY -TO -USE CONDITION. Prior to final inspection, Mechanical Contractor to provide Engineer (as a submittal sent through the Architect/Builder) a signed letter on company letterhead stating that any/all applicable items/systems listed in 2018 IECC section C408.2 (and all subheadings) have been tested and comply with the code. For reference: C408.1.1 Building operations and maintenance information. The buildings operations and maintenance documents shall be provided to the owner and shall consist of manufacturer's information, specifications, and recommendations, programming procedures and data points, narratives, and other means of illustrating to the owner how the building equipment and systems are intended to be installed, maintained and operated. Required regular maintenance actions for equipment and systems shall be clearly stated on a readily accessible label. The label shall include the title or publication number for the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product. C408.2 Mechanical systems and service water -heating systems commissioning and completion requirements. Prior to the final mechanical and plumbing inspections, the licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency shall provide evidence of mechanical systems commissioning and completion in accordance with the provisions of this section. Construction document notes shall clearly indicate provisions for commissioning and completion requirements in accordance with this section and are permitted to refer to specifications for further requirements. Copies of all documentation shall be given to the owner or owner's authorized agent and made available to the code official upon request in accordance with Sections C408.2.4 and C408.2.5. Exceptions: The following systems are exempt: 1. Mechanical systems and service water heater systems in buildings where the total mechanical equipment capacity is less than 480,000 Btu/h (140.7 kW) cooling capacity and 600,000 Btu/h (175.8 kW) combined service water -heating and space -heating capacity. Capacities of individual systems serving dwelling or sleeping units shall not be counted in determining the total mechanical and/or water heating systems' capacity for the whole building. 2. Systems included in Section C403.3 that serve individual dwelling units and sleeping units. C408.2.1 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan shall be developed by a licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency and shall include the following items: 1.A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including the personnel intended to accomplish each of the activities. 2.A listing of the specific equipment, appliances or systems to be tested and a description of the tests to be performed. 3.Functions to be tested including, but not limited to, calibrations and economizer controls. 4.Conditions under which the test will be performed. Testing shall affirm winter and summer design conditions and full outside air conditions. 5.Measurable criteria for performance. C408.2.2 Air distribution system testing, adjusting and balancing. Construction documents shall require that a written balance report be provided to the owner or the designated representative of the building owner for HVAC systems serving zones with a total conditioned area exceeding 5000 square feet (465 m2). Air distribution systems shall be tested, adjusted and balanced by a licensed engineer or a company or individual holding a current certification from a recognized testing and balancing agency organization in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Exceptions: 1.Buildings with cooling or heating system capacities of 15 tons or less per system may be tested and balanced by a mechanical contractor licensed to design and install such system(s). 2.Buildings with cooling or heating system capacities of 65,000 Btu/h or less per system are exempt from the requirements of this section. C408.2.2.1 Air systems balancing. Air system balancing shall be accomplished in a manner to first minimize throttling losses; then for fans with fan system power greater than 1 hp, fan speeds shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Balancing procedures shall be in accordance with the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) Procedural Standards, the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) National Standards, or equivalent procedures. Exception: Damper throttling may be used for air system balancing with fan motors of 1 hp or less, or if throttling results in no greater than 1/3 hp fan horsepower draw above that required if the fan speed were adjusted. Notes: 1.Building envelope pressurization should be either neutral or positive to prevent infiltration of excess latent load. 2.Commercial kitchen hood exhaust cfm should be sized to prevent depressurization. Discharge dampers are prohibited on constant volume fans and variable volume fans with motors 10 hp (7.5 kW) and larger. C408.2.2.2 Hydronic systems balancing. Individual hydronic heating and cooling coils shall be equipped with means for balancing and measuring flow. Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Each hydronic system shall have either the capability to measure pressure across the pump, or test ports at each side of each pump. Exceptions: The following equipment is not required to be equipped with a means for balancing or measuring flow: 1.Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less. 2.Where throttling results in no greater than 5 percent of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed. C408.2.3 Functional performance testing. Functional performance testing specified in Sections C408.2.3.1 through C408.2.3.3 shall be conducted. C408.2.3.1 Equipment. Equipment functional performance testing shall demonstrate the installation and operation of components, systems, and system -to -system interfacing relationships in accordance with approved plans and specifications such that operation, function, and maintenance serviceability for each of the commissioned systems is confirmed. Testing shall include all modes and sequence of operation, including under full -load, part -load and the following emergency conditions: 1.AII modes as described in the sequence of operation. 2.Redundant or automatic back-up mode. 3.Performance of alarms. 4.Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power. Exception: Unitary or packaged HVAC equipment listed in Tables C403.2.3(1) through C403.2.3(3) that do not require supply air economizers. C408.2.3.2 Controls. HVAC and service water -heating control systems shall be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated and adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to document they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. C408.2.3.3 Economizers. Air economizers shall undergo a functional test to determine that they operate in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report. A preliminary report of commissioning test procedures and results shall be completed and certified by the licensed design professional, electrical engineer, mechanical engineer or approved agency and provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical and service hot water findings in separate sections to allow independent review. The report shall be identified as `Preliminary Commissioning Report°and shall identify. 1.1temization of deficiencies found during testing required by this section that have not been corrected at the time of report preparation. 2.Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation because of climatic conditions. 3.Climotic conditions required for performance of the deferred tests. C408.2.4.1 Acceptance of report. Buildings, or portions thereof, shall not be considered acceptable for a final inspection pursuant to Section C104.3 until the code official has received a letter of transmittal from the building owner acknowledging that the building owner or owner's authorized agent has received the Preliminary Commissioning Report. C408.2.4.2 Copy of report. The code official shall be permitted to require that a copy of the Preliminary Commissioning Report be made available for review by the code official. C408.2.5 Documentation requirements. The construction documents shall specify that the documents described in this section be provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent within 90 days of the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy. C408.2.5.1 Drawings. Construction documents shall include the location and performance data on each piece of equipment. C408.2.5.2Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided and include all of the following: 1.Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. 2.Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions shall be clearly identified. 3Name and address of at least one service agency. 4.HVAC and service hot water controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field -determined set points shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, in system programming instructions. 5.A narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including recommended setpoints. C408.2.5.3 System balancing report. A written report describing the activities and measurements completed in accordance with Section C408.2.2. C408.2.5.4 Final commissioning report. A report of test procedures and results identified as `Final Commissioning Report'sholl be delivered to the building owner or owner's authorized agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical system and service hot water system findings in separate sections to allow independent review. The report shall include the following: 1.Results of functional performance tests. 2.Disposition of deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed. 3.Functional performance test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability. Exception: Deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions.sed. M %0 >� 00 %D M M M %D 0O 4 mN Z - CO C)_Cd n N Q 29 Z %0 V O O 4- U_ J a� E C f" W C L v « J N V Q« V � ., N L _ N Q 10 E mQ o W ov .L Z i » « v ar O 0 i.. -C .� V Lu w V1 w > Q o N 0 y I - u_ J OI-�00 QwHwdVO }c�wzaO0�w m(~jl=-MLLI0ZODZ N=WW=Quo o c, z = W_ZOW O i¢U)cn¢�0�>_ �WCl�coW�=jWix0 a w~ Z W W 3: 0 00=w wF-w 0 W U' 0 W m n= M: =}_~ digitally signed by James Furner )N: c=US, st=Texas, =Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Furner, email=jturner@jfte.com )ate: 2022.06.0911:50:45 P. F . UR 11 N0. 73441 fit? yt STATE OF ! •.Ft.ORID0.•• �' This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copes of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N N a W n. tY O w W U) U) N i4 6 Z Sheet Name: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: M-2,00 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICE ENCLOSURE / DISCONNECTING MEANS NEUTRAL BUS I i I GROUND BUS (CONTINUOUS COPPER) #3/0 CU TO METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE ;13/0 CU TO BUILDING STEEL #3/0 CU TO ACCESSIBLE GAS MAIN* #6 CU TO LISTED GROUND ROD/ ELECTRODE #4 CU TO CONCRETE -ENCASED ELECTRODE #6 CU TO MAIN TELEPHONE BACKBOARD PROVIDE COMPLETE GROUNDING / BONDING PER NEC 250. *WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY. CONNECT ON SECONDARY SIDE OF METER AT SERVICE ENTRY. BOLT COVER POLE BASE TOP OF BASE 1" LARGER THAN BOLT COVER. CHAMFER ALL CORNERS AND RUB FIN. EXPOSED CONCRETE LEVELING NUTS 3 TIES AT TOP CONCRETE PIER. REF STRUCTURAL. RIGID TO PVC ADAP 1" CONDUIT CONCRETE BASE DIRECT POURED INTO DRILLED HOLES, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS rj- GROUNDING DETAIL E-0.1 NTS I��1111■ail• I�1�11■�l� � 1 I i I r ROUND STEEL POLE, REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE #4 COPPER GROUND. CONNECT TO POLE CONDUIT BUSHINGS, ANCHOR BOLT, RE -BARS AND GROUND ROD. 2#10 THHN CU. TAPS UP TO BALLAST in #4 COPPER GROUND. CONNECT TO POLE CONDUIT BUSHINGS, ANCHOR BOLT, RE —BARS AND o GROUND ROD. Ct FIN. GRADE (EARTH) 6" MIN. (2" BELOW PAVING) -,,-ASPHALTIC COATING ON GRC ANCHOR BOLTS 3/4"x 8'-0" COPPERWELD GROUND ROD 11 24" MINIMUM CONFIRM DIAMETER WITH MANUFACTURER 2 POLE BASE DETAIL E-0.1 J SCALE:NONE 2 METER PER POWER t 4#1 PROVIDE CONTACTOR & DIGITAL TIMECLOCK/PHOTOCELL MOUNT PHOTOCELL ON ROOF UNOBSTRUCTED FACING NORTH HOUSE PANEL, SI ENTRANCE 2 (3) SETS OF 4#500,4"C ACH TO 1Z-%J/I-vu. 3P TRANSFORMER. A LOCATION WITH POW COMPANY. PR DR P ER COMPANY STANDARD . PROVIDE TAP CAN AS REQUIRED. S2y 4 ONE LINE DIAGRAM �0-1 NTS ALL EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS ARE NEW UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A PERMANENTLY AFFIXED LABEL TO ALL PANELS INDICATING MAXIMUM AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AND DATE THAT FAULT CURRENT CALCULATION WAS PERFORMED PER NEC 110.24. SIZE FEEDERS TO LIMIT MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP TO 37. -1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN E-0.1 j 1 "=20'-O" UTILITY COMPANY CONTACT: DUKE ENERGY 2501 25TH ST N ST PETERSBURG, FL 33713 PHONE: 866-372-4663 PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRIC SERVICE. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY. COORDINATE EXACT TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY. PAY ALL FEES. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES: 1. UPSIZE FEEDERS AS REQUIRED TO LIMIT VOLTAGE DROP TO 3X 2. CIRCUIT EMERGENCY FIXTURES AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES AND TIMECLOCK. 3. MH = MOUNTING HEIGHT. 4. PROVIDE (2) 4" CONDUIT FROM TELEPHONE PEDESTAL TO UTILITY LOCATION ALONG R.O.W. CONFIRM AND COORDINATE WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. ELECTRICAL NOTES BY SYMBOL "O" OCONFIRM ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNAGE WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. OREFER TO SHEET E-1.0 FOR CIRCUITING INFORMATION OF FIXTURES. OPROVIDE COMPLETE GROUNDING/BONDING SYSTEM PER NEC 250. REFER TO DETAIL 03 ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. M % It It T 00 %.0 M C14 u1 \D pY O N Z 0— t- M M w O CL C ro V1 a `D V 0 0 4- Cr U- m V W L ~ » » 'M 3 N V a 4 N N V H L m Q Q Ir LLI CU fa ? L L 0 0 w LL N a, » � v 0 0s L .� V W D L; V*1 F W > CU Q 0 N Q 0 I� } L- J O 7-w Z Q�PW L)0 ��wza-O=cnw m r T W O Z O D Z N=WFO=QWWO z = OO U> �t— =QW—Zw0w� of w O a ~ o > a w Z 5 U 00=wwQwl—w U=�>>=m01- U�o�a<� Digitally signed by Jame! Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:17:41 -05,00, NO. 73441 STATE OF This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N a N C: O .Q U N N 0 O Z Sheet Name: ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E�0,0 Drawn By: ked By WB/DL FR + 0.4 0.6 + 0.9 + 1.2 + 1.5 + 1.8 + 1 + -2 4 - + .6 2.7 + 2.6 2.4 + + + 2.1 2.1 2.5 + 3.3 + + + + 4.8 5.4 3.7 2.7 2.7 + 3.8 + 5.3 + 4.0 + 2.8 + 1.9 + 1.5 1.7 + 2.1 + 2.3 2.0 + 1.2 0.7 + 0.3 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 T0.4 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.9 + 2 2.a- 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.6 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.8 2.9 2.4 2.1 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.0 1.5 .9 T0.4 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 + 0.4 0.6 + 0.8 + 1.1 1.5 + 1.9 + 2 + -2 7 + + 2 3.0 + 2.9 + 2.8 + 2. 2.1 2.1 + 2.0 + + + + 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 + 1.6 + 1.4 1.3 + 1.3 + 1. + 1. + 1.5 +i 9 L 9 + 1. + 0.5 + 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.1 0.1 + 1.7 2 ]1.3 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.8 3 3.0 3.0 3. 2. 2. i, 1 9 0.6 0.2 0.1 0.1 S + 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 + 1.5 1.8 3 .7 2 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.1 .9 1:31 3. + 5.9 6.8 6.6 5.4 2.7 0.5 0.5 + 3 l.b 2.2 3.0 + 3.5 .4 0.9 0.5 + 0.3 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.3 + 0.5 b.8 + 1.1 + 1.5 + 1.8 + 2 .7 + 3.1 + 2.9 2.6 2.2 0 + 2.3 + 4. + + + 8.4 9.5 9.4 + 7.9 3.4 + .8 + + + + 1.8 + 2 4 + 3.7 4.4 .9 + 1.1 + 0.7 + 0.4 + 0.2 + 0.1 3.0 3.1 SI MH: 25 MH: 12 MH: 12 MH: 12 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.1 1.4 1.8 .1 .5 2.9 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.2 .0 2.3 + 0 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.5 3.6 4.2 2.8 1.0 0.6 T0.4 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.7 .i .4 3.0 2.8 3.2 6. 0 1.5 2.3 3.1 3.5 .5 0.9 0.4 0.3 0.2 T0.1 2.8 3.0 1.1 1.8 .2 WE MH: 12 + 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.7 .0 .4 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.8 + .4 3.8 7. 0 1.8 2.3 2.9 + 3.2 + .3 0.8 0.3 0.2 + 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.6 .9 +.4 2.7 2.8 2.9 + .5 2.3 2.5 4.1 7, 0. 1.4 1 T1.8 2.3 + + 4 0.8 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 D WE 0.2 + 0.4 0.5 0.8 + 1.1 + 1.4 .7 .2 + _ .5 � S SQL. + 2. + 4 1 2.5 + 4.5 + 9. MH: 12 1. + 1,5 + 1.8 2.3 + 6 0.9 + 0.4 + 0.3 + 0.2 0.1 3.2 3.7 MH: 5 W [�;QA CE;1j8.7E:ZPI'2Q:ZP 12 MH: 12 .+ + 0.3 0.5 + fl.7 + 1.0 + 1.3 .6 .9 +o + 2.4 + 2.3 2.1 1 + 10.6 10.2 + 5.0 + - b + 1.6 1,5 1.8 + 2.4 3.62.9 +JS1+43+ + 1.1 + 0.6 + 0.4 +0.2 0.2 0.1 + + + D. + + + + + + + + + ++ + + + + 02 03 04 06 09 1.1 .3 .15 9 21 20 1.7 2.1 3.3 6.0 0 7.2 5.1 4.9 5.0 7.2 8.2 4.8 2. 1.5 1.4 1.6 2.2 3.4.7 1.0 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.1 SIB SIB + + + +++ - +- + + +_-+---+_-+-+__I+ MHO T$_ --+---+- +MA: 12++++++++++0.2 03 04 05 07 09 1.1 .3 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.4 1.3 1,3 1.6 2.3 3.0 2.4 1.8 I 1.6 1.7 2.2 2.6 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.8 2.5.1 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.6 + 0.8 + .9 + 1.0 + + 1.2 1.2 + 1.3 + 1,2 + + 1.1 1.0 0.9 + 0.9 + �+ + + 0.9 1.1 0.9 0.6 + 0.5 T0�.5 + 0.7 0.9 + 0.6 + 0.6 + 0.7 0.9 + 1.0 + 1.3 + 1.8 + 2.1 1.5 + 0.5 + 0.2 + 0.1 + 0.1 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.5 + 0.6 + .7 + 0.8 + + 0.9 1.0 + 1.0 + 0.9 + + + 0.9 0.8 0.7 + 0.6 + + + 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 + 0.3 I + q.2 + 0.3 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.5 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.9 + 1.1 + 1.4 1.5 + 1.1 + 0.4 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.1 + + + 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.3 0.3 + 0.4 + .5 + 0.6 + 0.7 0.7 + 0.7 0.7 + + 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 + + + 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 + 0.1 0.1 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.5 0.6 + 0.7 + 0.9 + 1.0 + 1.0 + 0 7 + 0.3 0.1 + 0.1 + 0.0 0.0 LV / 1 \ SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN 1 "=20'-0" ►ee GENERAL NOTES: 1. MH = MOUNTING HEIGHT OF LIGHT FIXTURES. 2. CALCULATIONS TAKEN AT GROUND LEVEL. M %-0 A 00 �10 0 N un � n�. Z O 0 s- M M W _ M 1\ O 00 d 4- C v 0 Q) Q v 0i M °' « N Q V v N L v L M Q L O 0! LLj 'L (V�/) Z L O O L W 0 N L 0 P s LULJ L Q fV rr O N Q w ILL N W J } O J coW<WZ QWF-waU0 ZaOIr M-TWOZODZ LU =QwZZw0WW X,wW�W=WFa rQ CW��O aWF-Z =) 00=WW¢WW Lij 0F=- U� pU)0�~ Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:17:05 -05'00' F 'T kill NO. 73441 •': j STATE OF t _- //11,` This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N O N N OD �l j nl N � co O O W Z Z 0 Q LU 0 00 O W M Z W CN N N C O .a U y N ❑ 6 Z Sheet Name: SITE PHOTOMETRIC PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E-0,02 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS T--u,ii,i , F] f1- -1 ISSUED FOR CONSTRucT�onr ELECTRICAL PLAN 3/16"=1'-0" LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE MARK VOLTAGE WATTS MODEL # MANUFACTURER COMMENTS LIE 120 25 ZL1N-L48-SMR-3000LM-L/LENS-MVOL LITHONIA 4' UTILITY STRIP, SURFACE T-40K-80CRI-E1OWLCP MOUNT W/ 90 MIN EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP A 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. AE 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE WITH 90 MINUTE EMERGENCY ILBLP CP15 HE SD LC EMERGENCY LED IOTA BATTERY. REF ARCH DRIVER ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. B 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. D 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA EXTERIOR WALL MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. T 120 2W/FT TBD: MAX WATTAGE 124 WATTS TBA EXTERIOR TAPE LIGHT FIXTURE. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. P 120 30 TBD: MAX WATTAGE 30 WATTS TBA DOWNLIGHT. REF ARCH ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. HEIGHT OF 25'-0". SIB 120 51 RSX1 LED P1 40K R4 DM19AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 12'-0". S2 120 218 RSX1 LED P3 40K R5 DM28AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 25'-0". S2B 120 102 RSX1 LED P1 40K R4 DM28AS LITHONIA POLE LIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 25-0". W 120 34 WDGE2 LED P4 40K 80CRI VF LITHONIA WALL PACK WE 120 34 WDGE2 LED P4 40K 80CRI VF E20WC LITHONIA WALL PACK WITH 90 MINUTE ZE 120 11 AFF-PEL-DWHGXD-UVOLT-LTP-SRDRT- LITHONIA EXTERIOR EMERGENCY LIGHT WT 1) NOT ALL TYPES ARE NECESSARILY USED. 2) CONFIRM ALL FINISHES AND FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PURCHASE. PROVIDE GUTTER 6"x6"x12" 4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL CORD TELE/CABLE PEDESTAL TELE/CABLE PEDESTAL. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. EXTEND (2) 4" WITH PULLSTRING TO TELEPHONE ROW, CONFIRM LOCAITON WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY 2 TELEPHONE PEDESTAL E-1.0 j NTS UP ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 16pr WALL SWITCH S.P.S.T. MNTD. 48" AFF DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTERTOP QUAD RECEPTACLE O FLUSH FLOOR DUPLEX OUTLET WITH COVER ® SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE O DISTRIBUTION PANEL LOCATION 0 LIGHTING/POWER PANEL LOCATION Q TAMPER SWITCH FS FLOW SWITCH ® FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL Q TIMECLOCK V DATA PHONE OUTLET 2x4 BOX W 3 4 CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH PULL STRING) DI DISCONNECT SWITCH; NEMA 3R IF SHOWN OUTDOORS FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH; NEMA 3R IF SHOWN OUTDOORS 0 JUNCTION BOX 0 SMOKE DETECTOR ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERES AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR— DESIGNATES MOUNTING HEIGHT V VOLTS W WATTS W WEATHER PROOF WR WEATHER RESISTANCE GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER C CONDUIT G, GND GROUND NOTE: ALL SYMBOLS ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED. GENERAL NOTES: 1. HEIGHT OF ALL SWITCHES, PULLS, AND CONTROLS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE PER A.D.A., MAXIMUM 48" AFF TO TOP. 2. ALL SINGLE—PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 50 AMPERES OR LESS AND THREE—PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 100 AMPERES OR LESS INSTALLED IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS; BATHROOMS, KITCHENS, ROOFTOPS, OUTDOORS, AND WITHIN 6 FEET OF SINKS SHALL HAVE GROUND —FAULT CIRCUIT —INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL PER NEC 210.8(B). GFCI PROTECTION SHALL BE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION, NOT BEHIND EQUIPMENT, EITHER AT RECEPTACLE, AT CIRCUIT BREAKER OR WITH SELF TEST BLANK FACE GFCI OUTLET. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 4. PROVIDE LABELED END TO END PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. 5. CIRCUIT ALL EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT. CIRCUIT ALL EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY FIXTURES, AND UNSWITCHED NIGHT LIGHTS AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHES AND TIMECLOCK. 6. ALL WIRING RUNNING THROUGH EACH EXPOSED CEILING SPACE SHALL BE ENCASED IN RIGID CONDUIT, RUN TIGHT TO THE DECK, AND BE EITHER PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO THE MAIN ENTRY STOREFRONT. THERE SHALL BE NO DIAGONAL RUNS AND ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES. 7. PROVIDE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES REQUIRED BY NFPA 72 & AHJ WHETHER SHOWN ON PLAN OR NOT. 8. PROVIDE COMPLETE TELEPHONE SERVICE COORDINATE WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY. REFER TO 2/E1.0 FOR TELEPHONE PEDESTAL DETAIL. 9. PROVIDE FUSES WITH A LET —THROUGH CURRENT OF NOT GREATER THAN 5 KAIC FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. PROVIDE STARTERS AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL NOTES BY SYMBOL "0 it 1 0 PROMBE (1) " RIGID GGNBUIT WI:TH OWN BY TE S RRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROMBE ALL PULL STRING TENANT FOR MATERIALS AS TO A , REQUIREB FOR TENANT TO GE)NNEOT TO ALARM SYSTEM. (1) 2" CONDUIT WITH PUL G OR TURE OPROVIDE TENANT TELEPHONE AND CABLE I 0 SUITE 402'S NANT SPACE. CAP AND TAG EACH END. ONFIRM FI AL CATION WITH OWNER. ONOT USED. OPROVIDE WP JUNCTION BOX, WP DISCONNECT SWITCH, 120V CIRCUIT, AND SIGN BLOCKING FOR CONNECTION OF TENANT'S SIGNAGE. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH SIGN SUPPLIER. OCONFIRM UH-1 DISCONNECT LOCATION IN FIELD. 2 PROVIDE (1) 2" CONDUIT WITH PUL G OR RE TENANT TELEPHONE AND CABLE IN 0 SUITE 401'S TE ANT SPACE. CAP AND TAG EACH END. M FI L ATION WITH OWNER. 2 OPROVIDE (1) 1" RIGI D WI PULL STRING TO A LOCATION SHOWN Y SUITE 401'S TE ANT FOR TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSTE VIDE LL ATERIALS AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT TO CONNEC AL M SYSTEM. 2 OPROVIDE (1) 1" RIGID UI WI ULL STRING TO A LOCATION SHOWN B SUITE 4020S NT FOR TENANT'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ROVIDE L M RIALS AS REQUIRED FOR TENANT TO CONNECT SYSTEM. 10 RTUS ARE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT AND UN —POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 11 PROVIDE CONDUITS AND FEEDERS FOR TENANT ELECTRICAL SERVICE, REFER TO ONE —LINE DIAGRAM ON 4/E-0.1 FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE. ROUTE CONDUIT OUT REAR OF SERVICE QEQUIPMENT, UP WALL INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OF 1 TENANT SPACE TO LOCATION SHOWN. 12 PROVIDE FACP ONLY AS REQUIRED BY CODE. M %0 >+ OD %0 u1 %0 pY O N (7 0 0 v M en w 0a c B^ N1 a � & U 00 M af LL V cu Q) (Ij E c ~ L CL « 3 V _ Q N L H V Q L m (] W ato .o Q) ? o Q) O « Q o� 0 s. s V V W � u.i W r- > «s TN Q O N Q N H LL J O QW I� -dUZO � W W z a O p W w fn~-T W OZ6DZ o�0IXwzww0 OO 0>SOI--I-�a= M<W -WOwa oaf W <2=OI-} a_WI-ZOf WQZ)3:0 = �>=mom UEV ll'�QS oNO�I- V1 � O Mai E/1 I� Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:16:40-05'00' .......... '"--' ENNFIP It z NO. 73441 •': j STATE OF 0 11tNA```��� This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. c c c c C, c l- W a Ix O U_ 0 W CO) U) ai m 0 6 z Sheet Name: ELECTRICAL PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: E�100 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS I 1 G I. I -T Ili lnr i' I �'a� _�tl �ii d li Fill I L I� Whi�11Vl'�a � I I::�. I it I I„9I I i ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION NEW PANEL H1 100 A MCB LOCATION: EXTERIOR WALL 208Y/120; 3-PHASE /4 IMRE 100 MAIN BUS MOUNT- SURFACE WITH EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS 100% NEUTRAL BUS TYPE. NEMA 3R SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED An IrAlr RIM eNn RRenNr. FIRE RISER LTG & RECEPTACLE LTG -EXTERIOR ■�� as . ��� LTG -EXTERIOR POLES __(PC,/TC) CONNECTED Kvo 30 DEMAND AMPS CONNECTED 30 LOAD CALCULATIONS LIGHTING 2.8 2.8 100% 7.6 PER NEC 220.42 2.0 TOTAL kVA (OA) = 16.9 AMPS RECEPTACLE 0.4 0.4 100% 1.0 PER NEC 220.44 1.3 TOTAL kVA (0B) = 10.9 AMPS MOTOR 0.0 0.0 N/A 0.0 2.5 TOTAL kVA (OC) = 20.7 AMPS OTHER 2.7 2.7 100% 7.5 PER NEC 220.51 - 220.60 16.1 TOTAL CONNECTED 30 AMPS SPARE 0.0 0.0 N/A 0.0 8.6 NEUTRAL AMPS TOTAL 5.8 5.8 16.1 53% IMBALANCE FEEDER AMPACITY ADJUSTMENTS LIGHT AMPS 1.9 MOTOR AMPS 0.0 18 MINIMUM FEEDER AMPS REMARKS: (PC) - PHOTOCELL ON/OFF. (PC/TC) - PHOTOCELL ON. TIMECLOCK OFF. cM %0 OD %0 tf1 p0 O N O M M w O C! C - 29 to Z a `� U o 0 Q) -+ E j 4- R i = v Q co N L m 4 O of Lu �I Z L L o O ••� u. u. Q O L t V j W W U � _ N Of o N 4 0 W o��❑O QWI�-WaVO > v�WZM000W m U H W 2 Z O T Z O 0. ❑ O lw-❑EWZW WO N= W S Q W d= OQWZZwWZ 2wIII< wl-n}. U E IX P ow Of O OOswWQwl-w fn�0WOl_ Digitally signed by James Turner DN: c=US, st=Texas, 1=Dallas, o=James F. Turner Engineers, cn=James Turner, email=jturner@jfte.com Date: 2022.08.15 15:18:07-05'00' �� F In • ........ 1 vyCENS '�' 1'it 4' 1, Q-: 73441 STATE OF This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. % W a Of O tL ❑ W to U) C O .Q 0 W N 6 Z Sheet Name: PANEL SCHEDULES Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: EI�2 • 0 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL RS -ii -- - r n- ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION PLUMBING SYSTEMS PIPING SPECIFICATIONS: GENERAL 1. PRINCIPAL ITEMS OF WORK INCLUDED: a. SANITARY SEWER. b. INDIRECT WASTE PIPING. c. HOT AND COLD DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM. d. BACKFLOW PREVENTER. e. VALVES AND ACCESSORIES. f. FUEL GAS SYSTEM. g. ROOF AND OVERFLOW DRAINS, ROOF LEADERS, AND STORM DRAIN PIPING. h. UTILITY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS i. POTABLE WATER SYSTEM DISINFECTION. j. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND WATER HEATER(S) PER DRAWINGS. k. GAS WATER HEATER VENTS (AS APPLICABLE). 2. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: a. TRENCHING AND BACKFILL: SECTION EARTHWORK. b. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT: SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. c. PAINTING: SECTION PAINTING 3. REQUIREMENTS: a. CODES: L INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE (IPC) OR UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE (UPC) WHERE APPLICABLE ii. INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) iii. INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (IFGC) iv. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) v. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) vi.ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) LEAD-FREE FINAL RULE vii. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) viii. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC) ix.APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES x.APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES xi.CAUFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE, TITLE 24 (WHERE REQUIRED) b. STANDARDS: L AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI): 1. Z21.22 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR RELIEF VALVES AND AUTOMATIC GAS SHUTOFF DEVICES FOR HOT WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS 2. Z223.1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR MINIMUM SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION OF FUEL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS IN HOMES AND OTHER BUILDINGS ii. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) 1. B16.1 GRAY IRON PIPE FLANGES AND FLANGED FITTINGS. 2. B16.3 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED FITTINGS. 3. 616.4 GRAY IRON THREADED FITTINGS. 4. 1316.18 CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLIDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 5. B16.22 WROUGHT COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 6. B16.23 CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLIDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS. 7. B16.26 CAST COPPER ALLOY FITTINGS FOR FLARED COPPER TUBES. 8. B16.29 WROUGHT COPPER AND WROUGHT COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT DRAINING FITTINGS-DWV. 9. 816.51 COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY PRESS -CONNECT PRESSURE FITTINGS 10. 831.2 FUEL GAS PIPING. 11. B31.9 BUILDING SERVICES PIPING. M.AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS INTERNATIONAL (ASTM) 1. 832 SOLDER METAL 2. B88 SEAMLESS COPPER WATER TUBE. 3. D1785 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPE, SCHEDULES 40, 80, AND 120. 4. D2466 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPE FITTINGS, SCHEDULE 40. 5. D2564 SOLVENT CEMENTS FOR POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC PIPING SYSTEMS. 6. D2661 ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-STYRENE (ABS) SCHEDULE 40 PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS. 7. D2665 POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS. 8. F876 CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) TUBING. 9. F877 CROSSLINKED POLYETHYLENE (PEX) PLASTIC HOT AND COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. 10. F1970 SPECIAL ENGINEERED FITTINGS, APPURTENANCES OR VALVES FOR USE IN POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (PVC) OR CHLORINATED POLY (VINYL CHLORIDE) (CPVC) SYSTEMS c. SUBMITTALS: i. ELECTRONIC (PDF) MATERIALS LIST, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND DATA SHEETS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR REVIEW. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE, AND FAVORABLE REVIEW SECURED BEFORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. SUBMIT CATALOG DATA SHEETS FOR: 1. VALVES AND ACCESSORIES. 2. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. 3. CLEAN OUTS. 4. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS. 5. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. 6. FLOOR SINKS AND FLOOR DRAINS. 7. WATER HEATER AND ACCESSORIES. 8. PLUMBING FIXTURES. 9. BACK FLOW PREVENTER. PRODUCTS 1. MATERIALS: FOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS SEE 'MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS" LATER IN THESE NOTES. a. CAST IRON PIPING SYSTEMS i. SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS: ASTM A74. b. COPPER PRESSURE PIPING SYSTEMS: i. PIPING: TYPES 'K' AND 'L' COPPER PER ASTM 888. ii. FITTINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY SOLDER -JOINT PRESSURE FITTINGS PER ASME B16.18 OR WROUGHT COPPER PER ANSI B16.22. iii. FLANGES: CLASS 150 POUND BRONZE: NIBCO, CHASE, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. iv. UNIONS: SOLDER -END COPPER ALLOY: NIBCO, CHASE, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. v. WATER VALVES: 1. BALL, 2-INCH AND SMALLER: 125 PSI WSP BRASS, SWEAT JOINTS: WATTS #WRVS OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. 2. CHECK VALVES: 150 PSI WSP, BRONZE BODY, SWEAT OR THREADED JOINTS: WATTS #CV OR CVS OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. vi. AIR VALVES: BRONZE, SCREWED END, 150 SWP, CRANE #431-UB, STOCKHAM #120, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. vii. QUICK CONNECT COUPLING: 1/2-INCH SIZE BRASS CONSTRUCTION, PARKER HANNFIN, AMFLO, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. c. PVC PIPING SYSTEMS: i. PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 PVC PER ASTM D1785 OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC PER ASTM 1785. ii. FITTINGS AND FLANGES: PVC SCHEDULE 80 SOCKET WELDS PER ASTM D2466. M.WATER VALVES: BALL VALVES PER ASTM F1970. d. PEX PIPING SYSTEMS: i. TUBING: ASTM F876 ii. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS: ASTM F877 e. BLACK STEEL PIPING SYSTEMS: i. GAS PIPING: SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PER ASTM A53. ii. FITTINGS: BLACK STEEL THREADED COUPLINGS UP TO 4" PER ASTM A865/A865M. iii. VALVES: PER ASTM A694/A694M. f. JOINTS IN PIPING: i. COPPER: SOLDER -JOINT OR PRESS FITTINGS. ii. PLASTIC: SOCKET WELD AND FUSION WELD. iii.CAST IRON: COMPRESSION, OR NO -HUB JOINT. 2. FIXTURES: SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON PLANS. 3. EQUIPMENT: a. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: i. SPLIT -RING TYPE, GALVANIZED: ANVIL, SUPERSTRUT, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. ii. TRAPEZE TYPE, GALVANIZED: UNISTRUT, KINDORF, OR APPROVE ALTERNATIVE. iii. BOLTED STEEL CLAMPS, GALVANIZED: GRINNELL, SUPERSTRUT, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. iv. VERTICAL STRUT TYPE: UNISTRUT, KINDORF, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. b. PIPING ISOLATORS: METAL -CLAD FELT TYPE SPECIFICALLY MADE FOR ISOLATING PIPE FROM HANGER: SEMCO TRISOLATORS, SUPERSTRUT TYPE C715 ISOLATOR, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. c. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: JR SMITH HYDROTROL, ZURN SHOCKTROL, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. d.BACKFLOW PREVENTER: REDUCED PRESSURE TYPE, BRONZE CONSTRUCTION, THREE-YEAR APPROVAL BY THE FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL RESEARCH, UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA: FEBCO MODEL 835B, WATTS LF009, BEECO FRP, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. e. DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS, INSULATING UNIONS: CAPITOL, CLAYTON-MARK (PETRO), OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. FOR COLD WATER ONLY, SCHEDULE 80 PENTON, OR CPVC NIPPLES, 4-INCH LONG, MAY BE USED. 4. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: a. FLASHING FOR PIPING PROTRUDING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS OR ROOF: 16-OUNCE PER SQUARE FOOT COPPER, OR 4-POUND PER SQUARE FOOT LEAD. b. SOLDER: 95/5 (TIN ANTIMONY) PER ASTM B32. c. CAULKING LEAD: 99.7 PERCENT PURE LEAD. d. PIPE SLEEVES: STEEL, CAST IRON, OR PLASTIC. e. ESCUTCHEONS: CAST IRON, MALLEABLE IRON, PAINTED OR CHROME PLATED. f. INSULATION: FIBERGLASS, CELLULAR FOAM, PLASTIC JACKET, OR APPROVED ALTERNATIVE. 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: a. SUBSTITUTIONS MAY BE CONSIDERED IN LIEU OF SPECIFIED FIXTURES AS FOLLOWS: i. FLOOR INSTALLED FIXTURES AND CLEAN OUTS - J.R. SMITH, JOSAM, ZURN. ii. WATER CLOSETS, LAVATORIES, URINALS - KOHLER, AMERICAN STANDARD, CANE. M.R00F DRAINS: J.R. SMITH, JOSAM, ZURN. iv.WATER HEATER - STATE, A.O. SMITH, RHEEM, LOCHINVAR. THESE AND OTHER EQUIVALENT ALTERNATIVES SHALL BE PRESENTED TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR CONSIDERATION PER THE 'SUBMITTALS' SECTION. EXECUTION: 1. INSTALLATION - GENERAL: a. PIPING SHALL INCLUDE ALL PIPING, FITTINGS AND VALVES: CONNECT TO EXISTING PIPING UTILITIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. b. CONCEAL ALL INTERIOR PIPING IN WALLS OR ABOVE CEILINGS, EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN TO BE EXPOSED. c. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION OF ALL PIPES. d. PROVIDE REDUCING FITTINGS FOR ALL CHANGES IN PIPE SIZE - DO NOT USE BUSHINGS. e. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC ISOLATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS AND WHERE REQUIRED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. f. PROVIDE FITTINGS FOR ALL CHANGES IN PIPE DIRECTION. g. CONTAMINATION PRECAUTIONS: DO NOT CROSS -CONNECT OR INTERCONNECT BETWEEN POTABLE WATER PIPING AND DRAIN, SOIL, OR WASTE PIPING. 2. INSTALLATION - SYSTEMS: a. WATER PIPING: i. PEX OR COPPER TYPE 'L". ii. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVES AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED. iii.PROVIDE DRAIN VALVES WHERE REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM DRAINAGE. iv. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SIZED AND LOCATED PER TABLE V, WH-201 OR AS SHOWN. v. PROVIDE BACK FLOW PRESENTER WHERE SHOWN. b. SANITARY PIPING: i. PVC OR CAST IRON. ii. GRADING: SLOPE HORIZONTAL SOIL AND WASTE PIPING 1/4-INCH PER FOOT WHERE POSSIBLE, BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN 1/8-INCH PER FOOT. 3. INSTALLATION - TESTING: ALL HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AS INDICATED BELOW OR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. NO PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COVERED UP OR BURIED UNTIL SUCCESSFULLY TESTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL PLUMBING INSPECTOR. a. WATER PIPING: UPON COMPLETION OF A SECTION, OR OF THE ENTIRE HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM, IT SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED WATERTIGHT UNDER A WATER PRESSURE NOT LESS THAN THE WORKING PRESSURE UNDER WHICH IT IS TO BE USED, OR EIGHTY (80) PSIG, WHICHEVER IS HIGHER (VERIFY WITH THE LOCAL WATER COMPANY). THE WATER USED FOR TESTING SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM A POTABLE SOURCE OF SUPPLY. THE PIPING UNDER TEST SHALL WITHSTAND THE TEST WITHOUT LEAKING FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN FIFTEEN (15) MINUTES. ANY SECTION OF PIPING FAILING THE TEST SHALL BE REPAIRED AND RETESTED, AS INDICATED ABOVE UNTIL SUCCESSFUL, HOLDING THE APPLIED PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST THE SPECIFIED TIME PERIOD. b. DRAINAGE PIPING: UPON COMPLETION OF A SECTION, OR OF THE ENTIRE DRAINAGE AND VENTING SYSTEMS, THEY SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED WATERTIGHT UNDER A WATER PRESSURE NOT LESS THAN A TEN (10) FOOT HEAD. IF THE SYSTEM IS TESTED IN SECTIONS, EACH OPENING SHALL BE TIGHTLY PLUGGED EXCEPT AT THE HIGHEST OPENING OF THE SECTION UNDER TEST, AND EACH SECTION SHALL BE FILLED WITH WATER TO A TEN (10) FOOT HEAD. IN TESTING SUCCESSIVE SECTIONS AT LEAST THE UPPER TEN (10) FEET OF THE NEXT PROCEEDING SECTION SHALL BE TESTED, SO THAT NO JOINT OR PIPE IN THE BUILDING SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED TO LESS THAN TEN (10) FOOT HEAD OF WATER. THE WATER SHALL BE KEPT IN THE SYSTEM, OR IN THE SECTION UNDER TEST, FOR AT LEAST THIRTY (30) MINUTES AND MAINTAIN THE APPLIED PRESSURE WITHOUT LEAKING. ANY SECTION OF THE DRAINAGE OR VENT PIPING FAILING THE TEST SHALL BE REPAIRED AND RETESTED AS INDICATED ABOVE UNTIL SUCCESSFULLY HOLDING THE APPLIED PRESSURE FOR AT LEAST THE SPECIFIED TIME PERIOD. 4. GUARANTEE: a. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. THE GUARANTEE PERIOD FOR CERTAIN ITEMS SHALL BE LONGER, AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THOSE ITEMS. b. SHOULD ANY MALFUNCTION DEVELOP DURING THE GUARANTEE TIME PERIOD DUE TO DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, FAULTY WORKMANSHIP, OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, OR DIRECTIONS OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR INSPECTOR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS TO CORRECT THE MALFUNCTION WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGES. 5. CLEANING: a. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL WASTE GENERATED BY THE PLUMBING WORKS ON A DAILY BASIS, AND KEEP THE JOB SITE CLEAR AND SAFE FROM ANY DEBRIS AND/OR ITEMS THAT FALL UNDER HIS RESPONSIBILITY. UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, THE PLUMBING WORKS SHALL BE CLEANED INCLUDING PLUMBING FIXTURES, WASTE LINES, WATER HEATERS, AND ANY OTHER PLUMBING DEVICES. THIS SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND SHALL OCCUR BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. ALL DEBRIS AND WASTE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE MANNER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AND STATE AUTHORITIES. 6. MATERIALS SPECIFICATION: a. SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT SYSTEMS: SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC OR CAST IRON. BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT PIPE TO BE INSTALLED COMPLIES WITH LOCAL CODES AND WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL BUILDING INSPECTORS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS FOR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ANY UNACCEPTABLE PIPE. WHERE PVC IS UNACCEPTABLE, SOIL AND WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB AND INCLUDING YARD PIPING SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS (NO HUB). THE COUPLINGS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL SHIELDS AND CLAMP WITH NEOPRENE GASKETS. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL WITH CAST IRON DRAINAGE PATTERN SCREW FITTINGS. b. WATER PIPING ABOVE AND BELOW SLAB: TYPE 'K" OR 'L", HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER OR APPROVED 'LEAD -LESS" JOINT FITTINGS OR PEX TUBING. c. WATER PIPING BELOW GRADE OUTSIDE BUILDING: SCHEDULE 40 PVC, IF PVC IS UNACCEPTABLE TO LOCAL AUTHORITIES OR IF SOIL IS CONTAMINATED USE TYPE 'K", HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER OR APPROVED 'LEAD -LESS" JOINT FITTINGS. WHERE STREET PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ASSEMBLY COMPLETE WITH RELIEF VALVE. NO JOINTS WILL BE ALLOWED UNDER BUILDING SLAB. d. INDIRECT & CONDENSATE DRAINS: COPPER, TYPE "M" WITH 95-5 TIN/ANTIMONY SOLDER JOINT FITTINGS. NO JOINTS WILL BE ALLOWED UNDER BUILDING SLAB. e. INSULATION: ALL COLD WATER LINES WITHIN THE BUILDING (IN AREAS WITH HIGH OUTDOOR HUMIDITY AND/OR TEMPERATURE OR LOW OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE ONLY) SHALL BE INSULATED WITH "PPG" INDUSTRIES, CERTAIN TEED SAINT GOBAIN SNAP -ON OR JOHN MANSINSULATION. ALL HOT WATER LINES WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 'PPG" INDUSTRIES, CERTAIN TEED SAINT GOBAIN SNAP -ON OR JOHN MANSVILLE MICRO-LOC, EXCEPT IN THE CEILING SPACE WHICH SHALL BE JOHN MANSVILLE AEROTUBE FOAM PLASTIC PIPE INSULATION. HOT AND COLD WATER INSULATION SHALL BE 1" THICK OR PER LOCAL CODES. EXPOSED HOT AND COLD WATER PIPES, AND TRAPS BELOW RESTROOM LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 'TRUEBRO' INSULATION KIT, SEE PLUMBING SCHEDULE. ALL HVAC CONDENSATE DRAINS INCLUDING WASTE LINES FROM EVAPORATIVE COOLERS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1/2" THICK JOHN MANSVILLE AEROTUBE FOAM PLASTIC PIPE INSULATION. f. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS: ALL STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION BELLOWS -TYPE, PDI APPROVED AND CERTIFIED SIZING AND PLACEMENT CONFORMING TO PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARD PDI-WH 201 LATEST EDITION AND AS MANUFACTURED BY J.R. SMITH, ZURN, OR PFF, INC. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION FS-1 FLOOR SINK SHALL BE JOSAM MODEL #49300. MOUNT FLUSH WITH FLOOR. PROVIDE WITH TRAP GUARD AND HALF GRATE. WCO WALL CLEANOUTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS COVER WITH BRONZE RAISED HEX HEAD PLUG, SIMILAR TO ZURNMODEL Z1468. GT-1 PARK ENVIRONMENTAL GT-1000. 1,000 GALLON PRECAST CONCRETE GREASE INTERCEPTOR. PROVIDE VENTING AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. SWB-1 PARK ENVIRONMENTAL SWB-184. PRECAST CONCRETE SAMPLE WELL. FNFWH-1 WOODFORD B-65 ANTI -SIPHON FREEZELESS WALL HYDRANT WITH LOCKING COVER. G" I.E. = 96' 10" 4 GREASE WASTE 1-1/2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE I.E. = 9 6' 10" 4" SANITARY SEWER L_ 3 4" 11 I.E. = 9 6' 5" 4" GREASE WASTE 16 I I ,----6 I O 11. DCO DCOI_4NT I IO4" VENT V) 3 BELOW GRADE i BELOW I I L RTU-1 100 MBTUH SUITE 401 1,700 SF 0 2 \ / 1 1" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE I.E.=96'8" 4" SANITARY SEWER UTILITY R M FS-1 1 3"a '3 15 1 Og G G O2-1/2" F.F.E. DATUM = 100 0 I 12 1" CD - 0 it G SUITE 403 1,794 SF rT-IIIIIII,I,, PLUMBING PLAN �_o 3/16"=70" 13 1-1/4" C + NFWH-1 G PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SANITARY WASTE PIPING ----------- SANITARY VENT PIPING FLOW DIRECTION OF PIPING • COLD WATER PIPING • • HOT WATER PIPING - • • • HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING -� HOSE BIB (HB) / NON -FREEZE WALL HYDRANT (NFWH) CONNECTION TO EXISTING 0 FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) / GRADE CLEANOUT (GCO) ° TWO WAY OR DOUBLE CLEAN OUT (TWCO) (DCO) I� WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) GATE VALVE BALL VALVE CHECK VALVE UNION ALL SYMBOLS ON THIS UST ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THIS JOB NEW GAS MANIFOLD LOCATION DELIVERY PRESSURE FOR ALL 2 METERS TO BE 4 OZ. SUITE 401 TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH: 125' ESTIMATED TOTAL LOAD: 1,300 MBTU SUITE 403 TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH: 75' TOTAL LOAD: 100 MBTU GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE ARRANGED IN A NEAT, WELL ORGANIZED MANNER. ALL WORK SHALL BE PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO THE PRIMARY LINES OF THE BUILDING. LOCATE ALL OPERATING AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT PROPERLY TO PROVIDE CODE AND/OR MANUFACTURERS CLEARANCES. 2. ALL CONDENSATE, INDIRECT WASTE, ROOF DRAINS, SANITARY SEWER, GREASE WASTE, COMBINATION WASTE/VENT PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND STANDARDS. WHERE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL GOVERN. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES, THE LATTER SHALL GOVERN. 4. GC SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL LIGHTS, SPRINKLER HEADS, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER CEILING DEVICES ARE CENTERED IN CEILING TILES AND IN BETWEEN LIGHT FIXTURES. 5. ALL PIPING TO BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. 6. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS, INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE, DEVICE OR ACCESSORY REASONABLY NECESSARY TO FACILITATE EACH SYSTEMS' FUNCTIONING AS INDICATED BY THE DESIGN AND THE EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED. ELEMENTS OF THE WORK SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO MATERIALS, LABOR, SUPERVISION, SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, HOISTING/RIGGING, STORAGE, UTILITIES AND ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES. 7. ALL ADA FIXTURES TO BE PROVIDED WITH ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS, ACCESSORIES FOR ADA COMPLIANCE. ALL ADA WATER CLOSETS TO HAVE TRIP LEVERS ON OPEN SIDE OF STALL. 8. EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLAN ARE APPROXIMATE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL AND OTHER EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PIPE ROUTING WITH STRUCTURE AND OTHER DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASING, CONSTRUCTING, OR INSTALLING ANY PIPING. 10. MAINTAIN ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE OPENINGS MINIMUM 10'-0" FROM ALL MECHANICAL VENTS, PLUMBING VENTS, AND EXHAUST FANS. 11. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVES AT EACH FIXTURE BRANCH IN ADDITION TO SHUT OFF VALVES AT FIXTURES FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPLACEMENT OF EACH FIXTURE. 12. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SEALED AND SUPPORTED PER SPECIFICATIONS. 13. PROVIDE ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WITH NEW LAMINATED IDENTIFICATION TAGS. LABEL TAGS AS SHOWN ON PLAN. 14. ALL GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT TO BE U.L. LISTED AND A.S.A. APPROVED. 15. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. 16. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY IMC SECTIONS 602.2.1.1 THROUGH 602.2.1.6, MATERIALS WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NONCOMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-84 OR UL-723. 17. PROVIDE SLEEVES AND FLASHINGS REQUIRED FOR PIPING AND DUCTWORK PENETRATIONS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATES FOR ALL PIPING PENETRATING FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS. ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE TIGHTLY SEALED TO MINIMIZE ENTRY OF RODENTS AND INSECTS. 18. FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NOTE THAT THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS. LOCATE ALL ITEMS BY ON-THE-JOB MEASUREMENTS. COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND ACCESS TO ALL ITEMS. 19. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL TO PROVIDE POWER FOR ALL RECIRCULATION OR CONDENSATE PUMPS, TIME CLOCKS AND HEAT TRACE WIRING WHETHER OR NOT SHOWN ON PLANS. 20. CONSIDERATION SHALL NOT BE GRANTED FOR MISUNDERSTANDING OF THE SCOPE OR AMOUNT OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED. TENDER OF A PROPOSAL CONVEYS FULL CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT OF THE ITEMS AND CONDITIONS SPECIFIED AND/OR INDICATED, SCHEDULED, OR IMPLIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE NATURE OF THIS WORK. 21. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, CONDUIT, CABLE, ETC., INSTALLATION WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, SPECIAL CEILING CONSTRUCTION, AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND THE STRUCTURE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL RISES AND OFFSETS AS REQUIRED. IF, AFTER INSTALLED, NEW DUCTWORK, PIPING CONDUIT, OR CABLE IS FOUND TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE ARCHITECTURE, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER TRADE WORK, OR WHICH IS EITHER EXISTING OR SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT, THE DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, OR CABLE SHALL BE RELOCATED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY HIS WORK OR HIS PERSONNEL, AND SHALL CORRECT ALL DAMAGE THUS CAUSED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. PROTECT ALL WORK AGAINST THEFT, INJURY, OR DAMAGE AND CAREFULLY STORE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT RECEIVED ON SITE WHICH IS NOT IMMEDIATELY INSTALLED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSE OPEN ENDS OF WORK WITH TEMPORARY COVERS OR PLUGS DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT THE ENTRY OF DUST, DIRT, AND OBSTRUCTING MATERIAL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO WATER, SPRAY -ON FIREPROOFING, CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, ETC. IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE ENGINEER AND/OR OWNER. KEY NOTES BY SYMBOL "0" OREFERENCE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. (D STUB 4" SANITARY SEWER INTO SPACE. ENSURE ELEVATION IS LOW ENOUGH TO SLOPE ALL PIPING AT 1 /4" FROM FARTHEST FIXTURE TO CONNECTION POINT. LABEL STUB UP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. PROVIDE PLUGGED 'Y' CONNECTION BELOW SLAB. (D STUB 4" GREASE WASTE INTO SPACE. ENSURE ELEVATION IS LOW ENOUGH TO SLOPE ALL PIPING AT 1/4" FROM FARTHEST FIXTURE TO CONNECTION POINT. LABEL STUB UP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. PROVIDE PLUGGED 'Y' CONNECTION BELOW SLAB. O4 ROUTE 1-1/2" WATER UP IN WALL TO 10' 6" A.F.F. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. ENSURE WATER SERVICE CAN PROVIDE 45 GPM AT 60 PSI WITHIN THE PREMISES. OSTUB 2-1/2" LOW PRESSURE GAS LINE DOWN THRU ROOF AT THIS LOCATION. PROVIDE VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. EXPECTED FUTURE LOAD: 1,200 MBTUH. OPROVIDE GAS MANIFOLD AND THREE METERS. CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF MANIFOLD WITH FUTURE TENANT`S REAR DOOR LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. OROUTE 1" WATER UP IN WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. PROVIDE SHUT OFF VALVE AND CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. OSTUB 4" SANITARY INTO TENANT SPACE. CONNECTION TO REMAIN EXPOSED IN LEAVE OUT FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. OSCUPPER, COLLECTION BOX AND DOWNSPOUT. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 PROVIDE 4" VENT THRU ROOF (VTR). ENSURE ALL VENTS THRU ROOF ARE MINIMUM 10' FROM ALL OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES OR OPERABLE OPENINGS INTO QBUILDING. 11 PROVIDE THREE GT-1 AND THREE SWB-1, ONE FOR EACH SUITE. REFERENCE CIVIL FOR LOCATION. 12 CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DOWN THRU ROOF. 13 ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE DOWN IN WALL TO ABOVE FLOOR SINK. TERMINATE WITH AIR GAP. 14 3/4" CW DOWN IN WALL TO NON -FREEZE WALL HYDRANT. 15 CAP 3" NEAR DECK FOR FUTURE CONNECTION BY TENANT. 16 (2) 4" VENTS FROM GREASE INTERCEPTOR. ROUTE UP IN WALL WITH CLEANOUTS TO BELOW DECK. m %D A oo %0 ,It III en 04 N Ln � a o 0 � " M rn 0 rNn Q 4% L 0 N V 00 L y U_ C Cu . W CD E 2I- a Q NN V H m¢ 0 0 U_ U_ L v v 0 L ui 'O � N 0 N Q 0 ligitally signed by James urner IN: c=US, st=Texas, =Dallas, o=James F. Turne ngineers, cn=James urner, mail=jturner@jfte.com late: 2022.08.15 15:18:44 )5'00' F 1 'ENSNF �yC�f? 1 'it F 1, Q: NO. 73441 STATE OF jr This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. N N N N O O N cO '� Nr N f O O a) U) z O w 2 U 2 9 O o O W � z w bi to C3 a 0 0 a� 0 Sheet Name: PLUMBING PLAN Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: P 0 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL IRS ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION `I T- - CLEANOUT (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) NOT LESS I THAN 2"---, NISH FLOOR SANITARY OR VENT STACK FINISHED WALL CLEANOUT FITT INTERIOR FLOOR CLEANOUT 2 NO SCALE 4" VENT OUTLET 0 tLLL tL LL: dd N STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE COVER PLATE ADJ. SCREW FINISHED WALL WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL NO SCALE WRAP LEAD FLASHING OVER TOP OF VENT 1" DO NOT BLOCK OFF VENT OPENING STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP (BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR) GALV. METAL FLASHING CONE (BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR) - ROOF (AS SPECIFIED) ROUTE AS INDICATED —°------------------ J-----------------------l----'------ i �_ --NAMEPLATE INDICATING: ;° MFG- PARK EQUIP. CO. I I °1 800-256-8041 i I 6" PVC DOUBLE I . MODEL: GT I °� TEE MANIFOLD DATE MANUFACTURED I I I rr I I TO PUBLIC SANITARY SEWERW -41- U 4-4---)= I I• I I u I I I I ° 1 I I II I 1 °I °° i=j INLET AND OUTLET ° Al i I PIPING PROVIDED ° i BY OTHERS. I I I I I I I Ig L----------- —------- W-.---------------------------------r--' ° °O °A A ° d A ° • ° _ d ° °d ° : ° GRADE RISE ABOVE ROOF 15" MINIMUM ROOF SYSTEM (REF. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS) ---� SIZE AS INDICATED ON DRAWING NOT LESS THAN 2"- CLEANOUT (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) GRADE CONCRETE SLAB 36"A 8"x6" 3 VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL r 4 DOUBLE EXTERIOR CLEANOUT P-2.0 NO SCALE �2O NO SCALE FROM KITCHEN WASTE [9I_1���lla',,'1 CAST IRON FRAME & COVER (TYP-2) DCO I L _I ELEVATION TYPICAL APPLICATIONS INCLUDE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL FOOD SERVICE KITCHENS WHERE EXCESSIVE GREASE MAY INTERFERE WITH THE PROPER DRAINAGE OF THE SEWER SYSTEM. THE GREASE INTERCEPTOR IS GENERALLY BURIED BELOW GRADE FOR GRAVITY FLOW SEWER SYSTEMS. A SAMPLE WELL IS UTILIZED ON THE OUTLET SIDE FOR SAMPLING BY THE LOCAL WATER AUTHORITIY. SPECIFICATIONS CONCRETE: CLASS 1 CONCRETE WITH DESIGN STRENGTH OF 4500 PSI AT 28 DAYS. UNIT IS OF MONOLITHIC CONSTRUCTION AT FLOOR, FIRST STAGE OF WALL AND BAFFLE WITH SECTIONAL RISER TO REQUIRED DEPTH. (MONOLITHIC BAFFLE REQUIRED, SLIDE -IN TYPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE) REINFORCEMENT: GRADE 60 REINFORCED WITH STEEL REBAR CONFORMING TO ASTM A615 ON REQUIRED CENTERS OR EQUAL. C.I. CASTINGS: MANHOLE FRAMES, COVERS OR GRATES ARE MANUFACTURED OF GREY CAST IRON CONFORMING TO ASTM A48-76 CLASS 30. MANHOLE SHALL BE NOMINAL 24 INCH DIAMETER AND BE TRAFFIC DUTY. ENGINEERING DATA THE GREASE INTERCEPTOR IS STRUCTURALLY & HYDRAULICALLY ENGINEERED TO CONFORM TO REGIONAL PLUMBING CODES RECOMMENDED IN MOST CITIES. CONSULT WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE STRUCTURAL & BOUYANCY CALCULATIONS CERTIFIED BY A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. CONSULT WITH PARK EQUIPMENT COMPANY FOR EXACT EXCAVATION DIMENSIONS & SHIPPING INFORMATION. ft c EPA 5 GREASE INTERCEPTOR DETAIL P-2.0 NO SCALE VENT INLET FL1 GRADE GRADE CAST IRON CAST IRON FRAME AND COVER FRAME AND COVER RISER SECTION RISER SEC71ON .: RCP PIPE RCP PIPE W e I PVC INTERIOR LINER D D Q I JOINONNS14RIW JOINT NKK I GROUTED NONSHRIGROLED UT .< . SLEEVE (TYP) \ O OUTLET — — ` TO SEWER 00 aEE FLO — INLET FROM INTERCEPTOR ------ 4 �v n CONCRETE BASE FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW �jSENER LINE FROM em INTERCEPTOR WASTE I� ME WELL M SANITMY SEM NOTES MODEL DIAMETER "D" IN & OUT PIPE SIZE WIDTH "W" *A* SWB-154 15" 4"/6" 24" 11" SWB-156 15" 4"/6" 24" 9" SWB-184 18" 4"/6" 28" 11" SWB-186 18" 4"/6" 28" 9" SWB-244 24" 4"/6" 34" 11" SWB-246 24" 40/6" 34" 9" [7,T:tA .. vrvn. u.w r.�u- mvv. v� n.. ra.u.✓ v.wur-. wryr-� wmvnw u�m. 2. USE 15" T&G R.C.P. FOR INSTALLATION FOR INSTALLATION 6'-0" DEEP AND LESS. + 3. USE 24" T&G R.C.P. FOR INSTALLATION GREATER THAN 6'-0" DEEP. (STD RING AND M.H. COVER REQUIRED) 4. SAMPLING WELL MUST BE SET IN A CIRCULAR OR SQUARE CONCRETE PAD ( 1'-0- GREATER THAN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE.) 5. INSIDE INSTALLATION NOT PERMITTED, WHERE OUTSIDE INSTALLATION IS POSSIBLE. 6. INSTALLAMON INSIDE BLDG MUST BE POURED IN PLACE (15-MIN) NO CONCRETE PIPE IS PERMITTED, (AIR —TIGHT COVER REQUIRED.) OUTLET 7. LAWN INSTALLATION MUST BE 4" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE. W+ 6 8. DRIVE & SIDEWALK INSTALLATION MUST BE BROUGHT TO FINISHED GRADE PLAN VIEW \z__ L 9. TO BE INSTALLED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION TO CITY PERSONNEL Q Park 2013 888.61 1.7275 SPECIFICATIONS ►•park-uss•com :,a CONCRETE Class I 1 concrete with of design strength of 4500 PSI at 28 days. Unit is of monolithic construction at floor and first stage of wall FIMBACIrl,ester with sectional riser to required depth. SAMPLE WELL BASIN C.I. CASTINGS: Cost iron frames and grates are manufactured of grey cast iron conforming to ASTM A48-76 SCALE NONE DWG. No. REV. Class 30, Heavy -Duty AASHTO H-20 DArE 05/13 S WB — 2 A 6 SAMPLE WELL DETAIL P-2.0 NO SCALE m % >- oo %0 Ln a0N z O 0 y Cn M LD Cn Oa c-`" w z 'T % o U 00 .� °? V Q E I- N v� vns V °) +' `y < o 2 co S.. W W QI ? 0 0` a) Wf.. » » -a v O 0 L v V W LJ 0 v W > U � N te O N a 0 LL } LL' 0 ~ I-<W J } 0 J Z Q W F-- W a U O > �wZap0inW m0f_2 ZpZ N2WI-=QWaO = Q W Z W O W >-LjJpF-WW-0C)RO =wW�p0 uIQ W U W U) 0WLL H 1p NO. 73441 *' * '*i STATE OF I1111 ..�A: ,� 11 ti This item has been electronically signed and sealed by James F. Turner, PE, on the date shown on the time stamp using a digital signature. Printed copies of this document are not considered signed and sealed and the signature must be verified on any electronic copies. C-- N O N N N N H Of W a 0 W D rn U) M Sheet Name: PLUMBING DETAILS Proj #: Issue Date: 210316 DEC 22, 2021 Sheet No.: P-2,90 Drawn By: Checked By: WB/DL IRS